Memoirs of Museum Victoria

SSN 1447-2554 (Online) and ISSN 1447-2546 (Print)

Frequency: 1 issue per year

Museum Victoria undertakes research in order to contribute to a

deeper understanding and appreciation of the origins, diversity and

development of Australia's natural, cultural and scientific heritage, and

applies this knowledge for the benefit of society. The Museum publishes

its scientific journal Memoirs of Museum Victoria (until 1983 Memoirs

of the National Museum of Victoria) to further these objectives.

Memoirs publishes papers on original research in the natural

sciences pertinent to Victoria and/or the Museum's collections.

Independent referees assess all contributions prior to publication.

From Volume 58 (2000) Memoirs is available in electronic format

as well as in printed form. Electronic publication via the Museum

Victoria website enables inclusion of supplementary information (such

as extended data sets) not available in the printed version.

The Memoirs are available in printed form by subscription or

institutional exchange and inquiries should be directed to the Librarian,

Museum Victoria, GPO Box 666, Melbourne, Vic. 3001, Australia.

Access to the electronic version of the journal is available free of

charge and individual papers may be downloaded as PDF files from

this website. Reprints are available at cost.

Instructions for Authors

Deadline for submission of papers

Final manuscripts (priorto papers being refereed) and accompanying

illustrations must be submitted to the editor no later than 1 August.

Earlier submission is encouraged.

Submission of papers and illustrations

Papers must be submitted to the editor in final manuscript form as a

word document file only and double line spaced. Any accompanying

images or drawings must be submitted separately and NOT embedded

within the text.

All illustrations (photographs, line drawings) must be submitted as

300dpi scans at A4 size and as print ready files. In the case of

numerous and large files, illustrations should be supplied on a cd and

not electronically. Although not preferable, original artwork

(photographs, line drawings) can be accepted for scanning by the

museum. In the latter, whilst the museum takes no responsibility for

any damage to original artwork, the utmost care will be taken whilst it

is in their possession.

Papers may be sent by either email to memoirs@museum.vic.

gov.au or by post to the editor, Richard Marchant, Memoirs of Museum

Victoria, GPO Box 666, Melbourne, Victoria 3001, Australia.

Instructions for authors

An outline of the required format and style guide is supplied here,

however, authors should also refer to the previous edition of Memoirs

of Museum Victoria for a more in depth guide.

No fonts other than Times must be used.

Papers should be arranged as follows:

title (including higher classification of zoological taxa)

authors’ name and address (postal and email)

abstract

key words

contents (only if the paper is extensive)

introduction

main text

acknowledgements

references

index (only if extensive)

tables within the text

Author’s email addresses in contact details should be in

brackets.

Primary headings are in bold and left justified; secondary headings

in italics and left justified. Italics in the text should otherwise be

restricted to generic and specific names. Paragraphs are indented.

Measurements must be in the metric system (SI units).

Abbreviation of River and Island/s: Use R for River. Use I for

Island and Is. for Islands.

For numbers, use numerals except when used in text narrative

when they should be spelt out, but only up to and including the number

ten. Numerals should also be spelt out when used as follows: first,

second, third, fourth, tenth, twentieth etc.

The word Figure should be spelt out when used below a genus

name in the body of the text and in the Figure caption. However, when

figures are referred to within the text do not spell out and instead use

fig. or figs.

Captions to illustrations must be submitted separately at the end of

the manuscript and should follow this example:

Figure 1 . Storthyngurella hirsuta sp. nov., male, holotype: a, b, dorsal

and lateral views of body; c, d, frontal and lateral views of cephalon.

References should be listed alphabetically at the end of the

manuscript. Journal and book titles must be in full and italicised, with

the year of publication, edition, page number, publisher and city of

publication in roman. Authors should follow this example:

Paulin, C.D. 1986. A new genus and species of morid fish from

shallow coastal waters of southern Australia. Memoirs of

Museum Victoria 47: 201-206.

Last, P.R., and Stevens, J.D. 1994. Sharks and rays of Australia.

CSIRO Publishing: Melbourne. 513 pp.

Wilson, B.R., and Allen, G.R. 1987. Major components and

distribution of marine fauna. Pp. 43-68 in: Dyne, G.R. and

Watson, D.W. (eds), Fauna of Australia Volume 1A General

articles. Australian Government Publishing Service: Canberra.

Reference citations should use the following style:

Paulin, 1986; Last and Stevens, 1994; Smith etal., 1990.

In taxonomic papers synonymies should be of the form: taxon,

author, year, pages, figures. A period and dash must separate taxon

and author except in the case of reference to the original description,

e.g. Leontocaris Stebbing, 1905: 98—99. — Barnard, 1950: 699.

Supplementary information (extended lists of material examined,

databases etc) should be submitted separately and with the final

manuscript to be forwarded to referees. The Editorial Board encourages

use of supplementary information to minimise the cost of printing as

long as the requirements of the International Code of Zoological

Nomenclature are met in the printed paper.

Contents

Volume 65 2008

1 > Australian species of Psolidium Ludwig (Echinodermata: Holothuroidea: Psolidae)

P. Mark O’Loughlin and Dragica Marie

23 > Antarctic and Sub-Antarctic species of Psolidium Ludwig (Echinodermata: Holothuroidea:

Psolidae)

P. Mark O’Loughlin and Cynthia Ahearn

43 > Marmenuera, a new genus of leptophlebiid mayfly (Insecta: Ephemeroptera) endemic to

Tasmania

J.C. Dean, G.N.R. Forteath & A.W. Osborn

51 > A new species in the Ophiocoma erinaceus complex from the South-west Pacific Ocean

(Echinodermata: Ophiuroidea: Ophiocomidae)

Milena Benavides-Serrato and Timothy D. O'Hara

57 > A new species in the genus Ophiomyxa from South-west Australian waters (Echinodermata:

Ophiuroidea: Ophiomyxidae)

Amanda M. Franklin and Timothy D. O’Hara

63 > Deep-sea majoid crabs of the genera Oxypleurodon and Rochinia (Crustacea: Decapoda:

Brachyura: Epialtidae) mostly from the continental margin of Western Australia

Bertrand Richer de Forges and Gary C.B. Poore

71 > The Psocoptera (Insecta) of Tasmania, Australia

E. R. Schmidt and T. R. New

153 > Distribution patterns and diversity of invertebrates of temperate rainforests in Tasmania with a

focus on Pauropoda

Penelope Greenslade

1 65 > Hydroids of the BANZARE expeditions, 1929-1 931 : the family Haleciidae (Hydrozoa,

Leptothecata) from the Australian Antarctic Territory

Jeanette E. Watson

179 > Lobataria Newtoni gen. et sp. nov., (Hydrozoa, Anthoathecata, Tubulariidae) from southern

Australia

Jeanette E. Watson

185 > Corymorpha Rubicincta, a new Hydroid (Hydrozoa, Anthoathecata, Corymorphidae) from Port

Phillip, Australia

Jeanette E. Watson

189 > A New Species of the Roughy Genus Hoplostethus (Trachichthyidae) off North-western

Australia

Martin F. Gomon

Memoirs of Museum Victoria 65: 1-22 (2008)

ISSN 1447-2546 (Print) 1447-2554 (On-line)

http://www.museum.vic.gov.au/memoirs/index.asp

Australian species of Psolidium Ludwig (Echinodermata: Holothuroidea: Psolidae)

P. Mark O’Loughlin 1 and Dragica Maric 2

1 Marine Biology Section, Museum Victoria, GPO Box 666, Melbourne 3001, Victoria, Australia (pmo@bigpond.net.au)

2 Research Associate, Marine Biology Section, Museum Victoria, GPO Box 666, Melbourne 3001, Victoria, Australia

(dragicamaric@hotmail.com)

Abstract O'Loughlin, PM. and Maric, D. 2008. Australian species of Psolidium Ludwig (Echinodermata: Holothuroidea: Psolidae).

Memoirs of Museum Victoria 65: 1-22.

Six new species of Psolidium Ludwig from Australia are described: Psolidium berentsae, P. hutchingsae, P. karenae,

P. laperousazi , P. marshae, P. mccallumae. The species Psolus parmatus Sluiter and Psolus spinuliferus H. L. Clark are

re-assigned to Psolidium. Diagnoses are given for Psolidium granuliferum H. L. Clark, P. nigrescens H. L. Clark, P.

minutus (H. L. Clark), P. parmatus (Sluiter), P. ravum Hickman and P. spinuliferus (H. L. Clark). The family Psolidae is

ascribed to Forbes as author, not Perrier. The diagnosis of the family Psolidae, assignment of genera, and status of the

family are discussed. The genus Psolidium is revised. Keys are provided to the genera of Psolidae, and 12 known Australian

species of Psolidium.

Keywords Echinodermata, Holothuroidea, Psolidae, Psolidium, taxonomy, new species, keys.

Introduction

Rowe (in Rowe and Gates, 1995) listed four species of

Psolidium Ludwig, 1886 from Australia: P. granuliferum H.

L. Clark, 1938 (southern Western Australia), P. minutus (H. L.

Clark, 1938) (Lord Howe I), P. nigrescens H. L. Clark, 1938

(New South Wales), and P. ravum Hickman, 1962 (Tasmania).

Psolus spinuliferus H. L. Clark, 1938 was described for

northwestern Australia, and is re-assigned here to Psolidium.

Psolus parmatus (Sluiter, 1901) was described for Indonesia,

and was found recently in collections from the continental

slope off Western Australia. It is also re-assigned here to

Psolidium. In this work six new species of Psolidium are

described for Australia.

Pawson and Fell (1965), and subsequent authors, have

incorrectly nominated Perrier (1902) as the systematic author

of the Psolidae. Forbes (1841) was the original author.

Materials and methods

Live colour photographs of some species were taken in the field

by Karen Gowlett-Holmes, and the images lodged in the South

Australia Museum with a photoindex registration prefix PK.

Some specimen photographs were taken by Leon Altoff and

Audrey Falconer, with Mark O’Loughlin, using a Pentax K10D

digital SLR with a variety of lenses and lit using two electronic

flashes. Preserved specimens were placed on or suspended

above black velvet. The live photo was taken in a perspex tank

with filtered sea water. Photos of ossicles were taken by Mark

O’Loughlin and Chris Rowley using a Leica DM5000 B

compound microscope, and Leica DC500 camera with montage

software. Some specimen photographs were taken by Simon

Hinkley with Dragica Maric using a Leica MZ16

stereomicroscope, Leica DC500 digital camera with montage

software. Drawings of tube feet distributions were made by

Dragica Maric using stereomicroscope and camera lucida.

Abbreviations: AM— Australian Museum, Sydney;

MCZ— Museum of Comparative Zoology, Harvard, USA;

NMV— Museum Victoria, Melbourne, Australia; SAM— South

Australian Museum, Adelaide; WAM— Western Australian

Museum, Perth; ZMA— Zoologisch Museum, Amsterdam.

Specimen registration number prefixes: AM J, NMV F,

SAM K, WAM Z, ZMA V.ECH.H

Dendrochirotida Grube, 1840

(restricted Pawson and Fell, 1965)

Key to genera of Psolidae Forbes

1. Dorsal and lateral scales imbricating, conspicuous,

lacking calcareous towers; scales of ventro -lateral body

clearly demarcated from the thin calcareous sole that

lacks scales 2

P. Mark O’Loughlin and Dragica Marie

— Dorsal and lateral multilayered ossicles (scales) embedded

in integument; some scales with conspicuous projecting

calcareous towers; ventro -lateral body not clearly

demarcated from sole Echinopsolus Gutt, 1990

2. Tentacles 15; oral valves 5, radially situated

Ceto Gistel, 1848

— Tentacles 10; oral valves situated interradially if present ...

3. Mid-body tube feet absent dorsally and laterally

Psolus Oken, 1815

— Mid-body tube feet present dorsally and laterally 4

4. Dorsal and lateral scales covered by ossicles that include

hour-glass shaped and/or tower ossicles

Lissothuria Verrill, 1867

— Hour-glass shaped and tower ossicles not present amongst

the dorsal and lateral ossicles 5

5. Mouth and anus lie in the plane of bilateral symmetry

Psolidium Ludwig, 1886

— Mouth and anus lie in a plane at right angle to the usual plane

of bilateral symmetry Ekkentropelma Pawson 1971b

Psolidae Forbes

(synonymy of systematic records)

Psolidae Forbes, 1841: 201-02,206.— Agassiz, 1845: 11.— Agassiz,

1848: 905.

“Psoline sub-family” Bell, 1882: 642 (no family or other sub-

family nominated).

Psolida (uncredited).— Haeckel, 1896: 380, 441, 442.

Psolinae R. Perrier, 1902: 493, 512 (sub-family of Cucumariidae,

with Cucumariinae).

Psolidae Perrier, 1902.— Pawson and Fell, 1965: 4.— Pawson,

1969a: 129.— Pawson, 1968b: 19.— Pawson, 1968c: 347.— Tommasi,

1969: 8.— Pawson, 1970: 28.— Pawson, 1971a: 33-34.— Pawson,

1971b: 115, 118.— Tommasi, 1971: 3-4.— Pawson and Valentine, 1981:

450.— Carriol et Feral, 1985: 50,-Gutt, 1988: 22-23.-Gutt, 1990:

112-13.— Massin, 1992a: 317.— Massin, 1992b: 179.— Lambert, 1996:

21.— Massin, 1997: 101.

Psolidae Ed. Perrier (undated).— Thandar, 2006: 35 (R. Perrier

was the author of Psolinae).

Psolidae (uncredited).— Mortensen, 1927: 413.— Deichmann,

1940: 206. -Deichmann, 1941: 73, 135-36.-H. L. Clark, 1946: 385,

412-13.— Deichmann, 1947: 336: 336.— Deichmann, 1954:

401.— Hickman, 1962: 60.— Pawson, 1964: 461-62.— Pawson, 1967:

1-2.— Baranova and Belyaev, 1968: 236.— Pawson, 1968a:

142.— Pawson, 1969b: 38, maps 3, 5.— Cherbonnier, 1974: 601,

605.— Dartnall, 1980: 13, 77.— Pawson, 1982: 815.— Cannon and

Silver, 1987: 10, 11, 29.— Rowe (in Rowe and Gates), 1995: 317.

Diagnosis ( most recently by Lambert, 1996, quoting Pawson,

1970). Body flattened, with well-defined ventral sole. Dorsal

surface of body invested by imbricating scales. Ventral sole

soft, surrounded by tube feet. Mouth and anus dorsally turned.

Type genus. Psolus Oken, 1815 (original designation; =

Lepidopsolus Bronn, 1860, and Lophothuria Verrill, 1866;

synonymy by Theel, 1886).

Other genera. Ceto Gistel, 1848 (= Cuvieria Jager, 1833,

Callisto Gistel, 1848, Stolinus Selenka, 1868, Hypopsolus Bell,

1882, and Theelia Ludwig, 1892; synonymy by Pawson, 1971a);

Lissothuria Verrill, 1867 (= Thyonepsolus H. L. Clark, 1901;

synonymy by Pawson, 1967); Psolidium Ludwig, 1886;

Ekkentropelma Pawson, 1971b; Echinopsolus Gutt, 1990.

Remarks. The family Psolidae was erected by Forbes (1841),

who based his family on the genus Psolus Oken and remarked

that Cuvieria Peron (= Ceto Gistel, by Pawson, 1971a) should

be included in Psolidae. The family was recognised by Agassiz

(1845, 1848). Bell (1882) referred to a “Psoline sub-family”,

without reference to family or additional sub-family. Perrier

(1902) erected 2 sub-families for Cucumariidae: Cucumariinae

and Psolinae. Subsequently no author (including Perrier

himself) has referred to Psolinae Perrier, 1902. Perrier (1905),

Mitsukuri (1912), and Ohshima (1915) referred species of

Psolidium Ludwig, 1886, and Psolus Oken, 1815, to

Cucumariidae, without reference to Psolidae. Mortensen (1927)

referred Psolus and Psolidium species to Psolidae, without

indication of family author. Many authors followed Mortensen

(1927). Pawson and Fell (1965) incorrectly nominated Perrier

(1902) as the systematic author of the Psolidae. Subsequent

authors incorrectly referred to Psolidae Perrier, 1902.

Within the history of holothuroid classification we note

that Semper (1868) referred Psolus Oken to order II

Pneumonophora, family Dendrochirotae, sub-family

Dendrochirota Gastropoda. Theel (1886) referred Psolus Oken

to order II Pedata, family Dendrochirotae, sub-family

Gastropoda.

Forbes (1841) distinguished the family Psolidae as “having

a soft circumscribed disk like the foot of a Gasteropodous

Mollusc on which the suckers are placed for progression”. In

his diagnosis of sub-family Psolinae, Perrier (1902) continued

emphasis on the distinct sole with its specialised tube feet.

Mortensen (1927) added the presence of large imbricating

scales dorsally, sharply delimited from the thin-walled ventral

sole; dorsal mouth and anus; and 10-15 tentacles. Subsequent

diagnoses by Deichmann (1941), Hickman (1962), Pawson and

Fell (1965), Tommasi (1969, 1971), Pawson (1970, 1982),

Carriol et Feral (1985), Cannon and Silver (1987), Gutt (1988),

Rowe (in Rowe and Gates, 1995), and Lambert (1996) have

generally agreed with Mortensen (1927). But none has

continued to include the significant point made by Mortensen

(1927) that there is a sharp demarcation between the dorsal

scales and the thin-walled sole. In discussing his new genus

Psolidiella, Mortensen (1925) noted “a distinct ventral sole,

which is, however, not limited from the rest of the body by a

sharp edge”, one reason given by Mortensen for not referring

Psolidiella to the Psolidae.

A second reason stated by Mortensen (1925) for not

referring Psolidiella to the Psolidae was “the fact that the

posterior part of the intestine, with its mesentery, is in the left

ventral interradius”. He added “the situation of the posterior

part of the intestine appears to be of primary importance for

the subdivision of dendrochirotes, the cucumariids and the

phyllophorids having it in the left, and the psolids having it in

the right ventral interradius”.

Australian species of Psolidium Ludwig

Hickman (1962) noted contradictory observations by

Deichmann (1941) who claimed that “Cucumariidae seem

typically to have the third mesentery attached on the right side

of the midventral muscle band, the Phyllophoridae seem to

have it attached to the left, and the Psolidae have it either way”.

She explained that for Psolidium and Thyonepsolus

(- Lissothuria ) the loop is attached in the left ventral

interambulacrum, while in Psolus it is attached in the right.

Some cucumariid species were examined in this study:

Apsolidium densum O’Loughlin and O’Hara, 1992,

Neoamphicyclus mutans (Joshua, 1914), Psolidiella hickmani

O’Loughlin, 2000. In these three cucumariid genera and

species the posterior intestinal mesentery is attached to the

left of the midventral radial muscle, supporting Mortensen

(1925) and contradicting Deichmann (1941). O’Loughlin

(2000) illustrated this position for the genus Psolidiella.

Pawson (1968a) described aright attachment for the cucumariid

species Pseudopsolus macquariensis (Dendy, 1896), and

Ludwig and Heding (1935) reported a right attachment for

their cucumariid species Pseudocholchirus mollis , supporting

Deichmann (1941). This evidence indicates that the position of

posterior intestinal mesenteric attachment is variable for

cucumariids as currently assigned.

Some psolid species were examined in this study: Ceto

cuvieria (Gistel, 1848), Echinopsolus acanthocola Gutt, 1990,

Psolidium poriferum (Studer, 1876) (- incertum ), Psolidium

ravum Hickman, 1962, Psolus antarcticus Philippi, 1857,

Psolus arnaudi Cherbonnier, 1974, Psolus charcoti Vaney,

1906, Psolus koehleri Vaney, 1914, Psolus paradubiosus

Carriol and Feral, 1985. In eight of these psolid species the

posterior intestinal mesentery is attached to the right of the

midventral radial muscle, supporting Mortensen (1925) and

Deichmann (1941) for Psolus species. But in Ceto cuvieria it is

attached to the left. This evidence indicates that the position of

posterior intestinal mesenteric attachment is variable for

psolids as currently assigned.

Pawson (1967) noted difficulty with the Psolidae in

determining whether or not some species should be considered

psolids or referred to another dendrochirotid family. The

cucumariid genera Pseudopsolus (see Pawson, 1968a),

Apsolidium and Neocnus (see O’Loughlin and O’Hara, 1992),

and Psolidiella (see O’Loughlin, 2000) include species with a

sole that is not delimited by a distinct junction of ventro -lateral

body wall scales with a thin-walled sole lacking scales, and

lack conspicuous imbricating dorsal and lateral scales. None

has been referred to Psolidae. We support this exclusion. The

genus Echinopsolus Gutt, 1990 was referred to Psolidae on the

grounds of the species having a distinct sole. We note that

Psolus charcoti Vaney, 1906 and Echinopsolus acanthocola

Gutt, 1990 lack a sharply demarcated sole, and lack

macroscopic imbricating scales dorsally, and should not be

referred to Psolidae. Reassignment of these taxa does not

belong in this revision of Psolidium , and will be treated

elsewhere.

A comprehensive revision of the relationships amongst

cucumariid and psolid species is required and should be

undertaken with supportive evidence from molecular genetic

data.

Table 1. Distribution of Australian species of Psolidium Ludwig, 1886.

Psolidium species

Distribution

P. berentsae sp. nov.

Queensland, Lizard I, 6-18 m

P. granuliferum H. L. Clark, 1938

SW Western Australia to SE Tasmania, 4-37 m

P. hutching sae sp. nov.

Northern New South Wales, 12-15 m

P. karenae sp. nov.

South Australia, 3-12 m

P. laperousazi sp. nov.

SE Tasmania to South Australia, 1-10 m

P. marshae sp. nov.

Western Australia to South Australia, 5-14 m

P. mccallumae sp. nov.

Western Australia, off Point Cloates, 100 m

P. minutus (H. L. Clark, 1938)

Eastern Tasman Sea, 1-10 m

P. nigrescens H. L. Clark, 1938

NSW, Broken Bay to Batemans Bay, 0-11 m

P. parmatus (Sluiter, 1901)

Indonesia to NW Western Australia, 95-487 m

P. ravum Hickman, 1962

SE Tasmania to W South Australia, 0-15 m

P. spinuliferus (H. L. Clark, 1938)

NW Australia, Darwin to Perth, 0-22 m

P. Mark O’Loughlin and Dragica Marie

Key to Australian species of Psolidium Ludwig

1. Dorsal and lateral scales with vertical spires/pillars (not

lumps) 2

— Dorsal and lateral scales lacking spires/pillars; some

species with surface lumps on the scales 3

2. Dorsal and lateral scales each covered with slightly

bulbous pillars; lacking mid-ventral radial series of tube

feet; “thorn” ossicles present in body wall

P. parmatus (Sluiter, 1901) (NW Australia slope)

— Dorsal and lateral scales with predominantly single

digitiform spires; mid-ventral radial series of tube feet

present; lacking “thorn” ossicles in body wall

P. spinuliferus (H. L. Clark, 1938) (N and W Australia)

3. “Thom” ossicles present in body wall; live and preserved

colour “black”

,.P. nigrescens H. L. Clark, 1938 (central New South Wales)

— Body wall lacking “thorn” ossicles; live and preserved

colour not “black” 4

4. Body wall with cupped crosses and/or cups 5

— Body wall lacking cupped crosses and/or cups 11

5. Cupped crosses and/or cups in sole of 2 ranges of size ... 6

— Cupped crosses and/or cups in sole of 1 range of size 7

6. Rosettes present in dorsal body wall and tentacles; smaller

cupped crosses and cups up to 32 pm long; sole with

irregular thick perforated plates, knobbed on surface and

margin P. marshae sp. nov. (SW Australia)

— Rosettes absent from dorsal body wall and tentacles;

smaller cupped crosses and cups up to 24 pm long; sole

with smooth perforated plates

P. minutus (H. L. Clark, 1938) (E Tasman Sea)

7. Dorsal and lateral cups shallow, completely covered by

fine spinelets, including the cross; lacking mid-ventral

radial series of tube feet

P. mccallumae sp. nov. (Western Australia slope)

— Dorsal and lateral cups and cupped crosses not shallow;

spinelets on rim of cup or distally on branches of cupped

cross, not on cross; mid-ventral radial series of tube feet

present 8

8. Body wall with predominantly cups, fewer cupped crosses

— Body wall with predominantly cupped crosses, fewer cups

9. Knobbed plates in sole; tentacle rosettes small, up to 40

pm long; body rounded ventrally in transverse section

P. berentsae sp. nov. (NE Queensland)

— Perforated plates in sole predominantly smooth; tentacle

rosettes large, up to 80 pm long; body flat ventrally

P. laperousazi sp. nov. (SE Australia)

10. Knobbed perforated plates in sole; irregular perforated

plates in tentacles

P. hutchingsae sp. nov. (N New South Wales)

— Perforated plates in sole predominantly smooth; tentacles

lack irregular perforated plates

P. ravum Hickman, 1962 (SE Australia)

11. Lacking series of mid-ventral radial tube feet; dorsal and

lateral tube feet inconspicuous in mid-body; dorsal and

lateral scales coarsely granuliform

.... P. granuliferum H. L. Clark, 1938 (southern Australia)

— Mid-ventral radial tube feet present as scattered series;

dorsal and lateral tube feet conspicuous in mid-body;

dorsal and lateral scales finely granuliform

P. karenae sp. nov. (South Australia)

Psolidium Ludwig

Figures le, 2d, 4b-d, 5e, 8f

Psolidium Ludwig, 1886: 9.— Mortensen, 1927: 413.— Deichmann,

1941: 141-143.— Deichmann, 1947: 336.— Lambert, 1996: 21.

Diagnosis. Dendrochirotid holothuroids; small, up to 40 mm

long; mid-body arched dorsally in transverse section, flat

ventrally; dorsal and lateral body covered with imbricating

scales, usually macroscopically conspicuous, sometimes

obscured by integument, scales irregular in size and

arrangement; scales decreasing in size ventro-laterally, orally

and anally; lacking large oral valves; extensible oral cone,

anterior or anterior-dorsal or dorsal orientation; extensible anal

cone, posterior or posterior-dorsal or dorsal orientation; tube

feet dorsally and laterally in mid-body, pass through scales.

Sole distinct, oval to elongate; discrete margin created by

junction of small imbricating ventro -lateral scales with thin-

walled, usually calcareous sole that lacks scales; peripheral

band of tube feet, may be discontinuous across the inter-radii

anteriorly and posteriorly; peripheral tube feet frequently of 2

sizes, those of outer series smaller; mid-ventral radial series of

tube feet present or absent.

Calcareous ring solid, plates sub -rectangular, radial and

interradial plates with tapered anterior projections; radial

plates with deep notch posteriorly, interradial plates with

shallow concave indentation posteriorly; 10 dendritic tentacles,

ventral 2 smaller.

Dorsal and lateral ossicles: multi-layered or single-layered

perforated plates (scales), always some with tube foot canals;

integument covering scales may have cupped crosses, cups,

“thorn” ossicles (irregular branched rods pointed distally),

buttons, perforated plates and rosettes; tube foot small

endplates, and tube foot support ossicles that are irregular rods

and plates, bent and curved, variably perforated.

Sole ossicles: inter-radii with small to large single-layered

perforated plates (rarely with multi -layering), smooth to

variably knobbed and thickened, sometimes with cupped

crosses, cups, thorn ossicles and rosettes; radii with additional

tube foot ossicles, large endplates and tube foot support

ossicles that are irregular rods and plates, bent and curved,

variably perforated.

Australian species of Psolidium Ludwig

Figure 1. Photos of live specimens of Psolidium Ludwig, 1886 (a-d, in situ by K. Gowlett- Holmes; e, in aquarium by L. Altoff): a, P. granuliferum

H. L. Clark, 1938, Port Davey, Tasmania (14 mm long preserved; SAM K2174, PK0259); b, P. karenae sp. nov., Yorke Peninsula, South Australia

(17 mm long preserved; holotype SAM K2177, PK0105); c, P. laperousazi sp. nov.. Kangaroo I, South Australia (13 mm long preserved; paratype

SAM K2179, PK0253); d, P. marshae sp. nov.. Kangaroo I (10 mm long preserved; SAM K2173, PK0273); e, P. ravum Hickman, 1962, Portland,

Victoria (17 mm long preserved; NMV FI 25379).

P. Mark O’Loughlin and Dragica Marie

Figure 2. Photos of preserved specimens of Psolidium Ludwig, 1886 (a, c-d by L. Altoff; b, e-f by S. Hinkley and D. Marie): a, P. berentsae sp.

nov.. Lizard I, Queensland (lateral view; 12 mm long; holotype AM J24098); b, P. granuliferum H. L. Clark, 1938, Smokey Bay, South Australia

(dorso-lateral view, with mouth left; 19 mm long; SAM K2176); c-d, P. hutchingsae sp. nov.. Split Solitary I, New South Wales (20 mm long;

holotype AM J24107); c, dorso-lateral view; d, 10 tentacles, with 2 small ventral ones bottom; e, P. karenae sp. nov., Adelaide (lateral view,

mouth left; 20 mm long; paratype SAM K2185); f, P. laperousazi sp. nov., D’Entrecasteaux Channel, Tasmania (dorso-lateral view, mouth right;

18 mm long; paratype SAM K2339).

Australian species of Psolidium Ludwig

Figure 3. Photos of preserved specimens of Psolidium Ludwig, 1886 (by L. Altoff): a, P. marshae sp. nov., Geographe Bay, Western Australia

(dorsal view; 8 mm long; holotype WAM Z31173); b, P. mccallumae sp. nov., slope off Point Cloates, Western Australia (lateral view; 7 mm long;

holotype NMV F126891); c-d, P. nigrescens H. L. Clark, 1938, Gunnamatta Bay, New South Wales (40 mm long; AM J6821); c, lateral view; d,

ventral view (sole); e-f, P. parmatus (Sluiter, 1901), Adele slope. Western Australia (9 mm long; NMV F151835); e, lateral view; f, ventral view

(sole).

P. Mark O’Loughlin and Dragica Marie

Figure 4. a, P. spinuliferus (H. L. Clark, 1938), Darwin (lateral view; 10 mm long; AM J24096; photo by L. Altoff); b, generalised form of radial

(left) and interradial plates of the calcareous ring of Psolidium species (drawing by M. O’Loughlin); c-d, drawings of sole showing distribution

of tube feet (by D. Marie); c, P. granuliferum H. L. Clark, 1938 (SAM K2176); d, P. karenae sp. nov. (SAM K2188).

Tentacle ossicles: rods variably perforated, thick to thin,

long to short, straight or bent, flat or curved; dendritic tentacle

branch endplates are small, irregular in shape, cupped, with a

few large perforations and irregular margin; perforated plates

may be present; densely branched rosettes may be present.

Type species. Psolidium dorsipes Ludwig, 1886.

Australian species. Psolidium berentsae sp. nov., P. granuliferum

H. L. Clark, 1938, P. hutchingsae sp. nov., P. karenae sp. nov.,

P. laperousazi sp. nov., P. marshae sp. nov., P. mccallumae sp.

nov., P. minutus (H. L. Clark, 1938), P. nigrescens H. L. Clark,

1938, P. parmatus (Sluiter, 1901), P. ravum Hickman, 1962,

and P. spinuliferus (H. L. Clark, 1938).

Remarks. The descriptive term “thorn” ossicles is used for the

body wall ossicles in the form of irregular short branched rods

that are pointed distally. They occur in Psolidium nigrescens

H. L. Clark and P. parmatus Sluiter. H. L. Clark (1938) referred

to them as “triradiate particles/spicules”. Sluiter (1901) did not

report their presence. The type of P. parmatus was examined

by one of us (PMO), and their presence noted.

Pawson and Valentine (1981) reported that their Atlantic

species Psolidium prostratum lacked endplates in the dorsal

tube feet. Thandar (2006) described Psolidium multipes from

South Africa, and among characteristic Psolidium features

reported that the sole was not distinct from the dorsum, the

ventral tube feet were in radial series, and there were multi-

layered ossicles in the sole. These characters are atypical of

Psolidium, but may indicate juvenile form.

The Australian species of Psolidium are distinguished

from each other in the key. The key indicates three

morphological groupings of Australian Psolidium species: P.

parmatus and P. spinuliferus and with their vertical pillars/

spires on dorsal and lateral scales; species with cupped crosses

and cups (as for the type species P. dorsipes)-, and species

lacking cupped crosses and cups.

Australian species of Psolidium Ludwig

Figure 5. Photos of ossicles from Australian species of Psolidium Ludwig, 1886 (by Mark O’Loughlin and Chris Rowley): a-c, P. berentsae sp.

nov.; a, dorsal cupped crosses and cups (small specimen, paratype AM J24099); b, dorsal bridged cup (holotype AM J24098); c, dorsal cups and

rosettes (holotype AM J24098); d-f, P. hutchingsae sp. nov.; d, dorsal cupped cross (paratype AM J24108); e, dorsal multi-layered ossicle (scale)

with tube foot canals (AM J19665); f, tentacle plate and rosettes (AM J19665).

P. Mark O’Loughlin and Dragica Marie

Figure 6. Photos of ossicles from Australian species of Psolidium Ludwig, 1886 (by Mark O’Loughlin and Chris Rowley): a, P. granuliferum H.

L. Clark, 1938, multi-layered ossicles from the sole (SAM K2174); b-c, P. laperousazi sp. nov. (paratype SAM K2179); b, dorsal partly closed

cup; c, cup and plate from sole; d-f, P. marshae sp. nov. (paratype WAM Z31165); d, dorsal small cupped crosses and rosettes; e, large cup and

knobbed plate from sole; f, dorsal buttons, small endplate, large and small cupped crosses and rosette.

Australian species of Psolidium Ludwig

Figure 7. Photos of ossicles from Australian species of Psolidium Ludwig, 1886 (by Mark O’Loughlin and Chris Rowley): a-b, P. mccallumae

sp. nov. (holotype NMV F126891); a, dorsal cups; b, mount of part of sole body wall, with plates and cups; c-d, P. minutus (H. L. Clark, 1938)

(NMV F93176); c, dorsal large cup and small cupped crosses; d, large cup and small cupped crosses from sole; e-f, P. nigrescens H. L. Clark,

1938 (AM J6821); e, knobbed plates from sole; f, tentacle “thorns” and rosettes.

P. Mark O’Loughlin and Dragica Marie

Figure 8. Photos of ossicles from Australian species of Psolidium Ludwig, 1886 (by Mark O’Loughlin and Chris Rowley): a-c, P. parmatus

(Sluiter, 1901); a, dorsal scale with tube foot canal (holotype V.ECH.H1300); b, pillars on edge of part of scale (NMV F109378); c, dorsal

“thorns” (holotype V.ECH.H1300); d-e, P. ravum Hickman, 1962 (SAM K2180); d, dorsal cupped crosses; e, cupped cross and plate from sole;

f, P. spinuliferus (H. L. Clark, 1938), tentacle rods and dendritic branch endplates (top right) (AM J24096).

Australian species of Psolidium Ludwig

Psolidium berentsae sp. nov.

Table 1, Figures 2a, 5a-c

Material examined. Holotype: Queensland, Lizard I., off western side

of Palfrey I., washings from coral blocks, 14°40'S 145°28'E, 6 m, P. B.

Berents and P A. Hutchings, 12 Jan 1976, stn 76 LIZ 16B, AM

J24098.

Paratypes: type locality and date, J24099 (2); type locality and

date, stn 76 LIZ 16A, J24100 (1).

Other material (up to 6 mm long; no cups detected): Chinamans

Head, washings from coral blocks, 14°36'S 145°37'E, 6 m, P A.

Hutchings and P B. Weate, 10 Jan 1976, stn 76 LIZ 15, J24101 (1); off

Chinamans Head, reef rock, 14°40'S 145°28'E, 7 m, P. A. Hutchings

and P B. Weate, 27 May 1976, stn 76 LIZ B-00-03-3, J24102 (1); No

Name Reef, southwest end, rubble from base of bommie, 14°40'S

145°39'E, 15 m, I. Loch, 19 Dec 1984, J24106 (1).

Other material (up to 11 mm long; no ossicles; presumably initial

formalin preservation): Lizard I, off Chinamans Beach, coral block,

14°40'S 145°28'E, 7 m, P. A. Hutchings, Apr 1978, stn D15-27-1,

J24104 (1); Outer Yonge Reef, 14°37'S 145°38'E, 18 m, P. A. Hutchings,

15 Jan 1977, stn 77 LIZ 47-4, J24105 (3).

Description. Psolidium species up to 12 mm long (preserved);

body rounded in transverse section ventrally; dorsal and lateral

scales thick, up to 1.3 mm wide; oral, anal and mid-body scales

frequently tapering to projecting, bluntly pointed distal end,

body surface very uneven.

Sole with peripheral band of tube feet, outer single series

of slightly smaller tube feet, inner series 2 wide; mid-ventral

radial series 2 wide; sole not discrete in very small specimens

(4-6 mm long), small scales conspicuous.

Dorsal and lateral ossicles: multi-layered ossicles (scales),

thick, with tube foot canals; buttons numerous, perforated, thick,

irregularly oval, thickly knobbed, up to 176 pm long, up to 12

perforations, intergrade with multi-layered ossicles; in larger

specimens (12 mm long) cups numerous, deeply cupped, thick

cruciform base, rim bluntly spinous, cups sometimes “bridged”

with transverse branches from rim joined, cups 56-96 pm long;

in small specimens (4—6 mm long) numerous thin cupped crosses

and cups, with elongate pointed spines on rim, cups up to 80 pm

long; rosettes numerous in larger specimens, densely branched,

irregularly oval in form, up to 56 pm long.

Sole ossicles: numerous knobbed plates, elongate, irregular

in shape, large marginal and surface knobs, 3-12 perforations,

up to 240 pm long; rare smooth elongate, perforated plates, up

to 240 pm long.

Tentacle ossicles include abundant rosettes, densely

branched, up to 40 pm long.

Colour (preserved). Dorsal and lateral dark to pale brown,

sometimes with brown flecking; sole off-white; tentacle trunks

brown, dendritic branches off-white; introvert off-white.

Distribution. Queensland, Lizard I, 14°36'-14°40'S

145°28'-145°39'E, coral rocks and rubble; 6-18 m.

Etymology. Named for Dr Penny Berents (Scientific Officer,

Marine Invertebrates, Australian Museum), with appreciation

of her contribution to Australian marine invertebrate research,

and with gratitude for her gracious assistance with loans and

research in the Australian Museum.

Remarks. Some of the paratype specimens are small, 4 mm long

(J24099 (2)). In this material the cups and cupped crosses are

much finer than in the larger type material. This is judged to be a

developmental difference. Some of the non-type specimens

assigned to the new species are small, with specimen lengths 4

mm (J24101), 5 mm (J24102) and 6 mm (J24106). No cups or

cupped crosses were detected, and this was judged to be a sampling

inadequacy for this very small material, since fine cups and cupped

crosses were found in 4 mm long paratype. The specimens have

the same appearance as the types, and are from the type locality

and eco-niche. Further collecting and study might reveal the

presence of an additional species. Other additional material judged

to be P. berentsae sp. nov. has the body form and scale outlines of

the species, but lacks calcareous material. The preservation history

presumably included time in acidic formalin solution. Specimen

lengths are 5 mm (J24104) up to 11 mm (J24105). A rounded

ventmm, absence of discrete sole and presence of conspicuous

scales ventrally appearto be juvenile developmental characteristics.

The distinguishing characters of P. berentsae sp. nov. are the

tapered body scales, rounded ventrum, fine cups with long pointed

spines in small specimens, and thick cups with blunt spines and

sometimes “bridges” in large specimens.

Psolidium granuliferum H. L. Clark

Table 1, Figures la, 2b, 4c, 6a

Psolidium granuliferum H. L. Clark, 1938: 503-04, fig. 49.— H.

L. Clark, 1946: 415.— Rowe, 1982: 458, 464, pi. 31.4.— Rowe (in Rowe

and Gates), 1995: 318.

Material examined. Holotype: Western Australia, Koombana Bay,

Bunbury, 9-15 m, C-A-H Expedition, 26 Oct 1929, MCZ 1666.

Other material. Cape Nauraliste, Geographe Bay, Map Reef, near

Two Rocks, limestone reef, coralline foliose algae, 31°28.365'S

115°33.634'E, 7.6 m, A. Sampey, 18 Jul 2005, WAM Z31164 (1); South

Australia, W Eyre Peninsula, Smokey Bay, 37 m, N. Pearsons, 1971,

SAM K2176 (2); Tasmania, Port Davey, Bramble Cove, NW end,

under rock, 4-6 m, K. L. Gowlett-Holmes, 17 Mar 2003, SAM K2174

(2; live colour photo SAM PK 0259).

Description. Psolidium species up to 21 mm long (preserved);

body height low to moderately high, dorsal and lateral scales

thick, up to 3 mm wide, lumps on surface creating coarsely

granuliform appearance; abundant small scales at base of larger

scales; tube feet dorsally and laterally inconspicuous, sparse

across mid body, usually present near base of scales.

Sole: peripheral band of tube feet, outer single series of

distinctly separate smaller tube feet; series of inner larger tube

feet 2 wide, series not always continuous anteriorly and

posteriorly; lacking series of mid-ventral radial tube feet.

Dorsal and lateral ossicles: multi-layered perforated

ossicles (scales), thick, large surface lumps, canals for tube

feet, intergrade with single-layered perforated plates; lacking

cups, cupped crosses, rosettes.

Ventral ossicles: small to large single-layered perforated

plates, up to 22 perforations, thin to moderately thick, irregularly

round to oval, up to 312 pm long, plate surfaces with abundant

fine to medium knobs and rare large peripheral knobs, plate

margins knobbed to bluntly spinous (fewer surface and peripheral

knobs in plates from small specimens); large specimens have

P. Mark O’Loughlin and Dragica Marie

perforated plates with secondary surface developments,

intergrading into multi-layered ossicles.

Tentacles lack rosettes.

Colour. Live. Dorsally and laterally grey with off-white;

white ventral ly.

Preserved. Dorsally and laterally grey, or pale to darker

brown with off-white; off-white ventrally.

Distribution. SW Western Australia (Koombana Bay) to SE

Tasmania (Port Davey); 4-37 m.

Remarks. The distinguishing characteristics of Psolidium

granuliferum H. L. Clark, 1938 are the absence of a mid-ventral

radial series of tube feet on the sole, inconspicuous dorsal and

lateral tube feet, coarsely granuliform dorsal and lateral scales,

numerous small scales at the base of the large dorsal and lateral

scales, and multi-layered ossicles in the sole of larger specimens.

In the smallest specimens the sole has perforated plates with

fewer knobs, and lacks perforated plates with secondary surface

developments and multi-layered ossicles.

Psolidium hutchingsae sp. nov.

Table 1, Figures 2c-d, 5d-f

Material examined. Holotype: N New South Wales, 50 m west of Split

Solitary I, 30°14'S 153°10'48"E, Herdmania momus, rocks, sponges,

ascidians, 15 m, P. A. Hutchings and L. C. Rose, 7 Mar 1992, stn NSW

677, AM J24107. Paratype: Type location and date, J24108 (1).

Other material. Coffs Harbour, SE Islet, 30°19'S 153°09'E, 12 m,

A. Hoggett and D. Johnson, 22 Jan 1982, J15469 (1); Port Stephens,

32°37'S 152°04'E, surface of ascidian, S. Smith, 1985, J19665 (1).

Description. Psolidium species up to 18 mm long (preserved);

dorsal and lateral body scales thick, up to 2.2 mm wide, body

surface uneven; oral and anal scales tapering to narrow rounded

end distally.

Sole with peripheral irregular band of tube feet, about 4-5

wide, lacking discrete outer series of smaller tube feet; mid-

ventral radial series of tube feet, about 2 wide.

Dorsal and lateral ossicles: multi-layered ossicles (scales)

thick, up to 4 tube foot canals; buttons perforated, irregularly

oval, thick, smallest 80 pm long with 3 perforations, intergrade

with thickened and knobbed perforated plates and with multi-

layered ossicles; crosses abundant, deeply cupped, arms

bifurcate, arms distally finely spinous, cupped crosses 56-88

pm long; rosettes rare, up to 32 pm long.

Sole ossicles: knobbed to thickened perforated plates,

marginal and surface knobs, variable shape from flat crosses

to irregular plates with up to 12 perforations, up to 160 pm

long; shallow concave crosses rare, arms bifurcate, arms

bluntly spinous to finely knobbed distally, up to 72 pm long;

shallow cups rare, knobs to short digitiform spinelets on rim,

cups up to 96 pm long.

Tentacle ossicles include irregular, thick, perforated,

plates, up to 320 pm long; abundant rosettes, densely branched,

up to 80 pm long.

Colour. Preserved. Dorsally and laterally pale to dark grey-

brown, some specimens with dark brown patches or spotting;

sole off-white; tentacle trunks brown, dendritic branches off-

white; introvert off-white.

Distribution. Northern New South Wales, Split Solitary I, Coffs

Harbour and Port Stephens; rock, sponge, ascidians; 12-15 m.

Etymology. Named for Dr Pat Hutchings (Senior Principal

Research Scientist, Australian Museum), with appreciation of

her contribution to Australian marine invertebrate research and

in particular for the collection and documentation of specimens

described in this work.

Remarks. The distinguishing characteristics of Psolidium

hutchingsae sp. nov. are the presence dorsally of abundant

deeply cupped crosses with bifurcate arms that are distally finely

spinous, and large rosettes and irregular plates in the tentacles.

Psolidium karenae sp. nov.

Table 1, Figure lb, 2e, 4d

Material examined. Holotype: South Australia, Spencer Gulf, Yorke

Peninsula, Port Victoria jetty, under rock, 5-6 m, K. L. Gowlett-

Holmes and W. Zeidler, 14 Dec 1994, SAM K2177 (live colour photo

SAM PK 0105).

Paratypes: St Vincent Gulf, Kemps Ground, 12 m, N. Holmes,

Apr/May 1985, K2188 (1); Adelaide, Hallet Cove, R. Balfour, 1970,

K2184 (3); Moana Beach, reef off S end, 10 m, K. L. Gowlett-Holmes,

4 Apr 1987, K2185 (3); Nuyts Archipelago, just N of centre of W

island, Franklin I, 6-8 m, P. Aerfeldt et al., 14 Apr 1983, SAM K2187

(1); St Francis I, W end of N beach, among rocks, 3 m, W. Zeidler, 24

Jan 1982, K2181 (2).

Description. Psolidium species up to 32 mm long (preserved);

body height low to moderately high, dorsal and lateral body

scales thick, finely granuliform, large, up to 4.5 mm wide, with

sparse small scales at base; dorsal and lateral tube feet

conspicuous, pass through centre of scales.

Sole: peripheral band of tube feet, outer single series of

distinctly separate smaller tube feet, inner series of larger tube

feet, 2-3 wide, series not always continuous anteriorly and

posteriorly; mid-ventral radial series of tube feet, irregularly

spaced, 1-2 wide.

Dorsal and lateral ossicles: multi-layered perforated

ossicles (scales), thick, fine surface lumps, canals for tube feet,

intergrade with single-layered perforated plates up to 160 pm\

lacking cupped crosses, cups, rosettes.

Ventral ossicles: small to large single-layered perforated

plates, typically up to 24 perforations, up to 46 perforations in

larger specimens, thin to moderately thick, irregularly round

to oval, up to 240 pm long, plate surfaces with abundant fine

to medium knobs and rare large peripheral knobs, plate

margins knobbed to bluntly spinous; perforated plates from

small specimens with fewer surface and peripheral knobs;

large specimens lack secondary surface developments on

perforated plates, and multi-layered ossicles.

Tentacles lack rosettes.

Colour. Live. Dorsally dark reddish-brown.

Preserved. Dorsally pale to dark brown to grey-brown;

sole off-white to cream to pale brown.

Distribution. South Australia, St Vincent Gulf to Nuyts

Archipelago; 3-12 m.

Australian species of Psolidium Ludwig

Etymology. Named for Karen Gowlett-Holmes (CSIRO Marine

and Atmospheric Research; Eaglehawk Dive Centre) in

appreciation of her contribution to marine invertebrate research,

and with gratitude for her fieldwork and photography that

contributed substantively to this work.

Remarks. The distinguishing characteristics of Psolidium

karenae sp. nov. are the conspicuous dorsal and lateral tube

feet, finely granuliform dorsal and lateral scales, sparse small

scales at the base of the large dorsal and lateral scales, absence

of cups, cupped crosses and rosettes, and presence of separate

single outer series of smaller peripheral tube feet around the

sole. In the sole of the smallest specimens the perforated plates

have fewer knobs.

Psolidium laperousazi sp. nov.

Table 1, Figures lc, 2f, 6b-c

Material examined. Holotype: SE Tasmania, D’Entrecasteaux

Channel, Tinderbox, E of boat ramp, 1.5-3 m, K. L. Gowlett-Holmes,

14 Jul 1991, SAM K2172.

Paratypes: type locality and date, K2339 (2); South Australia,

Kangaroo I, b/wn Western River Cove and Snug Cove, W side, 8-10

m, K. L. Gowlett-Holmes, 24 Feb 2003, K2179 (1, live colour photo

SAM PK0253).

Description. Psolidium species up to 27 mm long (preserved);

body height low to moderately high; dorsal and lateral scales

thick, embedded in thick integument, imbricating, up to 1.5

mm wide; dorsal and lateral tube feet conspicuous, abundant.

Sole: peripheral band of tube feet, 3-4 wide, not always

continuous anteriorly and posteriorly, lacking series of

distinctly separate outer small tube feet; regular, close series

of mid-ventral radial tube feet, 2 wide.

Dorsal and lateral ossicles: multi-layered perforated

ossicles (scales), thick, irregular form; deeply cupped crosses

and more abundant partially and fully closed cups, 40-72 pm,

typical size range 56-64 pm long, cup rim densely, finely

spinous; small to large buttons, up to 12 perforations, thick,

smooth, irregular form, up to 264 pm long, intergrade with

multi-layered ossicles.

Ventral ossicles: predominantly large single-layered

perforated plates, up to 20 perforations, rarely up to 42

perforations in larger specimens, variable thickening,

irregularly round to elongate, smooth, irregular margin, up to

368 pm long; perforated plates with variable surface and

peripheral knobs rare; perforated plates with 4 perforations

rare; moderately deep to deeply cupped crosses and more

abundant partially and fully closed cups, 48-64 pm long,

typical size range 48-56 pm long, cup rim bluntly spinous.

Tentacle ossicles include rosettes, irregularly oval, densely

branched, up to 80 pm long in larger specimens.

Colour. Live: dark pink dorsally. Preserved: pale brown to

cream dorsally and ventrally; small, discrete, dark brown spots

may be present on the sole.

Distribution. SE Tasmania (D’Entrecasteaux Channel) to

South Australia (Kangaroo I); 1-10 m.

Etymology. Named for Thierry Laperousaz (Collection Manager,

Marine Invertebrates, South Australian Museum), with gratitude

for his prompt and gracious assistance with loans.

Remarks. The distinguishing characteristics of Psolidium

laperousazi sp. nov. are the embedding of the dorsal and lateral

scales in thick integument, the abundant and conspicuous tube

feet, the predominance of cups over cupped crosses dorsally

and ventrally, large rosettes in the tentacles, and the presence of

dark spots on the sole.

Psolidium marshae sp. nov.

Table 1, Figures Id, 3a, 6d-f

Material examined. Holotype: Western Australia, Cape Naturaliste,

Geographe Bay, Bunker Bay, granite reef, brown algae canopy,

Cystophora, 33°32.152'S 115°01.993'E, 5.4 m, A. Sampey, 15 Apr

2005, WAMZ31173.

Paratype: Eagle Bay, granite reef, brown algae canopy, Sargassum,

Cystophora, 33°33.387'S 115°04.078'E, 4.9 m, A. Sampey, 2 Feb 2005,

Z31165 (1).

Other material. South Australia, Kangaroo I, b/wn Western River

Cove and Snug Cove, 12-14 m, under rock, on coralline red alga or

sponge, K. L. Gowlett-Holmes, 14 Mar 2004, SAM K2173 (1, live

colour photo SAM PK0273).

Description. Psolidium species up to 10 mm long (preserved);

very uneven surface; dorsal and lateral scales thick, up to 1.5

mm wide; oral and anal scales small, tapering to rounded end

distally.

Sole with peripheral band of tube feet, band up to 4 wide,

size variable, outermost series slightly smaller; mid-ventral

radial series irregular, up to 4 wide; peripheral series of tube

feet variably continuous anteriorly and posteriorly.

Dorsal and lateral ossicles: multi-layered ossicles (scales)

thick, tube foot canals; buttons numerous, thick, smooth, not

knobbed, irregularly oval, 3-9 perforations, up to 216 pm long;

crosses small, deeply cupped, most quadri-radiate, some tri- or

penta-radiate, abundant, typically 32 pm long, arms distally

spinous, spinelets long, spinel ets sometimes joined to close rim

to form cups; rosettes abundant, oval, typically 32 pm long.

Sole ossicles: knobbed plates numerous, variable form,

4-16 perforations, thickly knobbed on surface and marginally,

up to 240 pm long; cups and cupped crosses shallow concave,

with digitiform spinelets marginally only; cups and cupped

crosses of 2 sizes, larger typically 72 pm long, of variable

form, some intergrading with knobbed plates, smaller typically

32 pm long, quadri-radiate or tri-radiate base, marginal rim

closed or not.

Tentacle ossicles include abundant rosettes, oval, up to 56

pm long.

Colour. Live. Predominantly white with some brown patches.

Preserved : dorsally and laterally off-white with dark

brown-black patches and flecks; sole off-white; tentacle trunks

with dark brown markings.

Distribution. Western Australia, Cape Naturaliste, Geographe

Bay; granite; 5 m; South Australia, Kangaroo I; 12-14 m.

Etymology. Named for Loisette Marsh (Research Associate,

Marine Invertebrates Section, Department of Aquatic Zoology,

P. Mark O’Loughlin and Dragica Marie

Western Australian Museum) , in appreciation of her considerable

contribution to echinoderm systematic and biogeographical

research, and with gratitude for her gracious assistance with

loans of echinoderm specimens for systematic research.

Remarks. The distinctive characters of Psolidium marshae sp.

nov. are the presence of 2 size ranges of cupped crosses and

cups in the sole, and presence of rosettes in the body wall.

Psolidium mccallumae sp. nov.

Table 1, Figures 3b, 7a-b

Material examined. Holotype: Western Australia, off Point Cloates,

upper continental slope, hard substrate. Southern Surveyor SS10/2005

stn 139, 22.85°S 113.51°E, 100 m, 9 Dec 2005, NMV F126891.

Description. Psolidium species up to 7 mm long (preserved);

dorsal and lateral body scales thick, up to 1.3 mm wide, oral

and anal cone scales tapering to projecting angled spine; dorsal

and lateral tube feet conspicuous.

Sole with peripheral band of tube feet, outer single series

of slightly smaller tube feet, inner single series; lacking mid-

ventral radial series of tube feet.

Dorsal and lateral ossicles: multi-layered ossicles (scales),

up to 2 tube foot canals; cups shallow, 4-8 perforations, cross

and rim covered with fine spinelets, cups 40-72 pm long;

rosettes rare, small, up to 32 pm long.

Sole ossicles: smooth, irregular perforated plates, up to 16

perforations, up to 184 pm long; shallow cups with finely

spinous rim, typically 4 perforations, typically 48 pm long;

lacking rosettes.

Colour ( preserved ). White dorsally, laterally, ventrally.

Distribution. Central Western Australia, off Point Cloates,

upper continental slope, hard substrate; 100 m.

Etymology. Named for Anna McCallum (Marine Biology

Section, Museum Victoria) with appreciation of her participation

in the collection of this material on the Southern Surveyor, and

her careful curation of this holothuroid collection in Museum

Victoria.

Remarks. The distinctive character of Psolidium mccallumae

sp. nov. is the complete cover of small spinelets on the cross

and rim of the shallow dorsal cups.

Psolidium minutus (H. L. Clark)

Table 1, Figures 7c-d

Psolus minutus H. L. Clark, 1938: 507-09, figs 51-52.— H. L. Clark,

1946: 414.— Pawson, 1968b: 21 (key).— Cannon and Silver, 1987: 29.

Psolidium minutus.— Rowe (in Rowe and Gates), 1995:

318.— Coleman, 2002: 65, fig.

Material examined. Paratypes: Lord Howe I, Neds Beach, under rock,

Apr 1932, AM J6450 (3).

Other material. Neds Beach, under rock, N. Coleman, 20 Jul

2002, NMV F93176 (1); Middleton Reef, shallow reef front, 29°27.2'S

159°06.8’E, sandy bottom, 10 m, 4 Dec 1987, AM J20901 (1).

Description. Psolidium species up to 10 mm long (live); dorsal

and lateral body scales thick to thin, bluntly toothed on free

edge, up to 1.3 mm wide; tube feet pass through scales.

Sole with peripheral band of tube feet, outer single series

of smaller tube feet, inner single series; mid-ventral radial

series of tube feet 2 wide.

Dorsal and lateral ossicles: single to multi-layered ossicles

(scales) with tube foot canals; large cups shallow to deep,

closely finely spinous rim, large cups 48-80 pm long; small

cupped crosses and cups deep, closely finely spinous distal

arm branches and cup rim, small crosses and cups up to 24 pm

long; lacking rosettes.

Sole ossicles: perforated plates, irregularly round to

elongate, smooth, marginally slightly knobbed to bluntly

spinous, up to 36 perforations, up to 360 pm long; shallow

cups with finely spinous rim, typically 4 perforations, typically

48 pm long; very small deeply cupped crosses and cups, finely

closely spinous on distal arm branches and rim, up to 20 pm

long; lacking rosettes.

Tentacles lack rosettes.

Colour. Live colour white, tentacles yellowish (H. L. Clark,

1938; Coleman, 2002: 65, fig.).

Distribution. Tasman Sea, Lord Howe I, Middleton Reef; 1-10 m.

Remarks. The distinctive characters of Psolidium minutus (H. L.

Clark, 1938) are the presence of 2 size ranges of cupped crosses

and cups in the sole, and absence of rosettes in the body wall. H. L.

Clark (1938) noted that Dr Deichmann had called his attention to

the fact that the ossicles in Psolus minutus resembled those in some

species of Psolidium. Rowe (1995) reassigned Psolus minutus to

Psolidium on the basis of dorsal tube feet penetrating the scales.

Psolidium nigrescens H. L. Clark

Table 1, Figures 3c-d, 7e-f

Psolidium nigrescens H. L. Clark, 1938: 505-507, fig. 50.— H. L.

Clark, 1946: 414-15.— Cannon and Silver, 1987: 29.— Rowe (in Rowe

and Gates), 1995: 318.

Material examined. New South Wales, Broken Bay, Hawkesbury River,

Yeomans Bay, Smith-Maclntyre Grab, mud sediment, G. Phillipson,

Oct 1992 (specimen not lodged in museum); Port Jackson, Middle

Harbour, N bank W of Spit Bridge, 33°48’S 151°15’E, steeply sloping

bottom with telestacean bed, live and dead mussels, Tethia sp. and

compound ascidians, 8 m, J. K. Lowry, 9 Jun 1981, J24097 (1); Botany

Bay, off Dolls Point, dredged, 7-11 m, D. F. McMichael, Oct 1949,

J6789 (4); Port Hacking, Gunnamatta Bay, 34°04'30"S 151°08'54"E, on

shells of Anadara, I. Bennett, 2 Nov 1948, AM J6821 (6); Batemans

Bay, Clyde R, edge of channel near southern bank downstream from

Princes Hwy road bridge, 35°42’34"S 150°H'3"E, 5 m, clump of hairy

mussels, Australian Museum party, 30 Mar 2004, J24092 (3).

Description. Psolidium species up to 40 mm long (preserved);

body elongate; dorsal and lateral body scales thick, up to 4 mm

wide, covered by fairly thick integument; scales tapered to

projecting rounded point orally and anally; dorsal and lateral

tube feet conspicuous, up to 5 pass through a scale.

Sole with peripheral band of tube feet, about 5 wide,

outermost tube feet not smaller; mid-ventral radial series of

tube feet predominantly 2 wide.

Dorsal and lateral ossicles: multi-layered ossicles (scales)

with tube foot canals; thick knobbed buttons, 3-10 perforations,

Australian species of Psolidium Ludwig

up to 192 pm long, intergrade with multi-layered ossicles;

branched rods with pointed ends (“thorn” ossicles), irregular

form, 3-5 arms, flat to 3 -dimensional, up to 56 p m long;

rosettes, densely branched, up to 40 pm long.

Sole ossicles: perforated plates, slightly concave, irregularly

round, knobbed marginally, up to 14 perforations, up to 152

ja, m long; very shallow, marginally knobbed, 4-perforation

cups and cupped crosses, typically 96 jim long; rare rosettes;

rare “thorn” ossicles.

Tentacle ossicles include: rosettes, up to 40 jim long;

“thorn” ossicles, up to 40 jim long.

Colour ( preserved ). Dorsal and lateral body black to brown to

dark grey, with fine white spotting over scales; tube feet off-

white; sole pale brown to cream, with some fine brown flecking;

tentacle trunks dark brown, tentacle dendritic ends off-white.

Distribution. Eastern Australia, central New South Wales,

Broken Bay to Batemans Bay, estuarine; 0-11 m.

Remarks. The distinguishing characters of Psolidiumnigrescens

H. L. Clark, 1938 are the “thorn” ossicles in the body wall, and

very dark brown to black colour.

Psolidium parmatus (Sluiter)

Table 1, Figures 3e-f, 8a-c

Psolus parmatus Sluiter, 1901: 102-03, pi. 6 fig. 14.

Material examined. Holotype (very poor condition): Indonesia, Banda

Sea, Siboga stn 259, 5°29.2'S 132°52.5'E, coral sand, 487 m, V.ECH.

H1300.

Other material. Western Australia, Ningaloo North, Southern

Surveyor SS2005/10 stn 163, 21.94°S 113.84°E, hard substrate, 133 m,

12 Dec 2005, NMV F112156 (1); Adele, SS05/2007 stn 161, 14.5622°S

122.9182°E, hard rubble, 95 m, 4 Jul 2007, F151835 (1); Kulumburu,

SS05/2007 stn 176, 13.2247°S 123.3957°E, 400 m, F151836 (1).

Arafura Sea, Southern Surveyor SS05/2005 stn 42, 9°7.018’S

133°24.725'E, 204 m, 18 May 2005, F109377 (1); SS05/2005 stn 43,

9°5.312'S 133°2.989'E, 226 m, 19 May 2005, F109378 (1).

Description. Psolidium species up to 13 mm long (preserved);

dorsal and lateral scales up to 2.0 mm wide, scales each with

numerous blunt calcareous vertical projections; dorsal and

lateral tube feet not conspicuous amongst projections.

Sole with peripheral band of tube feet, single outer series

of smaller tube feet, inner single series of larger ones; lacking

mid-ventral radial series of tube feet.

Dorsal and lateral ossicles: single to multi-layered

perforated plates (scales), lace-like secondary surface

developments to multi-layering, tube foot canals; each scale

with numerous thick, bulbous calcareous spires, constricted

basally, rounded distally, about 200 pm high, 136 pm widest

diameter, finely spinous surface; irregular branched pointed

rod “thorn” ossicles, up to 160 pm long; shallow concave cups,

perforations large, typically 4 around central cross, frequently

4 smaller corner perforations, cups knobbed around margin

and on cross, cups typically 120 pm long; lacking rosettes.

Sole ossicles: shallow concave cups, perforations large,

typically 4 around central cross, frequently 4 smaller corner

perforations, cups knobbed around margin and on cross, cups

typically 112 pm long; “thorn” ossicles up to 96 pm long;

lacking rosettes.

Colour (preserved). White dorsally, laterally, ventrally.

Distribution. Indonesia (Banda Sea), Arafura Sea, to NW

Western Australia (Ningaloo North); 95-487 m.

Remarks. Tube feet pass through the dorsal and lateral scales of

Psolus parmatus Sluiter, 1901. The species is re-assigned here

to Psolidium Ludwig. The distinctive species characteristic of

Psolidium parmatus (Sluiter) is the presence of numerous blunt

vertical calcareous projections on each of the dorsal and lateral

scales. These projections resemble “shields” in profile, and

hence the species name chosen by Sluiter (parma, Latin for

“small shield”).

Psolidium ravum Hickman

Table 1, Figures le, 8d-e

Psolidium ravum Hickman, 1962: 60-61, figs 75-86, pi. 2 fig.

7.— Dartnall, 1980: 51, 77,-Rowe, 1982: 458, 464, fig. 10.29c.-Rowe

(in Rowe and Gates), 1995: 318-19.

Material examined. Syntype: SE Tasmania, Derwent Estuary, Ralphs

Bay, dredged, 13 m, 28 Aug 1959, AM J7202 (1).

Other material: N point of Trial Bay, near Kettering, 3 m, under

rock, 31 Mar 1991, SAM K2180 (1); Hobart, AM G248 (3); Frederick

Henry Bay, Primrose Sands, Renard Point, under rock, 3-4 m, K. L.

Gowlett Holmes, 25 Aug 1999, K2178 (1); Bass Strait, Lulworth, Black

Rock Point, M. O’Loughlin et al„ 22 Nov 1982, NMV F97439 (1);

Tamar R., Greens Beach, M. O’Loughlin, 7 Mar 1981, NMV F97440

(1). Victoria, Bass Strait, Ninety Mile Beach, 10 km W of Seaspray, J.

Watson, 1977, AM J11171 (1); Portland, 500 m E of Whalers Point

Lighthouse, 10 m, under rocks, P. Berents and R. Springthorpe, 10

May 1988, AM J21980 (1); Saxon Reef, 10 m, J. Watson, 24 Feb 2007,

NMV FI 25379 (1). South Australia, Spencer Gulf, Yorke Peninsula,

Port Elizabeth, 7 m, K. Sheard, 23 Feb 1941, SAM K2182 (1); Pt

Turton jetty, 3-4 m, N. Holmes, 31 Aug 1986, SAM K2186 (1); W Eyre

Peninsula, Streaky Bay, Pt Westall, littoral, M. O’Loughlin, 15 Jan

1991, NMV F 9743 8 (1); Nuyts Archipelago, Franklin I, 12-15 m, W.

Zeidler and P. Aerfeldt, 23 Feb 1983, SAM K2183 (1).

Description. Psolidium species up to 40 mm long (preserved);

body form oval to elongate; body height low to moderately

high; dorsal and lateral scales thick, up to 2 mm wide, covered

with thick integument; dorsal and lateral tube feet conspicuous,

numerous.

Sole: peripheral band of tube feet, 4-5 wide, not always

continuous anteriorly and posteriorly, lacking series of

distinctly separate outer small tube feet; regular, close series

of mid-ventral radial tube feet, 2 wide.

Dorsal and lateral ossicles: multi-layered perforated ossicles

(scales), thick, irregular form; deeply cupped crosses with distal

spinous to digitiform spinelets, rare partially or fully closed cups,

32-72 pm long, typical size range 40-56 pm long; small to large

buttons, up to 12 perforations, thick, smooth, irregular form, up

to 216 pm long, intergrade with multi-layered ossicles.

Ventral ossicles: predominantly large single-layered

perforated plates, up to 16 perforations, rarely up to 38

perforations in larger specimens, variable thickening, irregularly

round to elongate, smooth, irregular margin, up to 360 pm long;

P. Mark O’Loughlin and Dragica Marie

perforated plates with variable surface and peripheral knobs

rare; perforated plates with 4 perforations rare; moderately deep

to deeply cupped crosses with distal spinous to knobbed

spinelets, rare partially or fully closed cups, typical size range

4CM-8 p m long, rarely up to 56 pm long.

Tentacle ossicles include rosettes, irregularly oval, densely

branched, up to 96 pm long in larger specimens.

Colour. Live: grey dorsally and laterally. Preserved: dark

brownish-grey to off-white dorsally and laterally; sole brown to

grey-brown.

Distribution. SE Tasmania (Derwent Estuary), Bass Strait, to

W South Australia (Nuyts Archipelago); 0-15 m.

Remarks. Although not reported by Hickman (1962), the

syntype and all of the specimens determined here to be P.

ravum have rosettes in the tentacles. The specimen from the

Eyre Peninsula (NMV F97438) ventrally has more abundant

plates with 4 perforations, but the external morphology and

presence of cupped crosses dorsally and ventrally are typical of

P. ravum. The specimens from Frederick Henry Bay (SAM

K2178) and Kettering (K2180) have similar morphological

appearances to P. laperousazi sp. nov., but the dorsal and

ventral ossicles are typical of P. ravum. Knobbed to spinous

plate margins in the sole of the specimens from Port Elizabeth

(SAM K2182) and Portland (NMV F125379) are similar to

those of P. karenae sp. nov. and P. granuliferum H. L. Clark,

but the external morphology and presence of dorsal and ventral

cupped crosses and cups are typical of P. ravum. Small ossicles

were absent from specimens from Nuyts Archipelago (SAM

K2183) and Yorke Peninsula (K2186) (probably formalin

preservation history), but the specimens have the typical

external morphology of P. ravum. The distinguishing

characteristics of Psolidium ravum Hickman, 1962 are the

conspicuous dorsal and lateral tube feet, the predominance of

cupped crosses over cups dorsally and ventrally, large rosettes

in the tentacles, and absence of dark spots on the sole.

Psolidium spinuliferus (H. L. Clark)

Table 1, Figures 4a, 8f, 9a-d

Psolus spinuliferus H. L. Clark, 1938: 509-11, fig. 53.— H. L.

Clark, 1946: 414.— Cannon and Silver, 1987: 29.— Rowe (in Rowe and

Gates), 1995: 319.

Material examined. Northern Territory, Darwin Harbour, North Shell

I, 12°2948"S 130°53'12"E, coral rubble covered with sponges and

some algae, 5 m, P. A. Hutchings, 16 Jul 1993, stn NT 346, AM J24096

(1). Western Australia, Perth, Cottesloe, Mudurup Rocks, c70 m S of

groyne, reef flat, Sargassum zone, on reef flat under thin veneer of

sand, 31°59'51"S 115°45'01"E, 0-1 m, J. Keesing, 6 Feb 2007, WAM

Z37479 (1); Trigg I, clOO m N of ‘island’, inshore mixed algal zone

mid-platform with thin veneer of sand overlaying reef, 31°52’29"S

115°45’04"E, 0-1 m, J. Keesing, 19 Feb 2007, Z37478 (1); Waterman,

Sargassum zone, mid-platform, 31 0 51'15"S 115°45'05"E, 0-1 m, J.

Keesing, 14 Feb 2007, Z37468 (5); from mixed localities, Cottesloe

and Trigg I, inter-tidal platforms, on reef flat under thin veneer of

sand, J. Keesing, Feb 2007, Z37469 (1).

Description. Psolidium species up to 20 mm long (preserved);

dorsal and lateral body scales thin, single-layered, with spires,

scales up to 1.5 mm wide; tube feet dorsally and laterally pass

through scales, not conspicuous amongst spires.

Sole: peripheral band of tube feet, outer single series of

smaller tube feet, inner single to zig-zag series; mid-ventral

radial series irregular, double to zig-zag to scattered.

Dorsal and lateral ossicles: single-layered, thick, perforated

plates (scales), irregularly oval, some with secondary

thickening, most with vertical digitiform spire near margin;

spires up to 400 pm long, 120 pm diameter, distally spinous.

Sole ossicles: knobbed plates, numerous, predominantly

regular 4-holed thin plates, smooth to finely knobbed

marginally, typically 80 pm long; lacking cupped crosses,

cups, rosettes.

Tentacle ossicles include: thick perforated plates, elongate,

variable form, some with secondary layer development, up to

352 pm long; numerous rosettes, large to small, frequently

with 4 central perforations, densely branched, oval to elongate

and distally rounded, up to 160 pm long, intergrade with

elongate plates.

Colour(live and preserved). White, dorsally and ventrally.

Distribution. Northern Territory (Darwin), to Western Australia

(Perth); 0-22 m.

Remarks. The dorsal and lateral tube feet are not conspicuous,

and were not noticed by H. L. Clark (1938). Psolus spinuliferus

H. L. Clark, 1938 is reassigned here to Psolidium Ludwig. The

distinguishing characters of Psolidium spinuliferus (H. L.

Clark) are the predominantly single-layered scales with vertical

digitiform marginal spire. The type specimen (MCZ no. 1669)

was taken off the Eighty Mile Beach near Broome in

northwestern Australia, at 18-22 m.

Acknowledgments

We are most grateful to the following for their gracious

assistance: CynthiaAhearn (Smithsonian Institution; literature);

Leon Altoff and Audrey Falconer (Marine Research Group,

Field Naturalists Club of Victoria; photography); Ben Boonen

(photoshop of images, format of figures); Mary Catherine

Boyett (MCZ; loan); Karen Gowlett-Holmes (CSIRO, Hobart;

live colour photos, field work); Simon Hinkley and Chris

Rowley (NMV; photography); John Keesing (CSIRO, Perth;

data), Thierry Laperousaz (SAM; loans); Loisette Marsh and

Mark Salotti (WAM; loans and data); Stephen Keable and

Roger Springthorpe (AM; loan, data); Jan Watson (Marine

Research Group, Field Naturalists Club of Victoria; fieldwork).

We are most appreciative of the helpful suggestions made by

referees Dr D. L. Pawson and Dr F. W. E. Rowe.

References

Agassiz, L. 1845. Nomina systematica generum echinodermatum tarn

viventium quam fossilium, secundum ordinem alphabeticum

disposita, adjectis auctoribus, libris in quibus reperiuntur, anno

editionis, etymologia et familiis, ad quas pertinent. Jent et

Gassmann: Soloduri: Switzerland.

Australian species of Psolidium Ludwig

0.25 mm

0.05 mm

Figure 9. Photos of ossicles from Australian species of Psolidium Ludwig, 1886 (by Mark O’Loughlin and Chris Rowley): a-d, P. spinuliferus

(H. L. Clark, 1938) ( WAM Z37468); a, part of dorsal scale with marginal vertical spire; b, dorsal scale with tube foot canal and base of lost spire;

c, tentacle rosettes; d, tentacle plates.

Agassiz, L. 1848. Nomenclatoris zoologici index universalis,

continens nomina systematica classium, ordinum, familiarum et

generum animalium omnium, tarn viventium quam fossilium,

secundum ordinem alphabeticum unicum disposita, adjectis

homonymiis plantarum. Jent et Gassmann: Soloduri:

Switzerland.

Baranova, Z.I., and Belyaev, G.M. 1968. Echinodermata. In:

Zenkevich, L. A. (ed.). La vie des animaux. Izdatel stvo

Proveshchenic. Moscow 2: 197-297. (in Russian)

Bell, J.F. 1882. Studies in the Holothuroidea. I. On the genus Psolus

and the forms allied thereto. Proceedings of the Zoological

Society, London. 1882: 641-50, pi. 158.

Bronn, H.G. 1860. Die klassen und ordnungen des thier-reichs,

wissenschaftlich dargestellt in wort und bild. 2. Aktinozoen. C. F.

Winter’sche Verlagshandlung: Leipzig and Heidelberg. 434 pp.,

49 pis.

Cannon, L.R.G., and Silver, H. 1987. Sea Cucumbers of Northern

Australia. Queensland Museum: Brisbane, Australia, i-viii, 60 pp.

Carriol, R-P, and Feral, J-P. 1985. Reexamen de quelques Psolidae

(Holothurioidea, Echinodermata) antarctiques et subantarctiques.

Description de deux nouvelles especes du genre Psolus. Bulletin

du Museum national d’Histoire naturelle, Paris 4(7) A(l):

49-60.

Cherbonnier, G. 1974. Invertebres marins des Xlleme et XVeme

expeditions antarctiques Fran£aises en Terre Adelie. 15.

Holothurides. Tethys 5(4): 601-10.

Clark, H.L. 1901. Holothurians of the Pacific Coast of North America.

Zoologischer Anzeiger 24: 162-71.

Clark, H.L. 1938. Echinoderms from Australia. An account of collections

made in 1929 and 1932. Memoirs of the Museum of Comparative

Zoology at Harvard College 55: 1-596, 28 pis, 63 figs.

Clark, H.L. 1946. The echinoderm fauna of Australia. Its composition

and its origin. Carnegie Institution of Washington Publication

566: 1-567.

Coleman, N. 2002. Lord Howe Island Marine Park. Neville Coleman’s

Underwater Geographic. 95 pp.

P. Mark O’Loughlin and Dragica Marie

Dartnall, A. 1980. Fauna of Tasmania Handbook 3. Tasmanian

echinoderms. University of Tasmania: Hobart. 82 pp., 36 figs, 5

pis, 18 maps.

Deichmann, E. 1940. Report on the Holothurians, collected by the

Harvard-Havana expeditions 1938 and 1939, with a revision of the

Molpadioida of the Atlantic Ocean. Memorias Sociedad Cubana

Historia Natural, Felipe Poey 14(3): 183-240, 10 pis.

Deichmann, E. 1941. The Holothurioidea collected by the Velero III

during the years 1932-1938. I. Dendrochirotida. Allan Hancock

Pacific Expeditions 8(3): 61-194, pis 10-30.

Deichmann, E. 1947. Shallow water holothurians from Carbo de

Hornos and adjacent waters. Anales del Museo Argentino de

Ciencias Naturales. Invertebrados Marinos 8: 325-51.

Deichmann, E. 1954. The holothurians of the Gulf of Mexico. Fishery

Bulletin of the Fish and Wildlife Service 89(55): 381-410.

Dendy, A. 1896. Observations on the Holothurians of New Zealand;

with descriptions of four new species, and an appendix on the

development of the wheels in Chirodota. Journal of the Linnaean

Society of London, Zoology 26: 22-52.

Forbes, E. 1841. A history of British starfishes and other animals of

the class Echinodermata. John van Voorst: London. 267 pp.

Gistel, T. 1848. Echinodermata. Class 11. Pp. 174-77 in:

Naturgeschichte des Thierreichs fur hohere Schulen. Stuttgart.

xvi+216 pp., 32 pis.

Grube, A.E. 1840. Aktinien, Echinodermen und Wiirmer des

Adriatischen und Mittelmeeres. J. H. Bon: Konigsberg. 92 pp.

Gutt, J. 1988. Zur Verbreitung und Okologie der Seegurken

(Holothuroidea, Echinodermata) im Weddellmeer (Antarktis).

Berichte zur Polar for schung 41: 1-87.

Gutt, J. 1990. New Antarctic holothurians (Echinodermata) —I. Five

new species with four new genera of the order Dendrochirotida.

Zoologica Scripta 19(1): 101-17.

Haeckel, E., 1896. Systematische Phylogenie der Echinodermen. Pp.

348-504 in: Systematische Phylogenie der Wirbellosen Thiere

(Invertebrata). Zweiter Teil des Entwurfs einer systematischen

Stammesgeschichte. Reimer: Berlin. 720 pp.

Hickman, V.V. 1962. Tasmanian sea-cucumbers (Holothuroidea).

Papers and Proceedings of the Royal Society of Tasmania 96:

49-72, 2 pis, 186 figs.

Jager, G.F. 1833. De Holothuriis. Dissertatio Inauguralis. Turici. 40

pp., 3 pis.

Joshua, E.C. 1914. Victorian Holothuroidea, with descriptions of new

species. Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria. New Series

27(1): 1-11.

Lambert, P. 1996. Psolidium bidiscum, a new shallow-water psolid sea

cucumber (Echinodermata: Holothuroidea) from the northeastern

Pacific, previously misidentified as Psolidium bullatum Ohshima.

Canadian Journal of Zoology 74: 20-31.

Ludwig, H. 1886. Die von G. Chierchia auf der Fahrt der Kgl.

Italianische Corvette Vettor Pisani gesammelten Holothurien.

Zoologische Jahrbiicher 2: 1-36, 2 pis.

Ludwig, H. 1892. Echinodermen. Pp. 32-61, pis 15-17 in: Bronn,H.

G., Klassen und Ordnungen des Thier-Reichs 2(3) 3 Das System.

C. F. Winter’sche Verlagshandlung: Leipzig and Heidelberg. 460

pp., 17 pis.

Ludwig, H., and Heding, S. G. 1935. Die holothurien der Deutschen

Tiefsee-Expedition. 1. Fusslose und dendrochirote formen.

Wissenschaftliche Ergebnisse der Deutschen Tiefsee-Expedition

aufdem dampfer Valdivia 1898-1899 24: 123-214.

Massin, C. 1992a. Holothurians (Echinodermata) from Marion and

Prince Edward Islands: new and little-known species. Zoologica

Scripta 21(3): 311-24.

Massin, C. 1992b. Three new species of Dendrochirotida

(Holothuroidea, Echinodermata) from the Weddell Sea

(Antarctica). Bulletin de Tlnstitut Royal des Sciences Naturelles

de Belgique, Biologie 62: 179-91.

Massin, C. 1997. First record of a Psolidae (Holothuroidea,

Echinodermata) in the Mediterranean Sea (Sicilian Channel).

Bulletin de Tlnstitut Royal des Sciences Naturelles de Belgique,

Biologie 67: 101-06.

Mitsukuri, K. 1912. Studies on Actinopodous Holothurioidea. Journal

of the College of Science, Tokyo Imperial University 29(2): 284

pp., 8 pis.

Mortensen, T. 1925. Echinoderms of New Zealand and the Auckland-

Campbell Islands. 4. Holothurioidea. Pp. 322-86 in: Papers from

Dr. Th. Mortensen’s Pacific Expedition 1914-1916. 29.

Videnskabelige Meddelelser Dansk Naturhistorisk Forening,

Kqbenhavn 79.

Mortensen, T. 1927. Handbook of the Echinoderms of the British

Isles. Oxford University Press: London. 471 pp.

Ohshima, H. 1915. Report of the holothurians collected by the United

States Fisheries Steamer Albatross in the northwestern Pacific

during the summer of 1906. Proceedings United States National

Museum 48: 213-91, pis 8-11.

Oken, L. 1815. Lehrbuch der Naturgeschichte. 3. Zoologie. Jena:

Germany. Pp. xxxviii+850+xviii.

O’Loughlin, PM. 2000. A review of the cucumariid genus Psolidiella

Mortensen (Echinodermata, Holothuroidea). Memoirs of Museum

Victoria 58: 25-37.

O’Loughlin, P.M., and O’Hara, T.D. 1992. New cucumariid

holothurians (Echinodermata) from southern Australia, including

two brooding and one fissiparous species. Memoirs of the Museum

of Victoria 53: 227-66.

Pawson, D.L. 1964. The Holothuroidea collected by the Royal Society

Expedition to Southern Chile, 1958-1959. Pacific Science 18(4):

453-70.

Pawson, D.L. 1967. The psolid genus Lissothuria. Proceedings of the

United States National Museum 122(3592): 1-17.

Pawson, D.L. 1968a. Some holothurians from Macquarie Island.

Transactions of the Royal Society of New Zealand (Zoology)

10(15): 141-50.

Pawson, D.L. 1968b. The echinozoan fauna of the New Zealand

subantarctic islands, Macquarie Island, and the Chatham Rise.

Bulletin of the New Zealand Department of Scientific and

Industrial Research 187: 9-33, 3 figs, 1 pi.

Pawson, D.L. 1968c. A new psolid sea cucumber from the Virgin

Islands. Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington 81:

347-50.

Pawson, D.L. 1969a. Holothuroidea from Chile. Report No. 46 of the

Lund University Chile Expedition 1948-1949. Sarsia 38: 121-45.

Pawson, D.L. 1969b. Holothuroidea. Pp. 36-38, 1 pi. in: Bushnell,

V.C., and Hedgpeth, J.W. (eds). Distribution of Selected Groups of

Marine Invertebrates in Waters South of 35° S Latitude. Antarctic

Map Folio Series (II). American Geographical Society: New

York.

Pawson, D.L. 1970. The marine fauna of New Zealand: Sea cucumbers

(Echinodermata: Holothuroidea). Bulletin of the New Zealand

Department of Scientific and Industrial Research 201: 7-65, 10

figs, 2 pis.

Pawson, D.L. 1971a. The Western Australian psolid holothurian Ceto

cuvieria (Cuvier). Journal of the Royal Society of Western

Australia 54(2): 33-39.

Pawson, D.L. 1971b. Ekkentropelma brychia n.g., n.sp., an Antarctic

psolid holothurian with a functionally lateral sole. Proceedings of

the Biological Society of Washington 84(14): 113-18.

Pawson, D.L. 1982. Holothuroidea. Pp. 813-18; figs pp. 791, 792; pis

136, 137 in: Parker, S.P. (ed. -in-chief). Synopsis and Classification

of Living Organisms. McGraw-Hill: New York.

Australian species of Psolidium Ludwig

Pawson, D.L., and Fell, H.B. 1965. A revised classification of the

dendrochirote holothurians. Breviora 214: 1-7.

Pawson, D.L. and Valentine, J.F. 1981. Psolidium prostratum, new

species, from off the east coast of the USA. (Echinodermata:

Holothuroidea). Proceedings of the Biological Society of

Washington 94(2): 450-54.

Perrier, R. 1902. Holothuries. Pp. 273-554, pis 12-22 in Expeditions

scientifiques du Travailleur et du Talisman pendant les annees

1880, 1881, 1882, 1883. Masson et Cie, Editeurs: Paris.

Perrier, R. 1905. Holothuries antarctiques du Museum d’Histoire

Naturelle de Paris. Annales des Sciences Naturelles. Zoologie 1:

1-146, 5 pis.

Philippi, A. 1857. Vier neue Echinodermen des Chilenschen Meeres.

Archiv Naturgeschicht 23: 130-34.

Rowe, F.W.E. 1982. Sea-cucumbers (class Holothurioidea). Pp. 454-76,

figs 10:26-10:37, pis 29-32 in: Shepherd, S.A., and Thomas, I.M.

(eds). Marine Invertebrates of Southern Australia. Part 1. South

Australian Government Printer: Adelaide.

Rowe, F.W.E., and Gates, J. 1995. Echinodermata. In: Wells, A. (ed.).

Zoological Catalogue of Australia 33: i-xiii, 1-510. CSIRO:

Melbourne.

Selenka, E. 1868. Nachtrag zu den Beitragen zur Anatomie und

Systematik der Holothurien. Zeitschrift Wissenschaftliche

Zoologische 18: 109-19, pi. 8.

Semper, C. 1868. Holothurien. Reisen imArchipel der Philippinen. 2.

Wissenschaftliche Resultate. Erster Band. Engelmann: Leipzig.

288 pp., 40 pis.

Sluiter, C.P 1901. Die Holothurien der Sz'Zwga-Expedition. Siboga-

Expeditie 44: 1-142, 10 pis. Buchhandlung en Druckerei v. E. J.

Brill: Leiden.

Studer, T. 1876. Uber Echinodermen aus dem antarktischen Meere

und zwei neue Seeigel von den Papua-Inseln, gesammelt auf der

Reise SMS Gazelle um die Erde. Monatsberichte der Koniglich

Preussichen Akademie der Wissenschaften. Berlin. Pp. 452-65.

Thandar, A.S. 2006. New species and new records of dendrochirotid

and dactylochirotid holothuroids (Echinodermata: Holothuroidea)

from off the east coast of South Africa. Zootaxa 1245: 1-51.

Theel, H. 1886. Report on the Holothurioidea dredged by HMS

Challenger during the years 1873-1876. Report on the scientific

results of the voyage of HMS Challenger, Zoology 14(39): 1-290,

16 pis.

Tommasi, L.R. 1969. Lista dos Holothurioidea recentes do Brasil.

Contributes Avulsas Instituto Oceanografico, Sao Paulo 15:

1-29.

Tommasi, L.R. 1971. Equinodermes do Brasil. I. Sobre alguncas

especies novas e outras pouco conhecidas para o Brasil. Boletim

Instituto Oceanografico, Sao Paulo 20(1): 1-23.

Vaney, C. 1906. Holothuries. Expedition Antarctique Fran§aise

(1903-1905). Sciences Naturelles: Documents Scientifiques.

Masson et Cie, Editeurs: Paris. 30 pp., 2 pis, 1 map.

Vaney, C. 1914. Holothuries. Deuxieme Expedition Antarctique

Fran£aise (1908-10). Sciences Naturelles: Documents

Scientifiques. Masson et Cie, Editeurs: Paris. 54 pp., 5 pis.

Verrill, A.E. 1866. On the Polyps and Echinoderms of New England.

Proceedings of the Boston Society of Natural History 10:

333-57.

Verrill, A.E. 1867. Notes on the echinoderms of Panama and the west

coast of America, with descriptions of new genera and species.

Transactions of the Connecticut Academy of Arts and Sciences

1(2): 251-322.

Memoirs of Museum Victoria 65: 23-42 (2008)

ISSN 1447-2546 (Print) 1447-2554 (On-line)

http://www.museum.vic.gov.au/memoirs/index.asp

Antarctic and Sub-Antarctic species of Psolidium Ludwig (Echinodermata:

Holothuroidea: Psolidae)

P. Mark O’Loughlin 1 and Cynthia Ahearn 2

1 Marine Biology Section, Museum Victoria, GPO Box 666, Melbourne, 3001, Victoria, Australia (email: pmo@bigpond.

net.au)

2 Department of Invertebrate Zoology, MRC-163, National Museum of Natural History, Smithsonian Institution, PO Box

37012, Washington DC, 20013-7012, USA

Abstract O’Loughlin, P.M., and Ahearn, C. 2008. Antarctic and Sub-Antarctic species of Psolidium Ludwig (Echinodermata:

Holothuroidea: Psolidae). Memoirs of Museum Victoria 65: 23-42.

Five new species of Psolidium Ludwig from Antarctica and Sub-Antarctica are described: Psolidium emilyae sp.

nov., P. normani sp. nov.; P. pawsoni sp. nov.; P. schnabelae sp. nov.; P. whittakeri sp. nov. Psolidium incertum (Theel)

is a junior synonym of Psolidium poriferum (Studer). Psolidium tenue Mortensen is raised out of synonymy with P.

incertum. Six species of Psolidium Ludwig from Antarctica and Sub-Antarctica are diagnosed: P. disciformis (Theel);

P. dorsipes Ludwig; P. gaini Vaney; P. incubans Ekman; P. poriferum (Studer); P. tenue Mortensen. A key is provided

for the 11 Antarctic and Sub-Antarctic species of Psolidium Ludwig.

Keywords Echinodermata, Holothuroidea, Psolidae, Psolidium, taxonomy, new species, key

Introduction

This study is based on the extensive collections of Antarctic

and Sub-Antarctic holothuroids held in the National Museum

of Natural History (NMNH) of the Smithsonian Institution in

Washington DC, the New Zealand Oceanographic Institute

(NZOI, now National Institute of Water and Atmospheric

Research [NIWA]), and Museum Victoria (NMV), South

Australian Museum (SAM) and Tasmanian Museum and Art

Gallery (TMAG) in Australia. The material is representative

of the Antarctic Ocean off both Eastern and Western

Antarctica, and the Sub-Antarctic Islands in the Atlantic,

Indian and Pacific oceans. The NMNH collection came from

the United States Fish Commission Albatross expeditions, and

the United States Antarctic Research Program (USARP), and

collections by the research vessels Eastwind, Edisto, Eltanin,

Glacier, Hero and A/as Orcadas (See O’Loughlin and Ahearn,

2005). The NIWA collections were made in the Ross Sea

region by the research vessels Endeavour and Tangaroa. The

NMV and SAM collections came from the Australian National

Antarctic Research Expedition (ANARE), and were collected

by the research vessels Aurora Australis and Nella Dan. Heard

Island collections in TMAG were made for the Australian

Antarctic Division by F/V Southern Champion. Some

BANZARE holothuroids remained on loan to USNM, and

were included in our study. Some specimens from the British

Museum (The Natural History Museum) (BM[NH]) that were

collected by the Discovery, Challenger and William Scoresby

were also available for our study. Some specimens taken by

R/V Verna were donated to NMNH by the American Museum

of Natural History. Recently collected holothuroids were

donated to NMV from the AMLR R/V Yuhzmorgeologiya

(2003) and Icefish (2004) expeditions to the southern Atlantic.

Holothuroid specimens and data collected recently by the New

Zealand International Polar Year Census of Antarctic Marine

Life Project expedition to the Ross Sea by R/V Tangaroa were

made available for collaborative study at NIWA in Nelson

(New Zealand). The type specimen for Psolidium poriferum

(Studer, 1876) was borrowed from the Humboldt-Universitaet

museum fur naturkunde in Berlin (ZMB).

We have reviewed the systematics of species of Psolidium

Ludwig, 1886, described to date from Antarctica and Sub-

Antarctica, and recognise six species. O’Loughlin (2002) has

previously synonymised Psolidium navicula Ekman, 1927,

and Psolidium bistriatum Ludwig and Heding, 1935, with

Psolidium (Cucumaria) coatsi Vaney, 1908, and referred P.

coatsi to his new genus Psolicrux O’Loughlin, 2002. We have

added five new species of Psolidium from Bouvet Island, South

Sandwich Islands, South Shetland Islands, Weddell Sea, Ross

Sea, Prydz Bay and Enderby Land. In the past some specimens

from Antarctica and Sub-Antarctica have been determined as

Psolidium incertum (Theel, 1886). These specimens, that are

similar morphologically, represent a complex of five species.

P. Mark O’Loughlin and Cynthia Ahearn

Three are new and are described here. Two belong to previously

described but unused or synonymised taxa: Psolidium

poriferum (Studer, 1876) and Psolidium tenue Mortensen,

1925. Specimens of Psolidium gaini Vaney, 1914, showed

significant variations in ossicle size and form and the possibility

of another species complex is suggested. Molecular data will

be an important additional source of evidence for further

refinement of our work.

Preserved specimens of Psolidae typically have tentacles

withdrawn, and there has been some historical reluctance to

dissect to sample tentacles for ossicle study. We found tentacle

ossicle form to be essential for diagnosis within the Psolidium

poriferum species group. To assist in our diagnoses we describe

“rod-plates”, derived from rods with branches joined or with

side-connections to create perforations (Figures 6e, f). These

are distinguished from smooth perforated plates that show no

evidence of rod derivation.

Materials and methods

SEM and some digital photography were done by Cynthia

Ahearn. Specimens were photographed directly using a Nikon

Coolpix 995 digital camera with flash lighting. Ossicles were

photographed using the same camera with a Wild M20-34504

compound microscope. SEM images were taken using a Leica

Stereoscan 440 with LaB6 electron source. Some specimen

photographs were taken by Leon Altoff and Audrey Falconer,

with Mark O’Loughlin, using a Pentax K10D digital SLR with

a variety of lenses and lit using two electronic flashes. Preserved

specimens were placed on or suspended above black velvet.

Photos of some ossicles were taken by Chris Rowley, with

Mark O’Loughlin, using a Leica DM5000 B compound

microscope, and Leica DC500 camera with montage software.

Specimen registration number prefixes are: NMV F, SAM

K, TMAG H, USNM E or without prefix (See O’Loughlin and

Ahearn, 2005).

Dendrochirotida Grube, 1840 (restricted Pawson and Fell, 1965)

Psolidae Forbes, 1841

Remarks. A synonymy and diagnosis for Psolidae are provided

by O’Loughlin and Marie (2008). Pawson and Fell (1965), and

subsequent authors, have nominated Perrier (1902) as the

systematic author of Psolidae. We recognise Forbes (1841) as

the original author.

Key to genera of Psolidae (See O’Loughlin and Marie, 2008)

Key to Antarctic and Sub-Antarctic species of Psolidium

Ludwig, 1886

1. Mid-ventral (sole) radial series of tube feet present 2

— Lacking mid-ventral (sole) radial series of tube feet 3

2. Ossicles in sole include irregularly oval to round disc-like

smooth plates, variably with few minute, closed to almost

closed, perforations

P. disciformis (Theel, 1886) (S Chile)

— Irregularly oval to round, disc-like smooth plates, variably

with few minute, closed to almost closed, perforations,

not present in sole

P. dorsipes Ludwig, 1886 (S Chile, S Argentina, Strait

of Magellan, Burdwood Bank, Falkland Is)

3. Dorsally with deep goblet-like cups, closed across rim,

vertical spines above rim; brood-protects in folds of sole .

P. incubans Ekman, 1925 (South Georgia)

— Dorsally lacking deep goblet-like cups closed across rim;

no brood-protection in folds of sole 4

4. Dorsal and lateral scales conspicuous; dorsal and lateral

tube feet inconspicuous; lacking numerous dorsal and

lateral tube feet support ossicles; crosses and small

perforated plates rare to absent in sole 5

— Dorsal and lateral scales inconspicuous; dorsal and lateral

tube feet numerous and conspicuous; dorsal and lateral

tube foot support ossicles numerous; sole with numerous

perforated plates 9

5. Largest tentacle trunk ossicles predominantly thick,

narrow rod-plates and perforated plates with prominent

rod thickenings

P. tenue Mortensen, 1925 (Antarctic Peninsula, Ross

Sea, Wilkes Land, Antipodes I., Prydz Bay)

— Largest tentacle trunk ossicles predominantly smooth

perforated plates 6

6. Dorsal scales frequently with well-developed, radiating-

to-margin, linear, rounded thickenings between rows of

marginal perforations

.. P. poriferum (Studer, 1876) (Marion, Kerguelen, Heard,

McDonald Is; MacRobertson Land)

— Dorsal scales rarely with linear thickenings between rows

of marginal perforations 7

7. Dorsal scales frequently with smooth white thickening;

perforations reduced, many almost closed

P.pawsoni sp. nov. (Weddell Sea, Ross Sea, Enderby

Land)

— Dorsal scales with irregular lumpy or reticulate thickening,

rarely with smooth white thickening and almost closed

perforations 8

8. Largest tentacle trunk ossicles predominantly plates with

large irregular perforations

P. whittakeri sp. nov. (South Sandwich, Bouvet, South

Shetland Islands)

— Largest tentacle trunk ossicles predominantly plates with

large perforations centrally grading to numerous small

close perforations marginally

P. schnabelae sp. nov. (off Prydz Bay, MacRobertson Land)

9. Ossicles in sole numerous crosses; rare perforated plates ..

P. emilyae sp. nov. (Prydz Bay)

— Ossicles in sole perforated plates 10

Antarctic and Sub-Antarctic species of Psolidium Ludwig

10. Dorsal scales single-layered only perforated plates;

perforated plates in sole lacking irregular thickenings

P. gaini Vaney, 1914 (South Georgia, S Orkney Is,

Weddell Sea, Antarctic Peninsula, Ross Sea, Prydz Bay)

— Dorsal scales single-layered with some secondary

layering; sole with irregularly thickened, scale-like

perforated plates

P. normani sp. nov. (Adelie Land, Prydz Bay,

MacRobertson Shelf, Enderby Land)

Table 1. Distribution of

Psolidium Ludwig, 1886.

Antarctic and Sub-Antarctic species of

Psolidium species

Distribution

P. disciformis

(Theel, 1886)

Chile, Comau Fiord to Strait of Magellan;

8-448 m

P. dorsipes Ludwig, 1886

S Argentina, Falkland Is, S Chile; 10-483 m

P. emilyae sp. nov.

E Antarctica, Prydz Bay, Four Ladies Bank;

450-556 m

P gaini Vaney, 1914

South Georgia to Ross Sea to Prydz Bay;

19-646 m

Weddell Sea; 260-795 m (Gutt, 1988)

P. incubans Ekman, 1925

South Georgia, Cumberland Bay; 12-38 m

P. normani sp. nov.

Adelie Land, Prydz Bay, Enderby Land;

105-193 m

P. pawsoni sp. nov.

Weddell Sea, Ross Sea, Enderby Land;

137-920 m

P. poriferum

(Studer, 1876)

Marion, Kerguelen, Heard, McDonald Is;

100-600 m

Eastern Antarctica, MacRobertson Land;

177 m

P. schnabelae sp. nov.

MacRobertson Land, slope off Prydz Bay;

1266 m

P. tenue Mortensen, 1925

Antarctic Peninsula to Ross Sea to Prydz

Bay; 90-923 m

New Zealand, Antipodes I.; 2010-2100 m

P. whittakeri sp. nov.

Bouvet, S. Sandwich, S. Shetland Is;

146-759 m

Psolidium Ludwig

Psolidium Ludwig, 1886: 9.— Mortensen, 1927: 413.— Deichmann,

1941: 141-43.— Deichmann, 1947: 336,-Lambert, 1996: 21.

Diagnosis (see O’Loughlin and Marie, 2008). Dendrochirotid

holothuroids; small, up to 40 mm long; mid-body arched

dorsally in transverse section, flat ventrally; dorsal and lateral

body covered with imbricating scales, usually macroscopically

conspicuous, irregular in size and arrangement; scales

decreasing in size ventro -laterally, orally and anally; lacking

large oral valves; extensible oral cone, anterior to anterior-

dorsal to dorsal orientation; extensible anal cone, posterior to

posterior-dorsal to dorsal orientation; tube feet dorsally and

laterally in mid-body, pass through scales.

Sole distinct, oval to elongate; discrete margin created by

junction of small imbricating ventro -lateral scales with thin-

walled, usually calcareous, sole that lacks scales; peripheral

band of tube feet, may be discontinuous across the inter-radii

anteriorly and posteriorly; peripheral tube feet frequently of 2

sizes, outer series smaller; mid-ventral radial series of tube

feet present or absent.

Calcareous ring solid, plates sub -rectangular, radial and

interradial plates with tapered anterior projections; radial

plates with deep notch posteriorly, interradial plates with

shallow concave indentation posteriorly; 10 dendritic tentacles,

ventral 2 smaller.

Dorsal and lateral ossicles: multi-layered or single-layered

perforated plates (scales), always some with tube foot canals;

integument covering scales may have cupped crosses, cups,

“thorn” ossicles (irregular branched rods pointed distally),

buttons, perforated plates and rosettes; tube foot small

endplates, and tube foot support ossicles that are irregular rods

and plates, bent and curved, variably perforated.

Sole ossicles: inter-radii with small to large single-layered

perforated plates (rarely with multi-layering), smooth to

variably knobbed and thickened, sometimes with cupped

crosses, cups, thorn ossicles, and rosettes; radii with additional

tube foot ossicles, large endplates and tube foot support

ossicles that are irregular rods and plates, bent and curved,

variably perforated.

Tentacle ossicles: perforated plates, rod-plates and rods,

thick to thin, long to short, straight or bent, flat or curved;

dendritic tentacle branch endplates are small, irregular in

shape, cupped, with a few large perforations and irregular

margin; densely branched rosettes may be present.

Type species. Psolidium dorsipes Ludwig, 1886.

Antarctic and Sub-Antarctic species. Psolidium disciformis

(Theel, 1886); P. dorsipes Ludwig, 1886; P. emilyae sp. nov.; P.

gaini Vaney, 1914; P. incubans Ekman, 1925; P. normani sp.

nov.; P. pawsoni sp. nov.; P. poriferum (Studer, 1876); P.

schnabelae sp. nov.; P. tenue Mortensen, 1925; P. whittakeri

sp. nov.

Psolidium disciformis (Theel)

Figures la, b; 4a

Psolus disciformis Theel, 1886: 85, pi. 9 fig. 6.

Theelia disciformis— Ludwig, 1892: 350.— Perrier, 1902: 494.

Theelia (?Psolidium) disciformis.— Ludwig, 1894: 136.— Ludwig,

1898: 52.

Psolidium disciformis.— Deichmann, 1947: 337.— Pawson, 1969:

38, map 3.

Material examined. Syntypes (2): Chile, Challenger stn 311,

52°45’30"S 73°46’W, 448 m, BM(NH) [18]86.10.2.86.

Diagnosis. Psolidium species up to 18 mm long (25 mm in

Theel, 1886); dorsal and lateral scales conspicuous, up to 1 mm

wide; dorsal and lateral tube feet numerous, conspicuous, up to

2 penetrate each scale.

P. Mark O’Loughlin and Cynthia Ahearn

Figure 1. Photos of preserved specimens of species of Psolidium Ludwig, 1886 (a-c, e, f, by Cynthia Ahearn; d, by Leon Altoff and Audrey

Falconer), a, b, P. disciformis (Theel, 1886), Chile, 18 mm long, holotype BM(NH) [18]86.10.2.86: a, dorsal; b, ventral, c, P. dorsipes Ludwig,

1886, Argentina, ventral, 14 mm long, USNM 1114252. d, P. emilyae sp. nov., Prydz, Bay, dorsal (above) and lateral (oral end right), 14 mm long,

holotype SAM K2221. e, P. gaini Vaney, 1914, Victoria Land, lateral, 25 mm long, USNM E40556. f, P. incubans Ekman, 1925, South Georgia,

lateral, 8 mm long, BM(NH) 2008.3190.

Antarctic and Sub-Antarctic species of Psolidium Ludwig

Figure 2. Photos of preserved specimens of species of Psolidium Ludwig, 1886 (a, b, by Leon Altoff and Audrey Falconer; c, by Cynthia Ahearn;

d, by Mark Darragh). a, b, P. normani sp. nov., Prydz Bay: a, lateral (above) and ventral, 24 mm long, holotype NMV F157400; b, close-up of

sole with scale-like plates (left), and of lateral scales (right), specimen 13 mm long, paratype NMV F69118. c, P. pawsoni sp. nov., Weddell Sea,

dorso-lateral, 23 mm long, holotype, USNM 1112364. d, P. poriferum (Studer, 1876), Kerguelen I., dorsal, 20 mm long, holotype ZMB 2259.

Sole: outer peripheral single series of smaller tube feet;

inner peripheral single series of larger tube feet; zig-zag series

of mid-ventral (sole) radial tube feet.

Sole ossicles: numerous irregularly oval to round, disc-like

smooth plates, variably with few small perforations, up to 220

pm long; rare shallow cupped crosses and more numerous

4-holed regular shallow cups with blunt marginal spines, cups

150 pm long.

Colour (live). White (P. Lambert, pers. comm.).

Distribution. SE Pacific Ocean, Chile, Comau Fiord to Strait of

Magellan (42° to 56°S), on rock; 8-448 m (P. Lambert, pers.

comm.).

Remarks. Theel (1886) noted the presence of dorsal and lateral

tube feet in his new species, but Ludwig (1886) erected the genus

Psolidium for Psolidae with this diagnostic character in the same

year. Deichmann (1947) assigned Psolus disciformis Theel, 1886,

to Psolidium Ludwig, 1886. The form of the ossicles in the sole is

diagnostically distinctive, and ossicles from dorsum and tentacles

were not examined. Recent intensive field work on the Chilean

coast under the auspice of the San Ignacio del Huinay Foundation

has discovered an abundance of P. disciformis on the rocks in the

coastal shallow from 8 to 27 m (P. Lambert, pers. comm.).

Psolidium dorsipes Ludwig

Figures lc; 4b

Psolidium dorsipes Ludwig, 1886: 9-10, pi. 2, fig. 9.— Ludwig,

1892: 349.— Ludwig, 1894: 135 (passim).— Perrier, 1904: 16.— Perrier,

1905: 48, pi. 2 figs 5-15, text figs G-H.-Ekman, 1925: 112-13, text fig.

26.— Deichmann, 1941: 1 42-44, pi. 29 figs 1-12.— Deichmann, 1947:

P. Mark O’Loughlin and Cynthia Ahearn

Figure 3. Photos of preserved specimens of species of Psolidium Ludwig, 1886 (a, b, by Cynthia Ahearn; c-f, by Leon Altoff and Audrey

Falconer), a, P. schnabelae sp. nov., Prydz Bay, dorso-lateral (oral end right), 26 mm long, holotype SAM K2345. b-d, P. whittakeri sp. nov.: b.

South Sandwich Is, ventral, 28 mm long, holotype USNM 1112365; c. Deception I., lateral, 28 mm long, NMV F104834; d, tentacles, specimen

28 mm long, NMV F104834. e, f, P. tenue Mortensen, 1925, Prydz Bay, 28 mm long (two ventral small, bottom), NMV F107416; e, lateral; f,

sole.

Antarctic and Sub-Antarctic species of Psolidium Ludwig

Figure 4. Photos of ossicles of species of Psolidium Ludwig, 1886 (a, b, f, by Cynthia Ahearn; c-e, by Chris Rowley), a, P. disciformis (Theel,

1886), shallow cup (bottom centre left, 150 pm long) and disc-like plates from sole, holotype BM(NH) [18]86.10.2.86. b, P. dorsipes Ludwig,

1886, button (left, 90 pm long) and cup from sole, USNM 1114251. c-e, P. emilyae sp. nov., holotype SAM K2221: c, dorsal scale; d, dorsal tube

foot support plates; e, crosses and plates from sole, f, P. incubans Ekman, 1925, deep goblet-like dorsal cups, 70-90 pm wide, 80-110 pm high,

BM(NH) 2008.3190.

P. Mark O’Loughlin and Cynthia Ahearn

336-37.— Hickman, 1962: 60.— Pawson, 1969: 38, map 3.— Pawson

and Valentine, 1981: 453.— Lambert, 1996: 28-30, table 1.

Material examined. South Atlantic Ocean, Argentina, Santa Cruz, E of

Grande Bay, 92 m, USNM E2177 (2 specimens); E of Cabo Virgenes, 101

m,USNM 1114251 (5); near Strait of Magellan, 66 m, 1 1 14252 (l);Tierra

del Fuego, Staten I., E40823 (2); Cape Penas, 81 m, E40824 (2); R/V

William Scoresby stn 834, Cape Virgenes, 0-38 m, BM(NH) 2008.3182

(1); Scotia Sea, E of Burdwood Bank, 419^-83 m, E40825 (1).

South Pacific Ocean, Chile, Strait of Magellan, 36 m, E2178 (4);

Cape Froward, 82 m, USNM 1081593 (1).

Diagnosis. Psolidium species up to 17 mm long; preserved

form variably with low to high profile, short to elongate oval

sole; dorsal and lateral scales conspicuous, smooth, up to 1.6

mm wide; dorsal and lateral tube feet conspicuous, numerous.

Sole: outer peripheral single series of smaller tube feet;

inner peripheral single to double series of larger tube feet;

mid-ventral (sole) radial single to zig-zag to double series of

tube feet.

Dorsal ossicles: multi-layered plates (scales) thick, 0-2

canals and 0-2 marginal indentations for tube feet per scale;

intergrade with large thick knobbed plates with developing

secondary layers; perforated plates with thickenings (buttons),

100-150 pm long, 3 to many perforations; thick smooth

perforated plates, 150-200 pm long; numerous shallow cups,

oval, marginally with round knobs, biggest cups knobbed on

cross and rim, 2 large central and 2 smaller end perforations,

cups 40-60 pm long.

Sole ossicles: shallow cups, oval, 2 large central and 2

smaller end perforations, some imperfectly formed, variably

finely knobbed on margin to thickly knobbed on margin and

cross, cups 40-70 pm long; thickly knobbed, regular, 4-holed

buttons, 80-100 pm long, some irregular, up to 150 pm long;

shallow concave perforated plates variably knobbed on surface

and margin, up to 16 perforations, up to 200 pm long.

Distribution. Argentina (E of Grande Bay), Burdwood Bank,

Falkland Is; Chile, Tierra del Fuego, Strait of Magellan;

10-483 m.

Remarks. One Psolidium dorsipes specimen (USNM 1114251)

has shallow cup-shaped indentations covering the sole that

appear to indicate brood-protection under the body.

Psolidium emilyae sp. nov.

Figures Id; 4c-e

Material examined. Holotype: Eastern Antarctica, Prydz Bay, Four

Ladies Bank, ANARE 1991, Aurora Australis stn 25B, 68°31’S

77°27’E, 450-556 m, K. L. Gowlett-Holmes and W. Zeidler, 3 Feb

1991, SAM K2221.

Diagnosis. Psolidium species 14 mm long (preserved); elongate

tubular body, transversely rounded form, sole narrower than

body width; dorsal and lateral tube feet conspicuous, numerous,

cover body closely; dorsal and lateral scales inconspicuous.

Sole: peripheral single series of tube feet; some slightly

smaller outer tube feet in an incomplete series (partly concealed

by projecting ventro -lateral scales); lacking mid-ventral (sole)

radial series of tube feet.

Dorsal ossicles: thick, smooth, single-layered perforated

plates (scales), lacking secondary developments, small

perforations, tube foot canals, scales up to 0.7 mm wide;

irregular, curved tube foot support ossicles, up to 4 perforations,

up 128 pm long.

Sole ossicles: numerous crosses, predominantly regular,

elongate, 4-armed, thick, with distal pairs of swellings on

arms, branches rarely joined to create perforations, up to 144

pm long; few thick perforated plates, up to 10 perforations,

margin variably bluntly toothed to slightly knobbed, up to 224

pm long.

Colour ( preserved). Off-white.

Distribution. Eastern Antarctica, Prydz Bay, Four Ladies

Bank; 450-556 m.

Etymology. Named for Emily Whitfield (Marine Research

Group of the Field Naturalists Club of Victoria) who first

noticed the distinctive cross ossicles in the sole of this species,

and in appreciation of her research assistance in Museum

Victoria.

Remarks. The cross ossicles in the sole of Psolidium emilyae

sp. nov. are diagnostically distinctive among Antarctic and

Sub-Antarctic Psolidium species, and tentacle ossicles from

the unique small holotype specimen were not examined. P.

emilyae is similar morphologically to Psoldium normani sp.

nov. from Prydz Bay (see below), but the depth of occurrence of

P. normani (105-193 m) is shallower than P. emilyae (450-556

m). A single specimen from Prydz Bay (98-301 m) of the

morphologically similar Psolidium gaini Vaney, 1914, also

occurred at a shallower depth than P. emilyae. Ossicles from

the sole of specimens of P. gaini and P. normani that were

similar in size to the small type specimen of P. emilyae were

examined, and found to be similar to those in larger specimens

of the two species, and not the crosses typical of P. emilyae.

Psolidium gaini Vaney

Figures le; 5a-c; 6a, b

Psolidium gaini Vaney, 1914: 18-20, pi. 1 figs 7-9, pi. 4 figs

6-14.— Ekman, 1925: 5, 117-19, text-fig. 28,-Ekman, 1927:

414-15.— Grieg, 1929a: 13.— Grieg, 1929b: 9.— Pawson, 1969: 38,

map 3.— Arnaud 1974: 651,-Cherbonnier, 1974: 608,-Gutt, 1988:

23, 28, 30, 32, 65, 73, 77,-Gutt, 1991a: 147, 149, 152, 153,-Gutt,

1991b: 324.

Psolidium sp. MoV 2081.-O’Loughlin et al„ 1994: 552, 554.

Material examined. Antarctic Ocean, South Orkney Is, 298-302 m,

USNM E40558 (1 specimen); South Shetland Is, Aspland I., 163-180

m, A MLR- 03 stn 90, 20 Mar 2003, NMV F104812 (2); Antarctic

Peninsula, Joinville I., 210-220 m, USNM E40559 (10); Graham

Land, 91 m, E40561 (2); Palmer Archipelago, 85-130 m, E40552 (2);

102 m, E40553 (1); 38-70 m, E40554 (2); 70-150 m, E40555 (2); 55 m,

E40562 (1).

Ross Sea, Terra Nova stn 340, 76°56’S 164°12’E, 293 m, BM(NH)

1932.8.11.253 (2); NZOI Endeavour stns A461, 0-550 m, NIWA

43882 (1); A534, 366 m, NIWA 43884 (2); A537, 546 m, NIWA 43885

(1); E209B, 163 m, NIWA 43886 (2); Discovery stn 1660, Pennell

Bank, 0-351 m, BM(NH) 2008.3183-3189 (7); Tangaroa stn 0802/100,

451-447 m, NIWA 45696 (4).

Antarctic and Sub-Antarctic species of Psolidium Ludwig

Figure 5. Photos of ossicles of species of Psolidium Ludwig, 1886 (a, SEM by Cynthia Ahearn; b-f, by Chris Rowley), a-c, P. gaini Vaney, 1914:

a, dorsal scale and tube foot support plate (bottom left), USNM E40551; b, dorsal tube foot support plates, NMV F68112; c, plates from sole,

NMV F68112. d-f, P. normani sp. nov.: d, dorsal scale, paratype SAM K2341; e, dorsal tube foot support plates, paratype NMV F68662; f, plate

from sole, paratype SAM K2341.

P. Mark O’Loughlin and Cynthia Ahearn

Figure 6. Photos of ossicles of species of Psolidium Ludwig, 1886 (a-c, SEM by Cynthia Ahearn; d, e, by Chris Rowley; f, by Cynthia Ahearn).

a-b, P. gaini Vaney, 1914, USNM E40551: a, plate from sole; b, tentacle ossicle, c-f, P. tenue Mortensen, 1925: c, dorsal scale, USNM E40783;

d, dorsal scale, with tube foot endplate in tube foot canal, and absence of tube foot support plates, NMV F107442; e, tentacle rod-plates, NMV

F68113; f, tentacle rod-plates, largest 780 fim long.

Antarctic and Sub-Antarctic species of Psolidium Ludwig

Victoria Land, 640-646 m, USNM E40556 (2); 598-613 m,

E40560 (1); 573-576 m, USNM 1082084 (1); 598-613 m, USNM

1112624 (1); Balleny Is, 55-146 m, E40551 (19); 150-157 m, E40557

(1); Tangaroa stn 0602, 140-150 m, NIWA 44712 (1).

Adelie Land, BANZARE stn 90, 66°21’S 138°28’E, 640 m, SAM

K2340 (1).

Prydz Bay, Four Ladies Bank, 298-301 m, NMV F68112 (1).

Diagnosis. Psolidium species up to 27 mm long (up to 40 mm

in Vaney, 1914); body elongate, transversely rounded form

(preserved), sole narrower than body width; dorsal and lateral

tube feet conspicuous, numerous, cover body closely; dorsal

and lateral scales inconspicuous.

Sole: outer peripheral single series of smaller tube feet;

inner peripheral single series of larger tube feet; lacking mid-

ventral (sole) radial series of tube feet.

Dorsal ossicles: thick, smooth to irregularly thickened,

single-layered, perforated plates (scales), up to 950 p m long,

perforations small, up to 3 canals or marginal indentations for

tube feet per scale; irregular, asymmetrical, curved tube foot

support plates, 4-8 perforations, digitiform to bluntly spinous

(South Shetland Is) to pointed spines (Prydz Bay) on one

margin, opposite margin lacking projections, plates up to 176

pm long.

Sole ossicles: thick, regular, 4-holed buttons, variably

knobbed to bluntly spinous marginally, 160-190 pm long;

intergrade with thick, smooth, perforated plates, sometimes

slightly concave, sometimes slightly knobbed marginally,

sometimes margin upturned, number of perforations variable,

size of plates variable; plates up to 14 perforations, up to 184

pm long, many knobbed marginally (South Shetland Is); plates

up to 19 perforations, up to 255 /mi long (Ross Sea); plates up

to 17 perforations, up to 224 (rarely 272) p m long, slight

swellings marginally (Prydz Bay).

Distribution. South Georgia, South Orkney Is, South Shetland

Is, Weddell Sea, Antarctic Peninsula to Ross Sea to Prydz Bay;

19-795 m.

Remarks. Vaney (1914) reported the sizes of the two type

specimens as 40 and 30 mm long. It is incongruous that none of

the numerous specimens seen in this study is longer than 26

mm. Ekman (1925) noted some differences between the

specimen that he examined and the description by Vaney

(1914), and made a point that what Vaney described as “cups”

dorsally, were for him tube foot support ossicles. We agree with

Ekman (1925) that there are numerous tube foot support

ossicles dorsally, that have the form of irregular curved

perforated plates that are superficially cup-like. The dorsal and

lateral tube feet in Psolidum gaini, P. emilyae sp. nov. (above)

and P. normani sp. nov. (below) are conspicuous because of the

presence of support ossicles, whereas the dorsal and lateral

tube feet of Psolidium poriferum (below), P. pawsoni sp. nov.

(below), P. schnabelae sp. nov. (below), P. tenue (below) and P.

whittakeri sp. nov. (below) have at most rare tube foot support

ossicles and are inconspicuous.

We noted plates from the sole of Antarctic Peninsula

specimens (type region) up to 200 pm long with up to 13

perforations. Sole plates from Adelie Land specimens were up

to 300 pm long with up to 23 perforations. Other variations are

noted in the diagnosis above. The variations are significant,

and suggest that there may be more than one species.

Grieg (1929a, b) reported Psolidium gaini from South

Georgia (55 m) and Graham Land (60-90 m), and noted

reports of P. gaini from the South Shetland Is (19 m) and

Emperor William Land (360 m). Gutt (1988) reported P. gaini

from the Weddell Sea (260-795 m).

Psolidium incubans Ekman, 1925

Figures If; 4f

Psolidium incubans Ekman, 1925: 5, 113-116, text fig.

27.— Arnaud, 1974: 584. -Gutt, 1988: 73.

Material examined. South Georgia, Discovery stn MS67, E

Cumberland Bay, 38 m, 28 Feb 1926, BM(NH) 2008.3190 (1

specimen).

Diagnosis. Psolidium species up to 12 mm long; wrinkled body

surface, created by high cups; dorsal and lateral scales not

conspicuous; dorsal and lateral tube feet conspicuous.

Sole: outer peripheral single series of smaller tube feet;

inner peripheral single to zig-zag to double series of larger

tube feet; lacking mid-ventral (sole) radial series of tube feet;

sole soft, with folds for brood-protection.

Dorsal ossicles: perforated plates with anastomosing

secondary developments and multi -layering (scales), up to 700

pm long, 0-2 tube foot canals per scale; shallow cups with 2

large central and 2 smaller end perforations, marginal knobs,

cups 90 pm long; deep goblet-like cups closed across rim,

vertical blunt spines above rim, cups 70-90 pm wide, 80-110

pm high.

Sole ossicles: shallow cupped crosses, shallow cups with

small marginal knobs, cups 80 pm long; shallow concave

perforated plates, upturned marginal knobs, up to 14

perforations, plates up to 150 pm long.

Distribution. South Georgia, Cumberland Bay; 12-38 m.

Remarks. As noted by Ekman (1925) this small species of

Psolidium brood-protects in folds of the sole.

Psolidium normani sp. nov.

Figures 2a, b; 5d, f

Psolidium cf. gaini.— O’Loughlin et al., 1994: 552, 554 (non

Psolidium gaini Vaney, 1914).

Material examined. Holotype: eastern Antarctica, MacRobertson

Shelf, ANARE 1993, Aurora Australis stn 127, 67°16’S 65°26’E,

109-121 m, M. O’Loughlin, 12 Feb 1993, NMV F157400.

Paratypes: Type locality and date, F68661 (1 specimen); F69118

(1); Prydz Bay, Fram Bank, stn 130, 67°32’S 69°02’E, 105-114 m,

F68662 (1); ANARE 1991, Aurora Australis stn 100, 67°28’S 68°50’E,

145-150 m, C. C. Lu andT. N. Stranks, 28 Feb 1991, F68111 (1); K. L.

Gowlett-Holmes and W. Zeidler, SAM K2220 (1); Enderby Land,

BANZARE stn 41, 65°48’S 53°16’E, 193 m, SAM K2341 (2); Adelie

Land, BANZARE stn 90, 66°21’S 138°28’E, 640 m (possibly “much

shallower”, according to BANZARE records), SAM K2349 (1).

Diagnosis. Psolidium species up to 30 mm long; body elongate,

transversely rounded form (preserved), sole narrower than

P. Mark O’Loughlin and Cynthia Ahearn

body width; dorsal and lateral tube feet conspicuous, numerous,

cover body closely; dorsal and lateral scales inconspicuous.

Sole: outer peripheral single series of smaller tube feet;

inner peripheral single series of larger tube feet; lacking mid-

ventral (sole) radial series of tube feet.

Dorsal ossicles: predominantly single-layered perforated

plates (scales), some secondary layering; up to 4 tube foot

canals or marginal indentations per plate; scales up to 800 pm

wide; numerous tube foot support plates, curved, spinous on

one side (rarely both sides), marginal spines sometimes

bifurcate, up to 19 perforations, up to 136 pm long; tube foot

‘endplates’ small irregular mesh-like, up to 48 pm wide, few

perforations, irregular marginal projections, not regularly

perforated plates.

Sole ossicles: scale-like perforated plates, intergrading

with buttons with 4 perforations; plates bluntly to sharply

spinous to knobbed on one side, projections sometimes

bifurcate; pronounced surface thickenings with ridges or

lumps; up to 48 perforations per plate; plates up to 352 pm

long.

Distribution. Eastern Antarctica, Adelie Land; Prydz Bay,

Fram Bank; MacRobertson Shelf; Enderby Land; 105-193 m (?

640 m).

Etymology. Named for Mark Norman (Senior Curator, Marine

Biology Section, Museum Victoria), with admiration of his

enthusiastic engagement with marine invertebrate studies, with

gratitude for his personal support, and in recognition of his

contribution to collecting from Prydz Bay and Heard I.

Remarks. Psolidium normani sp. nov. is similar externally to P.

emilyae sp. nov. (above) and P. gaini Vaney, 1914, but is

distinguished by the scale-like plates in the sole and secondary

thickening of the dorsal scales.

Psolidium pawsoni sp. nov.

Figures 2c; 7a, b

Psolidium incertum — Gutt, 1988: 1, 3, 23, 27-77.— Gutt, 1991a:

147-153.— Gutt, 1991b: 315, 320, 324-25 (non Psolidium incertum

(Theel, 1886) = Psolidium poriferum (Studer, 1876) below).

Material examined. Holotype: Weddell Sea, Coats Land, Caird Coast,

off Brunt Ice Shelf, USARP, R/V Glacier , cr 2 stn 1, 74°28’06"S

30°31’42"W, 513 m, 24 Feb 1969, USNM 1112364.

Paratypes: type locality and date, USNM E40798 (4); type locality

and date, NMV F157430 (2).

Other material: Weddell Sea, 430 m, USNM E33925 (1).

Ross Sea, Tangaroa 0802, 67-69°S 170°E-178°W, 329-334 m,

NIWA 38273 (1); 329-334 m, NIWA 38281 (1); 137-150 m, NIWA

38604 (1); 300-340 m, NIWA 38624 (6); 547-605, NIWA 39084 (12);

565-920 m, NIWA 39181 (2); 479-480 m, NIWA 39311 (6); 456-540

m, NIWA 45695 (8); 447-455 m, NIWA 45699 (1); Tangaroa 0602,

stn 394, 67°S 179°E, 540-600, NIWA 44667 (5).

Enderby Land, BANZARE stn 34, 66°21’S 58°50’E, 603 m, SAM

K2342 (2).

Diagnosis. Psolidium species up to 28 mm long; body form

elongate, narrow, high; dorsal and lateral scales conspicuous,

thin, smooth, up to 2.0 mm wide; dorsal and lateral tube feet

inconspicuous.

Sole: outer peripheral single series of smaller tube feet;

inner peripheral single series of larger tube feet; lacking mid-

ventral (sole) radial series of tube feet.

Dorsal ossicles: multi-layered perforated plates (scales),

single-layered marginally; plates frequently with smooth white

thickening and reduced/small perforations aligned

perpendicular to margin in parallel series; plates with reticulate

thickening and multi-layered centrally, lacking frequent

radiating linear thickenings between marginal perforations;

up to 4 tube foot canals per plate; dorsal and lateral tube feet

lacking support plates.

Sole ossicles: throughout most of sole rare, small, smooth,

thin, irregularly shaped rods and perforated plates, sometimes

as regular 4-holed plates with marginal knobs or digitiform

projections, sometimes surface knobs, up to 200 pm long; near

margin of sole and peripheral tube feet thicker, irregular,

elongate, perforated rod-plates, surface with pronounced

linear thickenings (suggesting branched rod origin), up to 420

pm long, intergrading with oval to elongate thick perforated

plates, slightly concave, some with secondary layering, up to

320 pm long.

Tentacles: largest tentacle trunk ossicles irregular round to

oval to elongate, smooth perforated plates, some thin with

large perforations, some thicker with smaller perforations,

plates up to 550 pm long, rarely with any secondary layering;

few narrow perforated plates, lacking evidence of rod

derivation, up to 650 pm long.

Colour (preserved). Body pale brown to off-white; scales with

slightly discontinuous haloes; fine red-brown microscopic

flecking over dorsal body.

Distribution. Weddell Sea, 260-795 m (Gutt, 1991b); Ross Sea,

137-920 m; Enderby Land, 603 m.

Etymology. Named for Dr David Pawson (USNM, Senior

Research Scientist), with gratitude for his provision of the

opportunity to pursue this research, and appreciation of his

constant interest and encouragement.

Remarks. Massin (1992) examined specimens of Psolidium

poriferum (as P. incertum) from both the Sub-Antarctic islands

of the Indian Ocean and the Weddell Sea, and observed that

there were significant differences in the structure of the dorsal

scales. He judged that the Weddell Sea material “probably

represents another species”. We agree, and refer the Weddell

Sea, Ross Sea and Enderby Land material to Psolidium pawsoni

sp. nov. Gutt (1988) reported Psolidium incertum (Theel, 1886)

from the Weddell Sea, and synonymised Psolidium tenue

Mortensen, 1925, with P. incertum. We reject a synonymy of P.

incertum with P. tenue (see our treatments of P. poriferum and

P. tenue). We assume that the Weddell Sea material seen by

Gutt is synonymous with our Psolidium pawsoni sp. nov. from

the Weddell Sea, but acknowledge that Psolidium tenue might

also occur in the Weddell Sea.

Psolidium pawsoni sp. nov. is distinguished diagnostically

by the frequent occurrence on the dorsal and lateral scales of

smooth white thickening with consequent reduced/small

perforations.

Antarctic and Sub-Antarctic species of Psolidium Ludwig

Psolidium poriferum (Studer) syn. nov.

Figures 2d; 7c-f

Cuvieria porifera Studer, 1876: 452-53.— Studer, 1879: 123.

P solus poriferus.— Bell, 1882: 644.— Lampert, 1889: 854.— Studer,

1889: 163.

Psolus poriferus (Cuvieria). —Theel, 1886: 130.— Lampert, 1885: 122.

Psolus incertus Theel, 1886: 86-87, pi. 8 fig. 4, pi. 6 fig. 5.— Studer,

1889: 163. (new synonymy).

Theelia incerta.— Ludwig, 1892: 350.

Theelia (? Psolidium) incerta.— Ludwig, 1894: 136.— Ludwig,

1898: 52.

Theelia porifera (part).— Ludwig, 1898: 52.— Pawson, 1969: 38.

Psolidium incertum.— Pawson, 1969: 38, map 3.— Pawson, 1971:

34, 37.— Guille, 1982: 70,-Massin, 1992: 317, 320-21, figs

8-9.— Branch, Jangoux, Alva, Massin and Stampanato, 1993: 56,

61-65.— Thandar, 1999: 368,-Thandar, 2006: 38.

Psolidium poriferum.— Pawson, 1971: 34, 37.— O’Loughlin and

Marie, 2008: 3

Material examined. Psolidium poriferum (Studer, 1876) holotype:

Kerguelen, Royal Sound, Gazelle , 119 m, ZMB 2259.

Psolidium incertum (Theel, 1886) syntypes (3; very poor

condition): Kerguelen, Royal Sound, Challenger stn 149c, BM(NH)

[18]86.10.2.89 (1); Heard I., stn 150, BM(NH) [18]86.2.88 (1); stn 151,

BM(NH) [18]86. 10.2.90 (1).

Other material: Indian Ocean, McDonald Is, 210-234 m, USNM

1081576 (2 specimens); S of Kerguelen I., BANZARE stn 47, 150 m,

SAM K2344 (23); Heard I., ANARE Aurora Australis AA90, 200 m,

SAM K2189 (1); 260-380 m, K2190 (1); 260 m, K2191 (1); 266-380 m,

K2205 (1); ANARE Aurora Australis AA92, 185-204 m, NMV F66849

(1); 229 m, F66850 (1); Heard I., F/V Southern Champion , cr SC26, Apr/

May 2003, Western Plateau, 26A406 m, TMAG H3303 (1), H3306 (2),

H3308 (2), H3317 (1), H3320 (4); Aurora Bank, 222-292 m, H3304 (4),

H3305 (3), H3307 (4), H3309 (2), H3313 (2), H3314 (2), H3315 (1),

H3318 (3), H3321 (6), H3322 (1); Coral Bank, 293-297 m, H3310 (3),

H3311 (4); Shell Bank, 259-329 m, H3312 (1), H3316 (3), H3319 (2).

Eastern Antarctica, MacRobertson Land, BANZARE stn 107,

66°45’S 62°03’E, 177 m, SAM K2343 (1).

Diagnosis. Psolidium species up to 33 mm long; body form

elongate, narrow, high; dorsal and lateral scales conspicuous,

thin, smooth, up to 1.8 mm wide; dorsal and lateral tube feet

inconspicuous.

Sole: outer peripheral single series of smaller tube feet;

inner peripheral single series of larger tube feet; lacking mid-

ventral (sole) radial series of tube feet.

Dorsal ossicles: multi-layered perforated plates (scales),

single-layered marginally, frequently with well developed

radiating-to-margin linear rounded thickenings between series

of perforations, reticulate thickenings towards centre of plates,

multi-layered centrally; up to 3 tube foot canals per plate.

Sole ossicles: throughout most of sole rare, small, smooth,

thin, irregularly shaped rods and perforated plates, 0-10

perforations, bluntly spinous around margin, sometimes

surface knobs, up to 220 pm long; sometimes as regular

4-holed plates with marginal knobs, sometimes surface knobs,

up to 160 pm long; near margin of sole and peripheral tube

feet some thicker, irregular perforated rod-plates, surface with

linear thickenings and large knobs, rod-plates up to 370 pm

long, intergrading with oval to elongate perforated plates with

secondary layering, up to 400 pm long.

Tentacles: largest tentacle trunk ossicles irregular round to

triangular to oval, thick perforated plates, irregular large

perforations, some small plates with secondary layering, plates

up to 650 pm long; some plates with irregular linear thickenings

between perforations (suggesting rod origin), some rod-plates

up to 800 pm long.

Colour (preserved). Body off-white; scales not haloed.

Distribution. Marion, Prince Edward, Kerguelen, Heard and

McDonald Is, 100-600 m (Massin, 1992), 150-406 m (this

work); Eastern Antarctica, MacRobertson Land, 177 m.

Remarks. Pawson (1971) indicated that the evidence was “quite

strong” for a synonymy of P. incertum with P. poriferum, and

O’Loughlin and Marie (2008, this volume) inferred this

synonymy. Both species were described from the same type

locality. Based on an examination of the type materials and the

literature, Psolidium incertum (Theel, 1886) is synonymised

here with Psolidium poriferum (Studer, 1876). Psolidium

poriferum occurs abundantly on the Sub -Antarctic Islands of

the Indian Ocean, with the exception of a single BANZARE

specimen found on the MacRobertson Shelf on the Antarctic

coast. Psolidium poriferum (Studer) is distinguished

diagnostically by the frequent occurrence on the scales of well

developed radiating-to-margin linear rounded thickenings

between series of perforations.

Psolidium schnabelae sp. nov.

Figures 3a; 8a-c

Material examined. Holotype: Eastern Antarctica, MacRobertson

Land, slope off Prydz Bay, BANZARE stn 29, 66°28’S 72°41’E, 1266

m, 25 Dec 1929, SAM K2345.

Other material: type locality and date, SAM K2346 (2).

Diagnosis. Psolidium species up to 25 mm long; body form

elongate, high; dorsal and lateral scales conspicuous, thin,

smooth, up to 2.5 mm wide; dorsal and lateral tube feet

inconspicuous.

Sole: outer peripheral single series of smaller tube feet;

inner peripheral single series of larger tube feet; lacking mid-

ventral (sole) radial series of tube feet.

Dorsal ossicles: multi-layered perforated plates (scales),

single-layered marginally, reticulate thickenings extend from

margin towards centre of plate, multi-layered centrally, lacking

frequent radiating linear thickenings between marginal

perforations, lacking smooth white thickening with small

perforations, margin with irregular thickenings and

perforations, not smooth; up to 4 tube foot canals or marginal

indentations per plate; small mesh-like tube foot endplates,

about 5 perforations, 40 pm wide; lacking dorsal and lateral

tube foot support plates.

Sole ossicles: throughout sole rare, small, smooth, thin,

irregularly shaped rods and perforated plates, up to 10

perforations, up to 240 pm long, sometimes as regular 4-holed

plates with bluntly spined margin, sometimes surface knobs,

up to 180 pm long; near margin of sole and peripheral tube

feet thicker irregular rod-plates and very thick irregular

perforated plates, up to 300 pm long.

P. Mark O’Loughlin and Cynthia Ahearn

Figure 7. Photos of ossicles of species of Psolidium Ludwig, 1886 (a, d, SEM by Cynthia Ahearn; b, e, f, by Cynthia Ahearn; c, by Chris Rowley),

a, b, P. pawsoni sp. nov., paratype USNM E40798: a, dorsal scales; b, tentacle ossicles, larger 520 pm long, c-f, P. poriferum (Studer, 1876): c,

dorsal scale, holotype ZMB 2259; d, dorsal scale, SAM K2344; e, dorsal scale, SAM K2344; f, tentacle ossicle, 640 pm long, SAM K2344.

Antarctic and Sub-Antarctic species of Psolidium Ludwig

Figure 8. Photos of ossicles of species of Psolidium Ludwig, 1886 (a-d, f, by Chris Rowley; e, SEM by Cynthia Ahearn;). a-c, P. schnabelae sp.

nov.: a, dorsal scale, holotype SAM K2345; b, tentacle ossicles, holotype SAM K2345; c, plate from sole, paratype, SAM K2346. d-f, P.

whittakeri sp. nov.: d, dorsal scale, NMV F104834; e, dorsal scale, paratype USNM E40795; f, tentacle ossicles, NMV F104834.

P. Mark O’Loughlin and Cynthia Ahearn

Tentacles: largest tentacle trunk ossicles predominantly

smooth perforated plates, irregularly oval, large central

perforations grading to numerous small close ones near

margin, finely denticulate margin, plates up to 520 pm long;

some thicker plates with large perforations, plates up to 300

p m long; few rod-plates, up to 300 pm long.

Colour ( preserved ). Body pale brown to off-white; scales

haloed, with pale outer edge (single-layer perforated edge of

scales with white thickening).

Distribution. Eastern Antarctica, MacRobertson Land, slope

off Prydz Bay; 1266 m.

Etymology. Named for Kareen Schnabel (NIWA), with

gratitude for her generous and gracious assistance with loan

material and data from NIWA.

Remarks. The original BANZARE lot from station 29

comprises three specimens. We are not confident that the two

smaller specimens are conspecific with the holotype, and they

are assigned to “Other material” with reservation. We note that

this species is recorded for a significantly greater depth than

the other species of the Psolidium poriferum group. Psolidium

schnabelae sp. nov. is distinguished diagnostically by the

predominant form of the largest tentacle ossicles with large

central perforations grading to small peripheral ones.

Psolidium tenue Mortensen

Figures 3e, f; 6c-f

Psolidium tenue Mortensen, 1925: 8-9, text figs 4-5.

Psolidium incertum.— O’Loughlin et al., 1994: 552, 554 (non

Psolidium incertum (Theel, 1886) = Psolidium poriferum (Studer, 1876)).

Material examined. Antarctic Peninsula, 90 m, USNM E40789 (1

specimen); 265 m, E40790 (1); 100-200 m, E40791 (2); 270 m,

E40792 (6); 330 m, E40793 (2); 212 m, E40794 (1); 311 m, E40796 (1);

325 m, E40801 (1); 670 m, USNM 1005859 (2); Discovery stns 181,

Palmer Archipelago, 160-335 m, BM(NH) 2008.3191^ (1); 182,

278-500 m, BM(NH) 2008.3192 (1); 187, 0-195 m, BM(NH)

2008.3193 (1); 190, 0-250 m, BM(NH) 2008.3194-3196 (3); 599, W of

Adelaide I., 0-150 m, BM(NH) 2008.3197-3198 (2).

Ross Sea, 923 m, USNM E40776 (1); NIWA Tangaroa 0802,

67-74°S 167°E-179°W, 420-866 m, NIWA 36003 (1); 36027 (20);

38102 (1); 38545 (1); 38815 (4); 38842 (1); 38872 (1); 38884 (18); 38956

(9); 45698 (3); 45727 (2); 45728 (1); Discovery stns 1644, 626 m,

BM(NH) 2008.3199 (1); 1649, 695 m, BM(NH) 2008.3200-3201 (2);

1652, 0-500 m, BM(NH) 2008.3202-3205 (4); 1660, 0-351 m,

BM(NH) 2008.3206-3208 (3); 2200, Balleny Is, 512-532 m, BM(NH)

2008.3209-3218 (11); NZOI Endeavour stns A461, 0-550 m, NIWA

43870 (many specimens); A466, 555 m, NIWA 43871 (many); A521,

569 m, NIWA 43872 (5); A531B, 348 m, NIWA 44705 (1); A537, 546

m, NIWA 43873 (4); D216, 463 m, NIWA 43874 (4); E199, 278 m,

NIWA 43875 (2); E200, 646 m, NIWA 43876 (1); E203, 187 m, NIWA

43877 (4); E220A, 371 m, NIWA 43883 (many); E220B, 371 m, NIWA

43878 (many); E212B, 91 m, NIWA 43879 (1).

Wilkes Land, 183 m, USNM E40799 (1); BANZARE stn 97, 474

m, SAM K2347 (1).

Prydz Bay, 320-768 m, NMV F68113 (2); F68116 (1); F68117 (2);

FI 0741 5 (1); F107416 (1); F105417 (1); F107437 (1); F107438 (1);

FI 07442 (1); F107443 (1); F107447 (1); SAM K2219 (1); BANZARE

stn 103, SAM K2348 (4).

New Zealand, Antipodes I., 2100 m, USNM 1004885 (1).

Diagnosis. Psolidium species up to 50 mm long; body form

elongate, narrow, high; dorsal and lateral scales conspicuous,

thin, smooth, up to 3.0 mm wide; dorsal and lateral tube feet

inconspicuous.

Sole: outer peripheral single series of smaller tube feet;

inner peripheral single series of larger tube feet; lacking mid-

ventral radial series of tube feet.

Dorsal ossicles: multi-layered perforated plates (scales),

single-layered marginally, reticulate thickenings from near

margin towards centre, multi-layered centrally; rarely any

development of smooth white thickening with smaller

perforations; rarely any development of radiating-to-margin

thickenings; up to 3 tube foot canals per plate; rare tube foot

support plates; endplates small, mesh-like.

Sole ossicles: throughout most of sole rare, small, smooth,

thin, irregularly shaped perforated plates, 0-8 large

perforations, up to 230 pm long; sometimes as regular 4-holed

plates with slightly knobbed margin, sometimes with surface

knobs, plates 100-200 pm long; near margin of sole and

peripheral tube feet some thicker irregular perforated rod-

plates, up to 570 pm long, intergrading with irregularly oval

thick perforated plates, with secondary layering, up to 480 pm

long.

Tentacles: largest tentacle trunk ossicles predominantly

long, narrow, thick, rod-plates (rods joined to create

perforations) and perforated plates with prominent rod

thickenings; not predominantly smooth perforated plates; rod-

plates variably straight or bent or curved, up to 800 pm long.

Colour (preserved). Body variably dark brown to pale brown to

off-white; coarse red-brown flecking dorso-laterally; scales

with a light-coloured “haloed” marginal appearance.

Distribution. Antarctic Peninsula, Ross Sea, Wilkes Land,

Prydz Bay, 90-923 m; New Zealand, Antipodes I., 2010-2100

Remarks. We raise Psolidium tenue Mortensen, 1925, out of a

synonymy by Gutt (1988) with Psolidium incertum (Theel,

1886), synonymised above with Psolidium poriferum (Studer,

1876). P. poriferum is an almost exclusively Sub-Antarctic

species. The single type specimen for Psolidium tenue

Mortensen, 1925, was taken north of Discovery Inlet in the

Ross Sea from 640 m. There are no inconsistencies between

the original description and the material studied here from the

Ross Sea. The length (preserved length of 30 mm), paucity of

ossicles in the sole, single small knob sometimes present on the

ossicles in the sole, and size of ossicles in the sole are all

consistent with the Ross Sea material. Psolidium tenue

Mortensen, 1925, is distinguished diagnostically by the rod-

plate form of the largest tentacle ossicles.

Psolidium whittakeri sp. nov.

Figures 3b-d; 8d-f

Psolidium incertum.— Ludwig and Heding, 1935: 162-64, text

figs 28-29 (non Psolidium incertum (Theel, 1886) = P. poriferum

(Studer, 1876) (above).

Antarctic and Sub-Antarctic species of Psolidium Ludwig

Material examined. Holotype: Scotia Sea, South Sandwich Is,

Saunders L, 57°39’24"S 26°26’42"W, 415-613 m, R/V Islas Orcadas,

USARP cr 575 stn 52, 26 May 1975, USNM 1112365.

Paratypes: type locality and date, USNM E40795 (39 specimens);

NMV FI 57431 (6).

Other material: South Sandwich Is, 146-527 m, USNM E40817

(1); 355-468 m, E40818 (1); 302-375 m, E40819 (2); 360-486 m,

E40827 (2); 452-759 m, E40828 (1).

Bouvet I., Icefish 2004 stn 59, 408-656 m, NMV F104857 (3); stn

71, 193-207 m, F104867 (1); stn 73, 316 m, F104896 (1); stn 76,

650-646 m, FI 04837 (7)

South Shetland Is., Elephant I., 326-382 m, AMER-03 stn 38,

NMV FI 04849 (1); Deception I., 460-484 m, AMUR- 03 stn 88,

FI 04834 (3); F104835 (1).

Diagnosis. Psolidium species up to 42 mm long; body form

elongate, narrow, high; dorsal and lateral scales conspicuous,

thin, smooth, up to 2.0 mm wide; dorsal and lateral tube feet

inconspicuous.

Sole: outer peripheral single series of smaller tube feet;

inner peripheral single series of larger tube feet; lacking mid-

ventral (sole) radial series of tube feet.

Dorsal ossicles: multi-layered perforated plates (scales),

single-layered marginally, multi-layered centrally; reticulate

thickenings extend from near margin towards centre of plate,

thickenings near margin sometimes parallel to edge of plate,

sometimes coalesce into smooth thickenings with smaller

perforations, lacking frequent radiating linear thickenings

between marginal perforations; up to 4 tube foot canals or

marginal indentations per plate; dorsal and lateral tube feet

lack support ossicles.

Sole ossicles: throughout sole rare, small, smooth, thin,

irregularly shaped rods and perforated plates, 0-9 large

perforations, bluntly spined around margin, sometimes surface

knobs, up to 260 pm long; sometimes as regular 4-holed plates

with bluntly spined margin, sometimes surface knobs, up to

230 pm long; near margin of sole and peripheral tube feet

thicker irregular rods and elongate perforated rod-plates, up to

420 pm long, intergrading with some round to oval, perforated

thick plates up to 350 pm long, some with secondary layering.

Tentacles: largest tentacle trunk ossicles; perforated

plates, irregularly round to oval to elongate to narrow, thick,

smooth, lacking rod-like thickenings between perforations;

perforations large, irregular in size, rare incipient secondary

developments; plates up to 750 pm long; rare rod-plates, up to

440 pm long.

Colour (preserved). Dorsal and lateral body off-white (type

material) to pale brown to brown (Bouvet and South Shetland

Is material); scales faintly haloed, with pale outer edge (single-

layer perforated edge of scales with white thickening); small

dark brown markings; sole off-white to pale brown to brown.

Distribution. South Sandwich Is, South Shetland Is, Bouvet I.;

146-759 m.

Etymology. Named for Scott Whittaker (USNM), with

appreciation and gratitude for his generous and gracious

assistance to Cynthia Ahearn in preparing SEM images.

Remarks. We judge that the 10 specimens from Bouvet I. (567

m) that were referred to Psolidium incertum (Theel, 1886) (- P.

poriferum above) by Ludwig and Heding (1935) do not differ in

any diagnostic characters from material from Bouvet I.

examined here, and hence from Psolidium whittakeri sp. nov.

In particular, the smooth perforated plate form of the tentacle

trunk ossicles and the pale brown body and brown sole are the

same. The preserved colour of the type material of Psolidium

whittakeri sp. nov. (collected in 1975) is off-white. The recent

material from Bouvet and the South Shetland Islands (collected

in 2003 and 2004) is brown. It is difficult to judge whether this

significant colour difference is due to preservation history or

species difference. No significant morphological differences

have been detected and it remains for current work on molecular

genetic evidence to confirm species status. Of the series of

poriferum- like species of Psolidium, we recognise that P.

whittakeri sp. nov. (Bouvet, South Sandwich, South Shetland

Is) is closest to P. pawsoni sp. nov. (Weddell Sea), but judge

that there is significantly more frequent development of smooth

white thickening on the scales of P. pawsoni. We note also that

the P. whittakeri specimens are significantly larger (up to 42

mm long) than the P. pawsoni specimens that were available

(up to 28 mm long).

Acknowledgments

We are most grateful for the generous assistance of: Leon

Altoff and Audrey Lalconer (Marine Research Group of the

Lield Naturalists Club of Victoria; photography); Ben Boonen

(Photoshop, format of figures); Andrew Cabrinovic (BM(NH);

loans, registration data); Mark Darragh (photography); Niki

Davey (NIWA, Nelson; collaborative research); Phil Lambert

(Chilean data); Thierry Laperousaz (SAM; loans, registration

data); Susie Lockhart (AMLR R/V Yuhzmorgeologiya [2003]

and Icefish [2004] material and data); Carsten Lueter (ZMB;

loan); Kirrily Moore (TMAG; registration data); David Pawson

(USNM; research facilitation); Chris Rowley (NMV;

photography); Kareen Schnabel (NIWA; station data); Emily

Whitfield (Marine Research Group of the Lield Naturalists

Club of Victoria; research assistance); Scott Whittaker

(USNM; assistance with SEM). Access to specimens and data

collected by the New Zealand International Polar Year Census

of Antarctic Marine Life Project, and to the NIWA invertebrate

collections, is gratefully acknowledged. We are appreciative

of the helpful review provided by Dave and Doris Pawson

(USNM). Mark O’Loughlin records with sadness the death of

his esteemed colleague Cynthia Ahearn.

References

Arnaud, P.M. 1974. Contribution a la bionomie marine benthique des

regions antarctiques et subantarctiques. Tethys 6(3): 465-656.

Bell, J.F. 1882. Studies in the Holothuroidea. I. On the genus Psolus

and the forms allied thereto. Proceedings of the Zoological

Society, London. 1882: 641-50, pi. 48.

Branch, M. L., Jangoux, M., Alva, V., Massin, C. and Stampanato, S.

1993. The Echinodermata of subantarctic Marion and Prince

Edward Islands. South African Journal of Antarctic Research

23(1, 2): 37-70.

Cherbonnier, G. 1974. Invertebres marins des Xlleme et XVeme

expeditions antarctiques Fra^aises en Terre Adelie. 15.

Holothurides. Tethys 5(4): 601-10.

P. Mark O’Loughlin and Cynthia Ahearn

Deichmann, E. 1941. The Holothurioidea collected by the Velero III

during the years 1932-1938. I. Dendrochirotida. Allan Hancock

Pacific Expeditions 8(3): 61-194, pis 10-30.

Deichmann, E. 1947. Shallow water holothurians from Carbo de

Hornos and adjacent waters. Anales del Museo Argentino de

Ciencias Naturales. lnvertebrados Marinos 8: 325-51.

Ekman, S. 1925. Holothurien. Further zoological results of the

Swedish Antarctic Expedition 1901-1903 1(6): 1-194.

Ekman, S. 1927. Holothurien der deutschen Siidpolar-Expedition

1901-1903 aus der Ostantarktis und von den Kerguelen. Deutsche

Siidpolar-Expedition 19 (Zoology 11): 359-419.

Forbes, E. 1841. A history of British starfishes and other animals of

the class Echinodermata . John van Voorst: London. 267 pp.

Grieg, J.A. 1929a. Echinodermata from the Palmer Archipelago,

South Shetlands, South Georgia and the Bouvet Island. Scientific

Results of the Norwegian Antarctic Expeditions 1927-1928 and

1928-1929 , 1(2): 1-16.

Grieg, J.A. 1929b. Some echinoderms from the South Shetlands.

Bergens Museum Arbok 1929. Naturvidenskapelig rekke 3:

1 - 10 .

Grube, A.E. 1840. Aktinien, Echinodermen und Wiirmer des

Adriatischen und Mittelmeeres. J. H. Bon: Konigsberg. 92 pp.

Guille, A. 1982. A new genus and species of ophiacanthid brittlestar

(Echinodermata: Ophiuroidea) from the Kerguelen Islands, with

new taxonomic, biogeographic and quantitative data on the

echinoderm fauna. Australian Museum Memoir 16: 67-87.

Gutt, J. 1988. Zur Verbreitung und Okologie der Seegurken

(Holothuroidea, Echinodermata) im Weddellmeer (Antarktis).

Berichte zur Polarfors chung 41: 1-87.

Gutt, J. 1991a. On the distribution and ecology of holothurians in the

Weddell Sea (Antarctica). Polar Biology 11: 145-55. Gutt, J.

1991b. Are Weddell Sea holothurians typical representatives of

the Antarctic benthos? Meeresforschung 33(4): 312-29.

Hickman, V.V. 1962. Tasmanian sea-cucumbers (Holothuroidea).

Papers and Proceedings of the Royal Society of Tasmania 96:

49-72, 2 pis, 186 figs.

Lambert, P. 1996. Psolidium bidiscum , a new shallow-water psolid

sea cucumber (Echinodermata: Holothuroidea) from the

northeastern Pacific, previously misidentified as Psolidium

bullatum Ohshima. Canadian Journal of Zoology 74: 20-31.

Lampert, K. 1885. Die Seewalzen. Holothurioidea. Eine Systematische

Monographie. 310 pp, 1 pi. in C. Semper (ed.) Reisen im Archipel

der Philippinen 2(4)3: 1-310, 1 pi.

Lampert, K. 1889. Die wahrend der expedition SMS Gazelle

1874-1876 von Prof. Dr. Th. Studer gesammelten holothurien.

Zoologische Jahrbiicher. Abtheilung fur Systematik, Geographie

und Biologie der Thiere 4(4): 806-58, pi. 24.

Ludwig, H. 1886. Die von G. Chierchia auf der Fahrt der Kgl.

Italianische Corvette Vettor Pisani gesammelten Holothurien.

Zoologische Jahrbiicher 2: 1-36, 2 pis.

Ludwig, H. 1892. Echinodermen. Pp. 325-61, pis 15-17 in: Dr H.G.

Bronn’s Klassen und Ordnungen des Thier-Reichs 2(3) 3 Das

System. C. F. Winter’sche Verlagshandlung: Leipzig and

Heidelberg. 460 pp, 17 pis.

Ludwig, H. 1894. Reports on an exploration off the west coasts of

Mexico, Central and South America, and off the Galapagos

Islands, in charge of Alexander Agassiz, by the US Fish

Commission steamer Albatross, during 1891. XII. The

Holothurioidea. Memoirs of the Museum of Comparative

Zoology, Harvard University 17(3): 1-183, pis 1-19.

Ludwig, H. 1898. Holothurien. Ergebnisse der Hamburger

Magalhaensischen Sammelreise 1892/93 1: 1-98, 3 pis.

Ludwig, H. & Heding, S.G. 1935. Die holothurien der Deutschen

Tiefsee-Expedition. 1. Fusslose und dendrochirote formen.

Wissenschaftliche Ergebnisse der Deutschen Tiefsee-Expedition

aufdem dampfer Valdivia 1898-1899 24: 123-214.

Massin, C. 1992. Holothurians (Echinodermata) from Marion and

Prince Edward Islands: new and little-known species. Zoologica

Scripta 21(3): 311-24.

Mortensen, T. 1925. On a small collection of echinoderms from the

Antarctic Sea. Arkiv for zoologi 17A(31): 1-12, 8 figs.

Mortensen, T. 1927. Handbook of the Echinoderms of the British

Isles. Oxford University Press. London. 471 pp.

O’Loughlin, PM. 2002. Report on selected species of BANZARE

and ANARE Holothuroidea, with reviews of Meseres Ludwig

and Heterocucumis Panning (Echinodermata). Memoirs of

Museum Victoria 59(2): 297-325.

O’Loughlin, PM. and Ahearn, C. 2005. A review of pygal-furrowed

Synallactidae (Echinodermata: Holothuroidea), with new species

from the Antarctic, Atlantic and Pacific oceans. Memoirs of

Museum Victoria 62(2): 147-79.

O’Loughlin, P.M., Bardsley, T.M. and O’Hara, T.D. 1994. A

preliminary analysis of diversity and distribution of

Holothurioidea from Prydz Bay and the MacRobertson Shelf,

Eastern Antarctica. Pp. 549-55, 1 fig., 2 tbls in: David, B., Guille,

A., Feral, J-P. and Roux, M. (eds), Echinoderms through Time.

Proceedings of the Eighth International Echinoderm Conference,

Dijon, France, 6-10 September, 1993. Balkema, Rotterdam.

O’Loughlin PM. and Marie, D. 2008. Australian species of Psolidium

Ludwig (Echinodermata: Holothuroidea: Psolidae). Memoirs of

Museum Victoria 65: 1-22.

Pawson, D.L. 1969. Holothuroidea. Pp. 36-38, 1 pi. in: V.C. Bushnell

and J.W. Hedgpeth (eds). Distribution of Selected Groups of

Marine Invertebrates in Waters South of35°S Latitude. Antarctic

Map Folio Series (II). American Geographical Society, New

York.

Pawson, D.L. 1971. The Western Australian psolid holothurian Ceto

cuvieria (Cuvier). Journal of the Royal Society of Western

Australia 54(2): 33-39.

Pawson, D.L. 1982. Holothuroidea. Pp. 813-18; figs pp. 791-92; pis

136, 137 in: S.P. Parker (editor-in-chief). Synopsis and

Classification of Living Organisms. McGraw-Hill, New York.

Pawson, D.L. and Fell, H.B. 1965. A revised classification of the

dendrochirote holothurians. Breviora 214: 1-7.

Pawson, D.L. and Valentine, J.F. 1981. Psolidium prostratum, new

species, from off the east coast of the USA (Echinodermata:

Holothuroidea). Proceedings of the Biological Society of

Washington 94(2): 450-54.

Perrier, R. 1902. Holothuries. Pp. 273-554, pis 12-22 in: Expeditions

scientifiques du Travailleur et du Talisman pendant les annees

1880, 1881, 1882, 1883. Masson et Cie, Editeurs, Paris.

Perrier, M. R. 1904. Holothuries du cap Horn. Bulletin du Museum

d’Histoire Naturelle 1: 13-17.

Perrier, R. 1905. Holothuries antarctiques du Museum d’Histoire

Naturelle de Paris. Annales des Sciences Naturelles. Zoologie 1:

1-146, 5 pis.

Studer, T. 1876. Uber Echinodermen aus dem antarktischen Meere

und zwei neue Seeigel von den Papua-Inseln, gesammelt auf der

Reise SMS Gazelle um die Erde. Monatsberichte der Koniglich

Preussichen Akademie der Wissenschaften. Berlin. Pp. 452-65.

Studer, T. 1879. Die fauna von Kerguelensland. Archiv fur

Naturgeschicht 45(1): 104-41.

Studer, T. 1889. Die Forschungsreise SMS Gazelle in den Jahren

1874 bis 1876. 3. Zoologie und Geologie. Foreword + 322 pp., 33

pis. Mittler und Son, Berlin.

Thandar, A.S. 1999. Deep-sea holothuroids taken by the RV Africana

II in 1959, from off the west coast of the Cape Peninsula, South

Africa. Annals of the South Africa Museum 105: 364-409.

Antarctic and Sub-Antarctic species of Psolidium Ludwig

Thandar, A.S. 2006. New species and new records of dendrochirotid

anddactylochirotidholothuroids(Echinodermata: Holothuroidea)

from the east coast of South Africa. Zootaxa 1245: 1-51.

Theel, H. 1886. Report on the Holothurioidea dredged by HMS

Challenger during the years 1873-1876. Report on the scientific

results of the voyage of HMS Challenger, Zoology 14(39): 1-290,

16 pis.

Vaney, C. 1908. Les holothuries de l'Expedition Antarctique Nationale

Ecossaise. Transactions of the Royal Society of Edinburgh 46:

405-41, 5 pis.

Vaney, C. 1914. Holothuries. Deuxieme Expedition Antarctique

Fran 5 aise (1908-10 ). Sciences Naturelles: Documents Scientifiques.

Masson et Cie, Editeurs, Paris. 54 pp., 5 pis.

Memoirs of Museum Victoria 65: 43-50 (2008)

ISSN 1447-2546 (Print) 1447-2554 (On-line)

http://www.museum.vic.gov.au/memoirs/index.asp

Marmenuera , a new genus of leptophlebiid mayfly (Insecta: Ephemeroptera)

endemic to Tasmania.

J.C. Dean 1 , G.N.R. Forteath 2 & A.W. Osborn 2

1 Environment Protection Authority, Freshwater Sciences Unit, Ernest Jones Drive, Macleod, Victoria, 3085, Australia

(john.dean@epa.vic.gov.au)

2 Honorary Research Fellow, Queen Victoria Museum and Art Gallery, Wellington Street, Launceston, Tasmania, 7250,

Australia

Abstract Dean, J.C., Forteath G.N.R. and Osborn, A.W. 2008. Marmenuera, a new genus of leptophlebiid mayfly (Insecta:

Ephemeroptera) endemic to Tasmania. Memoirs of Museum Victoria 65: 43-50.

The genus Marmenuera gen. nov. is established to accommodate two species of leptophlebiid mayfly, both of which

are endemic to Tasmania. Adults and nymphs of M. ida (Tillyard) and M. tillyardi sp. nov. are described and figured.

Keywords Mayflies; Australia; taxonomy; Marmenuera ; M. tillyardi sp. nov.; M. ida (Tillyard); Leptophlebiidae.

Introduction

The generic taxonomy of leptophlebiid mayflies of Australia,

although still incomplete, has been advanced in recent years.

A preliminary generic key to nymphs (Dean, 1999) included

15 described and eight undescribed leptophlebiid genera. Of

the eight undescribed genera, three have since been described

(. Loamaggalangta Dean et ah, 1999, Kaninga Dean, 2000 and

Manggabora Dean and Suter, 2004), a fourth is described

below and “Genus S” from southwest Australia has previously

been referred to Loamaggalangta (Dean, 2000).

The present paper erects a new genus to accommodate two

species of Leptophlebiidae from Tasmania. The nymphs of

these species were designated Genus W sp.AVl and Genus W

sp.AV2 by Dean (1999). Recent biological studies in Lake

Pedder and several inflowing streams provided an opportunity

to rear out adults of both species. Repositories of type and

other material are abbreviated as follows: Museum of Victoria

(MV); Australian National Insect Collection, Canberra

(ANIC); British Museum of Natural History (BMNH).

Abbreviations of life stages of examined material are: N,

nymph; MI, male imago; FI, female imago; MS, male

subimago; FS, female subimago.

Taxonomy

Order Ephemeroptera, Family Leptophlebiidae, Subfamily

Atalophlebiinae

Genus Marmenuera gen. nov.

Diagnostic features. Imago. Forewing (figs 1, 3, 17, 19):

membrane hyaline, cells in apical third of wing translucent

white; veins brown, many crossveins suffused with dark brown

pigmentation; length-width ratio of forewing slightly less to

slightly greater than 3.0; four to seven costal crossveins basal

to the bulla, 11-19 distal to the bulla; MA forked at 0.40-0.43

wing length; MP 2 attached by crossvein to MP t at 0.18-0.20

wing length; base of ICUj linked to both CuA and CuP by a

crossvein; ICu t and ICu 2 strongly diverging as wing margin

approached. Hindwing (figs 2, 4, 18, 20): 0.22-0.26 length of

forewing; length/width ratio 1. 6-1.9; costal margin with

shallow concavity at about midlength, costal space broader

both basal and distal to the concavity; vein Sc joining costal

margin at 0.8-0.85 wing length; 7-13 costal crossveins and

6-11 subcostal crossveins. Legs: yellow or medium brown, all

femora with two strongly developed dark brown bands, one at

midlength and the other near the apex; tarsal claws similar,

each claw with an apical hook and opposing ventral flange (fig.

9); forelegs of male with ratios of segment lengths 0.81-0.86,

1.00, 0.05-0.07, 0.34-0.35, 0.34-0.38, 0.26-0.30, 0.11-0.23.

Male genitalia (figs 7, 8, 24, 25): claspers three-segmented,

basal segment narrowing abruptly at about midlength; penes

lobes fused in basal half, widely separated apically; each lobe

relatively broad and approximately parallel-sided, with three

moderate sized ventral spines close to inner margin and

slightly posterior to where the lobes separate (fig. 8). Female

J.C. Dean, G.N.R. Forteath &A.W. Osborn

sternum nine with apical margin deeply excised (Fig. 10).

Subimago. Wings pale fawn/white, brown blotches and/or

suffusions similar in distribution and intensity to corresponding

imago. Mature nymph. Head prognathous; antennae at least

half length of body. Mouthparts: clypeus with lateral margins

sub-parallel; labrum (figs 12, 27) slightly wider than clypeus,

width 1.7-1. 9 times length along median line, anterior margin

with shallow to moderate mesal concavity, frontal setae

arranged as single row, sub-apical setae arranged in a single

row set back from anterior margin at about 0.9x labrum length;

mandibles with outer margin somewhat angular at midlength,

gently curved basally and distally, a tuft of long setae around

midlength and a sparser series of long setae basal to the tuft,

incisors slender, prostheca strongly developed; maxillae

quadrate, subapical row of 30-35 pectinate setae, palp

moderately short, three segmented, terminal segment almost

as long as middle segment, middle segment bearing simple

setae only; labium with glossae elongate, turned under

ventrally, palp three-segmented, terminal segment almost as

long as middle segment and with series of small spine -like

setae along inner margin, submentum with fringe of long setae

along lateral margins. Legs banded; femora moderately broad

(figs 13, 28); tarsal claws smooth, without ventral teeth (figs 14,

29). Abdominal segments without setae on lateral margins,

postero-lateral spines on segments 7-9; posterior margins of

abdominal terga with series of long, robust spines interspersed

with minute spines (fig. 15). Gills present on abdominal

segments 1-7; each gill lanceolate, lateral tracheae strongly

developed (fig. 16). Caudal filaments about Iff times length of

body; each segment with apical whorl of both stout spine-like

setae and fine hair-like setae, spine-like setae predominating

near base of each filament but becoming shorter towards

midlength where the hair-like setae predominate.

Type species. Marmenuera tillyardi sp.nov.

Etymology. The generic name is derived from “mar.me.nuer”,

the western Tasmanian aboriginal word for “country” or “tribal

territory” (Plomley 1976, p.191), and pertains to the endemicity

of the genus to Tasmania.

Remarks. The genus Marmenuera can be distinguished from

all other leptophlebiid genera by the following combination of

characters. Imago: (1) basal half of forewing with costal

crossveins heavily suffused with dark brown, often with brown

pigmentation more extensive; (2) forewing with ICUj attached

to CuA and CuP by crossveins; (3) ICiq and ICu 2 strongly

diverging as wing margin approached; (4) hindwing with

shallow concavity at about midlength, and Sc joining wing

margin at 0.8-0.85 wing length; (5) tarsal claws similar; (6)

male genitalia with penes fused in basal half and widely

separated apically, with three moderate-sized ventral spines

situated slightly posterior to where the lobes separate; (7)

female sternum nine with apical margin deeply excised.

Nymph: (1) labrum slightly wider than clypeus; (2) width of

labrum 1.7-1. 9 times length along median line; (3) labium with

glossae elongate and turned under ventrally; (4) terminal

segment of labial palp with series of small spine -like setae

along inner margin; (5) submentum with fringe of long setae

along lateral margins; (6) tarsal claws smooth; (7) gills

lanceolate, moderately broad; (8) posterior margins of

abdominal terga with row of stout spines interspersed with

small spines.

Marmenuera does not fit into any of the leptophlebiid

lineages defined by Pescador and Peters (1980), and Towns

and Peters (1980), and its closest relatives are probably here in

Australia. The genus appears most closely related to

Loamaggalangta Dean, Forteath and Osborn and Bibulmena

Dean. The three genera share many characters, including

attachment of the base of ICu to the CuA-CuP crossvein in

the forewing, similar tarsal claws in the imago, a deeply

excised sternum nine in the female, similarities in the nymphal

mouthparts (in particular the elongate and underturned

glossae, the fringe of setae on the lateral margins of the

submentum and the small spine-like setae along the inner

margin of segment 3 of the labial palps) and smooth tarsal

claws in the nymph. Christidis (2005) placed Bibulmena and

Loamaggalangta at the base of a large clade containing many

of the Australian leptophlebiid genera, but found no support

for the grouping of these two genera into a monophyletic clade.

The character states listed above are perhaps primitive and not

synapomorphies.

Marmenuera tillyardi sp.nov.

Figures 1-16

Genus W sp.AVl Dean 1999, p. 86, figs 239-41.

Types. Holotype: Male imago (reared from nymph), Tasmania, un-

named creek flowing into Lake Pedder (Tasmap 1:25 000 series.

Serpentine 4026, Grid reference 55G 4184 52606), collected 28 Jan

2006, emerged 30 Jan 2006, A. Osborn and N. Forteath (MV,

T-20000). Paratypes: Male imago and female imago (both reared from

nymph), same location as holotype, collected 28 Jan 2006, emerged 19

Mar 2006 and 23 Feb 2006 respectively, A.Osborn & N.Forteath (MV,

T-20001 and T-20002 respectively); male imago and female imago

(both reared from nymph), same location as holotype, collected 5 Jan

2006 and 28 Jan 2006 respectively, emerged 14 Jan 2006 and 13 Feb

2006 respectively, A.Osborn and N.Forteath (ANIC).

Material examined. Tasmania. 6 MI, 12 FI (all reared from

nymphs), un-named creek flowing into Lake Pedder (type locality), 28

Jan 2006, emerged various dates, A. Osborn and N. Forteath; 3 MI, 1

FI (all reared from nymphs), same location, 25 Jan 1998, N. Forteath;

1 FI (reared from nymph), same location, 23 Feb 1998, N. Forteath; 1

MI, 1 FI (both reared from nymphs), same location, 4 Mar 1998, N.

Forteath; 2 MI, 2 FI (all reared from nymphs), same location, 5 Jan

2006, A. Osborn and N. Forteath; 1 MS, 1 FS (both reared from

nymphs), 4 N, same location, 27 Dec 1997, N.Forteath; 2 N, Piney

Creek, Heamskirk Rd, 27 Oct 1994, MRHI; 1 FI, 1 FS (both reared

from nymphs). Lake Pedder, Trappes Bay, 4 Mar 1998, N. Forteath; 1

MI, 2FI (all reared from nymphs). Lake Pedder, Serpentine Arm, Apr

2005, N.Forteath.

Description. Male imago: Length: body 8.8-10.2 mm.,

forewing 8.8-10.1 mm., caudal filaments 12.4-14.2 mm. Eyes:

upper lobes pale pink/brown, separated mesally by a distance

approximately 1/8 of the diameter of the upper lobe in dorsal

view; lower lobes grey. Thorax: medium-dark brown; pronotum

with narrow raised carina along median line, dark brown

markings medially on posterior half of segment, dark brown

Marmenuera, a new genus of leptophlebiid mayfly (Insecta: Ephemeroptera) endemic to Tasmania.

Figures 1-4. Marmenuera tillyardi. Male imago: 1, forewing; 2, hind wing. Female imago: 3, forewing; 4, hind wing.

Figures 5-10. Marmenuera tillyardi. Male imago: 5, abdomen, dorsal; 6, abdomen, ventral; 7, penes, dorsal; 8, penes, ventral, slide preparation;

9, foretarsal claw. Female imago: 10, sternum nine.

J.C. Dean, G.N.R. Forteath &A.W. Osborn

Figures 11-16. Marmenuera tillyardi. Nymph: 11, abdomen, dorsal; 12, labrum; 13, forefemur; 14, foretarsus; 15, posterior margin of abdominal

segment four; 16, gill, abdominal segment four.

along lateral margins and curved dark brown band parallel to

lateral margin approximately midway between margin and

medial carina. Legs: predominantly medium brown, tending to

paler in apical half of tibiae and tarsi; all femora with two broad

dark brown bands, one just beyond midlength and the other

sub-apical; tarsal claws similar, each claw with terminal

sclerotised hook and opposing ventral process. Forewing (fig.

1): membrane hyaline, stigmatic region opaque, white; costal

crossveins in basal half of wing heavily suffused with dark

brown, subcostal and R x -R 2 crossveins in basal half of wing

less strongly suffused with dark brown, crossveins near MA

fork not suffused with brown. Abdomen: terga generally

reddish-brown with dark brown markings, tergum 6 with four

conspicuous dark brown longitudinal bands extending over

most of the segment (fig. 5), segment 7 with similar bands but

restricted to anterior half of the segment, segment 8 with dark

markings only adjacent to the anterior margin; sterna reddish

brown, inconspicuous paler markings on segments 2-5 (fig. 6),

darker brown markings poorly defined. Genitalia (figs 7, 8):

penes lobes fused basally, widely separated apically; each lobe

relatively broad and approximately parallel-sided, apically

truncate, outer margin somewhat angular just before apex;

three moderate sized ventral spines close to inner margin

posterior to where the lobes separate.

Female imago. Length: body 10.1-12.2 mm; forewing

10.0-11.8 mm; caudal filaments 13.4-16.4 mm. General colour

similar to male imago. Forewing: membrane slightly opaque;

costal, subcostal and R t -R 2 crossveins all surrounded by

suffusion of dark brown, more strongly developed than in

male. Abdomen: medium reddish-brown, terga with darker

brown markings, sterna medium reddish-brown, no strong

markings; sternum nine deeply cleft (fig. 10). Subimago. Wings

pale fawn/yellow, brown blotches and/or suffusions similar in

distribution and intensity to corresponding imago. Mature

nymph. Body length ranging from about 10 to 13 mm.;

antennae about half length of body; cerci about IV 2 times

length of body, terminal filament a little longer. General colour

yellow with dark brown markings; abdomen with conspicuous

pattern of dark brown and yellow, abdominal segments 6 and

9 darker than remaining segments (fig. 11); all legs with dark

Marmenuera, a new genus of leptophlebiid mayfly (Insecta: Ephemeroptera) endemic to Tasmania.

banding. Mouthparts: labrum (fig. 12) a little broader than

clypeus; maximum width 1.7-1. 9 times length along median

line; maximum width at about 3/4 labrum length, basal to this

the lateral margins relatively straight and diverging; anterior

margin shallowly concave, with five well developed medial

denticles; single row of setae close to frontal edge of labrum,

sub-apical setal fringe also consisting of a single row set back

from anterior margin at about 0.9 labrum length. Legs relatively

slender; forefemora length 3L — 1 times width (Fig. 13), outer

margin with moderate number of short, spine -like setae and

also longer, hair-like setae; foretarsus (fig. 14) with 30-40

ventral spines; tarsal claws smooth, without ventral teeth.

Postero -lateral spines on abdominal segments 7 (small) and

8-9 (relatively large); posterior margins of abdominal terga

with series of large, conspicuous spines interspersed with the

occasional shorter spine (fig. 15). Gills lanceolate, lateral

tracheae moderately developed (fig. 16).

Etymology. The species is named for R.J.Tillyard, who first

recognised that this was probably an undescribed species (see

below).

Remarks. When describing Atalophlebia ida, Tillyard (1936)

referred to specimens from Cradle Mountain which were

smaller and less spotted than the type series. It now seems

likely that these belong to the species herein described as M.

tillyardi, and Tillyard’s decision not to describe the male imago

of A. ida based on the Cradle Mountain material has been

proven taxonomically astute.

Scholes (1961) recommended that the imago and subimago

of A. ida should be referred to as the “Large Speckled Spinner”

and “Large Speckled Dun” respectively, and we suggest that

“Lesser Speckled Spinner” and “Lesser Speckled Dun” are

appropriate common names for the imago and subimago of

Marmenuera tillyardi. This reflects both the smaller size of

the new species and the reduced wing pigmentation.

Marmenuera ida (Tillyard)

Figures 17-29

Atalophlebia ida Tillyard, 1936: p. 42, fig. 7, plate 1(10).

Massartellopsis ida Scholes, 1961: p. 30, plate 2.

Genus W sp.AV2 Dean, 1999: p. 86, figs 242, 243.

Types. Holotype: female imago, Tasmania, Dee Bridge, 7 Feb 1933, R.

J. Tillyard (BMNH). Paratypes: five female imagos, collected with

holotype (BMNH); one male subimago. Lake St Clair, 6 Feb 1933, R.

J. Tillyard (BMNH). Types not examined.

Material examined. Tasmania. 5N, Lake Pedder, Trappes Inlet,

February and April 1997, N. Forteath; 3FI (2 reared), 1FS (reared),

same location, 1 Feb 1998, N. Forteath; IMS (reared), same location,

12 Jan 1998, N. Forteath; IMS (reared), same location, 4 Mar 1998, N.

Forteath; 6MI,5FI (all reared), 21N, same location, Nov-Dee 2006, N.

Forteath and A. Osborn; IN, Lake Lilia, Cradle Mountain, 25 Mar

1998, J. Dean; IN, Dip River Falls, 31 Oct 1998, D. Cartwright; 4FI,

Huon River Crossing, 16 Feb 1971, A. Neboiss; 1MI, IMS, 1FS,

D'Entrecasteaux Passage, Exit Cave, Janl993, A. Clarke.

Description. Male imago. Length: body 1 1 .0-12.4 mm, forewing

11.2-12.0 mm, caudal filaments 18.4—24.2 mm. Eyes: upper

lobes pale pink/brown, in contact on meson of head, lower lobes

grey. Thorax: medium-dark brown; pronotum with narrow

raised carina along median line, dark brown markings medially

on posterior margin, along lateral margins and parallel to lateral

margin approximately midway between margin and medial

carina. Legs: predominantly yellow, all femora with two broad

dark brown bands, one just beyond midlength and the other

subapical; tarsal claws similar, each claw with terminal

sclerotised hook and opposing ventral process. Forewing (fig.

17): membrane hyaline, stigmatic region slightly opaque, white;

all costal, subcostal and R x -R 2 crossveins heavily suffused with

dark brown, crossveins in vicinity of MA fork also strongly

suffused with dark brown; large brown blotch filling area

between veins Sc and R 2 at midlength of wing. Abdomen:

strongly contrasting pattern of dark brown and yellow; terga 2-7

yellow in anterior half and dark brown in posterior half, yellow

colouration extended back as narrow band along median line

(fig. 22), extent of yellow colouration increasing from segments

6 to 8, segments 9 and 10 predominantly brown; sterna reddish

brown, pale yellow along lateral margins, segments 2-7 with

two pairs of small pale spots, the anterior pair more widely

eparated than the posterior pair (fig. 23). Genitalia (figs 24—25):

penes lobes fused basally, widely separated apically; each lobe

relatively broad, apex rounded and turned slightly inwards, sub-

apically with outer margin evenly curved, three moderate sized

ventral spines posterior to where the lobes separate. Female

imago. Length: body 11.6-14.8 mm.; forewing 12.0-14.2 mm;

caudal filaments 18.2-22.2 mm. Forewing: pigmentation more

extensive than in male; dark brown suffusions around costal,

subcostal and R t -R, crossveins broad, almost circular; large

brown blotch surrounding MA fork. General colour and

abdominal markings similar to male imago. Mature nymph.

Body length ranging from 12-16 mm; antennae a little over half

length of body; cerci about 114-1 Vi body length, terminal

filament a little longer. General colour yellow with brown

markings; abdomen with conspicuous pattern of dark brown and

yellow, segments 2-8 yellow towards anterior margin and dark

brown to the posterior (fig. 26); all legs yellow with dark

banding. Mouthparts: Labrum (fig. 27) a little broader than

clypeus; maximum width 1.7-1. 9 times length along median

line; maximum width at about 2/3 labrum length, basal to this

the lateral margins relatively straight and diverging; anterior

margin moderately concave, with five well developed medial

denticles. Legs moderately broad (fig. 28); forefemora length a

little over 3 times width, outer margin bearing moderate length

spine-like setae and also some longer, hair-like setae; fore-tarsus

with 15-20 ventral spines (fig. 29); tarsal claws smooth, without

ventral teeth. Postero-lateral spines on abdominal segments 7

(small) and 8-9 (relatively large); posterior margins of abdominal

terga with series of large, conspicuous spines interspersed with

the occasional shorter spine. Gills lanceolate, lateral tracheae

moderately developed.

Remarks. Although the holotype has not been examined the

description and, in particular, the image of the female forewing

presented by Tillyard (1936) leave no doubt as to the identity of

this species. The species is readily distinguished from M.

tillyardi in the adult by the abdominal colour pattern, the more

extensive pigmentation of the forewing and the structure of the

J.C. Dean, G.N.R. Forteath &A.W. Osborn

Figures 17-21. Marmenuera ida. Male imago: 17, forewing; 18, hindwing. Female imago: 19, forewing; 20, hindwing; 21, forewing, holotype.

male genitalia, and in the nymph by the abdominal colour

pattern and the structure of the labrum and foreleg. Scholes

(1961) referred this species to the genus Massartellopsis,

presumably based on advice from Edgar Riek (CSIRO Division

of Entomology), but it is now known that the genus

Massartellopsis is endemic to South America.

Scholes (1961) suggested the common names “Large

Speckled Spinner” and “Large Speckled Dun” for the imago

and subimago respectively of Marmenuera ida, and we

consider this appropriate.

Keys to species

1. Adults 2

- Nymphs 3

2. Forewings heavily pigmented, crossveins around MA fork

suffused with brown (figs 17,19); male imago with outer

margin of penes lobes evenly rounded (fig. 24)

Marmenuera ida

- Forewings lightly pigmented, crossveins around MA fork

not suffused with brown (figs 1,3); male imago with outer

margin of penes lobes angular (fig. 7)

Marmenuera tillyardi

3. Foretarsus with 15-20 ventral spines (fig. 29); forefemur

with spines along outer margin relatively long (fig. 28)

Marmenuera ida

- Foretarsus with 30-40 ventral spines (fig. 14); forefemur

with spines along outer margin relatively short (fig. 13)

Marmenuera tillyardi

Marmenuera, a new genus of leptophlebiid mayfly (Insecta: Ephemeroptera) endemic to Tasmania.

Figures 22-29. Marmenuera ida. Male imago: 22, abdomen, dorsal; 23, abdomen, ventral; 24, penes, dorsal; 25, penes, ventral. Nymph: 26,

abdomen, dorsal; 27, labrum; 28, forefemur; 29, foretarsus.

Acknowledgments

We are indebted to the Tasmanian Hydroelectric Commission

and the W. D. Booth Charitable Trust for support of field work

undertaken on Lake Pedder by A. Osborn and N. Forteath.

The Council and Editor of the Royal Society of Tasmania are

thanked for permission to reproduce Plate I Figure 10 from

Tillyard (1936). Preparation of the manuscript was supported

by the Environment Protection Authority of Victoria.

J.C. Dean, G.N.R. Forteath &A.W. Osborn

References

Christidis, F. 2005. Phylogenetic relationships of the Australian

Leptophlebiidae (Ephemeroptera). Invertebrate Systematics 19:

531-39.

Dean, J.C. 1999. Preliminary keys for the identification of Australian

mayfly nymphs of the Family Leptophlebiidae. Identification

Guide no. 20. Cooperative Research Centre for Freshwater

Ecology, Albury, New South Wales. Pp iii + 91.

Dean, J.C. 2000. Descriptions of new Leptophlebiidae (Insecta:

Ephemeroptera) from Australia. II. Kaninga, a new monotypic

genus from south-western Australia. Records of the Western

Australian Museum 20: 87-94.

Dean, J.C.; Forteath,G.N.R. and Osborn, A.W. 1999. Loamaggalangta

pedderensis gen. & sp.nov.: A new mayfly from Tasmania

(Ephemeroptera: Leptophlebiidae: Atalophlebiinae). Australian

Journal of Entomology 38: 12-16.

Dean, J.C. and Suter PJ. 2004. Descriptions of new species and a new

genus of leptophlebiid mayflies (Insecta: Ephemeroptera) from

the Northern Territory, Australia. Memoirs of the Museum of

Victoria 61: 111-18.

Pescador, M.L. and Peters, W.L. 1980. Phylogenetic relationships and

zoogeography of cool-adapted Leptophlebiidae (Ephemeroptera)

in southern South America. Pp. 43-56 in: Flannagan, J.F. and

Marshall, K.E. (eds). Advances in Ephemeroptera Biology.

Plenum Press: New York.

Plomley, N.J.B. 1976. A word-list of the Tasmanian Aboriginal

Languages. Foot & Playsted: Launceston. Pp xv + 486.

Scholes, D. 1961. Fly-fisher in Tasmania. Melbourne University Press:

Carlton. Pp xiv + 208.

Tillyard, R.J. 1936. The trout-food insects of Tasmania. Part II: A

monograph of the mayflies of Tasmania. Papers and Proceedings

of the Royal Society of Tasmania. 1935: 23-59.

Towns, D.R. and Peters, W.L. 1980. Phylogenetic relationships of the

Leptophlebiidae of New Zealand (Ephemeroptera). Pp 57-69 in:

Flannagan, J.F. and Marshall, K.E. (eds). Advances in

Ephemeroptera Biology. Plenum Press: New York.

Memoirs of Museum Victoria 65: 51-56 (2008)

ISSN 1447-2546 (Print) 1447-2554 (On-line)

http://www.museum.vic.gov.au/memoirs/index.asp

A new species in the Ophiocoma erinaceus complex from the South-west Pacific

Ocean (Echinodermata: Ophiuroidea: Ophiocomidae)

Milena Benavides- Serrato 1 and Timothy D. O'Hara 2

1 Echinoderms Curator, Colombian Marine Natural Museum, Institute of Marine and Coastal Research “Jose Benito Vives

de Andreis” INVEMAR, Cerro Punta de Betfn 1016, Santa Marta, Colombia (milena_benavides@invemar.org.co)

2 Museum Victoria, GPO Box 666, Melbourne, Victoria, 3001, Australia (tohara@museum.vic.gov.au)

Abstract Benavides-Serrato, M. and O'Hara, T.D. 2008. A new species in the Ophiocoma erinaceus complex from the South-west

Pacific Ocean (Echinodermata: Ophiuroidea: Ophiocomidae). Memoirs of Museum Victoria 65: 51-56.

A new species is described from the Ophiocoma erinaceus complex of tropical ophiuroids, reliably distinguished

by the almost complete lack of granulation on the ventral disc surface. The new species is currently known only from

the south-west Pacific Ocean, ranging from the northern section of the Great Barrier Reef to Tonga.

Keywords Echinodermata, Ophiuroidea, Ophiocoma

Introduction

Ophiuroids of the genus Ophiocoma, common on coral or

rocky reefs throughout the tropics, are difficult to identify and

many historical records are inaccurate (Devaney 1968,

Devaney 1970). Part of the problem has been the lack of

distinctive morphological characters and the ability of some

species to change colour pattern, from being consistently dark

during the day to variegated at night (Hendler 1984, O’Hara et

al. 2004). Devaney (1968, 1970) revised the taxonomy of the

genus by introducing new taxonomic characters based around

the shape of the oral and dental plates and their associated

papillae. However, some problems were left unresolved.

One taxonomically problematic group contains black-

coloured specimens with alternating numbers of arm spines from

the Indo-Pacific Ocean generally known as Ophiocoma erinaceus

(Muller & Troschel, 1842). The concept of this ‘species’ has

varied widely from being considered a variety of the variegated

species O. scolopendrina Lamarck, 1816 (eg Matsumoto, 1917)

to being divided into species based on the number of tentacle-

scales; two in Ophiocoma erinaceus and one in O. schoenleinii

Muller & Troschel, 1842 (eg see Clark & Rowe, 1971). Devaney

(1970) considered them ‘polymorphs of the same species having

phenotypically linked morphological characters’.

Field work across northern Australia led one of the authors

(O’Hara) to consider that two species were indeed present, one

with red-tube feet ( O . erinaceus) and one with grey tube feet

(i O . schoenleinii ). However, subsequent pilot molecular data

suggested that three clades were present: with red-tube feet

and two tentacle scales ( O . erinaceus), grey-tube feet and one

wide tentacle scale ( O . schoenleinii), and grey-tube feet and

two tentacle scales (undescribed) (O’Hara et al., 2004).

Materials and methods

This paper is the formal scientific description of the third

species in the complex, using a suite of morphological

characters that include those of the dental plates introduced by

Devaney (1970). The three known species in the complex are

distinguished. Material examined for this paper is lodged in

Museum Victoria, Melbourne (MV). The abbreviation d.d. is

used for disc diameter.

Ophiocoma cynthiae sp. nov.

Figures 1, 2c, 2f

Material examined. Holotype: Queensland, Great Barrier Reef, Raine

Island, shallow rocks off tower, 11°35.5’S, 144°2.3’E, 1-2 m, 5 Dec

2001, MV FI 12641 (ethanol, 17 mm d.d.).

Paratypes: Australia, Queensland, Great Barrier Reef, Raine

Island, shallow rocks off tower, 11°35.5’S, 144°2.3’E, 1-2 m, 5 Dec

2001, MV F91535 (5 individuals, ethanol, d.d. 21 mm, 22 mm, 20 mm,

18 mm, 13 mm); Fiji, Naviti, 18°12’S, 178°11’E, 0-2 m, 7 Jul 2002,

MV F101821 (1, ethanol, d.d. 21 mm); Tonga, Vaua’u, Keitahi, 18°36’S,

173°55’W, 0-2 m, 5 Oct 1983, MV F91614 (1, dry, d.d. 15 mm).

Comparative material examined. Ophiocoma schoenleinii Muller

& Troschel. Australia, Queensland, Raine Island, shallow rocks off

tower, 12 Dec 2001, 11°35.5’S, 144°2.3’E, 1-2 m, MV F101823 (1,

ethanol, d.d. 15 mm); Moulter Cay, 11°21.4’S, 144°01.5’E, 1 m, 11 Dec

2001, MV F91534 (2, ethanol, d.d. 12 mm, 13 mm); Lizard Island,

Coconut Beach, 14°40.8’S, 145°28.5’E, 2-5 m, 25 Oct 2005, MV

F109814 (1, ethanol, d.d. 13 mm); Bird Island Reef, 14°4.6’S, 145°28’E,

5-15 m, 29 Oct 2005, MV F109813 (3, ethanol, d.d. 20 mm, 20 mm, 18

mm); Papua New Guinea, Bora Bada, MV F91583 (2, ethanol, d.d. 12

mm, 13 mm); Fiji, Naviti, 18°12’S, 178°1’E, 0-2 m, 7 Jul 2002, MV

F93796 (1, ethanol, d.d. 20 mm); Vuda Point (between Nadi and

Handtoka), 17°30’S, 177°25’E, 4 Jul 1981, MV F91593 (2, dry, d.d. 13

Milena Benavides-Serrato and Timothy D. O'Hara

mm, 17 mm). Ophiocoma erinaceus Muller & Troschel. Western

Australia, Ashmore reef. West lagoon, 12°14.29’S, 123°0.77’E, 3-9 m,

2 Oct 2002, MV F93633 (1, ethanol, d.d. 18 mm); Ashmore reef, west

lagoon, 12°13.26’S, 122°59.28’E, 6-11 m, 1 Oct 2002, MV F93624 (5,

ethanol, d.d. 13 mm, 11 mm, 13 mm, 6 mm, 5 mm); Queensland, Raine

Island, shallow rocks off tower, 11°35.5’S, 144°2.3’E, 1-2 m, 5 Dec

2001, F91536 (2, ethanol, d.d. 15 mm, 20 mm); Moulter Cay, reef rim,

11°24.8’S, 144°01.9’E, 1-5 m, 10 Dec 2001, MV F91544 (1, ethanol);

Lizard Island, First beach, 14°39.7’S, 145°26.8’E, 2^1 m, 28 Oct 2005,

MV FI 09808 (1, ethanol, d.d. 19 mm).

Description. Holotype. Disc 17 mm d.d, pentagonal with

slightly incised interradial margins. Dorsal disc densely

covered with rounded granules 0.15 mm diameter, 13-20 per

mm 2 , sparse or patchy near the arms bases and interradial

margins, covering radial shields. Ventral disc without granules,

covered in thick wrinkled epithelium, disc plates obscured; a

few elongated spinelets occur in a row on either side of the

genital slit adjacent to the oral shields.

Oral shields oval, longer (2.2 mm) than broad (1.9 mm),

widest point a little distal of the midline, slightly depressed in the

distal centre. Adoral shields triangular, much smaller than the

oral shield, slightly lobed radial angle, restricted to the lateral

edge of the oral shield, not meeting radially or interradially,

margins obscured by epidermis (Fig. lc). Four oral papillae on

each side of jaw angle; inner is spiniform, twice as high as wide;

second is triangular, wider than high; third is largest, two to three

times as wide as high, longest proximally; last (buccal tentacle

scale) is wide and low, up to four times as wide as high, proximal

end extending under the third oral papilla. Ten to 11 dental

Figure 1. Ophiocoma cynthiae sp. nov. holotype (22 mm d.d.): a, dorsal surface of the whole animal; b, ventral surface; c, detail of oral frame;

d, detail of the dorsal disc and arm surfaces.

New species in the Ophiocoma erinaceus complex from the South-west Pacific Ocean

Figure 2. Dental plates of Ophiocoma erinaceus (MV F109808, 22 mm d.d.): a, external surface, d, internal, Ophiocoma schoenleinii (MV

F109813, 21 mm d.d.); b, external; e, internal. Ophiocoma cynthiae sp. nov. (MV F91535, paratype 22 mm d.d.): c, external; f, internal.

Milena Benavides-Serrato and Timothy D. O'Hara

papillae on each jaw, placed in three vertical rows near teeth,

inner row slightly smaller, and an irregular transverse row or

cluster across the jaw margin between the inner oral papillae;

four hyaline tipped teeth in a vertical row, twice as wide as high.

First ventral arm plate much smaller than succeeding

plates, with a straight or rounded proximal margin, straight to

convex lateral sides and a convex distal margin, longitudinally

grooved; second plate as wide as long, widest distally, with a

convex distal edge, rounded lateral angles, recurved lateral

sides and truncate proximal edge, often sunken proximally so

that the distal edge of the first plate projects over the proximal

edge of the second; succeeding plates 1.5 times broader than

long, widest in the distal half of the plate, convex distal margin,

sharp lateral angles, recurved lateral sides around tentacle

pore, concave proximal edge overlain by preceding plate,

plates in contact for more than half of arm length. Upper arm

plates fan-shaped, usually wider than long, with a convex to

truncate distal margin, straight divergent lateral sides and a

slightly concave proximal border overlain by the preceding

plate, plates contiguous throughout the arm, plates forming a

zig-zag row after the fifth segment past the disc, displaced

away from the enlarged alternating upper arm spines. Lateral

arm plates separated from each other for all arm length.

Number of arm spines on each side of first twenty segments

as follows (clockwise from the madreporite):

3 3 3 4

3 3 3 3

3 3 4 4

3 3 3 3

2 3 3 4

3 3 3 4

2 3 3 4

3 3 3 4

4 4 4 4

4 4 4 5

4 4 4 4

4 4 4 5

4 4 4 4

4 4 4 5

4 4 4 4

5 4 4 4

4 5 4 4

5 4 4 4

4 4 4 4

4 5 4 4

5 4 4 4

4 4 4 3

5 4 5 4

4 5 4 4

5 4 4 4

3 4 3 4

4 4 4 3

4 3 4 3

4 4 4 4

4 3 4 3

4 4 3 4

4 3 4 3

4 4 4 4

4 4 4 3

4 4 4 4

4 4 3 4

4 3 4 3

3 4 3 4

4 3 4 3

3 4 3 4

4 3 4 3

3 4 3 4

4 3 4 3

3 4 3 4

Arm spines of the first 5-7 segments flattened or curved,

with truncate tips, subequal or uppermost longest, mostly

longer than the ventral arm plate (except on first segment);

spines on succeeding segments becoming progressively more

cylindrical; spines start alternating 3-4 after segments 12-16,

alternating uppermost spines become elongated and thickened,

cigar- to club-shaped, longest in the middle of the arm, to three

segments in length, 4-4.5 mm long, lower spines elongate and

tapering; distal arm segments with three slender non-

alternating spines. Two oval subequal tentacle scales on each

pore, sitting side by side on the lateral arm plate, reducing to

one near the arm tips.

Colour. Ethanol: Disc and arms uniform dark brown colour.

Upper side spines of five first segments of arm spines with

some white longitudinal bands along the edge; tube feet dark,

with a pale tip near the mouth, oral tentacles pale; mouth frame

basically tan with small dark spots, madreporite white.

Paratypes. A dental plate, dissected from one paratype (F91535,

22 mm d.d., Fig 2c), was 4.9 mm long and 1.7 mm wide, with

two foramina, the lower septa twice as thick as the upper one,

and dental papillae confined to the upper third of the plate,

which is slightly narrower than the rest of the plate. Paratypes

generally had more elongate granules or spinelets along the

genital slit, extending to 1/2R. On paratype F91614 the dorsal

disc granules form a very regular sharp boundary at the edge of

the disc and (since it is preserved dry) small thin overlapping

ventral disc scales (0.20-0.25 mm wide) can be clearly seen

extending from the lateral margin to the oral shield. The second

oral papillae can sometimes be larger than the third, but this is

not consistent on a specimen. There can be up to 17 dental

papillae. Paratype F101821 differs in having ventral arm plates

with a concave or slightly notched distal margin except near the

arm tip, the dorsal arm plates are regularly arranged in a series,

not alternating from side to side, and the maximum arm spine

length is 8.6 mm. Paratypes F101821 and F91614 from Fiji and

Tonga respectively, have a lighter colour than the holotype and

paratypes (F91535) from Australia, the mouth frame is white

and the arms have broad bands of dark and pale segments. This

may represent the “night” colour form.

Distribution. Northern Great Barrier Reef, Fiji, Tonga, 0-2 m;

under coral slabs or within dead coral matrix.

Etymology. This species is named after friend and tireless

colleague Cynthia Ahearn, the former Museum Specialist in

Echinoderms at the Smithsonian Institution who passed away

in August 2008.

Remarks. The new species is clearly an Ophiocoma Agassiz as

defined by Devaney (1970), possessing both dental and oral

papillae, the latter in a continuous row, small adoral plates

restricted to the lateral sides of the oral plate, a covering of

spherical granules on the dorsal disc surface, and rounded arm

spines in the middle of the arm. It belongs to the ‘scolopendrina’

group of species (Devaney 1970) with alternating numbers of

arm spines and the uppermost arm spine enlarged. Within this

group it shares many features in common with O. erinaceus

including the dark colour, the presence of two to three arm

spines on the first segment, the coarse disc granulation (10-20

per mm 2 ) and the size of the upper arm spines, which are longer

on the side with four spines.

Within, the O. erinaceus complex, O. cynthiae is

distinguished by the lack of granules on the ventral disc

surface (except for a few sparsely distributed along the genital

slit near the oral shield). In O. schoenleinii they persist as a

wedge near the ventral margin and extend almost to the oral

shields in O. erinaceus. Furthermore, O. schoenleinii is

distinguished by having only one wide tentacle scale on most

pores past the first few segments, and denser dorsal disc

granules (>20 per mm 2 ). Ophiocoma erinaceus can be further

distinguished by the colour of the tube feet: bright red in live

specimens and white in ethanol-preserved ones.

Comparison of the dental plates of the three species (Fig.

2) indicates other possible differentiating characters. The

dental plate of the new species is somewhat larger on specimens

of similar size (21-22 mm d.d.), and is less narrowed on the

region supporting the dental papillae. There are only two teeth

foramina and the septum of second is much wider than the

New species in the Ophiocoma erinaceus complex from the South-west Pacific Ocean

first. The dental plates of the other two species have three

foramina, but the third is much larger on O. schoenleinii.

However, due to the low numbers of specimens of the new

species we are reluctant to dissect additional material and the

intraspecific or size-related variability of these characters is

unknown at this stage.

This new species is similar to the description of the nominal

species Ophiocoma tartarea Lyman, 1861, from Hawaii which

was considered a synonym of O. erinaceus four years later by

the same author (Lyman, 1865). In both his description of O.

tartarea (1861) and O. erinaceus (1865) he refers to the absence

of granules on the ventral disc surface, but without distinguishing

between a wedge of granules and no granules at all. We have

examined images of Muller & Troschel’s type specimens in the

Museum fur Naturkunde Humboldt-Universitaet zu Berlin of

both O. erinaceus (ZMB Ech 922) and O. schoenleinii (ZMB

Ech 930, 4658). The type specimen of O. erinaceus clearly has

a wedge of granules on the ventral interradial margin. The type

specimens of O. tartarea appear to be lost. They were originally

deposited in the museum of the Boston Society of Natural

History (now called the Museum of Science), which transferred

the majority of their collection in the 1940s to the Museum of

Comparative Zoology in Harvard and some specimens to the

United States National Museum. Downey (1969) does not list

this species in her catalogue of US ophiuroid-type specimens,

and there is no record of them in these museums today (Kirdahy,

Aheam & Boyett pers. comm.). Given the lack of available type

material, the early synonymy of O. tartarea with O. erinaceus

by the same author, and the lack of known records of specimens

without any ventral granules from Hawaii, we proposed to erect

a new species, O. cynthiae.

Acknowledgments

We would like to thank Chris Rowley (Museum Victoria) for

taking the camera images of the new species; Joan Clark

(University of Melbourne) and Kate Naughton (Museum

Victoria) for assisting with the SEMs; Dr Carsten Lueter

(Museum fur Naturkunde, Humboldt-Universitaet zu Berlin)

for providing images of type specimens of Ophiocoma

erinaceus and O. schoenleinii ; Carolyn Kirdahy (Boston

Museum of Science), Cynthia Ahearn (formerly of the United

States National Museum) and Mary Catherine Boyett (Museum

of Comparative Zoology, Harvard) for attempting to trace the

type specimens of Ophiocoma tartarea-, the Raine Island

Corporation and Environment Australia for supporting the

fieldwork to Raine Island and Ashmore Reef; Dr Maria Byrne

and Mark O’Loughlin for collecting material from Fiji and

Tonga respectively.

References

Clark, A.M. & Rowe, F.W.E. 1971. Monograph of Shallow-water

Indo-west Pacific Echinoderms. Trustees of the British Museum

(Natural History). London. 238 pp, 31 pis.

Devaney, D.M. 1968. The systematics and Post-Larval growth changes

in Ophiocomid brittlestars. PhD thesis. University of Hawaii. 272

pp.

Devaney, D.M. 1970. Studies on ophiocomid brittlestarts.l. A new

genus ( Clarkcoma ) of Ophiocominae with a reevaluation of the

genus Ophiocoma. Smithsonian Contribution to Zoology 51:

1-41.

Downey, M.E. (1969). Catalog of recent ophiuroid type specimens in

major collections in the United States. Bulletin of the United

States National Museum 293: 1-239.

Hendler, G. 1984. Brittlestar colour-change and phototaxis

(Echinodermata: Ophiuroidea: Ophiocomidae). Pubblicazioni

Della Stazione Zoologica Di Napoli I ( Marine Ecology) 5:

379-401.

Lyman, T. (1861). Descriptions of new Ophiuridae. Proceedings of the

Boston Society of Natural History 8: 75-86.

Lyman, T. (1865). Ophiuridae and Astrophytidae. Illustrated

Catalogue of the Museum of Comparative Zoology, Harvard

University 1: 1-200, pis 1-2.

Matsumoto, H. (1917). A monograph of Japanese Ophiuroidea,

arranged according to a new classification. Journal of the College

of Science, Imperial University Tokyo 38(2): 1-408, pis 1-7.

Miiller, J. & Troschel, EH. 1842. System der Aster iden. Von Friedrich

Vieweg und Sohn, Braunschweig. 134 pp., 12 pis.

O’Hara, T.D., Byrne, M., & Cisternas, P. 2004. The Ophiocoma

erinaceus complex: another case of cryptic speciation in

echinoderms: pp. 537-42 in Heinzeller, T. & Nebelsick, J.H. (eds).

Echinoderms: MUnchen: Proceedings of the 11th International

Echinoderm Conference, Munich, Germany, 6-10 October 2003,

A.A. Balkema, The Netherlands.

Memoirs of Museum Victoria 65: 57-62 (2008)

ISSN 1447-2546 (Print) 1447-2554 (On-line)

http://www.museum.vic.gov.au/memoirs/index.asp

A new species in the genus Ophiomyxa from South-west Australian waters

(Echinodermata: Ophiuroidea: Ophiomyxidae)

Amanda M. Franklin and Timothy D. O’Hara

Museum Victoria, GPO Box 666, Melbourne, Victoria 3001, Australia (tohara@museum.vic.gov.au)

Abstract Franklin, A.M. and O'Hara, T.D. 2008. A new species in the genus Ophiomyxa from South-west Australian waters

(Echinodermata: Ophiuroidea: Ophiomyxidae). Memoirs of Museum Victoria 65: 57-62.

A new species is described from the genus Ophiomyxa collected from south-west Australia. It is distinguished by

the lack of marginal plates, three arm spines, the uppermost reaching up to 2 segments in length, and a characteristic

pattern of reduced dorsal arm plates. Current evidence suggests it is endemic to waters around 400m deep off the coast of

south-western Australia.

Keywords Echinodermata, Ophiuroidea, Ophiomyxa

Introduction

Knowledge regarding the diversity of ophiuroids from the

south-west of Australia is rather limited. A recent survey

coordinated by Australia’s Commonwealth Scientific and

Industrial Research Organisation (CSIRO) in 2005 sought to

validate multiple use management frameworks and

characterise marine ecosystems in this area. Epibenthic sleds

were used to collect invertebrate epifauna. Through this

sampling process, many ophiuroid specimens belonging to an

undescribed species in the family Ophiomyxidae were

collected.

The Ophiomyxidae are a small taxonomically problematic

family of ophiuroids that were originally placed with basket

and serpent stars in the order Phrynophiurida (Matsumoto

1915), but more recently with the other simple-armed brittle-

stars in the order Ophiurida (Smith et al. 1995, Janies 2001).

The characteristic covering of thick skin and reduction of

skeletal plates have been considered a primitive (Matsumoto

1917) or derived trait (Byrne pers. comm).

This paper is the formal scientific description of the new

species of Ophiomyxa Muller & Troschel, 1842. A suite of

morphological characteristics are used to distinguish the new

species including the presence and shape of dorsal arm plates,

the length and number of arm spines and the location of

ossicles. The material examined in this study is lodged in the

Museum of Victoria, Melbourne (MV) and the Western

Australian Museum (WAM). The abbreviation d.d. is used for

disc diameter.

Taxonomy

Ophiomyxa crinita sp. nov.

Figures 1 & 2

Material examined, (all from the RV Southern Surveyor expedition

SS10/2005 to south-western Australia).

Holotype: Off Lancelin, 31° 0.75'S, 114° 49.5'E, 394-393m, 1 Dec

2005, (stn 75), WAM Z21290.

Paratypes: as holotype, MV F111566(n=199).

Other material: Off Zuytdorp, 27°8.01'S, 112°45.06'E,414-405m,5

Dec 2005, (stn 105), MV FI 11 951, (2). Off Bunbury, 33° 0.504'S, 114°

34.26'E, 42 1-4 14m, 20 Nov 2005, (stn 13), F111561(103).

D’Entrecasteaux, 35° 4.176'S, 115° 20.16'E, 378-379m, 21 Nov 2005,

(stn 17), MV FI 1 1562(2). Off Albany, 35° 21.882'S, 118° 18.42'E,

398-407m, 23 Nov 2005, (stn 25), MV F111563(l). Two Rocks, 31°

37.08'S, 114°58.32'E,364-404m, 19Nov 2005,(stn4),MVF111559(15);

31° 36.528'S, 114° 58.86'E, 329-370m, 19 Nov 2005, (stn 6), MV

FI 11560(2). Off Bunbury, 33° 0.582'S, 114° 34.2'E, 423-397m, 29 Nov

2005, (stn 67), MV F111564, (100). Perth Canyon, 31° 59.544'S, 115°

10.98'E, 508-478m, 29 Nov 2005, (stn 68), MV F111565(l). Off Jurien

Bay, 29° 52.062'S, 114° 23.22’E, 414-401m, 2 Dec 2005, (stn 78), MV

FI 11567(5); 29° 50.5 14'S, 114°21.72'E, 408-427m, 2 Dec 2005, (stn 80),

MV FI 1 1568( 1); MV F111935(28). Off Abrolhos Islands, 28° 59.4’S,

113°45.9'E, 389-407m, 3 Dec 2005, (stn 90), MV FI 11661(5).

Holotype description. 19 mm d.d. with slightly indented

interradial margins. Disc covered with a thick, fairly smooth

epithelium obscuring the limits of the radial shields, oral and

adoral shields and oral plates (fig. 1C). No series of interradial

marginal plates. Bursal slits 5 mm long, ending 1 mm before

Amanda M. Franklin and Timothy D. O’Hara

the disc margin at the end of the 4 th arm segment, not bordered

by spines or papillae.

Arms are approximately 110 mm long and 3 mm wide at

the base. The dorsal, ventral and lateral arm plates are hidden

from view by a thick epithelium which extends to cover the

arm spines but does not create any webbing (fig. 1B&C).

Segments have 3 spines per side, reducing to 2 distally,

positioned ventro-laterally. The dorsal-most spine resides on

the lateral midline and is the widest (0.8 mm at the arm base).

At the base of the arm the dorsal spine is longest (3.4 mm),

about 2 segments long, the middle spine is just longer than a

segment and the ventral spine is slightly shorter. Midway down

the arm the dorsal spine shortens to about 1.5 segments long,

the middle spine is slightly longer and the ventral spine equal

to a segment. Distally, the ventral spine is longest; approximately

a segment long. The dorsal spine is about 0.5 segments long

and when the middle spine is present it is slightly shorter than

a segment. Damage to the specimen has removed skin from

some spines. Without skin, proximal spines are conical and

smooth, gradually changing to become slightly serrated on 2

sides by mid-arm and becoming serrated and comb-like (but

not hooked) on 1 side distally. No tentacle scales; the tube feet

do not have a calcareous tube around the base.

Each side of the jaw angle has 3 oral papillae which are

separate from each other. Two jaw angles also bear a 4 th very

small, triangular oral papilla, positioned distally. The middle

papillae are 2 times higher than wide and generally triangular,

sometimes rounded, in shape with denticulated tips. The

innermost papillae are 2-3 times higher than wide, ovoid and

also with a denticulated edge. The apical papillae are largest,

generally about as high as they are wide, much rounder and

not as denticulate. The distal oral tube feet are located in the

mouth, near the ventral surface and are not covered by

protecting scales.

Paratypes. Range from 11 mm - 22 mm in d.d., juveniles

resemble small adults. Dorsal and ventral skin from a 19 mm d.d.

paratype were partially dissolved in bleach. This disc epithelium

contained 2-3 layers of transparent, overlapping oval plates,

ranging in size from 182 pm - 303 pm wide and 136 pm - 409

pm long, flat and smooth, showing varying degrees of perforation

(fig. 2E). Perforations usually cover the entire plate but some are

only perforated in the middle. The perforated plates are more

common near the radial shields and the bursal slits. C-shaped

ossicles are scattered throughout the stomach wall, occasionally

in small clusters, typically 76 pm long and 38 pm wide (fig. 2F).

Figure 1: Ophiomyxa crinita sp. nov. holotype (19 mm d.d.) in A, dorsal view; B. detail of dorsal disc; C, detail of ventral disc and mouthparts.

A new species in the genus Ophiomyxa from South-west Australian waters (Echinodermata: Ophiuroidea: Ophiomyxidae)

Figure 2. Ophiomyxa crinita sp. nov.. A, dental plate; B, arm spines, i, dorsal at base of arm, ii, middle at proximal mid arm, iii, middle at distal

mid arm, iv, ventral at tip of arm; C, dorsal view of arm, skin removed; D, ventral view of arm and mouth parts, skin removed; E, plates from

disc skin; F, ossicles from stomach wall. Scale bars A-D: 1 mm, E&F: 0.1 mm.

Amanda M. Franklin and Timothy D. O’Hara

Radial shields are approximately 2 mm long, 1/10 d.d., 3

times longer than wide, rectangular in shape, with curved edges

and angled inwards at the proximal end. Ventrally, the adradial

genital scale articulates with the radial shield, but it is not

visible. The abradial genital scale is visible and shaped like a

two pronged fork (fig. 2D). Proximal to the abradial scale is a

line of small irregularly shaped, perforated plates terminating

in an L-shaped plate partially overlapped by the oral shield.

The dorsal arm plates do not extend onto the disc, are

rhombic in shape, 2.25 mm wide and 1.15 mm long proximally,

about 2 times wider than long. The lateral corners are rounded,

the distal edge is convex, the proximal edges are slightly

concave and the proximal tip is indented and overlain by

another pentagonal plate, 0.7 mm wide and 0.5 mm long (fig.

2C). Proximal to this plate are two small, round plates which

are slightly pointed on their inner edges. Residing on either

side of the midline, they do not touch any other plates.

Ventral plates, 1.20 mm long and 1.70 mm wide, are about

1.5 times wider than long, shaped like slightly flattened

heptagons with proximal ends pointed and distal ends indented,

the angles are rounded and edges slightly concave (fig. 2D).

The proximal edge curves around the lateral plates and the

tentacle pores. The 1 st ventral plate is shaped like a flattened

hexagon, 3 times wider than long. Lateral arm plates extend

from near the ventral midline to just past the lateral midline

touching the edge of the dorsal plates. They bear a slight dome

on the edge of the arm, the distal edge of which has three small

articulation ridges, one for each arm spine.

Oral shields are oval, with a small point proximally and

slightly wider distally, about 2 times wider than long (fig. 2D).

Adoral shields are pentagonal, about as wide as long, and

follow the proximal and lateral edges of the oral shield and do

not touch radially or interradially.

Dental plates are divided by transverse fissures into 4 pieces

each supporting a tooth about the same size and shape as the

apical papillae, or first tooth. The middle two pieces are square

with rounded lateral edges, the end two pieces are triangular,

and all have curved corners (fig. 2A). Each has a rectangular

groove in the middle where the tooth sits and the ventral piece

also supports the apical papilla. Oral plates are about two times

longer than high and are axe shaped in lateral view with the

ventral edge curving up as it nears the jaw apex. Vertebrae have

a V-shaped aboral groove and a smooth aboral surface.

Variations from the holotype include a thicker, wrinklier

epithelium, slightly pinker on the dorsal surface. Oral papillae

number either 4 or 3 on all jaw angles and some may touch (fig.

2D). They vary in how triangular or broad they are, generally

more broad apically. The dental plate may bear a 5 th pointed,

small tooth dorsally.

Colour ( Live specimens ). The dorsal disc is peach-brown

in colour, slightly lighter on the arms and fading to cream at

the tips. There are some tan and some cream spots on the dorsal

disc surface, with the cream spots being smaller. The ventral

disc surface, mouth frame and spines are a bright white and the

tube feet are a transparent white. Tests for bioluminescence

were negative (Mallefet & O’Hara, unpublished data).

Colour ( Preserved in ethanol ). The disc is pale pink-brown

dorsally and white ventrally. The middle of the disc is pale grey

due to the internal organs. The tube feet are tan whilst the mouth

frame is cream. The spines when covered with skin are cream,

but transparent and glassy where the skin has been removed.

Etymology, crinita (Latin, f.), long haired, in reference to the

relatively long arm spines.

Distribution. South-western Australia from off Albany to

Zuytdorp, 329-508 m.

Remarks. This species belongs to the genus Ophiomyxa due to

the presence of a thick skin covering the disc and arms,

denticulate glassy oral papillae, fragmented dorsal arm plates,

and the second oral tentacle opening within the jaw slit

(Matsumoto 1917; Fell 1960).

Within Ophiomyxa, the species falls into a group of species

previously distinguished as the genus Ophiodera Verrill, 1899

that are characterised by the absence of a row of marginal

interradial plates that run between the pairs of radial shields.

Ophiodera is not currently recognised, as the designated type

species O. serpentaria has the intermediate condition of a few

rudimentary marginal plates near the radial shields (Mortensen

1927). However, there may be some merit in a grouping of these

species, with other potential synapomorphies including similar

shaped oral plates and long pointed arm spines that become

serrated on distal segments. Whatever the status of Ophiodera,

these characters are useful diagnostically within Ophiomyxa.

Of the species without marginal plates, Ophiomyxa crinita

is most similar to Ophiomyxa neglecta (Koehler, 1904), sharing

a similar number of arm spines, similar shaped dorsal and

ventral plates and denticulate oral papillae. However,

Ophiomyxa neglecta has small arm spines that are less than

one segment long, ventral plates of similar length and width,

radial shields about 1/5 of the disc diameter, and C-shaped

ossicles in the disc and arm epithelium (Koehler 1922).

Ophiomyxa anisacantha H.L. Clark, 1911, Ophiomyxa

bengalensis Koehler, 1897, Ophiomyxa compacta (Koehler,

1905), and Ophiomyxa punctata (A.H. Clark, 1952) all have

four, often five arm spines (see also Irimura 1982; Imaoka et

al. 1990). The dorsal arm plates of O. anisacantha, O.

bengalensis and O. punctata are divided into several small,

oval scales whereas in O. punctata this only occurs on the first

2 segments and the other segments bear no plates. The arm

spines of O. anisacantha are shorter than O. crinita and also

differ in having the ventral arm spine of equal length to the

dorsal spine. Ophiomyxa punctata has short black lines parallel

to the genital slits and O. compacta has no genital scale and

oral papillae that are not denticulated. All of these species are

from the tropical Indo-Pacific region.

Two other species have been referred to Ophiodera from the

Atlantic Ocean: O. serpentaria Lyman, 1883 and O. stimpsonii

(Lyman, 1875). They both have at least a few marginal disc

plates and lack dorsal arm plates (Verrill 1899; Paterson 1985).

Ophiomyxa stimpsonii has more than four short arm spines and

five oral papillae. Ophiomyxa serpentaria has lateral plates that

may be fused to the ventral plates (Verrill 1899).

The new species is sympatric with the widespread Indo-

Pacific species Ophiomyxa australis Liitken, 1869, which can

be distinguished by the presence of the marginal row of disc

A new species in the genus Ophiomyxa from South-west Australian waters (Echinodermata: Ophiuroidea: Ophiomyxidae)

plates, up to seven short arm spines often webbed with skin,

and a different pattern of dorsal plate fragmentation (Mortensen

1924; Irimura 1982).

Acknowledgements

We thank Alan Williams (CSIRO, voyage leader), Karen

Gowlett-Holmes (CSIRO, voyage photographer) and other

scientific staff and crew of the Southern Surveyor for the

successful SS10/2005 expedition, Jerome Mallefet (Catholic

University of Louvain, Belgium) for bioluminescent tests;

David Staples (Museum Victoria) for the type photographs,

and David Collins (Museum Victoria) for assistance with the

electronic line drawings, and Maria Byrne (University of

Sydney) for discussions about the systematic position of the

Ophiomyxidae.

References

Clark, A.H. 1952. Echinoderms from the Marshall Islands. Proceedings

of the United States National Museum, 102: 265-303.

Clark, H.L. 1911. North Pacific ophiurans in the collection of the

United States National Museum. Bulletin of the United States

National Museum, 75: 1-302, figs 1-144.

Fell, H.B. 1960. Synoptic keys to the genera of Ophiuroidea. Zoological

Publications of the Victoria University Wellington, 26: 1-44, 6 figs.

Imaoka, T., Irimura, S., Okutani, T., Oguro, C., Shigei, M. & Horikawa,

H. 1990. Echinoderms from continental shelf and slope around

Japan Vol. 1. Japan Fisheries Resource Conservation Association,

Tokyo: 159 pp.

Irimura, S. 1982. The Brittle-stars of Sagami Bay. Biological

Laboratory, Imperial Household, Japan: 95 pp, 15 pis.

Janies, D. 2001. Phylogenetic relationships of extant echinoderm

classes. Canadian Journal of Zoology 79: 1232-50.

Koehler, R. 1897. Echinodermes recueillis par T Investigator dans

l’Ocean Indien. I. Les ophiures de mer profonde. Annales des

Sciences Naturelles, Zoologie, 8: 277-372, pis 5-9.

Koehler, R. 1904. Ophiures de mer profonde. Siboga-Expeditie, 45:

1-176, pis 1-36.

Koehler, R. 1905. Ophiures littorales. Siboga-Expeditie Monographs,

45: 1-142, pis 1-18.

Koehler, R. 1922. Contributions to the biology of the Philippine

Archipelago and adjacent regions. Ophiurans of the Philippine

seas and adjacent waters. Bulletin of the United States National

Museum, 100: 1-486, pis 1-103.

Liitken, C.F. 1869. Addimenta ad historiam Ophiuridarum. 3.

Beskrivende og kritiske Bidrag til Kundskab an Slangestjernerne.

Kongelige Danske Videnskabernes Selskabs Skrifter, 5(8):

22-109.

Lyman, T. 1875. Zoological results of the Hassler Expedition. 2.

Ophiuridae and Astrophytidae. Illustrated Catalogue of the

Museum of Comparative Zoology, Harvard University, 8: 1-34, 5

pis.

Lyman, T. 1883. Reports on the results of dredging, under the

supervision of Alexander Agassiz, in the Caribbean Sea in

1878-79, and among the Atlantic coast of the United States during

the summer of 1880, by the U.S. Coast Survey steamer Blake,

Commander J.R. Bartlett, U.S.N., commanding. XX. Report on

the Ophiuroidea. Bulletin of the Museum of Comparative Zoology,

Harvard University, 10: 227-287, pis 1-8.

Matsumoto, H. 1915. A new classification of the Ophiuroidea: with

descriptions of new genera and species. Proceedings of the

Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, 67: 43-92.

Matsumoto, H. 1917. A monograph of Japanese Ophiuroidea, arranged

according to a new classification. Journal of the College of

Science, Imperial University Tokyo, 38: 1-408, figs 1-100, pis 1-7.

Mortensen, T. 1924. Echinoderms of New Zealand and the Auckland-

Campbell Islands. II. Ophiuroidea. Videnskabelige Meddelelser

fra Dansk Naturhistorisk Forening, 77: 91-177, figs 1-36, pis 3-4.

Mortensen, T. 1927. Handbook of the Echinoderms of the British

Isles. Oxford University Press, London: 471 pp. 269 figs.

Muller, J. & Troschel, F.H. 1842. System der Asteriden. Friedrich

Vieweg und Sohn, Braunschweig: 134 pp. 12 pis

Paterson, G.L. J. 1985. The deep-sea Ophiuroidea of the North Atlantic

Ocean. Bulletin of the British Museum ( Natural History), 49:

1-162, figs 1-59.

Smith, A.B., Paterson, G.L .J. & Lafay, B. 1995. Ophiuroid phylogeny

and higher taxonomy: morphological, molecular and

palaeontological perspectives. Zoological Journal of the Linnean

Society of London, 114: 213-243.

Verrill, A.E. 1899. Report on the Ophiuroidea collected by the Bahama

expedition in 1893. Bulletin of the Laboratories of Natural

History of the State of Iowa, 5: 1-88, pis 1-8.

Memoirs of Museum Victoria 65: 63-70 (2008)

ISSN 1447-2546 (Print) 1447-2554 (On-line)

http://www.museum.vic.gov.au/memoirs/index.asp

Deep-sea majoid crabs of the genera Oxypleurodon and Rochinia (Crustacea:

Decapoda: Brachyura: Epialtidae) mostly from the continental margin of Western

Australia

Bertrand Richer de Forges 1 and Gary C.B. Poore 2

1 UMR 7138/UR R148 “Systematique, Adaptation, Evolution”, Institut de Recherche pour le Developpement, B.R A5,

98848, Noumea Cedex, New Caledonia (bertrand.richer-de-forges@noumea.ird.nc)

2 Museum Victoria, GPO Box 666, Melbourne, Victoria, 3001, Australia (gpoore@museum.vic.gov.au)

Abstract Richer de Forges, B., and Poore, G.C.B. 2008. Deep-sea majoid crabs of the genera Oxypleurodon and Rochinia (Crustacea:

Decapoda: Brachyura: Epialtidae) mostly from the continental margin of Western Australia. Memoirs of Museum Victoria

65: 63-70.

Two species are newly described from the continental margin of Western Australia: Oxypleurodon wilsoni and

Rochinia annae. Oxypleurodon luzonicum, Rochinia carinata, R. pulchra, R. sibogae and R. strangeri are newly

reported from Western Australia. Rochinia fultoni and R. mosaica from south-eastern Australia are refigured.

Keywords Decapoda, Brachyura, Epialtidae, new species,

Introduction

The decapod crustacean fauna along the south-western and

central continental margin of Western Australia has been

recently revealed to be highly diverse and novel (Poore et ah,

2008). These discoveries result from recent sampling, part of a

project mounted by CSIRO Marine and Atmospheric Research

(CMAR) and Museum Victoria entitled “Mapping benthic

ecosystems on the deep continental shelf and slope in

Australia’s South West Region”.

This contribution on majoid crabs is based on the

collections made during the southern phase of this project

(cruise SS10-2005) and on those taken during a second phase

along the northern Western Australian continental margin

(cruise SS05-2007).

Our classification of the Majoidea follows Ng et al. (2008).

Poore et al. (2008) reported on 14 species of Epialtidae (3

probably new species), two species of Hymenosomatidae (one

new), 20 species of Inachidae (two new) and 13 species of

Majidae (three new). Of these 49 species, nine were reckoned

to be new records of Indo-West Pacific species for Australia.

This paper reports only on the epialtid genera Oxypleurodon

Miers, 1886, and Rochinia Milne Edwards, 1875, other

members of this family from these collections being relatively

well known.

We remark on other species of Rochinia in the collections

of Museum Victoria (NMV). Types are lodged in the Western

Australian Museum (WAM) and Museum Victoria.

Indian Ocean, Australia

Measurements are given as greatest length (without

pseudorostrum) and greatest width.

Epialtidae MacLeay, 1838

Remarks. Poore et al. (2008) listed 14 species in this family

from the south-western Australian collections. Of these,

Austrolibinia gracilipes (Miers, 1879), Hyastenus convexus

Miers, 1884, Naxioides robillardi (Miers, 1882), N. taurus

(Pocock, 1890), N. tenuirostris (Haswell, 1880), Phalangipus

filiformis Rathbun, 1916, and P. hystrix (Miers, 1884) were new

records for southern or all Western Australia. They also

reported Griffinia lappacea (Rathbun, 1918) and Lahaina

agassizii (Rathbun, 1902) which were previously known. One

specimen, which could not be identified at the time, belongs to

a species of Thacanophrys.

Oxypleurodon Miers, 1886

Remarks. Oxypleurodon was redefined and separated from

other similar genera by Tavares (1991) and several species from

the Indo-West Pacific were reviewed by Richer de Forges

(1995). Ng and Richer de Forges (2007) listed the 17 species

known. Davie (2002) included the genus in the subfamily

Pisinae of family Majidae. Following Ng et al. (2008) it is now

in the family Epialtidae MacEeay, 1838, included inside the

superfamily Majoidea. One species has been previously

recorded from Australia, O. stimpsoni Miers, 1886, from

Queensland (Davie, 2002). Here, a second species is newly

Bertrand Richer de Forges and Gary C.B. Poore

recorded for Australia and a third species is described as new

from Western Australia.

Oxypleurodon luzonicum (Rathbun, 1916)

Figure la

Sphenocarcinus luzonicus Rathbun, 1916: 539.— Estampador,

1937: 552 . —Estampador, 1959: 112,-Griffin, 1976: 211, fig. 11a.-

Serene and Vadon, 1981: 124, pi. 4E.— Guinot and Richer de Forges,

1986a: 138, fig. 19A, B, 21C, D, pi. 8 figs A-F.— Guinot and Richer de

Forges, 1986b: 29.— Richer de Forges, 1992: 4.

Rochinia luzonica.— Griffin and Tranter, 1986a: 180.— Tavares,

1991: 161.— Webber and Richer de Forges, 1995: 514.

Oxypleurodon luzonicus.— Richer de Forges, 1995: 48, fig. IB, pi.

2A.

Oxypleurodon luzonicum.— Ng and Richer de Forges, 2007: 63.

Material examined. Australia. WA. Feveque F27 transect

(15°00.52'S-14°59.05'S, 121°38.08'E -121 o 39°10'E), 205-211 m, 25

Jun 2007 (stn SS05/2007 099), NMV J58221 (2 females 11.7 x 9.7 mm,

11.8 x 10.1 mm; juvenile 5 x 3.9 mm).

Remarks. These specimens from the northern part of the

Western Australian continental slope fit well with the

description of O. luzonicum from the Philippines. These

records extend the distribution of the species considerably

south, to 15°S in the western Indian Ocean. The species’

distribution does not overlap with that of another Oxypleurodon

from the southern part of the Western Australian slope which

is described below as a new species.

Oxypleurodon wilsoni sp. nov.

Figure lb

Rochinia aff. luzonica.— Poore et al., 2008: 56 (colour fig.).

Material examined. Holotype: Australia. WA. Off Two Rocks

(31°36.32'S-31°37.02'S, 114 0 58.52'E-114°58 16’E), 329-370 m, 19

Nov 2005 (stn SS10/2005 006), WAM C400529 (ovigerous female

15.7 x 15.4 mm).

Paratypes. Collected with holotype, WAM C400530 (ovigerous

female, 16.4 x 14.0 mm). WA. Off Abrolhos (29°00.46'S-29°01.23 , S,

1 13°46.44’E -113°47.06'E), 419-439 m, 03 Dec 2005 (stn SS10/2005

088), NMV J54070 (male, 18.5 x 19.6 mm). Off Two Rocks

(31°37.05'S-31°37.23'S, 114°58.19'E -115°14.39'E), 364-404 m, 19

Nov 2005 (stn SS10/2005 004), NMV J54069 (3 males, 14.4 x 13.5

mm, 13.9 x 13.4 mm, 9.6 x 8.8 mm).

Diagnosis. Carapace to 18.5 mm, long, pyriform. Carapace,

including pseudorostral spines, covered with short setae.

Carapace bearing several elevated plates and tubercles

arranged as follows: 1 cardiac plate, round and forming a

conical point in its middle; 2 branchial plates, thin, sharp and

pointing laterally; 2 epibranchial plates, thin, sharp and

oriented obliquely; 1 ovoid mesogastric plate; 2 hepatic plates

touching the postocular plates forming together a L-shape; 1

small subbranchial oblong plate on the lateral border; 2

supraocular plates, sharp anteriorly; 1 anterogastric tubercle; 1

tubercle on each side of mesogastric plate; posterior border of

the carapace thick, forming medially a large tooth pointing

backward. Pseudorostral spines long and sharp, diverging in a

V. Eyes small, completely inserted in the orbits, the postocular

plate forming a cup. Basal antennal article fused with carapace.

Cheliped shorter than pereopod 2. Articles of ambulatory legs

cylindrical. Female abdomen of 7 segments.

Distribution. South-western WA slope (29°-31.5°S), 329-439

m depth.

Etymology. Dedicated to Dr Robin Wilson in recognition of his

enthusiasm and hard work during the cruise when this species

was collected, and at all times.

Remarks. Oxypleurodon wilsoni sp. nov. belongs in the group

of species of Oxypleurodon having long and sharp branchial

plates: O. luzonicum (Rathbun, 1916), O. stuckiae (Guinot and

Richer de Forges, 1986b), O. karubar Richer de Forges, 1995,

and O. lowryi (Richer de Forges, 1992).

In O. wilsoni the supraocular plate is sharp anteriorly

whereas it is rounded in O. luzonicum. The cardiac plate is

small, round and elevated in the middle (round and flat in O.

luzonicum ). The epibranchial plates are oblong, pointing

externally in O. wilsoni but small and triangular in O.

luzonicum. The mesogastric plate is ovoid but lozenge-shaped

in O. luzonicum. Between the mesogastric spine and the

hepatic spine lies a small tubercle absent in O. luzonicum.

O. wilsoni is distinguishable from O. stuckiae by the

presence of a supraocular spine. The pseudorostral spines are

longer and less diverging in O. wilsoni than in O. stuckiae. An

anterior gastric tubercle in O. wilsoni is not seen in O.

stuckiae.

O. wilsoni differs from O. karubar in the following

characters: the epibranchial plate is straight but curved in O.

karubar, the pseudorostral spines are straight but enlarged

basally in O. karubar-, the anterior part of the supraocular

plate is spiniform in O. wilsoni but rounded in O. karubar, the

hepatic plate touches the postocular plate forming together an

L-shape in O. wilsoni but these are several disjointed pieces in

O. karubar.

The shape of the carapace is pyriform in O. wilsoni while

it is large and rounded posteriorly in O. lowryi. The supraocular

plate points forward in O. wilsoni but laterally in O. lowryi.

The branchial spines are straight in O. wilsoni while they are

curved in O. lowryi.

The ambulatory legs of the holotype and paratype from the

same sample are mixed and it is not possible to be precise

about the relative lengths of pereopods.

The species was collected over narrow latitudinal and

depth ranges.

Rochinia Milne-Edwards, 1875

Remarks. Rochinia was redefined by Tavares (1991) updating the

extensive revision by Griffin and Tranter (1986a) who provided

a key to 29 species of a more inclusive genus. Davie (2002)

included the genus in the subfamily Pisinae of family Majidae.

Five species have been previously recorded from Australia

(Davie, 2002). Ng and Richer de Forges (2007) listed the 24

species known from the Indo-West Pacific and ten from the

north-western and western Atlantic and eastern Pacific Oceans.

Here, we add three species described originally from the Indo-

West Pacific to the Australian fauna, comment briefly on three

Deep-sea majoid crabs from Western Australia

Figure 1. Lateral and dorsal views, scale = 5 mm. a, Oxypleurodon luzonicum (female, NMV J58221). b, Oxypleurodon wilsoni sp. nov. (holotype,

WAM C400259). c, Rochinia annae sp. nov. (holotype, WAM C400531). d, Rochinia carinata (male, NMV J53872).

Bertrand Richer de Forges and Gary C.B. Poore

others, and describe a new species from Western Australia.

Rochinia annae sp. nov.

Figures lc, 3

Rochinia sp. MoV51 19.— Poore et al., 2008: 56.

Rochinia fultoni.— Poore et al., 2008: 56 (colour fig.).

Material examined. Holotype: Australia, WA. Off Two Rocks

(31°37.05'S-31°37.23'S, 114 0 58.19'E-115 0 14.39'E), 364-404 m, 19

Nov 2005 (SS10/2005 004), WAM C400531 (male, 11.9 x 8.6 mm).

Paratypes. Same data as holotype. WAM C400532 (11 specimens),

NMV J54179 (87 specimens, smallest is a male of 7.3 x 4.6 mm).

Othermaterial. Australia. WA.OffKalbarri(27°55.43'S-27°56. 01’S,

113°08.17'E-113°08.38'E), 252-253 m, 04 Dec 2005 (stn SS10/2005

099), NMV J54058 (1 male). Off Two Rocks (31°36.32'S-31°37.02'S,

114 0 58.52'E-114°58.16'E), 329-370 m, 19 Nov 2005 (stn SS10/2005

006), NMV J54178 (2 ovigerous females 10.5 x 8.2 mm, 8.6 x 6.9 mm).

Jurien Bay (29°52.04'S-29 o 52.26'S, 114 0 23.13'E-114°23.53'E),

414-401 m, 02 Dec 2005 (stn SS10/2005 078), NMV J54253 (7

juveniles). Off Lancelin (31°00.45'S-31°00.17'S,

1 14°49. 3 0 'E-l 14°49. 23 'E) , 394-393 m, 01 Dec 2005 (stn SS10/2005

075), NMV J54238 (1 male). Off Bunbury (33°00.30'S-33°00.07'S,

114°34.16'E-114°34.30'E), 421-414 m, 20 Nov 2005 (stn SS10/2005

013), NMV J54073 (male 8.3 x 5.7 mm), J54238 (1 female 6.0 x 4.6

mm). Off D’Entrecasteaux (35°04.11'S-35°04.14'S,

115 o 20.10'E-115°20.53'E), 378-379 m, 21 Nov 2005 (stn SS10/2005

017), NMV J54916 (1 male 9.5 x 10.7 mm, 2 ovigerous females 8.4 x

6.1 mm, 10.5 x 7.4 mm, 2 females 7.6 x 4.7 mm, 7.2 x 5.2 mm).

Diagnosis. Carapace to 11.9 mm long, pyriform with long

diverging pseudorostral spines (one -third length of carapace).

Dorsal surface spiny, longest spines as follows: 2 longest and

thin branchial spines twice as long as other spines; 1 intestinal

spine; 1 long cardiac spine; 1 long mesogastric spine; 2 hepatic

spines; in protogastric area, a line of 3 short blunt spines, 2

other spines alongside mesogastric spine; 2 short spines on

epigastric area; 2 short spines on lower side of cardiac area.

Cheliped of male short with chelae inflated; merus

cylindrical, smooth, with 5 blunt teeth on inferior border,

upper anterior angle forming 2 teeth; carpus short and

triangular, forming a carina at its interior border; propodus

inflated and carinate on upper border; fingers thin with

serrulated interior border; dactylus border forming a bump in

its first third. Ambulatory legs long and thin; articles

cylindrical, pereopod 2 longer than pereopod 1 (pereopod 2

merus reaching little beyond ridge on reflexed carpus of

pereopod 1).

Eyes small, protected by cupped postocular tooth; large

supraocular tooth. Basal antennal article with long tooth on its

antero- external angle; article fused to carapace. Antenna

flagellum longer than pseudorostrum; antennule fossae sharp

anteriorly. Border of buccal frame expanded laterally.

Abdomen of 7 segments. Pleopod 1 of pisid type, distally

expanded to an oblique truncate spinose margin, 16 setae in

groove (fig. 3).

Distribution. South-western WA slope (27°-35°S), 252-424 m

depth.

Etymology. The species is named in honour of Anna McCallum,

who sorted and made preliminary identifications of many of

the Decapoda of the Western Australian cruises.

Remarks. Of the 35 species described in the genus Rochinia

few have long branchial spines. The only species comparable to

R. annae sp. nov. are: R. pulclira (Miers, 1886), R.

riversandersoni (Alcock, 1895), R. sibogae Griffin and Tranter,

1986, R. galathea Griffin and Tranter, 1986, R. griffini Davie

and Short, 1989, and R. paulayi Ng and Richer de Forges, 2007.

R. galathea has a long branchial spine but a long and flat hepatic

spine, very different from the spine of R. annae. R. sibogae has

two very long branchial spines pointing laterally but two other

long spines, one intestinal and one cardiac (one long gastric

spine in R. annae). Also, the postocular tooth is distinct from

the hepatic spine in R. annae whereas it is a fused plate in R.

sibogae. R. pulchra has long branchial spines but a different

pattern in the other long spines of the carapace: four spines in

the median line (three in R. annae). R. pulchra possesses

pseudorostral spines about three-quarters as long as the

carapace but these are one third as long in R. annae. R.

riversandersoni is a large species with long branchial spines

and long epibranchial spines. R. annae has only a granule at

this place. R. paulayi and R. griffini are also large species, very

spiny and showing a totally different arrangement of spines

from that in R. annae.

Although there is abundant material no specimen is intact

and it is not possible to be precise about the relative lengths of

pereopods.

The species occurs over a wide geographic range along the

south-western WA coast.

Rochinia carinata Griffin and Tranter, 1986

Figure Id

Rochinia carinata Griffin and Tranter, 1986a: 178, figs 56, 64e, f,

pi. 12.— Ng and Richer de Forges, 2007: 62.

Rochinia sp. MoV 5136.— Poore et al., 2008: 56.

Material examined. Australia. WA. Off Barrow Island

(21°00.24'S-21°00.02'S, 114 o 22.52'E-114 o 22.30'E), 399-408 m, 13

Dec 2005 (stn SS10/2005 172), NMV J53872 (1 male 28.2 x 20.7 mm).

Off Ningaloo North (21°58.13'S-21°58.45'S, 113 0 47.35'E-113°47.28'E),

356-324 m, 11 Dec 2005 (stn SS10/2005 157), NMV J53873 (1 female

juvenile 14.2 x 9.9 mm). Off Red Bluff (23°59.12'S-23°59.43'S,

112 o 32.02'E-112°31.44'E), 411 m, 08 Dec 2005 (stn SS10/2005 130),

NMV J54067 (1 juvenile 10.5 x 6.5 mm).

Remarks. Rochinia carinata was described from the Kei (Kai)

Islands in Indonesia and has not been recorded anywhere else

since. The specimens from the south-western Australian coast

differ from the typical material from Indonesia (Griffin and

Tranter, 1986a: pi. 12). The merus of pereopods 2 and 3 is

cylindrical in cross section vs carinate in the Indonesian

specimens. The mesogastric plate (islet) looks more ovoid in R.

carinata from Western Australia whereas it is more rounded in

the typical material. The pseudorostrum spines are more

elongated in the specimens from south-western Australia than

in the specimens from Indonesia.

The species’ range is extended from 5°S in Indonesia to

24°S, near Shark Bay, WA. The depth range in Indonesia is

204-325 m and 324-411 m in WA.

Deep-sea majoid crabs from Western Australia

Figure 2. Lateral and dorsal views, scale = 5 mm. a, Rochinia fultoni (female, NMV J4730). b, Rochinia pulchra (female, NMV J55947). c,

Rochinia sibogae (male, NMV J58142). d, Rochinia strangeri (female, NMV J55427).

Bertrand Richer de Forges and Gary C.B. Poore

Figure 3. Rochinia annae sp. nov. Male left pleopod 1 (paratype WAM

C400531). a, anterior view, b, detail of tip, anterior view, c, detail of

tip, posterior view.

Rochinia fultoni (Grant, 1905)

Figure 2a

Hyastenus Fultoni Grant, 1905: 313, pi. 11 fig. 1.

Rochinia fultoni.— Griffin, 1966: 280.— Griffin and Tranter,

1986a: 176.— Poore, 2004: 387, fig. 1 18f. — Ng and Richer de Forges,

2007: 62.

Material examined. Australia. Tas. Eastern Bass Strait, 100 km NE of

North Point, Flinders I., (38°52.36'S, 148°25.12'E), 140 m, 15 Nov

1981 (stn BSS 170 S), NMV J4730 (2 ovigerous females 15.0 x 10.0

mm, 11.3 x 7.5 mm; male 11.7 x 7.0 mm). 70 km ENE of North Point,

Flinders I. (39°28.24'S, 148°41.48'E), 110 m, 28 Mar 1979 (stn BSS

35), NMV J23091 (juvenile). 37 km NE of Cape Tourville

(41°52.52'S-41°59.34'S, 148°37.56'E-148°31 08'E), 124 m, 30 Oct

1988 (stn SLOPE 85), NMV J16059 (male). Vic. W of Cape Nelson,

183 m, 06 Jun 1969, NMV J8610 (male, ovigerous female)

Remarks. This species has already been mentioned from the

east and south coasts of Australia. Most records in Museum

Victoria are from the continental margin of eastern Bass

Strait.

Rochinia mosaica (Whitelegge, 1900)

Pugettia mosaica Whitelegge, 1900: 141, pi. 35 figs 5-7.

Doclea profunda Rathbun, 1918: 16, pi. 7 figs 1, 2.— Hale, 1927:

134, fig. 134.

Rochinia mosaica.— Griffin and Tranter, 1986a: 185, figs 58, 62e,

f.— Griffin and Tranter, 1986b: 363.— Poore, 2004: 387.— Ng and

Richer de Forges, 2007: 62.

Material examined. Australia. Tas. Eastern Bass Strait, 100 km NE

of North Point, Flinders I. (38°52.36'S, 148°25.12'E), 140 m, 15 Nov

1981 (stn BSS 170 S), NMV J4731 (female 9.3 x 6.6 mm). Vic. Eastern

Bass Strait, S of Waratah Bay (38°59.54'S, 146°00'E), 64 m, 26 Nov

1973 (stn K7-73-63), NMV J12157 (2 males 13.2x9.4 mm, 12.7x8.7

mm). Central Bass Strait, 100 km SSE of Cape Liptrap (39°45.54’S,

145°33.18'E), 74 m, 13 Nov 1981 (stn BSS 156), NMV J10642

(juvenile); NMV J4732 (female 8.1 x 5.1 mm). SA. Great Australian

Bight (33°15.52'S-33 o 16.03'S, 130°37.50'E-130°37 07'E), 139-141

m, 09 May 2000 (stn SS01/00 334), NMV J52198 (3 males 8.5 x 5.2

mm, 7.3 x 4.8 mm, 7.2 x 4.3 mm). Great Australian Bight

(33 o 16.00'S-33 o 16.36'S, 130°43.09'E-130°48.38'E), 134—130 m, 10

May 2000 (stn SS01/00 351), NMV J52196 (2 ovigerous females 11.3

x 7.7 mm, 10.9 x 7.4 mm). Great Australian Bight

(33 o 16.00'S-33 o 16.01'S, 130°36.35'E-130°38.02'E), 143-140 m, 10

May 2000 (stn SS01/00 350), NMV J52197 (3 males 9.1 x 5.8 mm,

9.4 x 5.9 mm, 7.7 x 4.5 mm; ovigerous female 9.1 x 5.7 mm; female

7. 1 x 4.5 mm; juvenile 4.8 x 3.3 mm).

Remarks. This material from south-eastern Australia fits well

with the redescription of R. mosaica by Griffin and Tranter

(1986a). Whitelegge described this species in the genus

Pugettia in which the carapace has a similar pattern but the

first pleopod of Pugettia is very different from that of Rochinia.

The records are well within the reported distribution of the

species from central Queensland, through Bass Strait to the

Great Australian Bight. The most westerly is 130°W near the

SA-WA border.

Rochinia pulchra (Miers, 1886)

Figure 2b

Anamathia pulchra Miers, 1886: 26, pi. 4 figs la-c.

Scyramathia pulchra.— Alcock, 1895: 202.— Doflein, 1904: 84,

pi. 27 fig. 12.

Rochinia pulchra.— Sakai, 1938: 278, fig. 35, pi. 37 fig. 4.— Sakai,

1976: 223, pi. 79 fig. 1.— Serene and Lohavanijaya, 1973: 56, figs

119-122, pi. 11A.— Takedaand Kurata, 1977: 144, fig. 4a, b.— Griffin,

1976: 210.— Griffin and Tranter, 1986b: 363.— Davie and Short, 1989:

181.— Ng and Richer de Forges, 2007: 62.

Not Rochinia pulchra.— Griffin and Tranter, 1986a: 187 (part,

NSW specimen) ( =Rochinia griffini Davie and Short, 1989)

Material examined. Australia. WA. Ashmore L30 transect

(12°31.46'S-12°30.50'S, 123 0 25.38'E-123°25.22'E), 401-404 m, 07

Jul 2007 (stn SS05/2007 192), NMV J58172 (female 17.3 x 10.7 mm).

Kulumburu L29 transect (13°15.54'S-13°16.2rS,

123°22.27'E-123°21.24'E), 394-390 m, 07 Jul 2007 (stn SS05/2007

180), NMV J58025 (female 31.5 x 20.1, male 34.5 x 21.7 mm). Leveque

L27 transect (14°49.02'S-14°48.32'S, 121 0 27.33'E-121°29.34'E),

407-392 m, 27 Jun 2007 (stn SS05/2007 107), NMV J55947 (female

23.3 x 16.6 mm). Leveque L27 transect (14 o 51.12’S-14 o 50.43'S,

Deep-sea majoid crabs from Western Australia

121°25.53'E-121°27.0rE), 403-396 m, 03 Jul 2007 (stn SS05/2007

144), NMV J58220 (ovigerous female 28.7 x 21.9 mm). Lacepede L26

transect (15°47.34'S-15°48.30'S, 121 o 03.30'E-121°02.53'E), 119-111

m, 01 Jul 2007 (stn SS05/2007 129), NMV J55681 (male 12.9 x 10.2

mm).

Remarks. This species, characterised by its very long and

numerous spines, has already been recorded from the north-

west slope of Australia. The other records are from Japan to the

Philippines. All these specimens are from extreme north WA.

Griffin and Tranter (1986a) tentatively identified a female from

NSW as this species but it was described as Rochinia griffini

Davie and Short, 1989.

Rochinia sibogae Griffin and Tranter, 1986

Figure 2c

Rochinia sibogae Griffin and Tranter, 1986b: 363, fig. 12.

Rochinia riversandersoni.— Griffin, 1976: 211.— Griffin and

Tranter, 1986a: 187.— Davie and Short, 1989: 181.— Ng and Richer de

Forges, 2007: 62.

Mtften'tf/examme<lWA.MermaidL24transect(16 o 38.04 , S-16 o 38.46 , S,

119°09.13'E-119°08.02'E), 990-987 m, 17 Jun 2007 (stn SS05/2007

068), NMV J58024 (ovigerous female 16.2 x 10.6 mm). Barrow LI

transect (20°57.09'S-20°57.34'S, 114°00.47'E-114°00.26'E), 1000 m,

09 Jun 2007 (stn SS05/2007 002), NMV J58142 (male 18.4 x 12.6

mm).

Remarks. This species was described by Griffin and Tranter

(1986b) from specimens from Ceram Island, Indonesia. The

authors drew attention to the common confusion between R.

sibogae and R. riversandersoni (Alcock, 1895) from India.

They gave a short key to species of this group of Rochinia

where R. sibogae is clearly separated from the others by the

hepatic plate fused with the postocular plate. This new locality

for R. sibogae extends the range of the species far south of

Indonesia, from 3°S to 20°S on the north-west slope at 1000 m,

a similar depth to the type locality.

Rochinia strangeri Serene and Lohavanijaya, 1973

Figure 2d

Rochinia strangeri Serene and Lohavanijaya, 1973: 57, figs

123-128, pi. 11B, C.- Griffin and Tranter, 1986a: 175 (key).-Ng and

Richer de Forges, 2007: 62.— Poore et al., 2008: 56.

Rochinia aff. strang eri.— Serene and Vadon, 1981: 128, pi. 4D.

Material examined. Australia. WA. Abrolhos (29°03.39’S, 29°04.41'S,

1 13°38. lO’E-1 13°37.48'E), 1000-1037 m, 02 Dec 2005 (stn SS10/2005

084), NMV J55427 (ovigerous female 11.0 x 6.8 mm).

Remarks. This species was described by Serene and

Lohavanijaya (1973) from only two specimens from the South

China Sea. The closest species is R. riversandersoni (Alcock,

1895) from India. Serene and Vadon (1981), in a preliminary

list of Brachyura from the MUSORSTOM collection in the

Philippines, mentioned a specimen as Rochinia aff. strangeri.

The photograph of this specimen looks very similar to the

specimen from south-western Australia (29°S).

Acknowledgments

We thank Anna McCallum and Joanne Taylor, Museum Victoria,

for sorting and cataloguing this collection. Thanks also to David

Staples, Museum Victoria, for taking the photographs. The

collections on which this project was based were made during

expeditions organised by CSIRO Marine and Atmospheric

Research (CMAR). We thank co-Principal Investigators, Alan

Williams and Rudy Kloser, CMAR, for the organisation and

management of the voyages, and to Karen Gowlett-Holmes and

Mark Lewis for help on board RV Southern Surveyor. For

financial support we acknowledge the Commonwealth

Department of the Environment and the CSIRO Wealth from

Oceans Flagship that provided funds for the field and laboratory

components of the “Voyages of Discovery” program. This

paper is a contribution to the Census of Marine Life project

COMARGE (Continental Margins Ecosystems).

References

Alcock, A. 1895. Materials for a carcinological fauna of India. No. 1.

The Brachyura Oxyrhyncha. Journal of the Asiatic Society of

Bengal 64: 157-291, pis 153-155.

Davie, P.J.F. 2002. Crustacea: Malacostraca: Eucarida ( Part 2):

Decapoda - Anomura, Brachyura. Vol. 19.3B. CSIRO Publishing:

Melbourne, xiv, 641 pp.

Davie, P.J.F., and Short, J.W. 1989. Deepwater Brachyura (Crustacea:

Decapoda) from southern Queensland, Australia with descriptions of

four new species. Memoirs of the Queensland Museum 27: 157-87.

Doflein, F. 1904. Brachyura. Wissenschaftliche Ergebnisse der

Deutschen Tiefsee-Expedition auf dem Dampfer “ Valdivia ”

1898-1899 6: 1-314, pis 311-58.

Estampador, P. 1937. A check list of Philippine crustacean decapods.

Philippine Journal of Science 62: 465-559.

Estampador, P. 1959. Revised check list of Philippine crustacean

decapods. National Applied Science Bulletin, University of the

Philippines 17: 1-127.

Grant, F.E. 1905. Crustacea dredged off Port Jackson in deep water.

Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales 1905:

312-24, pis 310-11.

Griffin, D.J.G. 1966. A review of the Australian majid spider crabs

(Crustacea, Brachyura). Australian Zoologist 13: 259-298, pis

215-217.

Griffin, D.J.G. 1976. Spider crabs of the family Majidae (Crustacea:

Brachyura) from the Philippine Islands. Journal of Natural

History 10: 179-222.

Griffin, D.J.G., and Tranter, H.A. 1986a. The Decapoda Brachyura of the

Siboga Expedition. Part VIII Majidae. Siboga Expeditie 39: 1-335.

Griffin, D.J.G., and Tranter, H.A. 1986b. Some majid spider crabs

from the deep Indo-West Pacific. Records of the Australian

Museum 38: 351-71.

Guinot, D., and Richer de Forges, B. 1986a. Crustaces Decapodes :

Majidae (genres Platymaia, Cyrtomaia, Pleistacantha,

Sphenocarcinus et Naxioides). In: Resultats des Campagnes

MUSORSTOM 1 and 2. Memoires du Museum National

dHistoire Naturelle, Paris, ser. A (Zoologie) 133: 83-178.

Guinot, D., and Richer de Forges, B. 1986b. Decouverte d’une nouvelle

espece de Sphenocarcinus en Nouvelle-Caledonie, S. mammatus

sp. nov. (Crustacea, Decapoda, Brachyura). Indo-Malayan

Zoology 3: 27-37.

Hale, H.M. 1927. The crustaceans of South Australia. Part 1. South

Australian Government Printer: Adelaide. 201 pp.

Bertrand Richer de Forges and Gary C.B. Poore

MacLeay, W.S. 1838. On the brachyurous decapod Crustacea brought

from the Cape by Dr Smith. Pp. 53-71. In: Smith, A. (ed.)

Illustrations of the Annulosa of South Africa, Illustrations of the

Zoology of South Africa. Smith, Elder and Co.: London.

Miers, E.J. 1886. Report on the Brachyura collected by H.M.S.

Challenger during the years 1873-76. Report on the Scientific

Results of the Voyage of H.M.S. Challenger during the years

1873-76. Zoology 17: 1-362, pis 361-329.

Milne-Edwards, A. 1875. Etudes sur les Xiphosures et les Crustaces

podophthalmaires. Pp. 1-368, pis 361-361 in: Mission scientifique

au Mexique et dans VAmerique centrale. Recherches Zoologiques

pour servir a Vhistoire de la faune de VAmerique centrale et du

Mexique. Part 5. Imprimerie Nationale: Paris,.

Ng, P.K.L., and Richer de Forges, B. 2007. A new species of deep-

water spider crab of the genus Rochinia A. Milne-Edwards, 1875,

from Guam (Crustacea: Brachyura: Majidae). Zootaxa 1610:

61-68.

Ng, P.K.L., Guinot, D., and Davie, P.J.F. 2008. SystemaBrachyurorum;

Part I. An annotated checklist of extant brachyuran crabs of the

world. Raffles Bulletin of Zoology 17: 1-286.

Poore, G.C.B. 2004. Marine decapod Crustacea of southern Australia.

A guide to identification (with chapter on Stomatopoda by Shane

Ahyong). CSIRO Publishing: Melbourne. 574 pp.

Poore, G.C.B. , McCallum, A.W., and Taylor, J. 2008. Decapod

Crustacea of the continental margin of south-western and central

Western Australia: preliminary identifications of 524 species

from FRV Southern Surveyor voyage SS10-2005. Museum

Victoria Science Reports 11: 1-106.

Rathbun, M.J. 1916. Scientific results of the Philippine cruise of the

Fisheries Steamer Albatross’, 1907-1910. No. 34. New species of

crabs of the families Inachidae and Parthenopidae. Proceedings

of the United States National Museum 50: 527-59.

Rathbun, M.J. 1918. Report on the spider crabs obtained by the F.I.S.

“ Endeavour ” on the coasts of Queensland, New South Wales,

Victoria, South Australia and Tasmania. Biological Results of the

Fishing Experiments carried out by the F.I.S. “ Endeavour ”,

1909-14 5: 1-29, pis 21-15.

Richer de Forges, B. 1992. A new species of Sphenocarcinus A. Milne

Edwards, 1875 trom Tasmantid guyots, S. lowryi n. sp. (Crustacea,

Decapoda, Brachyura). Records of the Australian Museum 44: 1-5.

Richer de Forges, B. 1995. New findings and new species of deep-sea

majids of the genus Oxypleurodon Miers, 1886. Crustaceana 68:

43 -60.

Sakai, T. 1938. Studies on the crabs of Japan. 3. Brachygnatha

Oxyrhyncha. Yokendo: Tokyo. 193-364, pis 120-141.

Sakai, T. 1976. Crabs of Japan and adjacent seas. Kodansha Ltd:

Tokyo. 773 pp. plus volume of 251 plates.

Serene, R., and Lohavanijaya, P. 1973. The Brachyura (Crustacea:

Decapoda) collected by the Naga Expedition, including a review

of the Homolidae. Naga Report. Scientific Results of Marine

Investigations of the South China Sea and the Gulf of Thailand 4:

1-186, 186 figs, 121 pis.

Serene, R., and Vadon, C. 1981. Crustaces Decapodes: Brachyoures.

Liste preliminaire, description de formes nouvelles et remarques

taxonomiques. Pp. 117-140 in Resultats des Campagnes

MUSORSTOM. 1. Philippines (18-28 mars 1976). Vol. 1.

ORSTOM - Museum National d’Histoire Naturelle: Paris.

Takeda, M., and Kurata, Y. 1977. Crabs of the Ogasawara Islands IV.

A collection made of the new volcanic island, Nishino-shima-

shinto, in 1975. Bulletin of the National Science Museum, Tokyo,

Ser. A (Zoology) 3: 91-111.

Tavares, M. 1991. Redefinition des genres Rochinia A. Milne-

Edwards, Sphenocarcinus A. Milne-Edwards et Oxypleurodon

Miers, et etablissement du genre Nasutocarcinus gen. nov.

(Crustacea, Brachyura, Majidae). Bulletin du Museum National

d’Histoire Naturelle, Paris 13: 159-179.

Webber, W.R., and Richer de Forges, B. 1995. Deep sea Majidae

(Decapoda: Brachyura) new to New Zealand with a description of

Oxypleurodon wanganella sp. nov. Journal of the Royal Society

of New Zealand 25: 501-516.

Whitelegge, T. 1900. Scientific results of the trawling expedition of

H.M.C.S. “Thetis” off the coast of New South Wales in February

and March, 1898. Crustacea. Part I. Memoirs of the Australian

Museum 4: 135-199, pis 132-135.

Memoirs of Museum Victoria 65: 71-152 (2008)

ISSN 1447-2546 (Print) 1447-2554 (On-line)

http://www.museum.vic.gov.au/memoirs/index.asp

The Psocoptera (Insecta) of Tasmania, Australia

Evan R. Schmidt 1 and Timothy R. New 2

Abstract

Keywords

1 PO Box 5, Edenhope, Victoria 3318, Australia (dr_e_schmidt@hotmail.com)

2 Department of Zoology, La Trobe University, Victoria 3086, Australia (t.new@latrobe.edu.au)

Schmidt, E.R. and New, T.R. 2008. The Psocoptera (Insecta) of Tasmania, Australia. Memoirs of Museum Victoria 65:

71-152.

A systematic synopsis of the Psocoptera of Tasmania, Australia, based on extensive specialist collecting and review

of all available material totalling 109 species, including representatives of 15 families. A checklist of species and keys to

all taxa are provided. Six new genera (. Bassocaecilius gen. nov., Clinocaecilius gen. nov., Graminacaecilius gen. nov.,

Nothocaecilius gen. nov., Tasmanocaecilius gen. nov. - all Caeciliusidae; Abelopsocus gen. nov. - Philotarsidae) and 30

new species from nine families are described and illustrated, and their affinities discussed. They are: Lepinotus huoni sp.

nov. (Trogiidae), Embidopsocus lenah sp. nov. (Liposcelididae), Bassocaecilius rawlinsoni sp. nov., Clinopsocus edwardsi

sp. nov., Maoripsocus hobartensis sp. nov., M. pedderi sp. nov., M. spiralosus sp. nov., M. tahunensis sp. nov., M. wedgei

sp. nov., M. weindorferi sp. nov., Graminacaecilius frontalis sp. nov., G. micropterus sp. nov., Nothocaecilius thomasi sp.

nov., Tasmanocaecilius truchanasi sp. nov. (Caeciliusidae), Ectopsocus coyae sp. nov., E. graminus sp. nov., E. hickmani

sp. nov., E. risdonensis sp. nov., E. sprenti sp. nov. (Ectopsocidae), Peripsocus cochleus sp. nov., P. pamae sp. nov.

(Peripsocidae), Howeanum tasmaniensis sp. nov. (Pseudocaeciliidae), Abelopsocus truganiniae sp. nov., Philotarsopsis

hellyeri sp. nov. (Philotarsidae), Propsocus frodshami sp. nov. (Elipsocidae), Ptycta colei sp. nov., P.freycineti sp. nov., P.

pallawahensis sp. nov., Tanystigma maddeni sp. nov., T. westae sp. nov. (Psocidae).

Australia, new taxa, Caeciliusidae, Philotarsidae

Introduction

The insect order Psocoptera occurs commonly in all

zoogeographic regions (Lienhard and Smithers, 2002). Several

species are cosmopolitan and others have wide tropical ranges.

Many species, however, have limited distributions, giving rise

to characteristic regional faunas. Approximately 300 species

are known from Australia (Smithers, 1996a). This number is

likely to be a considerable underestimate of the total fauna

because large areas, particularly in northern and Western

Australia, have not been surveyed by specialists and Psocoptera

are not collected routinely by most other entomologists.

Southeastern Australia has been explored more effectively.

Surveys of Muogamarra Nature Reserve, near Sydney

(Smithers, 1977) and Tuglo Wildlife Refuge, Hunter Valley,

New South Wales (Smithers, 1993, 1994b, 1996b, 1996d,

1997), South Australia (Smithers, 1984, 1998), The Grampians

and Mt Arapiles, Victoria (Endersby et ah, 1990), and Wilsons

Promontory, Victoria (Schmidt and Thornton, 1993) indicate

that the temperate Australian psocopteran fauna is reasonably

diverse. The Wilsons Promontory survey and those of the

Otway Ranges (Thomas, 1986) and some Bass Strait islands

(Cole et al., 1989) have considerably augmented our knowledge

of the psocopteran fauna of the Bass Strait region. Though

limited in scope, most of these surveys have provided some

information on vegetation preferences and phenological traits

of particular species. Until now 96 species have been recorded

from Victoria but other, undescribed species are known.

Tasmania and the Bass Strait region are well suited for the

investigation of patterns of distribution and evolution of

Psocoptera and the plants with which they are associated.

Global changes in climate have exposed land bridges between

mainland Australia and Tasmania on numerous occasions

since the Miocene, and have considerably altered the range

and dominance of particular vegetation communities. The

emergence of fire-prone sclerophyllous plant communities and

the intermittent land connections and associated vegetation

shifts have repeatedly isolated and fused habitats in processes

conducive to speciation.

This paper is a systematic account of the Psocoptera of

Tasmania. It provides, for the first time, a reasonably complete

synopsis of the taxa present and their distributions based on

substantial specialist collecting. One hundred and nine species,

representing 15 families, are included. Only 31 species of

Psocoptera (excluding the name Liposcelis divinatorius Muller)

have been recorded previously from Tasmania, mainly by

Hickman (1934), Edwards (1950) and Smithers (1979), and the

Evan R. Schmidt and Timothy R. New

occasional records of Smithers (1963), New (1973 a), Thornton

and New (1977) and Schmidt and Thornton (1993). Most of

these species were recorded from the east and north coasts, and

the records from the southwest were limited to the Lower

Gordon River area (Smithers, 1979). Coy et al. (1993) listed the

Tasmanian Psocoptera identified by ERS that were collected as

part of the National Rainforest Conservation Project. Smithers

(1996a) listed 49 species for Tasmania, but this figure includes

the Bass Strait island fauna. The islands are politically under

the control of Tasmania but biogeographically can be treated

separately. Schmidt and New (2004b) gave a preliminary

outline of the biogeography of the Tasmanian Psocoptera.

Site Area

Tasmania lies south of the southeastern comer of the Australian

mainland (fig. 1), separated from it by Bass Strait, which is

approximately 240 km wide. It extends from 40°38’ to 43°39’

south latitude and from 144°36’ to 148°23’ east longitude (296

km from north to south, 315 km east to west). On the south and

west the coastline is bounded by the Southern Ocean and on the

east by the Tasman Sea. With an area of 64,409 square kilometres,

Tasmania represents about 0.9% of the total area of Australia.

While mainland Australia is basically a warm, dry continent,

Tasmania is classified as temperate maritime. Being south of 40°

latitude it is on the edge of the wind belts of prevailing westerlies

(commonly known as the Roaring Forties). This is the dominant

factor producing the climate on the island (Langford, 1965). The

insular position of Tasmania and the stabilising effect of the

surrounding oceans provide protection against temperature

extremes, so that variation between summer and winter mean

temperatures in coastal towns rarely exceeds 8°C, rising to about

12°C further inland, indicating a slight continental effect.

Compared with other states, Tasmania has the largest

proportion of high country. The mountains are not very high

- few exceed 1500 metres - but are very numerous, particularly

in the western half of the state. The combination of mountainous

terrain in western Tasmania and prevailing westerly winds

produces a marked west-east gradient in rainfall. Westerly

winds are strongest and most persistent in winter, causing

greatest rainfall distribution in the west and northwest. In the

west the average annual rainfall ranges from about 1500 mm

on the coast to 3500 mm at Lake Margaret (ten km north of

Queenstown); and in the northwest from 1000 mm near the

coast to 1600 mm in the higher inland areas. Rainfall in the

east and southeast is more evenly distributed throughout the

year. In the northeast, rainfall ranges from 500 mm on the

coast to 1300 mm on the highlands. A distinct rain shadow

occurs east of the Central Plateau (Great Lake region), so that

parts of the Midlands (plain south of Launceston) average less

than 500 mm per year. Totals in the east and southeast are

higher, averaging over 800 mm on some exposed slopes.

Snow and hail can fall on the highlands at any time of the

year, but generally the heaviest snowfalls occur in late winter

and spring. There is no permanent snowline, but patches of

snow often remain on the highest peaks until December.

Very little of the Tasmanian surface lies close to sea level.

The most extensive coastal plains consist of a narrow uplifted

peneplain along the west coast, and an undulating lowland in the

northeast. The only extensive inland plain is in the northern

Midlands (south of Launceston), and has developed on soft

Tertiary sediments. Davies (1965) broadly divided the mountains

into fold and fault provinces. In the west of the island, mountains

tend to be ridge-like and run parallel to the west coast. The

basement of folded pre-Carboniferous rocks is exposed, and

river systems have excavated valleys leaving ridges of hard

quartz metamorphics and conglomerates. In the northeast,

granite has produced some highland areas, and in other parts

erosion has only just exposed the folded basement. In the centre,

east and southeast the mountains tend to be plateau-like. The

older rocks are covered by horizontal Permian and Triassic

sediments, into which dolerite has intruded to form horizontal

sheets. The resistant dolerite dominates the landscape, capping

plateau-like residuals and commonly forming scarps, often with

free faces (Davies, 1965). The Central Plateau is dolerite-capped,

relatively undissected and bounded on the north and east by the

Great Western Tiers. In the northeast of Tasmania the dolerite-

capped mountain Ben Lomond is an outlier of this plateau.

The environments of Tasmania provide a wide diversity of

habitats in which a mixture of Australian and Southern Oceanic

floral components are found. The composition of the presently

known vascular flora is shown in Table 1: some of the totals

have changed a little since Brown’s (1981) account, but have not

been listed together since then. Thus, chapters in Reid et al.

(1999) note pteridophyte species number as 102, gymnosperms

as ten, and noted total native angiospernms as 1530, all these

complemented by an introduced flora of around 700 species.

Listing of the flora of Tasmania is updated periodically on-line,

as an up-to-date summary of new discoveries and taxonomic

revisions (see Buchanan, 2007).

Table 1. The native vascular plant groups of Tasmania (after Brown, 1981).

Number

Pteridophytes

Gymnosperms

Angiosperms

Dicots

Total

Monocots

Families

129

Genera

305

134

490

Species

891

546

1543

» z

The Psocoptera (Insecta) of Tasmania, Australia

Figure 1. The Bass Strait region, showing major islands and some non-Tasmanian localities mentioned in the text.

Evan R. Schmidt and Timothy R. New

The western region, with its high annual rainfall, has close

floristic affinities with New Zealand and South America, while

the drier eastern region is predominantly Australian in

character. The mountainous topography, coupled with rapid

changes in soil type, provides a wide range of local

environments within these regions, and the vegetation varies

floristically and structurally with local changes in altitude,

aspect and soil type (Jackson, 1981a). Kirkpatrick and

Dickinson (1984) delineated the distribution of 49 vegetation

groups, which Duncan (1985) broadly divided into ten major

types (five forest, five non-forest), as follows:

7. Rainforest. Cool temperate rainforest is defined (Jarman

and Brown, 1983) as vegetation with trees greater than eight

metres tall, dominated by one or more of the following genera:

Nothofagus, Atherosperma, Eucryphia, Phyllocladus,

Athrotaxis, Lagarostrobos , and Anodopetalum becoming

increasing important on poor soils. On the basis of community

structure and floristics, four broad rainforest groups have been

identified (Jarman et al., 1984): a) callidendrous - characterised

by park-like communities with open, shady understoreys; b)

thamnic - with a well developed shrub layer; c) implicate -

with a dense understorey network of stems that makes upright

movement through these forests difficult, and d) open montane

- confined to high altitude boulder fields or rocky outcrops.

On highly fertile soils the forest is simple structurally and

floristically (callidendrous), but becomes more complex on

soils of low fertility (implicate). The most important climatic

determinant limiting the distribution of rainforest is rainfall.

Rainforest is the climax in any area with a minimum annual

rainfall of 1000 mm and minimum summer monthly rainfall

of 25 mm. All rainforest dominants are fire-sensitive. Jackson

(1981b) considered that rainforest occupies only about a quarter

of its potential habitat, with fire maintaining the presence of

disclimax sclerophyll forest, scrub and moorland communities

in the remaining area. Rainforest extends from sea level to

about 1200 m.

2. Mixed Forest. Mixed forest comprises vegetation with

an understorey of rainforest species and an overstorey of

eucalypts, which become sparse as the forest approaches

maturity. The dominance of rainforest or wet sclerophyll

shrubs in the understorey depends on the frequency of fires.

Lowland mixed forest is maintained by infrequent fires with

an interval of 100 to 350 years, which allows the

re-establishment of shade-intolerant eucalypts. If fires are too

infrequent, pure rainforest develops as the over-mature

eucalypts are eliminated. Eucalypts can be maintained in the

absence of fire in open montane mixed forests.

3. Blackwood Swamp Forest. These forests occur mainly

in the far northwestern part of the state, where they occupy

slowly draining lowland flats. Closed, almost monospecific

forests of Acacia melanoxylon, such as those now surviving in

Dismal Swamp, were once widespread in the northwest but

about two-thirds have been converted to pasture. Isolated

blackwood swamp forests are also located in the northeast part

of the state.

Scrub dominated by Leptospermum lanigerum and

Melaleuca ericifolia is found in the northern part of the state

on small fertile wetland areas where drainage is impeded. On

infertile siliceous sites with high water tables, scrub dominated

by Leptospermum scoparium and Melaleuca squarrosa is

found. These species, for the most part, form the understorey

of the blackwood swamp forests.

Sclerophyll forest could be termed eucalypt forest, since

eucalypts are the dominant trees. The distinction between wet

and dry sclerophyll forest is structural as well as floristic

(Jackson, 1981c). Wet forests are essentially two-layered,

whereas dry forests tend to be multi-layered. The two are not

clearly demarcated, however, and intergrade through a mosaic

of different communities.

4. Wet Sclerophyll Forest. These forests typically have a

tall dominant stratum of eucalypts, exceeding 60 m in height

at maturity, and an understorey consisting of a layer of dense

broad-leaved (mesophytic) shrubs, such as Pomaderris,

Bedfordia and Phebalium (at about the 900-1000 mm isohyet).

Decreasing fire frequency and increased rainfall brings

conditions suitable for species such as Olearia, Pittosporum,

Atherospermum, Anopterus and tree ferns, until conditions for

mixed forest are reached. Kirkpatrick et al. (1988) defined 14

wet forest types from Tasmania, which included those of

mixed forests (category 2 above).

5. Dry Sclerophyll Forest and Woodland. Dry sclerophyll

communities are typified by the presence of a predominantly

hard-leafed (xeric) shrub stratum, growing under a eucalypt

canopy of varying density (open forest to open woodland) and

a mixed (uneven) age structure. Tree ages generally correspond

to past fire years. The ground layer is variable, but heaths,

bracken, grass or sclerophyllous monocotyledons are the most

common components (Duncan, 1981). The shrub layers are

low and often sparse with a scattering of lesser trees such as

Banksia, Exocarpus, Burs aria and Casuarina. In regions such

as the Midlands with annual rainfalls of 500 mm and a high

frequency of fires, the tree density falls almost to savanna

levels with a ground cover of medium to low shrubs or Poa

grassland. As the rainfall increases and the frequency of fires

decreases, the tall shrub layer composed largely of Acacia and

tall composites increases in density until at the 900 mm isohyet

there is a transition to wet sclerophyll forest (Jackson, 1981a).

Much of the land now cleared previously supported dry

sclerophyll forests and woodland.

The dry sclerophyll communities of the east coast are

characterised by a high degree of floral and faunal diversity

(Duncan and Brown, 1985; Guiler, 1965). Duncan and Brown

(1985) identified 33 communities from six main groups of dry

sclerophyll forest.

6. Dry Coastal Vegetation. This category combines several

lowland vegetation groups delineated by Kirkpatrick and

Dickinson (1984), comprising Casuarina forest, scrub, heath

and coastal grassland. Dry coastal vegetation occurs

extensively on the Bass Strait islands and formerly covered

much of the far northeast and northwest of Tasmania.

Elsewhere its distribution is localised. Most communities have

strong affinities with those occupying similar sites on the

southeastern mainland, and endemism is low.

Scrub and heath are the most extensive of the dry coastal

vegetation types. Heaths are concentrated on deep, leached,

acid sands and skeletal siliceous soils. Infertility, drought and

The Psocoptera (Insecta) of Tasmania, Australia

waterlogging interact with high fire frequencies and the effects

of salt spray in preventing much of the heath developing into

scrub or woodland (Kirkpatrick, 1981). Thirty-seven

communities of coastal heath have been classified based on the

similarity of floristic composition (Kirkpatrick, 1977).

Communities with common boundaries with heath include

grassland, Leptospermum and Melaleuca scrubs, forests and

woodlands of Casuarina stricta and mallee-form eucalypts

and Banksia serrata (Sisters Beach only).

7. Western Moorland and Scrub. Button grass

(' Gymnoschoenus ) moorland and wet scrub occurs throughout

Tasmania on acid peats from sea level to over 1000 m, but is

isolated in the north, east and southeast. Its greatest complexity

and diversity is reached in the west and southwest, where it

predominantly exists as fire-deflected disclimaxes of rainforest.

In the absence of fire most moorland communities may be

capable of progressing through wet scrub and sclerophyll

forest to rainforest. Sclerophyllous shrubs (heaths and tea-

trees of Leptospermum, Melaleuca, Banksia marginata,

Bauera, Agastachys and Cenarrhenes) are widespread, but in

its simplest form button grass dominates relatively homogenous

sedgeland communities.

8. Alpine Vegetation. This comprises treeless high altitude

vegetation, generally occurring above 1000 m, dominated by

herbfield, grassland and heath communities, with emergent

sclerophyllous shrubs and conifers. Most of the alpine

vegetation consists of heaths of various types. In the absence

of fire the climax community would be a closed heath with the

conifers Microstrobos and Diselma on well drained soils, and

Podocarpus on boulder fields. Fires have restricted these to

protected localities and promoted the expansion of

sclerophyllous shrubs. Bolster (cushion plants) communities

are often found in a complex mosaic with bogs, dominated by

sphagnum moss, and heath vegetation. Occurrences of

herbfield are restricted to sites subjected to long periods of

snow cover, and grasslands are generally produced by the

burning of coniferous heath and bolster communities. Several

alpine complexes have been delineated by Kirkpatrick and

Dickinson (1984).

9. Native Grassland. Lowland grasslands were extensive in

the Midlands but have been eliminated from most of their range

by cultivation. Remnant grasslands are dominated by Poa,

Danthonia, Stipa and Themeda. Montane grasslands are

generally found on deep and fertile soils subject to severe frosts

and/or cold air drainage. Poa dominates on well drained sites;

on poorly drained sites Danthonia and Microlaena dominate.

10. Wetland and Aquatic Vegetation. This category

includes communities of macrophytic vegetation dominated

by aquatic or emergent species other than tall woody shrubs.

Their distribution is local and dispersed. Duncan (1985) briefly

summarised the composition, distribution and conservation

status of this vegetation type, which includes salt marshes,

saline wetlands and freshwater wetlands.

In recent years there has been a major improvement in the

understanding of environments of the Tertiary epoch in

Australia. From palaeontological information, Truswell (1993)

described the vegetation changes in the Australian Tertiary,

incorporating recent advances in the knowledge of

palaeoclimates, the Tertiary timeframe, sedimentary

environments and the tectonic setting of Australia within the

region. The record now available suggests a transition from

widespread, very diverse rainforests in the early Tertiary to

predominantly open vegetation, with rainforest restricted to

wetter regions. Eocene records of Banksia and Acacia suggest

that sclerophylly may have developed at this time. By the mid

Miocene heath-like vegetation had become established locally

in coal swamps, growing under particular fire regimes. Drier

rainforests, with abundant Araucaria, had established first at

inland localities, possibly because Nothofagus could not

compete under more seasonal rainfall. Fire may also have led to

the development of wet sclerophyll forests in the late Miocene.

Grassland and savanna had become established in the Pliocene,

and the expansion of eucalypts (probably at the expense of drier

rainforests and Casuarinaceae woodlands) is more recent and

possibly linked with human land-management practices.

Bass Strait has existed since the late Cretaceous, and from

this time to the early Miocene the Bassian Rise was exposed,

linking Tasmania with the mainland (at Wilsons Promontory)

through the Hogan, Curtis and Kent groups of islands to

Flinders and Cape Barren islands (Schmidt and Thornton,

1993: 140, Map A). King Island was linked to Tasmania in

western Bass Strait, and from the early Tertiary to the early

Miocene the region between King Island and the mainland (at

Mornington Peninsula) was predominantly a shallow opening

to a lacustrine environment (BMR Palaeogeographic Group

1990), a precursor to Lake Bass of the Pleistocene (Blom,

1988). After a major fall in sea level in the mid Oligocene,

associated with the build-up of Antarctic ice, there were

extensive incursions of shallow seas which isolated the Bass

Strait islands from both Tasmania and the mainland in the

early Miocene. Dramatic lowering of sea level in the late

Miocene again exposed the Bassian Rise (except for the region

adjacent to Wilsons Promontory?), which in the Pliocene was

reduced to linking Flinders Island and Tasmania with the

slight incursion of shallow seas. The land bridges were

completely exposed again during the Pleistocene glaciations

(Blom, 1988), the last peaking between 18,000 and 20,000

years ago (at which time the sea level was 132-150 m lower

than today). Since then sea level has risen and the present

coastline was attained about 5000 years ago.

Changes in the Australian vegetation during the Tertiary

are related to the rapid northward movement of the Australian

plate from Antarctica (Veevers et ah, 1991) and global changes

in temperature (Feary et ah, 1991; Truswell, 1993). The

vegetation became more open in the later part of the Tertiary

in response to aridity and cooling global temperatures,

coinciding with periods of incursions of shallow seas isolating

Tasmania (and to some extent the Bass Strait islands). These

changes undoubtedly involved the extinction of many taxa,

particularly those associated with rainforests, as indicated by

the fossil record, and speciation of possible endemic biotas

within Tasmania. During the Pleistocene glaciations the

exposure of the land bridges covered predominantly by grasses

and woodlands (Hope, 1978), probably facilitated interchange

of some of the biota associated with drier, open vegetation.

Evan R. Schmidt and Timothy R. New

Figure 2. Summary of collecting effort for Psocoptera in Tasmania: for each of the five main regions, numbers of sites and localities are shown:

full listing of sites and accompanying maps are given in Appendix 1. Localities are distributed as follows: southeast, localities 1-72; northeast,

localities 73-167; north central, localities 168-244; northwest, localities 245-320; southwest, localities 321-368.

The Psocoptera (Insecta) of Tasmania, Australia

Field Methods

Intensive and extensive sampling for Psocoptera from the

widest possible range of vegetation types was carried out

across Tasmania. Localities of sites sampled from the five

Tasmanian regions (fig. 2) are shown in detail in Appendix 1

(figs 254-58, tables 3-7). Several sites were sampled at

particular localities (for example, sites 5A, 5B, 5C, 5D and 5E

at locality 5, Appendix 1). In total, 513 sites were sampled at

368 localities. Sites tend to be clumped, being restricted to

those localities that were accessible. Some other localities

were accessible but conditions for parts of the year precluded

the collection of Psocoptera. Sites sampled intensively were

primarily common vegetation types, selected for their

accessibility and for comparison with vegetation types of a

similar survey carried out at Wilsons Promontory, Victoria

(Schmidt and Thornton, 1993).

On each occasion, at each site, ten samples were taken.

Each sample was obtained by beating a branch of a tree or

shrub twelve times. Where a number of plant species were

present at a site, an attempt was made to sample from the most

frequently occurring one. Dislodged insects were aspirated

from the beating tray (0.7 m 2 ) and preserved in 75% alcohol.

This sampling regime was performed at all sites sampled,

except for those where grasses and sedges were sampled, and

those sampled only once from isolated areas. Twenty samples

were taken on each occasion from grasses and sedges, due to

the smaller area of vegetation sampled. Vegetation from

isolated (inaccessible) areas (such as Frenchmans Cap Walking

Track, Overland Walking Track, Southwest Cape and South

Coast Walking Tracks) was sampled for as long as time and

weather conditions permitted.

Systematics of the Tasmanian Psocoptera

Checklist of Psocoptera from Tasmania

(With distributional notes included as follows: COS,

cosmopolitan; END, implied Tasmanian endemic (not known

elsewhere); SEA, known from other parts of southeastern

Australia, including some or all of Bass Strait, Victoria, South

Australia, New South Wales, southern Queensland; REG,

regional, with wider distribution in Australia and/or nearby

countries; also indicated are predominant vegetation categories

in which the more abundant species were captured (singletons

and some others omitted when information insufficient), as an

indication of possible habitat ‘preferences’, with numbers 1-10

corresponding broadly to categories discussed in text as: 1,

Rainforest; 2, Mixed Forest; 3, Blackwood Swamp Forest; 4,

Wet Sclerophyll Forest; 5, Dry Sclerophyll Forest and

Woodland; 6, Dry Coastal Vegetation; 7, Western Moorland

and Scrub; 8, Alpine Vegetation; 9, Native Grassland; 10,

Wetland and Aquatic Vegetation.

Lepidopsocidae

Pteroxanium kelloggi (Ribaga, 1905) COS 1

Tasmanian Trogiidae

Cerobasis guestfalica (Kolbe, 1880) COS 5, 6

Lepinotus huoni sp. nov. END

Lepinotus inquilinus Heyden, 1850 COS

Lepinotus patruelis Pearman, 1931 COS

Lepinotus reticulatus Enderlein, 1905 COS

Lepinotus tasmaniensis Hickman, 1934 SEA

Trogium pulsatorium (Linnaeus, 1758) COS

Psyllipsocidae

Psyllipsocus ramburii Selys-Longchamps, 1872 COS

Liposcelididae

Embidopsocus lenah sp. nov. END

Liposcelis sp. A

Liposcelis sp. B

Sphaeropsocidae

Sphaeropsocopsis recens (Hickman, 1934) SEA

Caeciliusidae

Aphyopsocus prolixus Smithers, 1982 SEA 4, 5, 6

Paracaecilius hilli (Smithers, 1979) SEA wide

variety

Paracaecilius seltus (Schmidt and Thornton, 1993) SEA

wide variety

Bassocaecilius rawlinsoni gen. nov. sp. nov. SEA 6

Clinocaecilius edwardsi gen. nov. sp. nov. END

Maoripsocus concavistigma (Schmidt and Thornton, 1993)

SEA 1,3,4, 5,6

Maoripsocus hobartensis sp. nov. END

Maoripsocus juneae (Schmidt and Thornton, 1993) SEA

1,2, 4, 5

Maoripsocus pedderi sp. nov. END

Maoripsocus semifuscatus Tillyard, 1923 REG 6, 7

Maoripsocus spiralosus sp. nov. END

Maoripsocus tahunensis sp. nov. END

Maoripsocus wedgei sp. nov. END 1

Maoripsocus weindorferi sp. nov. END

Graminacaecilius frontalis gen. nov. sp. nov. .... SEA 9

Graminacaecilius micropterus gen. nov. sp. nov. END

Evan R. Schmidt and Timothy R. New

Stenocaecilius lineatus (Smithers, 1977) SEA

Stenocaecilius quercus (Edwards, 1950) REG

3,4, 5,6

Valenzuela pteridii (Smithers, 1977) REG bracken

Nothocaecilius thomasi gen. nov. sp. nov. SEA ?1

Tasmanocaecilius truchanasi gen. nov. sp. nov. END

Lachesillidae

Lachesilla pedicularia (Linnaeus, 1758) COS

Ectopsocidae

Ectopsocus axillaris (Smithers, 1969) COS

1, 2, 4, 5

Ectopsocus briggsi McLachlan, 1899 COS

wide variety

Ectopsocus brunneus (Edwards, 1950) SEA

Ectopsocus californicus (Banks, 1903) COS

wide variety

Ectopsocus coyae sp. nov. END

Ectopsocus edwardsi New, 1973 SEA ?5

Ectopsocus graminus sp. nov. END 9

Ectopsocus hickmani sp. nov. END 5

Ectopsocus nerens (Hickman, 1934) ?END

Ectopsocus peter si Smithers, 1978 COS 1,2,4

Ectopsocus rileyae Schmidt and Thornton, 1993 SEA

1, 2, 4

Ectopsocus risdonensis sp. nov. END

Ectopsocus sprenti sp. nov. END

Ectopsocus vachoni Badonnel, 1945 COS

Ectopsocus sp.

Trichopsocidae

Trichopsocus clarus (Banks, 1908) COS

Pseudocaeciliidae

Austropsocus antennalis Thornton and New, 1977 REG

Austropsocus sinuosus (Banks, 1939) REG

1. 2, 4, 5

Austropsocus tibialis Thornton and New, 1977 REG

1. 2, 4

Austropsocus viridis (Enderlein, 1903) REG

Chorocaecilius brunellus (Tillyard, 1923) REG

1,2,5, 6,7

Cladioneura pulchripennis Enderlein, 1906 SEA 1, 5, 6

Heterocaecilius lachlani (Enderlein, 1903) ... SEA 6

Howeanum costale (Thornton and New, 1977) SEA 5, 6, 7

Howeanum tasmaniensis sp. nov. END

Mepleres rotundatus (New, 1974a) SEA 5, 6

Mepleres tanei (Smithers, 1977) SEA

Philotarsidae

Aaroniella rawlingsi Smithers, 1969 REG 1, 5, 6

Abelopsocus fenestratus (Schmidt and Thornton, 1993)

SEA

1,6

Abelopsocus truganiniae gen. nov. sp. nov. ... END 1

Haplophallus sinus Thornton and New, 1977 SEA 5, 6

Philotarsopsis guttata (Tillyard, 1923) REG 4, 5

Philotarsopsis hellyeri sp. nov. END

Philotarsopsis paraguttata (Thornton and New, 1977) SEA

4,5

Peripsocidae

Cycloperipsocus edwardsi (New, 1973a) SEA

Peripsocus cochleus sp. nov. SEA 1, 2

Peripsocus maoricus (Tillyard, 1923) REG

wide variety

Peripsocus melaleucae New, 1971 SEA 1, 5, 6, 7

Peripsocus milleri (Tillyard, 1923) COS 4, 5, 6

Peripsocus morulops (Tillyard, 1923) REG 6,7

Peripsocus pamae sp. nov. END

wide variety

Peripsocus tillyardi New, 1973a SEA 5, 6

Elipsocidae

Diademadrilus masseyi (New, 1971)

SEA

6,7

Gondwanapsocus australis Schmidt and New, 2004a

END

Onychophallus diemenensis Schmidt and New, 2004a

END

Paedomorpha gayi Smithers, 1963

REG

Pentacladus eucalypti Enderlein, 1906

REG

4,5

Propsocus frodshami sp. nov.

END

Propsocus pallipes (McLachlan, 1866)

REG

Propsocus pulchripennis (Perkins, 1899)

COS

The Psocoptera (Insecta) of Tasmania, Australia

Telmopsocus waldheimensis Schmidt and New, 2004a END

Villopsocus tasmaniensis Schmidt and New, 2004a END

Psocidae

Blaste bistriata Schmidt and Thornton, 1993 SEA

Blaste falcifer Smithers, 1979 END 1, 7

Blaste lignicola (Enderlein, 1906) REG 5, 6

Blaste panops Smithers, 1979 END

Blaste taylori New, 1974b REG 1, 2, 6, 7

Blaste tillyardi Smithers, 1969 REG

Clematostigma maculiceps (Enderlein, 1903) .... SEA 4

Ptycta australis Schmidt and Thornton, 1993 .... SEA 6, 7

Ptycta campbelli Schmidt and Thornton, 1993 SEA

wide variety

Ptycta colei sp. nov. SEA

Ptycta emarginata New, 1974b REG 6

Ptycta freycineti sp. nov. END 6

Ptycta glossoptera New, 1974b SEA 6

Ptycta pallawahensis sp. nov. END 1, 7

Ptycta umbrata New, 1974b SEA 6

Tanystigma edwardsi (New, 1974b) SEA 5, 6

Tanystigma inglewoodense (New, 1974b) SEA

‘ 4, 5, 6,7

Tanystigma maddeni sp. nov. END 6

Tanystigma tardipes (Edwards, 1950) SEA 6

Tanystigma westae sp. nov. END

Myopsocidae

Nimbopsocus australis (Brauer, 1865) REG

Nimbopsocus hickmani (Smithers, 1964) SEA

Systematics

In the following systematic treatment, drawings from

permanent preparations were made with the aid of a camera

lucida. Measurements of body parts are given in mm, and the

method used for determining the ratio of interocular distance

to diameter of eye (IO:D in systematic treatment below) was

that of Pearman, as described by Ball (1943). The following

abbreviations are used: B, body length; FW, length of fore

wing; HW, length of hind wing; F, length of hind femur; T,

length of hind tibia; tl, t2, t3, length of basal, second and

apical tarsal segments respectively; rt, ratio of tl and t3 to t2;

ct, number of ctenidia on hind tarsal segments; fl, length of

basal flagellar segment; f2, length of second flagellar segment.

Additional measurements for Embidopsocus : SI, longest seta

on the lateral margin of the pronotum; Sa, length of a specific

long seta; Se, length of the longest seta on the epiproct

(Badonnel, 1955, cf longest seta on the paraproct, Mockford,

1963). Scale lines on figures equal 0.1 mm unless otherwise

indicated. Holotypes and paratypes are deposited in the

Australian Museum, Sydney, unless otherwise indicated.

Key to Tasmanian families of Psocoptera

1. Labial palpi with two segments 2

- Labial palpi with one segment Psocomorpha 6

2. Paraproct with large anal spine; flagellum beyond

segments 4 or 5 without secondary annulations

Trogiomorpha 3

- Paraproct without large anal spine; flagellum beyond

segments 4 or 5 with secondary annulations

Troctomorpha 5

3. Body and wings with flattened scales Lepidopsocidae

- Body and wings without flattened scales 4

4. Tarsal claws without subapical tooth Trogiidae

- Tarsal claws with subapical tooth Psyllipsocidae

5. Body dorsoventrally flattened, hind femora enlarged

Liposcelididae

- Body not dorsoventrally flattened, hind femora not

enlarged Sphaeropsocidae

6. Frons absent Peripsocidae

- Frons present 7

7. Tarsi 2-segmented 8

- Tarsi 3 -segmented 14

8. Setae on hind wing margin at most between radial fork

- Setae around margin of hind wing 12

9. Pulvillus broad Ectopsocidae

- Pulvillus narrow 10

10. Apterous, or fore wing strongly setose Elipsocidae

- Fore wing glabrous 11

11. Areola postica joined to m Psocidae

- Areola postica free Lachesillidae

12. Marginal setae crossing each other at fore wing apex

Pseudocaeciliidae

- Marginal setae not crossing each other at fore wing apex

13. Setae around margin of hind wing of uniform length

Caeciliusidae

Evan R. Schmidt and Timothy R. New

- Setae around hind wing margin alternately longer and

shorter Trichopsocidae

14. Setae on hind wing margin at most between radial fork

- Setae around margin of hind wing 16

15. Fore wing strongly mottled Myopsocidae

- Fore wing without mottled pattern Elipsocidae

16. Marginal setae crossing each other at hind wing apex

Philotarsidae

- Marginal setae not crossing each other at hind wing apex

Pseudocaeciliidae

Lepidopsocidae

Pteroxanium Enderlein

Pteroxanium Enderlein, 1922: 102. Type species: Pteroxanium

squamosum Enderlein.

Pteroxanium kelloggi (Ribaga)

Lepidilla kelloggi Ribaga, 1905: 100.

Tasmanopsocus litoralis Hickman, 1934: 78.

Pteroxanium kelloggi. — Roesler, 1943: 13.

For complete synonymy see Lienhard and Smithers (2002).

Material examined. Site 21, 6$, 17 Feb 88; site 40, 1?, 23 Apr 87; site

42A, 1 9, 12 June 86; site 77, l9, 29 June 86; site 94, l9, 27 June 86;

site 185, 29, 1 nymph, 15 June 86; l9, 17 June 87; site 248A, l9, 25 Oct

86; l9, 1 Mar 87; 2 nymphs, 28 June 87; 1 nymph, 30 July 87; site

264B, 19, 22 Sep 86; site 294B, 89, 4 Mar 88.

Distribution. Cosmopolitan.

Remarks. This species, which appears to have been transported

by human agency (Smithers, 1972), is known in Australia only

from Tasmania. Interestingly, the majority of specimens

collected in this study were taken from two sites of huon pine

( Lagarostrobos franklanii ), which is usually found along

riverbanks and is endemic to southwestern Tasmania.

Trogiidae

Key to Tasmanian genera of Trogiidae

1. Head and abdomen without pattern, distal segment of

maxillary palp elongate Lepinotus Heyden

- Head and abdomen with obvious pattern, distal segment

of maxillary palp broad 2

2. In addition to apical spines, one or two subapical spines

on hind tibia Cerobasis Kolbe

- Only apical spines on hind tibia Trogium Illiger

Cerobasis Kolbe

Cerobasis Kolbe, 1882b: 212. Type species: Cerobasis muraria

Kolbe.

Cerobasis guestfalica (Kolbe)

Hyperetes guestfalicus Kolbe, 1880: 132.

Cerobasis guestfalica Roesler, 1943: 13.

Material examined. Many females and nymphs collected throughout

the year.

Distribution. Cosmopolitan.

Remarks. This species was collected from many sites of dry

coastal vegetation from eastern, northern and northwestern

Tasmania. C. guestfalica was particularly abundant throughout

the year on Banksia serrata.

Lepinotus Heyden

Lepinotus Heyden, 1850: 84. Type species: Lepinotus inquilinus

Heyden.

Key to Tasmanian species of Lepinotus

1. Postclypeus with obvious reticulated pattern inquilinus

Heyden

- Postclypeus without reticulated pattern 2

2. Brown stripe between eye and antenna base patruelis

Pearman

- Brown stripe absent between eye and antenna base 3

3. Parietal glands present, paraproct without ventral

sclerotised bar tasmaniensis Hickman

- Parietal glands absent, paraproct with ventral sclerotised

bar 4

4. Body uniformly dark brown (iridescent pink dorsally on

fresh specimens), wings absent huoni sp. nov.

- Abdomen clearly paler than rest of body, wings reticulate

reticulatus Enderlein

Lepinotus huoni sp. nov.

Figures 3-5

Material examined. Holotype 9: Tasmania, Tahune Forest Reserve,

Pine Tk, Lagarostrobos franklanii, 17 Feb 1988. Five 9 paratypes:

same data as holotype.

Description of female. Coloration (after ca 5 years in alcohol).

Head dark brown. Median epicranial suture black. Antenna

brown, maxillary palp brown, apical segment dark brown. Eyes

black. Thorax and legs dark brown, tarsi brown. Abdomen

dorsally dark brown, cream ventrally, terminal segments dark

brown. Freshly killed specimens bright iridescent pink on

vertex, dorsal surfaces of thorax and abdomen, and femora.

This coloration fades in alcohol.

Morphology. IO:D = 2.3. Eyes ovoid, dorsal margin in line

with top of vertex. Antenna complete with 26 flagellar segments

(paratype). Distal margin of labrum with anterior row of 5 trichoid

sensilla and posterior row of 4 trichoid sensilla. Vertex fairly

sharp, postclypeus flattened. Clypeal shelf broad. Lacinia bifid,

lateral projection larger than median. Ocelli absent. Apical

The Psocoptera (Insecta) of Tasmania, Australia

Figures 3-5. Lepinotus huoni. Female: 3, epiproct and paraproct; 4, subgenital plate; 5, gonapophyses.

segment of maxillary palp broad, second segment with large

sensillum. Reticulate pattern on vertex and postclypeus barely

visible. Head, including eyes, and thorax bearing scattered setae

of differing lengths. Tibiae with 2 apical spurs. Hind tibia with 4

(paratype) long fine setae on outer margin, length about 3 to 4

times width of tibia. A single long, fine seta of similar length on

middle of mid tibia. Ctenidiobothria absent. Tarsi 3 -segmented,

claw lacking subapical denticle. Pulvillus fine, apically broadened.

Abdomen with tergites well sclerotised, each bearing two

incipient rows of long setae. Stemites not sclerotised, bearing

dense shorter setae. Epiproct (fig. 3) simple, setose. Paraproct

(fig. 3) lacking trichobothria, with strong posterior spine and

ventral sclerotised bar. Subgenital plate (fig. 4) simple, setose,

with broad triangular pigmented area. Gonapophyses (fig. 5) with

large setose external valve, and sclerotised dorsal valve remnant.

Spermathecal duct present, parietal glands apparently absent.

Dimensions. B 2.0, F 0.411, T 0.553, t x 0.174, t 2 0.047, t 3

0.047, rt 3.7: 1: 1, f, 0.087, f 2 0.067.

Male. Unknown.

Remarks. This rare species, collected only from huon pine in

southern Tasmania, differs from all other known species in the

genus by the coloration (fresh material). Lepinotus huoni also

differs from Lepinotus tasmaniensis and Lepinotus stoneae

Smithers (NSW) by the absence of reticulated wings and

parietal glands.

Etymology. Named for the French explorer, Jean-Michel Huon

de Kermadec.

Lepinotus inquilinus Heyden

Lepinotus inquilinus Heyden, 1850: 84.

Distribution. Cosmopolitan.

Remarks. This species has been recorded from Tasmania

previously (Hickman, 1934; Smithers, 1979). No additional

material was collected in this study.

Lepinotus patruelis Pearman

Lepinotus patruelis Pearman, 1931: 47.

Material examined. Old Farm Rd, leaf litter, Eucalypt forest, 1$, 20

Jun 89 (P. Greenslade); Big Sassy Ck, Site 1, PKD Sassafras, 2(5, 17

May 89 (J. Diggle); Big Sassy Ck, Site 1, Soil Cores, 1(5, 12 May 89

Evan R. Schmidt and Timothy R. New

(H. Mitchell, J. Diggle); Mt Mangana, Bruny I, Site 2, leaf litter, 1(5, 9

Apr 89 (P. Greenslade); Mt Mangana, Bruny I, Site 2, moss on dead

log 2A+B, 1$, 4-9 Apr 89 (P. Greenslade, J. Diggle) (MV).

Distribution. Cosmopolitan.

Remarks. This species has been recorded previously from litter

in southwestern Tasmania (Smithers, 1979). It was not collected

during the present study.

Lepinotus reticulatus Enderlein

Lepinotus reticulatus Enderlein, 1905: 31.

ILepinotus reticulatus. — Schmidt and Thornton, 1993: 148.

Material examined. Site 79, 1$, 3 Feb 87; site 159A, l9, 9 Aug 86.

Distribution. Cosmopolitan.

Remarks. In Australia this species has been recorded from

South Australia, Curtis I (Bass Strait) and recently from

Wilsons Promontory, Victoria. Closer examination of the

Wilsons Promontory material has revealed an error in

identification; they are clearly conspecific with Tasmanian

material of Lepinotus tasmaniensis.

Reticulate wings are not present on the material examined.

The reticulate pattern on the vertex and postclypeus is absent

and no parietal glands are evident. The sensillum on the second

segment of the maxillary palp (Enderlein, 1905, plate 2, fig. 19)

appears similar in size to that of Lepinotus tasmaniensis, which

is smaller than that of Lepinotus huoni. The paraprocts possess

a ventral sclerotised bar as found in Lepinotus huoni, but this is

absent in Lepinotus tasmaniensis and Lepinotus stoneae. The

referral of this material to L. reticulatus is provisional.

Lepinotus tasmaniensis Hickman

Lepinotus tasmaniensis Hickman, 1934: 81.

Lepinotus reticulatus Enderlein. Schmidt and Thornton, 1993:

148.

Material examined. Site 248A, l9, 28 June 87; 2?, 29 Feb 88; site

294B, l9, 4 Mar 88.

Distribution. Tasmania and Victoria.

Remarks. Hitherto known only from Tasmania, Lepinotus

tasmaniensis is now known from both sides of Bass Strait (see

remarks under previous species). Closer examination of

material from Curtis I, Bass Strait, referred to L. reticulatus by

New (1971) may therefore be warranted.

Trogium Illiger

Trogium Illiger, 1798: 500. Type species: Termes pulsatorium

Linnaeus.

Trogium pulsatorium (Linnaeus)

Termes pulsatorium Linnaeus, 1758: 610.

Trogium pulsatorium. — Illiger, 1798: 500.

Material examined. Old Farm Rd, leaf litter, Eucalypt forest, l9, 20

Jun 89 (P. Greenslade); Savage River Pipeline Rd, Site 2, litter, 1<5, 21

Apr 89 (P. Greenslade) (MV).

Distribution. Cosmopolitan.

Remarks. Previously recorded in Tasmania by Hickman (1934),

this species was not found in the present study.

Psyllipsocidae

Psyllipsocus Selys-Longchamps

Psyllipsocus Selys-Longchamps, 1872: 145. Type species:

Psyllipsocus ramburii Selys-Longchamps.

Psyllipsocus ramburii Selys-Longchamps

Psyllipsocus ramburii Selys-Longchamps, 1872: 145.

Distribution. Cosmopolitan.

Remarks. This species has been recorded previously from

southwestern Tasmania (Smithers, 1979) from litter. No

additional material was collected in this study.

Liposcelididae

Key to Tasmanian genera of Liposcelididae

1. Macropterous and apterous, eyes of apterous forms with

at most two ommatidia Embidopsocus Hagen

- Apterous, eyes with 6-8 ommatidia

Liposcelis Motschulsky

Embidopsocus Hagen

Embidopsocus Hagen, 1866a: 170. Type species: Embidopsocus

luteus Hagen.

Embidopsocus lenah sp. nov.

Figures 6-16

Material examined. Holotype 9: Tasmania, Lenah Valley, under bark,

26 May 1937. Two <5 paratypes: same data as holotype. Additional

record (l9): Lenah Valley, under bark of dead tree, 21 Feb 1934 (V. V.

Hickman).

Description of macropterous female. Coloration (after ca 56

years on permanent slide). Light (straw) brown. Eyes black.

Ocelli pale, centripetal margins black (from other specimen).

Fore wing (fig. 6) very pale brown, veins brown. Hind wing

(fig. 7) pale.

Morphology. Ocelli well developed, compound eyes

consisting of many ommatidia. Apex of lacinia (fig. 8) with

long bifid lateral projection, a long median projection and in

between a short projection with apex directed medially. Apical

segment of maxillary palp with a field of 8 thin-walled setae,

the lengths and distribution of which are similar to those

described for the laticeps complex (Mockford, 1987: 852).

Flagellar sensilla as in Table 2, following the categories

suggested by Mockford (1987). Anterior margin of postclypeus

with 2 long median setae, in addition to several shorter setae

laterally. Short setae sparsely scattered on vertex and frons.

Fore wing with single row of short sparse setae on radial vein

in basal third of wing, setae restricted to base of medial vein,

The Psocoptera (Insecta) of Tasmania, Australia

Figures 6-16. Embidopsocus lenah. Female: 6, fore wing; 7, hind wing; 8, lacinia; 9, thoracic terga; 10, thoracic sterna; 11, posterior abdominal

terga (setae from sterna dotted); 12, subgenital plate. Figures 6, 7 and 9-12 to common scales. Male: 13, thoracic terga; 14, thoracic sterna; 15,

phallosome; 16, hypandrium. Figures 13-16 to common scale.

Evan R. Schmidt and Timothy R. New

posterior margin bearing 3 setae at base of wing. Chaetotaxy:

thoracic terga (fig. 9) with one (humeral) seta on each side of

pronotum; thoracic sterna (fig. 10) with pair of large setae (one

missing in preparation) and row of smaller setae on anterior

margin of prosternum, meso-metasternum with setae

concentrated along its anterior margin and a few scattered

along its sides. Hind femur with 2 long setae, hind tibia with 5

long setae of various lengths. Tarsal claw with a series of

denticles basal to large subapical tooth. Chaetotaxy of posterior

abdominal terga as in fig. 11. Sculpture of integument of head

and terga of thorax and abdomen absent. Portion of

gonapophyses seen (after clearing) through subgenital plate

(dotted in fig. 12). Spermathecal plate (fig. 12) rounded

anteriorly. Spermatheca very large, spherical (0.11-0.14 mm

diameter, other specimen).

Dimensions. B 1.74, FW 1.54, HW 1.06, F (1) 0.356, F (w)

0.126, T 0.276, t, 0.063, t 2 0.032, | 0.047, rt 2: 1:1.5. f, 0.075, f 2

0.067, Sj 0.036, S a 0.158, S e 0.055.

Description of apterous male. Coloration (after ca 56 years on

permanent slide). As female.

Morphology. Ocelli absent. Eyes reduced to 2 ommatidia on

each side of head. Chaetotaxy of thoracic terga as in fig. 13,

thoracic sterna (fig. 14) with row of setae along anterior margin

of prostemum reduced, a single large seta near each anterolateral

margin. Sculpture of integument as female, except for a few

vague lines along posterior margin of head. Remaining

morphology as that of female. Phallosome (fig. 15) with

parameres coming together anteriorly, endophallus finely serrate.

Hypandrium (fig. 16) with pair of large preapical setae.

Dimensions. B 1.15, F... 0.308, F. , 0.118, T 0.229, t, 0.047,

t, 0.032, t, 0.043, rt 1.5:1:1.37, f, 0.063, f , 0.063, S, 0.024, S

0.103, S e 0.063.

Remarks. Badonnel (1955) divided this genus into three species

groups, utilising several important characters found in apterous

females. Additional species from Argentina (Badonnel, 1962),

Brazil (Badonnel, 1972), and Central and North America

(Mockford: 1963, 1987) have been placed within these groups.

A single damaged apterous female is known from the holotype

locality; the sclerotised bands of the mesosternum are present

laterally but they do not fuse to form a closed arc, nor are they

joined to the pro-mesothoracic spina. At present E. lenah

cannot be placed into any of the above groups with certainty.

A single individual of this genus has been collected in

Victoria (New, 1975).

Etymology. The species name is an indigenous word for

kangaroo.

Liposcelis Motschulsky

Liposcelis Motschulsky, 1852: 19. Type species: Liposcelis

brunnea Motschulsky.

Liposcelis spp.

Material examined. Liposcelis sp. A: Mt Victoria, moss on tree, l9, 29

Nov 89 (R. Coy); Bradshaws Rd, Site 1, moss on rocks, 1$, 21 Apr 89

(R Greenslade); Mt Mangana, Bruny I, Site 2, moss on log, 1(5, 9 Apr

89 (R Greenslade); Mt Mangana, Bruny I, Site 2, moss on dead logs

1A, 1(5, 9 Apr 89 (R Greenslade). Liposcelis sp. B: Mt Field, N. gunnii ,

suction no. 2, l9, 9 Oct 89 (R. Coy); Mt Field, N. gunnii , soil cores, 1

9, 1 nymph, 25 Aug 89 (R. Coy); Projection Bluff, soil cores, 2$, 3

nymphs, 9 Mar 89 (J. Diggle); Mt Mangana, Bruny I, Site 2, moss on

live trees, 1?, 4 Apr 89 (J. Diggle) (MV).

Remarks. Several specimens of two species of Liposcelis were

examined. As Smithers (1991) noted, these cannot be identified

until further work has been done on Australian members of this

genus. One species was determined by ERS, possibly

incorrectly, as Liposcelis decolor (Pearman) (Coy et ah,

1993).

‘ Liposcelis divinatorius’ (Muller) was recorded from

Tasmania by Hickman (1934). This name is now considered a

nomen dubium (Lienhard, 1990).

Sphaeropsocidae

Sphaeropsocopsis Badonnel.

Sphaeropsocopsis Badonnel, 1963: 322. Type species:

Sphaeropsocopsis chilensis Badonnel.

Table 2. Nature and distribution of distal thin-walled setiform sensilla on flagellar segments for n individuals of E. lenah (setal terminology after

Mockford, 1987).

macropterous

n=l

l(IIa2aa)

l(IIalbb)

l(IIb2cc)

l(IIb2dd)

l(IIbldd)

l(IIa2aa)

l(IIa2cc)

flO

fll

f 12

l(IIIb3ee)

l(IIIb2ee)

l(IIIb3ee)

l(IIb3dd)

apterous

n=2

l(IIa2aa)

l(IIblaa)

l(IIb3dd)

l(IIIb3ee)

l(IIbldd)

l(IIb2dd)

flO

fll

f 12

l(IIIc3ee)

l(IIbldd)

l(IIIc3ee)

l(IIIb3ee)

The Psocoptera (Insecta) of Tasmania, Australia

Sphaeropsocopsis recens (Hickman)

Sphaeropsocus recens Hickman, 1934: 83.

Sphaeropsocopsis recens. — Badonnel, 1963: 323.

Material examined. The (Queens) Domain (Hobart), from loose bark

on eucalypt, 2$, 13 Apr 1968 (V. V. Hickman).

Distribution. Tasmania and South Australia.

Remarks. Not collected during the present study despite several

targeted searches at the holotype locality (Trevallyn Gorge,

Launceston) and from the Domain, Hobart. Although not

recorded formally from Victoria, TRN has collected this

species from grass tussocks near Narbethong.

Caeciliusidae

Key to Tasmanian subfamilies of Caeciliusidae

1. Basal flagellar segment of antenna enlarged

Aphyopsocinae Mockford

- Basal flagellar segment of antenna not enlarged 2

2. Seven sensilla on distal margin of labrum, three ventral

abdominal vesicles present

Paracaeciliinae Mockford

- Five sensilla on distal margin of labrum, at most two

ventral abdominal vesicles present

Caeciliusinae Mockford

Aphyopsocinae Mockford

Aphyopsocus Smithers

Aphyopsocus Smithers, 1982: 13. Type species: Aphyopsocus

prolixus Smithers.

Aphyopsocus prolixus Smithers

Aphyopsocus prolixus Smithers, 1982: 14.

Material examined. Site 35A, 1$, 20 Feb 87; site 103, 1?, 21 Feb 88;

site 121A, 1 d, 10 Nov 86; site 159B, id, 23 Feb 88; site 159C, 9$, id

, 19 Apr 87; 6?, 5d, 23 Feb 88; site 177, 1 nymph, 9 Feb 87; site 180A,

6$, id, 1 nymph, 13 Nov 86; 4$, id, 8 Dec 86; 3$, 20 Jan 87; id, 18

Mar 87; 1 nymph, 31 July 87; 1$, 26 Feb 88; site 248A, id, 24 Aug 86;

4$, 23 Sep 86; 1$, 25 Oct 86; id, 24 Jan 87; 2$, id, 1 Mar 87; 1$, id,

23 May 87; 1$, 28 June 87; 3?, 30 July 87; site 248B, 1$, 14 June 86;

site 280A, id, 26 Jan 87.

Distribution. Tasmania and New South Wales.

Remarks. This species, collected throughout the year, is most

common on broad-leafed vegetation such as Banksia serrata

and in wet forest Olearia argophylla. Interestingly, for a limited

time many individuals were found on Monotocca sp., a very

different plant which at the locality (site 159C) was an

understorey species of the salt- and drought-tolerant species

Casuarina stricta. In addition to the two states listed above

ERS has collected this species from eastern Victoria and

Queensland.

Paracaeciliinae Mockford

Paracaecilius Badonnel

Paracaecilius Badonnel, 1931: 235. Type species: Paracaecilius

berlandi Badonnel.

Key to Tasmanian species of Paracaecilius

1. Fore wing sparsely setose, body creamy -white

hilli (Smithers)

- Fore wing strongly setose, body buff

seltus (Schmidt and Thornton)

Paracaecilius hilli (Smithers)

Enderleinella hilli Smithers, 1979: 62.

Paracaecilius hilli. — Smithers, 1994a: 126.

Material examined. Many individuals collected throughout the

year.

Distribution. Tasmania and Victoria.

Remarks. This locally widespread species was found on many,

predominantly broad-leafed plant species in wet environments.

In dry environments it was also common on broad-leafed trees

and shrubs such as Acacia melanoxylon, Banksia serrata and

Myoporum insulare. Smithers (1979) indicated that the costal

vein in the region of the pterostigma and proximal to it is

thickened in Paracaecilius zelandicus (Tillyard), but is narrow

in Paracaecilius hilli. Examination of additional material

suggests that this characteristic is somewhat variable in the

latter species, most possessing those features noted in P.

zelandicus.

Paracaecilius seltus (Schmidt and Thornton)

Enderleinella selta Schmidt and Thornton, 1993: 157.

Enderleinella zelandica (Tillyard). Cole et al., 1989: 33.

Enderleinella sp. Z. Coy et al., 1993: 77.

Paracaecilius seltus. — Mockford, 2000: 364.

Material examined. Many individuals collected throughout the year.

Distribution. Tasmania, Bass Strait Is and Victoria.

Remarks. This species is probably the most widespread member

of the family in Tasmania. It was abundant on Nothofagus, the

rainforest conifers, and on shrubs in mixed forest sites. It was

also numerous at several dry coastal scrub and dry forest sites,

such as Callitris rhomboidea. In the description of this species

the figure of the subgenital plate (Schmidt and Thornton, 1993:

158, fig. 56) is incorrect; this has been rectified (erratum:

Schmidt and Thornton, 1993). Specimens from the Bass Strait

Is (Cole et al., 1989) are of this species.

Caeciliusinae Mockford

Key to Tasmanian tribes of Caeciliusinae

1. Body pale, lacinial tip slender, bidentate or rounded

Coryphacini Mockford

Evan R. Schmidt and Timothy R. New

- Body dark, lacinial tip broad, denticulate 2

2. Two abdominal vesicles Maoripsocini Mockford

- One or no abdominal vesicles 3

3. Clypeal shelf broad Bassocaeciliini new tribe

- Clypeal shelf narrow Epicaeciliini Mockford

Bassocaeciliini new tribe

Diagnosis. With the characters of the subfamily (Mockford,

2000) plus the following: clypeal shelf broad; labral stylets

present; lacinial tip broad, denticulate; body dark; lateral

apophyses of subgenital plate absent; ventral abdominal vesicles

single or absent; wings very elongated, narrow, without pattern;

papillae on male epiproct and paraproct absent.

Remarks. In what he described as a progress report, Mockford

(2000) outlined a combination of characters associated with

the five new tribes of the subfamily Caeciliusinae. The

distribution of the distal inner labral sensilla excludes one tribe

(Caeciliusini) from the Australian fauna, as only labral sensilla

type 2 (Mockford 2000: 393, fig. 4) are found in all Australian

genera of this subfamily. The genera represent each of the four

remaining tribes. A broad clypeal shelf is found only in

Coryphacini, but in genera of that tribe the lacinial tip is

slender, its shape bicuspid, bilobed or rounded. An absence of

both ventral abdominal vesicles and papillae on the male

epiproct are characers of Epicaeciliini. However, genera of this

tribe possess a clypeal shelf that is narrow or absent, and a

lacinial tip that is very wide. Genera within Kodamaiini (not

known from Tasmania) and Maoripsocini lack a broad clypeal

shelf, and possess two abdominal vesicles. The lacinial tip in

the former tribe is of medium width, with one or two shallow

denticles between cusps, while in the latter tribe it is broad and

denticulate. The above combination of characters is not found

in any tribes within Caeciliusinae, and therefore Bassocaeciliini

is established.

Key to Tasmanian genera of Bassocaeciliini

1. No abdominal vesicles, vein cu 2 of fore wing setose

Bassocaecilius gen. nov.

- One abdominal vesicle, vein cu 2 of fore wing glabrous

Clinocaecilius gen. nov.

Bassocaecilius gen. nov.

Diagnosis. With the characters of the tribe plus the following:

ventral abdominal vesicles absent; vein cu 2 of fore wing setose;

macropterous or micropterous (ocelli reduced, trichobothria

absent) females.

Type species: Bassocaecilius rawlinsoni sp. nov.

Remarks. Dense short setae found on the ventral surface of the

abdomen (although more profuse on the dorsal surface) may

perform a function similar to that of the adhesive vesicles. This

genus is also unusual in the Caeciliusidae in that both

micropterous (possessing rudimentary fore wings, reduced

ocelli, and lacking developed thoracic lobes and trichobothria)

and macropterous female forms have been found.

Etymology. The generic name is a combination of the name

Bass, after the British naval surgeon and explorer George Bass,

and Caecilius, a genus of Caeciliusidae.

Bassocaecilius rawlinsoni sp. nov.

Figures 17-25

Material examined. Holotype micropterous $: Tasmania, Mt William

National Park, sedge, 8 Nov 1986. One nymph, 11$ and 6(5 paratypes:

same data as holotype. Description of macropterous $: Victoria, Cape

Otway National Park, sedge, 11 Apr 1991. Additional records: site

42B, 3$, 2 nymphs, 12 June 86; 1$, 1 nymph, 18 July 86; 1$, 7 nymphs,

2 Oct 86; 1(5, 1 nymph, 3 Nov 86; 1(5, 8 July 87; site 158 (holotype

locality), 1$, 6(5, 2 nymphs, 5 June 86; 3$, 1(5, 1 nymph, 11 July 86; 5

$, 1(5, 2 nymphs, 9 Aug 86; 4$, 7(5, 4 nymphs, 12 Sep 86; 2$, 4<5, 1

nymph, 12 Oct 86; 5$, 4(5, 1 nymph, 7 Dec 86; 2(5, 18 Jan 87; 2$, 5 Feb

87; 1(5, 1 nymph, 23 Mar 87; 2$, 4$, 14 June 87; 3$, 1(5, 25 July 87; 1

$, 23 Feb 88.

Description of micropterous female. Coloration (after ca 6

years in alcohol). Head brown, with darker brown band laterally

across vertex half way between ocelli and crest, extending to

region between eye and antennal socket. Frons with small dark

brown markings. Maxillary palp, antenna and labrum dark

brown. Ocelli pale, with small dark centripetal margins.

Rudimentary wings brown. Thorax brown. Legs: coxae and

tarsi brown, trochanter pale, femora dark brown, tibiae brown

merging dark brown apically, claws black. Abdomen pale

brown dorsally, cream ventrally. Terminal segments brown.

Morphology. IO:D = 5.0. Eyes and ocelli small. Labrum:

stylets large, spiculate; distal anterior margin with 5 sensilla;

internal sclerotisation present. Lacinia broad, flat, expanded

preapically on one side, with apical denticles. Vertex flattened,

elongated. Epicranial suture on posterior half of vertex distinct.

Fore wing reduced to a rudimentary flap, setose. Hind wing

absent. Thoracic lobes not developed. Abdomen elongate,

covered by dense small dark setae which are more profuse

dorsally, ventral vesicles lacking. Epiproct and paraproct (fig.

17) setose, latter lacking trichobothrial field and possessing a

small apically bifid projection between two macrosetae on

posterior margin. Subgenital plate (fig. 18) very setose, margin

round, well pigmented with short anteriorly diverging

sclerotised areas. Gonapophyses (fig. 19) with external valve

sometimes represented by one seta, otherwise absent.

Spermatheca (fig. 20) with relatively long glandular area.

Dimensions. B 2.4, F 0.37, T 0.58, f 0.134, t 2 0.103, rt 1.3:1,

ct 0,0, f, 0.190, f 2 0.134.

Description of macropterous female. Coloration (after ca 1

year in alcohol). As micropterous female. Wings hyaline with

brown tinge, veins brown.

Morphology. IO:D = 4.3. Basal flagellar segment not

enlarged, bent. Vertex flattened, elongated. Ocelli more

prominent than in micropterous female. Wings elongate, narrow.

One specimen with fore wing venation asymmetrical - one fore

wing with veins rs and m fused for a short length - on the other

these veins are separate with no cross vein joining them.

The Psocoptera (Insecta) of Tasmania, Australia

Figures 17-25. Bassocaecilius rawlinsoni. Female: 17, epiproct and paraproct; 18, subgenital plate; 19, gonapophyses; 20, spermathecal sac.

Male: 21, fore wing; 22, hind wing; 23, epiproct and paraproct; 24, hypandrium; 25, phallosome. Figures 17, 19, 20, 23, 25; 18, 24 and 21 and 22

to common scales.

Evan R. Schmidt and Timothy R. New

Pterostigma and areola postica low, elongate. Vein cUj only

partially developed and the radial vein not forked in both wings

examined. Vein cu 2 setose. Legs and antenna longer than in

micropterous female. Mesothoracic precoxal suture absent.

Abdomen as in micropterous female. Genitalia as in micropterous

female except paraproct with small field of 13 trichobothria, the

apically bifid projection on the posterior margin larger than in

micropterous female, adjacent to a single large macroseta.

Dimensions. B 2.5, FW 2.27, HW 1.90, F 0.41, T 0.63, t,

0.158, t 2 0.111, rt 1.4:1, ct 0,0, f 1 0.229, f 2 0.158.

Description of male. Coloration (after ca 6 years in alcohol).

As micropterous female. Fore wing (fig. 21) and hind wing (fig.

22) hyaline, veins brown.

Morphology. IO:D = 3.5. Head rounded. Clypeus and

labrum as in female. Ocelli on raised tubercle. Epicranial

suture distinct. Wings elongate, narrow. In fore wing (fig. 21)

veins rs and m fused for short length, venation as in Caecilius,

vein cu 2 setose; pterostigma and areola postica long, narrow;

radial fork approximately same length as stem. Hind wing (fig.

22) with vein cu ] curved toward wing margin. Tibiae of

uniform width, swellings absent. Mesothoracic precoxal suture

absent. Epiproct (fig. 23) trianguloid. Paraproct (fig. 23) with

round field 19 trichobothria, bifid projection on posterior

margin small, lying between 2 large setae. Small fields of

papillae on epiproct and paraproct absent. Hypandrium (fig.

24) a simple shallow lobe, well sclerotised, posterolateral

margins with field of large setae. Phallosome (fig. 25) with

feebly developed endophallus.

Dimensions. B 1.8, FW 3.01, HW 2.36, F 0.47, T 0.79, t,

0.190, t 2 0.126, rt 1.5:1, ct 10,0, f 1 0.395, f 2 0.284.

Etymology. Named for our friend and colleague, the late Peter

Rawlinson, a specialist on the ecology and biogeography of

reptiles of the Bass Strait region.

Clinocaecilius gen. nov.

Diagnosis. With the characters of the tribe plus the following:

vein cu 2 of fore wing glabrous; single abdominal vesicle

present.

Etymology. The generic name is a combination of the Latin

clino, to bend, recline, or lean over, and Caecilius, a genus of

Caeciliusidae.

Clinocaecilius edwardsi sp. nov.

Figures 26-29

Material examined. Holotype ( 5 : Tasmania, Ferntree, in rolled bark,

19 Oct 1962. 5(5 paratypes: same data as holotype (V. V. Hickman).

Additional material ( 1 ( 5 ): Tunbridge, Steppes Rd, Bedfordia salicina,

13 Nov 1986.

Description of male. Coloration (after ca 30 years in alcohol).

Head pale brown with suggestion of darker markings as follows:

dorsal to eyes, across back of vertex and each side of median

epicranial suture; central patch on frons; postclypeal striae.

Ocelli pale, tubercle dark brown. Eyes greyish-black. Fore

wing (fig. 26) and hind wing (fig. 27) with faint brown tinge,

veins brown. Thorax brown, legs and abdomen pale brown.

Morphology. IO:D = 2.7. Ocelli large, on prominent

tubercle. Median epicranial suture distinct. Clypeal shelf

broad. Labrum: stylets small, spiculate; internal sclerotisation

not distinct; sensilla 5 in total. Lacinia apically broad,

preapically expanded on one side, apical margin with denticles.

Setae on fore wing (fig. 26) veins in single rank, short, slanting

distally; vein cu 2 glabrous; pterostigma elongate; areola postica

elongated, narrow; junction of veins rs and m variable from

fusion for a short length, meeting at a point or joined by short

cross-vein. Mesothoracic precoxal suture absent, sterna very

broad. One ventral abdominal adhesive vesicle present.

Epiproct triangular, with short setae in apical half. Paraproct

with oval field of about 22 trichobothria. Hypandrium (fig. 28,

paratype) setose, with 2 large median preapical setae.

Phallosome (fig. 29) rounded anteriorly, aedeagus bluntly

pointed, endophallic lobe spiculate.

Dimensions. B 2.3, FW 3.25, HW 2.51, F 0.61, T 0.98, t,

0.253, t 2 0.095, rt 2.7:1, ct 17,0, f 1 0.474, f 2 0.355.

Female. Unknown.

Remarks. The genitalia of this species grossly resemble those

of Bassocaecilius rawlinsoni in the shape of the phallosome

and by the absence of papillae on the epiproct and paraproct.

Clinocaecilius edwardsi differs, however, by the hypandrium

possessing a pair of large median preapical setae.

Etymology. Named for Barry A. B. Edwards, in recognition of

his pioneering synopsis of the Tasmanian Psocoptera.

Maoripsocini Mockford

Maoripsocus Tillyard

Maoripsocus Tillyard, 1923: 191. Type species: Maoripsocus

semifuscatus Tillyard.

Key to Tasmanian species of Maoripsocus

1. Micropterous pedderi sp. nov.

- Macropterous 2

2. Fore wing membrane with setae tahunensis sp. nov.

- Fore wing membrane without setae 3

3. Fore wing basal veins with two ranks of setae 4

- Fore wing basal veins with single rank of setae 6

4. Postclypeus with distinct striae semifuscatus Tillyard

- Postclypeus uniformly brown 5

5. Head pattern with dark X-mark centred on ocellar

protuberance, fore wing with pterostigmal spur-vein

juneae (Schmidt and Thornton)

- Head pattern lacking dark X-mark centred on ocellar

protuberance, fore wing lacking pterostigmal spur-vein

concavistigma (Schmidt and Thornton)

6. Lacinia basally spiraloid spiralosus sp. nov.

The Psocoptera (Insecta) of Tasmania, Australia

Figures 26-29. Clinocaecilius edwardsi. Male: 26, fore wing; 27, hind wing; 28, hypandrium; 29, phallosome. Figures 28 and 29 to common

scale.

- Lacinia not basally spiraloid 7

7. Fore wing with apices of cells R v R 3 and R 5 pigmented

hobartensis sp. nov.

- Fore wing with apices of cells R v R 3 and R 5 hyaline 8

8. $ IO:D - 3.8, 6 IO:D = 2.5 wedgei sp. nov.

? IO:D - 2.7, 6 IO:D = 0.8 weindorferi sp. nov.

Remarks. Mockford (2000) considered this genus to possess a

clypeal shelf that is narrow in development. We consider that it

is somewhat intermediate in development as it is broader than

the narrow clypeal shelf found in genera placed in the

Epicaeciliini below.

Maoripsocus concavistigma (Schmidt and Thornton)

Caecilius concavistigma Schmidt and Thornton, 1993: 149.

Maoripsocus concavistigma. — Mockford, 2000: 345.

Material examined. Many individuals collected throughout the year.

Distribution. Tasmania, Victoria and New South Wales.

Remarks. This species is widespread in Tasmania. Except for a

few individuals found on Banksia serrata, M. concavistigma

was taken only on Acacia melanoxylon and Myoporum

insulare.

Maoripsocus hobartensis sp. nov.

Figures 30-38

Material examined. Holotype ?: Tasmania, Queens Domain, Hobart,

Bursaria sp., 23 Mar 1961. One S and 4$ paratypes: same data as

holotype (V. V. Hickman).

Description of female. Coloration (after ca 32 years in alcohol).

Head buff with the following dark brown: markings dorsal to

eyes, across back of vertex and each side of median epicranial

suture, central region of frons, close-set postclypeal striae,

Evan R. Schmidt and Timothy R. New

Figures 30-38. Maoripsocus hobartensis. Female: 30, fore wing; 31, hind wing; 32, epiproct and paraproct; 33, subgenital plate; 34, gonapophyses.

Male: 35, fore wing; 36, epiproct and paraproct; 37, hypandrium; 38, phallosome. Figures 31, 35; 32, 33 and 36-38 to common scales.

The Psocoptera (Insecta) of Tasmania, Australia

labrum, antenna and two apical segments of maxillary palp.

Centripetal margins of ocelli and eyes black. Fore wing (fig.

30) suffused with shades of brown. Hind wing (fig. 31) with

slight brown tinge. Thoracic dorsum dark brown, remainder of

thorax brown, sutural areas paler. Legs brown except pale

brown femora. Abdomen pale mauve dorsally, cream ventrally,

terminal segments brown.

Morphology. IO:D = 2.8. Median epicranial suture distinct.

Basal flagellar segment slightly bent. Labrum: stylets small,

spiculate; sensilla 5 in all; internal sclerotisation present.

Lacinia apically broad, preapically expanded on one side,

apical margin with denticles. Mesothoracic precoxal suture

absent. Fore wing (fig. 30) strongly setose, setae short, slanting

distally in a single rank; vein cu 2 setose; short spur-vein from

pterostigma present. Epiproct (fig. 32). Paraproct (fig. 32) with

round field of 14 trichobothria, posterior margin with small

bifid projection and associated seta lying between a short and

long seta. Subgenital plate (fig. 33) with transverse margin,

two pigmented arms diverging anteriorly from apical margin.

Gonapophyses (fig. 34).

Dimensions. B 2.85, FW 2.89, HW 2.27, F 0.56, T 1.0, t 1

0.308, t 2 0.134, rt 2.3:1, ct 17,0, f, 0.458, f 2 0.316.

Description of male. Coloration (after ca 32 years in alcohol).

Head, thorax and legs dark brown. Fore wing as in fig. 35, hind

wing as female. Abdomen cream, terminal segments dark

brown.

Morphology. IO:D = 2.3. Eyes small, not reaching top of

vertex in lateral aspect. Median epicranial suture distinct.

Labrum and lacinia as female. Fore wing (fig. 35) as female,

except spur-vein from pterostigma absent. Epiproct and

paraproct (fig. 36) with small field of papillae, latter with round

field of about 22 trichobothria. Hypandrium (fig. 37, torn) with

posterolateral group of large setae each side of median area.

Phallosome (fig. 38) with blunt-tipped aedeagus, endophallus

with 3 membranous lobes.

Dimensions. B 1.7, FW 2.24, HW 1.77, F 0.48, T 0.77, t 1

0.237, t 2 0.103, rt 2.3:1, ct 14,0, f 1 0.355, f 2 0.205.

Remarks. This species is similar to M. spiralosus (below) and

M. weindorferi (below) in features of coloration, genitalia and

in the distribution of setae on the fore wing. It differs from M.

spiralosus (males unknown) in the shape of the basal half of

the lacinia. The absence of dark brown pigment in the apical

part of the pterostigma of M. hobartensis differentiates it from

M. spiralosus and M. weindorferi, but this character is known

to vary in other species (e.g. M. semifuscatus and M. wedgei

below). M. hobartensis lacks the small distinct hyaline areas in

cells An and Cu found in the other two species.

Etymology. Referring to the type locality, Hobart.

Maoripsocus juneae (Schmidt and Thornton)

Caecilius juneae Schmidt and Thornton, 1993: 152.

Caecilius sp. RF. Coy et al., 1993: 77.

Maoripsocus juneae. — Mockford, 2000: 346.

Material examined. Many individuals collected throughout the year.

Distribution. Tasmania and Victoria.

Remarks. M. juneae is locally widespread and was most

common in rainforest habitats of Nothofagus and the conifers,

those of mixed forest and in some cases in wet forest. Within

dry forest it was found mainly on Banksia serrata.

Maoripsocus pedderi sp. nov.

Figures 39-44

Material examined. Holotype 9 : Tasmania, South Cape Rivulet,

coastal scrub, 29 Mar 1988.

Description of female. Coloration (after ca4.5 years in alcohol).

Head dark brown, with the following brown: large patch on

crest of vertex each side of median epicranial suture, broad

band on vertex adjacent to epistomal suture extending across

front of head to antennal socket, gena and antenna. Maxillary

palps brown, terminal segment dark brown. Ocelli pale,

centripetal margins black. Eyes black. Fore wing (fig. 39)

brown, apex pale. Meso- and meta-thoracic terga with small

dorsal median cream patch, remainder of thorax and legs

brown. Abdomen cream, terminal segments brown.

Morphology. IO:D = 4.0. Head glossy. Postclypeal striae

not obvious. Labrum: stylets small, spiculate; sensilla 5 in

total; internal sclerotisation present. Lacinia (fig. 40) broad,

preapically strongly expanded on one side, apical margin

denticulate, strongly bent mid way. Antennal flagellar segments

extremely short. Micropterous. Fore wing (fig. 39): vein cu 2

glabrous; apex narrowing; microtrichia on wing margin

obvious, reduced at apical region of wing; anterior wing

margin lacking setae. Hind wing a small rudiment. Presence

of abdominal adhesive vesicles not known. Epiproct (fig. 41)

setose. Paraproct (fig. 41) with small sclerotised cone and

adjacent macroseta on posterior margin, a round field of 14

trichobothria. Subgenital plate (fig. 42) apically emarginate

with lateral apophyses; posterior region bearing larger setae

than remainder of plate; sclerotised pigment band with pair of

anteriorly diverging arms. Gonapophyses (fig. 43) with external

valve remnant represented by one seta. Spermatheca (fig. 44)

with long glandular area, sac large and well sclerotised.

Dimensions. B 2.4, FW 0.50, F 0.58, T 0.90, t, 0.284, t 2

0.118, rt 2.4:1, ct 0,0, f, 0.300, f 2 0.197.

Male. Unknown.

Remarks. Known only from a single specimen, this species is

distinctive in that vein cu 2 of the forewing is glabrous. In all

other characters it agrees with Maoripsocus, and thus is

tentatively placed here.

Etymology. Named for Sir John L. Pedder, the first Chief

Justice of Tasmania.

Maoripsocus semifuscatus Tillyard

Maoripsocus semifuscatus Tillyard, 1923: 191.

Material examined. Many individuals collected throughout the year.

Distribution. Tasmania, Bass Strait Is, Victoria, New South

Wales, South Australia and New Zealand.

Evan R. Schmidt and Timothy R. New

Figures 39-44. Maoripsocus pedderi. Female: 39, fore wing; 40, lacinia; 41, epiproct and paraproct; 42, subgenital plate; 43, gonapophyses; 44,

spermathecal sac. Figures 39, 41, 42 and 43 and 44 to common scales.

The Psocoptera (Insecta) of Tasmania, Australia

Figures 45-51. Maoripsocus spiralosus. Female: 45, fore wing; 46, hind wing; 47, lacinia; 48, epiproct and paraproct; 49, subgenital plate; 50,

gonapophyses; 51, spermathecal sac. Figures 45, 46 and 48 and 49 to common scales.

Evan R. Schmidt and Timothy R. New

Remarks. This widespread species was found at many sites

(some with dead foliage), but predominated in those of dry

coastal scrub in the northern part of the state, and wet coastal

scrub in the south. In dry forest the species was numerous on

Banksia serrata.

Maoripsocus spiralosus sp. nov.

Figures 45-51

Material examined. Holotype ?: Tasmania, Lyell Hwy, Hakea

epiglottis, 16 Nov 1986.

Description of female. Coloration (after ca 6 years in alcohol).

Head brown, with the following dark brown: markings dorsal

to eyes, across back of vertex and each side of median epicranial

suture, median area of frons, postclypeal striae, two apical

segments of maxillary palp, centripetal margins of ocelli,

antenna. Eyes black. Fore wing (fig. 45) with brown markings

and small hyaline areas. Hind wing (fig. 46) with slight brown

tinge. Thoracic dorsa dark brown, remainder of thorax and legs

brown. Abdomen cream, terminal segments brown.

Morphology. IO:D = 3.3. Basal flagellar segment slightly

bent. Labrum: stylets small, spiculate; internal sclerotisation

present; 5 distal sensilla. Lacinia (fig. 47) apically broad,

preapically expanded on one side, apical margin with denticles,

basally spiral-shaped. Mesothoracic precoxal suture absent.

Setae on fore wing (fig. 45) veins short in single rank, slanting

distally; vein cu 2 strongly setose. Epiproct and paraproct (fig.

48). Subgenital plate (fig. 49) rounded posteriorly, pigment

area broad medially, with two slender arms diverging

anteriorly. Gonapophyses (fig. 50) with external valve remnant

bearing a single seta. Spermatheca (fig. 51) with long glandular

area, sac large and well sclerotised.

Dimensions. B 2.9, FW 3.30, HW 2.60, F 0.71, T 1.21, t,

0.324, t 2 0.134, rt 2.4:1, ct 19,0, f 1 0.577, f 2 0.348.

Male. Unknown.

Remarks. In details of the distribution of setae on the fore wing

and genitalia this species closely resembles M. weindorferi

(below). It differs in the shape of the basal half of the lacinia,

and in the more extensive pigmentation of the fore wing. The

dark brown pigment in the pterostigma is almost entire in M.

spiralosus, and brown pigment is present basally in cell R { and

apically in cell R 5 . In M. weindorferi the dark brown pigment is

limited to the apical half of the pterostigma; cell R { and the

apical part of cell R 5 are hyaline.

Etymology. The specific name refers to the unusual form of the

lacinia.

Maoripsocus tahunensis sp. nov.

Figures 52-56

Material examined. Holotype ?: Tasmania, Franklin - Gordon Wild

Rivers National Park, Tahune Lake, 7 Mar 1988.

Description of female. Coloration (after ca 4 years in alcohol).

Head brown with the following dark brown: broad band dorsal

to eyes extending across centre of vertex, centripetal margins

of ocelli, central region of frons, postclypeal striae, antenna

and narrow band from antennal socket half way around ventral

margin of eye. Eyes black. Fore wing (fig. 52) brown with

hyaline patches. Hind wing (fig. 53) with brown tinge. Thorax

dark brown, sutural lines nearly black. Legs brown except pale

trochanters and dark brown claws. Abdomen dorsally pale

mauve, cream ventrally. Terminal segments brown.

Morphology. IO:D = 4.2. Clypeal shelf intermediate in

development. Basal flagellar segment bent. Labrum: stylets

small, spiculate; distal sensilla 5 in all, internal sclerotisation

present. Lacinia broad, flat, expanded preapically on one side

with apical denticles. Postclypeal striae not quite reaching

anterior margin. In basal half of fore wing, setae on veins in 2

ranks: cu 2 setose; setae on membrane basally in cell M 3 , in cell

cu 2 and at apex of cell cu 1 (the latter in one wing only). On one

fore wing vein M 3 absent and areola postica joined to media by

cross-vein. Spur-vein from pterostigma present. Mesothoracic

precoxal suture absent. Presence of abdominal adhesive

vesicles not known. Epiproct setose, apical fifth not sclerotised

and bearing 3 small setae on posterior margin. Paraproct

setose with oval field of 17 trichobothria. Subgenital plate (fig.

54) with transverse posterior margin, pigmented band with

pair of anteriorly diverging arms. Gonapophyses (fig. 55) with

external valve remnant as one or two setae. Spermatheca (fig.

56) with long glandular area, sac large and sclerotised.

Dimensions. B 2.2, FW 2.68, HW 2.2, F 0.63, T 1.04, t 1

0.292, t 2 0.126, rt 2.3:1, ct 0,0, f, 0.474, f 2 0.308.

Male. Unknown.

Remarks. This species is similar to species of Kodamaius

Okamoto in possessing setae on the fore wing membrane, a

pterostigmal spur-vein, long setae on the basal veins in 2 ranks

and vein cu 2 strongly setose. In M. tahunensis veins rs and m of

the fore wing are fused for a short distance, in Kodamaius they

are joined by a cross-vein.

Only a single specimen of this species is known, and until

further material can be studied it is presently retained in

Maoripsocus.

Etymology. Referring to the type locality, Tahune Lake.

Maoripsocus wedgei sp. nov.

Figures 57-65

Material examined. Holotype ?: Tasmania, Cradle Mtn - Lake St Clair

National Park, Weindorfers Forest, Athrotaxis selaginoides, 26 Nov

1986. Four? and 5(5 paratypes: same data as holotype. Additional records:

site 179B, 2?, 26 Feb 88; site 219A, 1(5, 1 nymph, 26 Nov 86; 1(5, 7 Feb

87; site 219C (holotype locality), 5?, 5(5, 26 Nov 86; site 219D, 12?, 24

(5, 2 nymphs, 27 Nov 86; 1?, 7 Feb 87; site 219E, 1(5, 26 Nov 86; site

219F, 10?, 3(5, 27 Nov 86; 4?, 23 Jan 87; 3?, 7 Feb 87; 1?, 2 Mar 87; site

219G, 1?, 1 nymph, 23 Jan 87; site 221, 6?, 9(5, 4 nymphs, 27 Nov 86.

Description of female. Coloration (after ca 6 years in alcohol).

Head pale brown with the following brown: markings dorsal to

eyes, across back of vertex, along median epicranial suture,

ocellar region, frons, striae on postclypeus, antenna and labrum.

Maxillary palpi brown, apical segment darker. Centripetal

margins of ocelli and eyes black. Thorax dark brown, paler

The Psocoptera (Insecta) of Tasmania, Australia

Figures 52-56. Maoripsocus tahunensis. Female: 52, fore wing; 53, hind wing; 54, subgenital plate; 55, gonapophyses; 56, spermathecal sac.

Figures 52, 53 and 55 and 56 to common scales.

ventrally, sutural lines dark. Fore wing (fig. 57) light brown

with hyaline areas, hind wing (fig. 58) hyaline. Legs: coxae,

tibiae and tarsi brown, claws black, femora pale brown merging

brown apically. Abdomen pale mauve dorsally, slightly paler

ventrally. Terminal segments brown.

Morphology. IO:D -3.8. Median epicranial suture distinct.

Basal flagellar segment not enlarged, slightly bent. Labrum:

stylets small, spiculate; distal anterior margin with 5 sensilla;

internal sclerotisation present. Lacinia broad, flat, expanded

preapically on one side, with apical denticles. Mesothoracic

precoxal suture absent. Setae on fore wing (fig. 57) veins short,

in single rank, slanting distally; vein cu 2 of fore wing setose.

Abdomen with two eversible vesicles. Epiproct (fig. 59)

semicircular, setose. Paraproct (fig. 59) with rounded field of

16 trichobothria. Subgenital plate (fig. 60): simple, setose, with

median transverse margin; single large seta at each

posterolateral margin; sclerotised pigment arms diverging

anteriorly. Gonapophyses (fig. 61). Spermatheca (fig. 62) with

long glandular area, sac moderately large and sclerotised.

Dimensions. B 2.5, FW 2.80, HW 2.24, F 0.61, T 1.06, t,

0.308, t 2 0.142, rt 2.2:1, ct 21,0, f 1 0.474, f 2 0.269.

Description of male. Coloration (after ca 6 years in alcohol). As

in female. Fore wing pigmented as in fig. 63, hind wing hyaline.

Morphology. IO:D = 2.5. Eyes small, not reaching top of

vertex when looking at side of head. Median epicranial suture

distinct. Labrum and lacinia as female. Tibiae of uniform

Evan R. Schmidt and Timothy R. New

1.0

Figures 57-65. Maoripsocus wedgei. Female: 57, fore wing; 58, hind wing; 59, epiproct and paraproct; 60, subgenital plate; 61, gonapophyses; 62,

spermathecal sac. Male: 63, fore wing; 64, hypandrium; 65, phallosome. Figures 57, 63; 59, 64 and 61 and 62 to common scales.

The Psocoptera (Insecta) of Tasmania, Australia

width, swellings absent. Mesothoracic precoxal suture absent.

Epiproct and paraproct with small fields of papillae, latter with

oval field of 26 trichobothria. Hypandrium (fig. 64) simply

rounded, posterolateral margins with field of strong setae.

Phallosome (fig. 65).

Dimensions. B 2.3, FW 2.98, HW 2.36, F 0.66, T 1.17, t,

0.355, t 2 0.150, rt 2.4:1, ct 21,0, f, 0.624, f 2 0.387.

Remarks. M. wedgei was found mainly on Nothofagus and

conifer rainforest habitats at Cradle Mountain. This species is

similar to M. semifuscatus in details of genitalia and fore wing

pigmentation. Considerable variation occurs in the extent of

fore wing pigmentation (light brown to prominent dark brown

pattern), particularly in the pterostigma. The fore wing of M.

semifuscatus is densely setose, and veins r and an have two

incipient rows of setae. The fore wing of M. wedgei is more

sparsely setose, and all veins have a single row of setae. The

eyes of males of M. semifuscatus (IO:D = 1.1, eyes are level

with the top of the vertex when looking at the side of the head)

are larger than those of M. wedgei.

M. wedgei is a seasonal species, being found only from

November to March.

Etymology. Named for John H. Wedge, an early surveyor and

explorer in Tasmania.

Maoripsocus weindorferi sp. nov.

Figures 66-74

Material examined. Holotype 9: Tasmania, Wilmot, Cradle Mtn Road,

dead rainforest material (row from clearing), 17 Mar 1987. One S and

2$ paratypes: same data as holotype. Additional records: site 179A, 1

9, 2 nymphs, 18 Mar 1987; site 304A, 1$, 1(5, 29 Nov 1986.

Description of female. Coloration (after ca 5 years in alcohol).

Ground colour of head pale brown, with brown markings as

follows: dorsal to eyes, across back of vertex and each side of

median epicranial suture; broad patch centrally on frons;

postclypeal striae converging towards midline. Antenna,

labrum and two apical segments of maxillary palp dark brown.

Ocelli pale, with black centripetal margins. Eyes black. Fore

wing (fig. 66) with pattern of hyaline and brown areas. Hind

wing (fig. 67) with brown tinge. Thorax and legs dark brown.

Abdomen cream with terminal segments brown.

Morphology. IO:D = 2.7. Median epistomal suture distinct.

Fabrum: stylets spiculate; distal margin with 5 sensilla;

internal sclerotisation present. Facinia broad, flat, expanded

preapically on one side, with apical denticles. Setae on flagellar

segments short, uniform. Distribution of placoid sensilla: 2

small at base of 1 at apices f 4 , f 6 and f 10 , short filament on

latter two placoids. Apex of distal segment narrowing, bluntly

rounded. Head and thorax glossy. Mesothoracic precoxal

suture absent. Setae on fore wing (fig. 66) in single rank, short

and slanting distally; vein cu 2 setose. Abdomen with two

ventral eversible vesicles. Epiproct (fig. 68) semicircular,

setose. Paraproct (fig. 68) with round field of 16 trichobothria.

Subgenital plate (fig. 69) uniformly setose, with pair of

anteriorly diverging pigmented arms. Gonapophyses (fig. 70).

Glandular area of spermathecal duct long (fig. 71), sac

moderately large and sclerotised.

Dimensions. B 2.7, FW 3.01, HW 2.27, F 0.576, T 1.018, t,

0.308, t 2 0.118, rt 2.6:1, ct 21,0, f, 0.442, 1' 2 0.269.

Description of male. Coloration (after ca 5 years in alcohol).

As female. Fore wing pattern (fig. 72) less intense than that of

female.

Morphology. IO:D = 0.8. Eyes large, reaching above top of

vertex when looking at side of head. General morphology as in

female. Epiproct triangular, setose, with median small field of

papillae. Paraproct with ovoid field of 29 trichobothria, and

dorsal field of papillae. Hypandrium (fig. 73) sclerotised,

posterolateral margins with strong setae. Phallosome (fig. 74).

Dimensions. B 2.2, FW 3.30, HW 2.51, F 0.614, T 1.114, t,

0. 355. t 2 0.126, rt 2.8:1, ct 21, 0, f 1 0.553, f 2 0.332.

Remarks. See those under the descriptions of M. hobartensis

and M. spiralosus (above).

Etymology. Named for Gustav Weindorfer, a conservationist

and pioneer of the Cradle Mountain region.

Coryphacini Mockford

Key to Tasmanian genera of Coryphacini

1. Eyes horizontally ovoid, vertex flattened and elongated

Graminacaecilius gen. nov.

- Eyes and vertex round 2

2. Facinial tip rounded Valenzuela Navas

- Facinial tip bidentate Stenocaecilius Mockford

Graminacaecilius gen. nov.

Diagnosis. With the characters of the tribe Coryphacini

(Mockford, 2000) plus the following: anterior labral sensilla

distinct; clypeal shelf intermediate in development; eyes

horizontally ovoid; labral stylets rudimentary; lacinia narrow,

apex rounded; vertex flattened, elongated; subgenital plate with

two large preapical setae; hypandrium with two large preapical

setae.

Type species: Graminacaecilius micropterus sp. nov.

Remarks. This genus is unusual in the family Caeciliusidae by

possessing a distinct row of four large sensilla on the anterior

margin of the outer surface of the labrum. This and the

combination of other characters listed above are not found in

other genera of the subfamily Caeciliusinae. This genus has

been included in the Coryphacini even though it possesses an

intermediate clypeal shelf.

Etymology. The generic name is a combination of the Fatin

gramineus, grassdike, and Caecilius, a genus of Caeciliusidae.

It refers to the low vegetation habitat of members of this

genus.

Key to Tasmanian species of Graminacaecilius

1. Frons without broad brown band micropterus sp. nov.

- Frons with broad brown band frontalis sp. nov.

Evan R. Schmidt and Timothy R. New

Figures 66-74. Maoripsocus weindorferi. Female: 66, fore wing; 67, hind wing; 68, epiproct and paraproct; 69, subgenital plate; 70, gonapophyses;

71, spermathecal sac. Figures 66, 67 and 68-71 to common scales. Male: 72, fore wing; 73, hypandrium; 74, phallosome. Figures 73 and 74 to

common scale.

The Psocoptera (Insecta) of Tasmania, Australia

Figures 75-84. Graminacaecilius micropterus. Male: 75, fore wing; 76, hind wing; 77, lacinia; 78, epiproct and paraproct; 79, hypandrium; 80,

phallosome. Female: 81, fore wing; 82, subgenital plate; 83, gonapophyses; 84, spermathecal duct. Figures 75, 76; 77-79; 80, 83, 84 and 81 and

82 to common scales.

100

Evan R. Schmidt and Timothy R. New

Graminacaecilius micropterus sp. nov.

Figures 75-84

Material examined. Holotype (5: Tasmania, Jackeys Marsh (east),

Carex appressa, 12 Nov 1986. Eleven nymphs, 20? and 22 (5 paratypes:

same data as holotype.

Description of male. Coloration (after ca six years in alcohol).

Head testaceous except the following: brown ocellar tubercle; fi

testaceous basally merging light brown apically, f 2 light brown

basally merging dark brown apically, remaining segments dark

brown; eyes black. Fore wing (fig. 75) and hind wing (fig. 76)

hyaline. Thorax and legs testaceous. Abdomen creamy white.

Morphology. IO:D = 1.8. Eyes ovoid. Ocelli on raised

tubercle. Antenna very long, basal segment slightly bent. Head

and thorax glossy. Vertex flattened, elongate. Epicranial suture

not distinct. Labrum: stylets as rudimentary spiculate bumps;

internal sclerotisation present; distal sensilla 5 in total, row of

4 distinct sensilla on anterior margin of outer surface. Lacinia

(fig. 77) apically narrow, rounded, preapically broader. Wings

brachypterous. Fore wing (fig. 75): venation as in macropterous

Caecilius, except apices of radial, medial and cubital veins not

distinct; setae short, slanting distally, on veins and margin in a

single rank; vein cu 2 glabrous. Hind wing (fig. 76) venation as

in macropterous wing, except apices of radial veins not distinct;

anal vein absent. Microtrichia obvious on the membranes of

wings, particularly at apices. Meso- and meta-thorax not

strongly developed. Epiproct (fig. 78). Paraproct (fig. 78) with

ovoid field of about 11 trichobothria and small field of papillae.

Hypandrium (fig. 79): simply rounded, each posterolateral

margin with few strong setae; pair of large median preapical

setae. Phallosome (fig. 80) relatively elongated and narrow.

Dimensions. B 1.9, FW 1.10, HW 0.85, F 0.59, T 0.86, t,

0.245, t 2 0.118, rt 2.1:1, ct 0,0, $ 0.608, f 2 0.458.

Description of female. Coloration (after ca 6 years in alcohol).

As male, except brown ocellar tubercle absent, antenna slightly

paler than male.

Morphology. IO:D = 2.0. Median epicranial suture distinct.

Ocelli present. Labrum and lacinia as male. Abdomen

elongated and slender. Fore wing (fig. 81) reduced to small

rudiment, with few setae and covered by microtrichia. Hind

wing reduced to small bud. Epiproct semicircular, setose.

Paraproct with round field of 8 trichobothria. Subgenital plate

(fig. 82): apical median area covered by long setae; anteriorly

diverging pigment bands faint and short; body of plate with

two large preapical setae. Gonapophyses (fig. 83) with external

valve remnant bearing a single seta. Spermatheca (fig. 84) with

short glandular area (sac not present).

Dimensions. B 2.3, FW 0.25, F 0.50, T 0.77, t, 0.182, t 2

0.118, rt 1.5:1, ct 0,0, f, 0.434, f 2 0.332.

Etymology. Refers to the micropterous nature of known

specimens.

Graminacaecilius frontalis sp. nov.

Figures 85-90

Material examined. Holotype <5: Tasmania, Queens Domain, Hobart,

tussock grasses, 8 July 1986. One nymph and 2? paratypes: same data

as holotype. Additional records: site 42A, 1?, 12 June 86; 1?, 18 July

86; 3?, 1(5, 4 nymphs, 2 Oct 86; site 42B, 1?, 1(5, 18 July 86; site 73, 2

9, 1 (5, 25 Apr 87; site 158, 1(5, 12 Oct 86; l9, 25 July 87.

Description of male. Coloration (after ca 6 years in alcohol).

Body creamy white, with the following exceptions: anterior

margin of frons with broad brown band; centripetal margins of

ocelli dark brown; f x light brown, f 2 light brown basally merging

to dark brown apically, remaining segments dark brown; eyes

black; prothorax with brown pleural stripe.

Morphology. IO:D = 2.2. Eyes ovoid. Median epicranial

suture distinct. Ocelli present. Fore wing reduced to a small

rudiment, hind wing a small bud. Basal flagellar segment bent.

Vertex flattened, elongated. Labrum and lacinia as G.

micropterus. Epiproct (fig. 85). Paraproct (fig. 85) with small

field of papillae and ovoid dome of 10 trichobothria, one seta

not in rosette. Hypandrium (fig. 86) median region lacking

setae, membranous; posterolateral margins with few strong

setae; pair of strong median preapical setae. Phallosome (fig.

87) relatively narrow.

Dimensions. B 2.0, F 0.434, T 0.679, t 1 0.174, t 2 0.111, rt

1.6:1, ct 0,0, f, 0.395, f 2 0.316.

Description of female. Coloration (after ca 6 years in alcohol).

As male.

Morphology. IO:D -3.0. Median epicranial suture distinct.

Apterous. Epiproct strongly setose. Paraproct with large

macroseta on posterior margin and small round field of 4

trichobothria. Subgenital plate (fig. 88): apical median area

membranous, setae absent; pigmentation barely visible; body

of plate setose, pair of preapical setae not as distinct as in G.

micropterus. Gonapophyses (fig. 89) with external valve

remnant bearing a single seta. Spermatheca (fig. 90) with short

glandular area.

Dimensions. B 2.5, F 0.427, T 0.671, f 0.158, t 2 0.111, rt

1.4:1, ct 0,0, f, 0.328, f 2 0.217.

Remarks. This species has been found by ERS on the

Mornington Peninsula, Victoria.

Etymology. Referring to the strongly marked frons of this

species.

Stenocaecilius Mockford

Stenocaecilius Mockford, 2000: 356. Type species: Stenocaecilius

casarum Badonnel.

Key to Tasmanian species of Stenocaecilius

1. Brown mark behind antenna base quercus (Edwards)

- No brown mark behind antenna base .. lineatus (Smithers)

Stenocaecilius lineatus (Smithers)

Caecilius lineatus Smithers, 1977: 256.

Stenocaecilius lineatus. — Mockford, 2000: 357.

Material examined. Site 131E, 3?, 2 nymphs, 24 Feb 88; site 137A, 2

9, 3(5, 11 July 86; 1(5, 9 Aug 86; 2 nymphs, 8 Nov 86; l9, 23 Mar 87; 3

(5, 14 June 87; l9, 1(5, 25 July 87; l9, 5(5, 3 nymphs, 24 Feb 88.

The Psocoptera (Insecta) of Tasmania, Australia

101

Figures 85-90. Graminacaecilius frontalis. Male: 85, epiproct and paraproct; 86, hypandrium; 87, phallosome. Female: 88, subgenital plate; 89,

gonapophyses; 90, spermathecal sac. Figures 85-87 and 89 and 90 to common scales.

102

Evan R. Schmidt and Timothy R. New

Distribution. Tasmania and New South Wales.

Remarks. This species was taken only from Casuarina littoralis

at two localities.

Stenocaecilius quercus (Edwards)

Caecilius quercus Edwards, 1950: 131.

Stenocaecilius quercus. — Mockford, 2000: 357.

Material examined. Many individuals collected throughout the year.

Distribution. Tasmania, Bass Strait Is, Victoria, New South

Wales and Lord Howe I.

Remarks. S. quercus was found on a limited number of

occasions at many sites. The great majority of individuals were

taken from Myoporum insulare and Acacia melanoxylon. The

latter plant species is found in climatic zones ranging from dry

forest to rainforest, and on this species S. quercus was abundant

in dry, swamp and some limited wet forest sites, but was usually

absent in wetter mixed forest and rainforest sites.

Valenzuela Navas

Valenzuela Navas, 1924: 20. Type species: Valenzuela marianus

Navas.

Valenzuela pteridii (Smithers)

Caecilius pteridii Smithers, 1977: 257.

Valenzuela pteridii. — Mockford, 2000: 353.

Material examined. Many individuals collected throughout the year.

Distribution. Tasmania, Bass Strait Is, Victoria, New South

Wales and Lord Howe I.

Remarks. This locally widespread species was found on a

limited number of occasions on many plant species, particularly

those of dry coastal scrub and dry forest, and wet scrub. It was

most numerous and taken throughout the year on bracken.

Epicaeciliini Mockford

Key to Tasmanian genera of Epicaeciliini

1. Brachypterous, fore wing basal veins with two ranks of

setae, vein cu 2 strongly setose Nothocaecilius gen. nov.

- Macropterous, fore wing basal veins with one rank of

setae, vein cu2 glabrous Tasmanocaecilius gen. nov.

Nothocaecilius gen. nov.

Diagnosis. With the characters of the tribe Epicaeciliini

(Mockford, 2000) plus the following: clypeal shelf narrow;

labral stylets present; abdominal adhesive vesicles absent;

brachypterous; setae of fore wing long, standing relatively

upright, in at least two ranks on veins in basal half of wing;

external valve represented by two or three setae; anterior

margin of phallosome transverse; male epiproct with a small

papillar field.

Type species: Nothocaecilius thomasi sp. nov.

Remarks. The combination of the above characters, particularly

those associated with the brachypterous wings, are unique.

Etymology. The generic name is a combination of the Greek

nothos, spurious, and Caecilius, a genus of Caeciliusidae. It

alludes to the Nothofagus rainforest habitat of the type species.

Nothocaecilius thomasi sp. nov.

Ligures 91-101

Caecilius sp. C. Coy et al., 1993: 77.

Material examined. Holotype 9 : Mt Michael, 740 m, 41°10.9’S

148°00.4’E, PKD, tree #2, 26 Nov 1989 (H. Mitchell). Paratype &

Frodshams Pass, Scotts Peak Road, 1.5 km west Gordon River Road,

42°49’S 146°23’E, fogging Nothofagus cunninghamii Sample B, 15

Feb 1990 (R. Coy, P. Lillywhite, A. Yen) (MV). Additional records: 3

9 , id', under stones, Ferntree, 28 May 1957 (V. V. Hickman).

Description of female. Coloration (after ca 2 years in alcohol).

Head very dark brown except for buff vertex. Scape, pedicel, fj

and f 2 dark brown, 1 1 slightly paler (from Hickman specimen).

Maxillary palps brown, apical segment dark brown. Eyes black.

Fore wing (fig. 91) and hind wing (fig. 92) with shades of brown.

Thorax and legs dark brown, trochanter pale brown, tibiae

merging brown apically. Abdomen pale mauve with darker

annulations, terminal segments dark brown.

Morphology. IO:D = 3.4. Head and thorax glossy. Median

epicranial suture distinct. Vertex rounded. Labrum: stylets

large, spiculate; internal sclerotisation present; sensilla 5 in

total. Lacinia (fig. 93, Hickman specimen) apically very broad,

preapically expanded on one side, apical margin with broad

denticles. Flagellar segments bearing long thick setae, fj

slightly bent. Brachypterous. Fore wing (fig. 91) apical venation

variable; setae on basal veins in at least 2 ranks; vein cu 2

strongly setose; setae long and standing relatively upright;

veins rs and m fused for a short length. In hind wing (fig. 92)

vein r sometimes simple. Microtrichia obvious in both wings.

Mesothoracic precoxal suture absent. Abdominal adhesive

vesicles absent. Epiproct (fig. 94). Paraproct (fig. 94) with

round field of 10 trichobothria; small bifid projection and

associated seta between one short and one long macroseta on

posterior margin. Subgenital plate (fig. 95) with transverse

apical margin, pigment band extending into two broad arms

diverging anteriorly. Ventral valve of gonapophyses (fig. 96,

Hickman specimen) considerably shorter than broad dorsal

valve, external valve remnant bearing 2-3 setae. Spermatheca

with long glandular area (sac not present).

Dimensions. B 2.3, FW 1.07, HW 0.81, F 0.66, T 0.98, t 1

0.355, t 2 0.126, rt 2.8:1, ct 0,0, f, 0.419, f 2 0.284.

Description of male. Coloration (after ca 2 years in alcohol).

As female, except vertex with dark brown pigment each side of

median epicranial suture separating both pale regions laterally

on vertex. Fore wing (fig. 97) and hind wing (fig. 98) generally

as female.

Morphology. IO:D = 3.2. Head glossy, vertex rounded.

Labrum and lacinia as female. Brachypterous. Venation of

fore wing (fig. 97) reduced. Epiproct (fig. 99) with longitudinal

raised area bearing a few papillae. Paraproct (fig. 99) with

The Psocoptera (Insecta) of Tasmania, Australia

103

Figures 91-101. Nothocaecilius thomasi. Female: 91, fore wing; 92, hind wing; 93, lacinia; 94, epiproct and paraproct; 95, subgenital plate; 96,

gonapophyses. Figures 91, 95 and 93 and 94 to common scales. Male: 97, fore wing; 98, hind wing; 99, epiproct and paraproct; 100, hypandrium;

101, phallosome. Figures 99 and 101 to common scale.

104

Evan R. Schmidt and Timothy R. New

round field of about 10 trichobothria; posterior margin with

small bifid projection (side on for paraproct shown, appearing

as a single cone) and associated seta between 2 small setae, an

adjacent region of papillae. Hypandrium (fig. 100) with field of

posterolateral setae on each side, median margin lacking setae.

Phallosome (fig. 101) with transverse anterior margin.

Dimensions. B 2.0, FW 0.81, HW 0.46, F 0.56, T 0.84, t,

0.308, t 2 0.111, rt 2.8:1, ct 0,0, f, 0.466, f 2 0.308.

Remarks. This rare species, restricted to cool-temperate closed

forest, was not collected during this study. It has also been

found on Nothofagus by S. Thomas in Cape Otway National

Park, Victoria. Males with micropterous wings have been

collected.

Etymology. Named for Simon R. Thomas, in recognition of his

contribution to the knowledge of Bass Strait Psocoptera.

Tasmanocaecilius gen. nov.

Diagnosis. With the characters of the tribe Epicaeciliini

(Mockford, 2000) plus the following: clypeal shelf narrow;

labral stylets present; abdominal adhesive vesicles absent;

radial and medial veins in fore wing simple; radial vein in hind

wing simple; stigmasac in fore wing absent; anterior margin of

phallosome straight, transverse.

Type species: Tasmanocaecilius truchanasi sp. nov.

Remarks. This genus differs from other genera within the tribe

by the venation and ciliation of the wings. The fore wing

venation is only approached by Ypsiloneura Pearman, but

differs from that genus in possessing a simple medial vein, and

lacking both a stigmasac and a spur-vein from the

pterostigma.

Etymology. The generic name is a combination of the name

Tasmania, the state, and Caecilius, a genus of Caeciliusidae.

Tasmanocaecilius truchanasi sp. nov.

Figures 102-07

Material examined. Holotype <5: Tasmania, Cradle Mtn, Cradle Valley

above Weindorfers grave, 41°38’S 145°57’E, fogging Nothofagus

cunninghamii, 25 Feb 1990 (R. Coy, P. Lillywhite, A. Yen). Additional

record (1(5, badly damaged): same data as holotype (MV).

Description of male. Coloration (after ca 2.5 years in alcohol).

Body very dark brown. Eyes and median epistomal suture

black. Fore wing (fig. 102) hyaline with brown markings. Hind

wing (fig. 103) brown. Abdomen greyish-brown, terminal

segments brown. Legs: coxae, femora and claws dark brown,

trochanter pale, tibiae and tarsi brown.

Morphology. IO:D = 3.0. Head and thorax very glossy.

Vertex rounded. Basal flagellar segment not enlarged, bent.

Labrum: stylets small, spiculate; sensilla 5 in total; internal

sclerotisation present. Lacinia (fig. 104) broad, expanded

preapically on one side, apical margin denticulate; projection

on median apical margin; bent midway. Maxillary palps and

antennal flagellar segments beyond missing. Mesothoracic

precoxal suture absent. Fore wing (fig. 102); radial and medial

veins simple; setae in a single rank; vein cu 2 glabrous;

stigmasac absent. Hind wing (fig. 103) with radial vein simple.

Microtrichia obvious on the membrane of both wings.

Abdominal adhesive vesicles apparently absent. Epiproct (fig.

105). Paraproct (fig. 105) with small field of papillae and oval

field of 15 trichobothria. Hypandrium (fig. 106) well sclerotised,

posterolateral margins setose. Phallosome (fig. 107) aedeagus

blunt tipped, anterior margin transverse and endophallus

basally spiculate.

Dimensions. B 1.9, FW 2.30, HW 1.77, F 0.62, T 0.94, t 1

0. 316, t 2 0.126, rt 2.5:1, ct 0,0, f 1 0.553.

Female. Unknown.

Remarks. The general area where this unusual species was

found was well sampled. However, it was not collected in this

study.

Etymology. Named for the late Olegas Truchanas,

conservationist and nature photographer.

Lachesillidae

Lachesilla Westwood

Lachesilla Westwood, 1840: 47. Type species: Hemerobius

pedicularius Linnaeus.

Lachesilla pedicularia (Linnaeus)

Hemerobius pedicularius Linnaeus, 1758: 551.

Lachesilla pedicularia. — Enderlein, 1919: 16.

For complete synonymy see Lienhard and Smithers (2002).

Material examined. Risdon, 2?, 1(5, 27 Apr 1938 (V. V. Hickman).

Distribution. Cosmopolitan.

Remarks. Previously recorded in Australia from Victoria and

South Australia, this species was not collected during this

survey.

Ectopsocidae

Ectopsocus McLachlan

Ectopsocus McLachlan, 1899: 277. Type species: Ectopsocus

briggsi McLachlan.

Key to Tasmanian species of Ectopsocus *

1. Ground colour of head pale with obvious brown markings,

fore wing with spots at end of veins 2

- Colour of head brown, fore wing lacking spots at end of

veins 7

2. Posterior margin of paraproct with single spine

californicus (Banks)

- Posterior margin of paraproct with pair of spines 3

3. Paraproct spines equal in size 4

- Paraproct spines not equal in size 5

The Psocoptera (Insecta) of Tasmania, Australia

105

107

Figures 102-107. Tasmanocaecilius truchanasi. Male: 102, fore wing; 103, hind wing; 104, lacinia; 105, epiproct and paraproct; 106, hypandrium;

107, phallosome. Figures 105 and 106 to common scale.

4. Single comb on ninth tergite of male, lobes of female

subgenital plate long and slender briggsi McLachlan

- Pair of combs on ninth tergite of male, lobes of female

subgenital plate short and wide risdonensis sp. nov.

5. Ninth sternite of male lacking field of ornamentation,

gonapophyses lacking spermathecal sac

rileyae Schmidt and Thornton

- Ninth sternite of male with field of ornamentation,

gonapophyses with spermathecal sac 6

6. Endophallus with series of long spines, ventral valve of

gonapophyses short and broad hickmani sp. nov.

- Endophallus lacking spines, ventral valve of gonapophyses

long and slender petersi Smithers

7. Rudimentary fore wing with convex dome in apical half ...

coyae sp. nov.

- Rudimentary fore wing lacking convex dome in apical

half 8

8. Phallosome with complex of asymmetrical sclerites,

gonapophyses lacking ventral valve vachoni Badonnel

- Phallosome without complex of asymmetrical sclerites,

gonapophyses complete 9

9. Male antenna with spines on two basal flagellar segments,

endophallus with long sinuous sclerite, subgenital plate

strongly spiculate between apical lobes

graminus sp. nov.

- Male antenna lacking spines on basal flagellar segments,

endophallus lacking long sinuous sclerite, subgenital plate

not spiculate between apical lobes 10

106

Evan R. Schmidt and Timothy R. New

10. Posterior margin of paraproct with single spine,

macropterous forms with hind wing veins r and m joined

by cross -vein edwardsi New

- Posterior margin of paraproct with pair of spines,

macropterous forms with hind wing veins r and m fused ..

11. Paraproct spines equal in size, tubercles present on male

eighth tergite, inner parameres of phallosome fused

apically, external valve of gonapophyses strongly spiculate,

posterior margin of median area between apical lobes of

subgenital plate adjacent to row of preapical setae

axillaris (Smithers)

- Paraproct spines unequal in size, tubercles absent on male

eighth tergite, inner parameres of phallosome not fused

apically, external valve of gonapophyses not spiculate,

posterior margin of median area between apical lobes of

subgenital plate and row of preapical setae separate 12

12. Endophallus lacking median sclerite, subgenital plate

lobes angular with seven apical setae, lateral margins

strongly sclerotised brunneus (Edwards)

- Endophallus with median sclerite, subgenital plate lobes

rounded and shallow with four apical setae, lateral margins

not sclerotised sprenti sp. nov.

* Ectopsocus nerens (Hickman) is not included in this key as

genitalic information is not available.

Ectopsocus axillaris (Smithers)

Interpsocus axillaris Smithers, 1969: 293.

Ectopsocus axillaris. — Thornton and Wong, 1968: 3.

Ectopsocus brunneus (Edwards). Cole et al., 1989: 33 (in part).

Material examined. Site 66, 6$, 3c?, 4 Sep 86; 38?, 4c?, 2 nymphs, 30

Oct 86; site 67B, 1?, 19 Feb 88; site 85, 4?, 11 Sep 86; 1?, 10 Oct 86;

site 92, 2?, 11 Sep 86; site 94, 1?, 6 Nov 86; site 142C, 12?, 2 6, 24 Feb

88; site 181, 1, 13 Nov 86; site 269, 6?, 3(5, 1 Mar 88; site 278A, 7?, 25

Mar 87; site 352, 3?, 21 Mar 88; site 357, 1?, 7c?, 18 Mar 88; site 361,

5?, 3<J, 25 Mar 88; site 363, 1?, 27 Mar 88; site 366E, 4?, 2(5, 16 Feb

88; site 366F, 3?, 4 <5, 16 Feb 88.

Distribution. Tasmania, King I (Bass Strait), Victoria, New

Zealand, Ireland and Britain.

Remarks. E. axillaris appears to have little habitat specificity,

being found on dead foliage from rainforest, mixed forest, dry

and wet forests. Smithers and O’Connor (1991) have noted the

unusual distribution of this species with its discovery in Ireland.

The records of Cole et al. (1989) of Ectopsocus brunneus

(Edwards) from King I are incorrect. Subsequent examination of

these specimens indicates that they are conspecific with Victorian

and Tasmanian material of this species.

The incidence of E. axillaris (and the closely related E.

brunneus) suggests that they are spring and autumn species

with summer and winter breaks. Few individuals were found,

and the suggested phenology would need to be substantiated

with additional sampling.

Ectopsocus briggsi McLachlan

Ectopsocus briggsi McFachlan, 1899: 277

Material examined. Many individuals collected throughout the year.

Distribution. Cosmopolitan.

Remarks. E. briggsi and E. californicus were taken at many sites.

In dry vegetation they were common on broad-leafed foliage (e.g.

Acacia melanoxylon and Myoporum insular e ) , and were numerous

on dead Eucalyptus foliage from both dry and wet forests.

Ectopsocus brunneus (Edwards)

Interpsocus brunneus Edwards, 1950: 126

Ectopsocus brunneus. — Thornton and Wong, 1968: 3.

Ectopsocus brunneus. — Cole et al., 1989: 33 (in part).

Material examined. Site 2, 1?, 29 Mar 88; site 168, 1?, 25 Apr 87; site

181, 1(5, 14 Oct 86; 1?, 26 Apr 87; site 200C, 1(5, 18 Apr 87; site 231,

1?, 16 Nov 86.

Distribution. Tasmania, Flinders I (Bass Strait) and New South

Wales.

Remarks. See those for E. axillaris. Few individuals were

found, but the wide range of vegetation from which they were

taken indicates little habitat specificity.

Ectopsocus californicus (Banks)

Peripsocus californicus Banks, 1903: 237.

Ectopsocus californicus. — Peck, 1951: 413.

Ectopsocus froggatti Enderlein, 1906: 407.

Ectopsocus sp. H. Cole et al., 1989: 33.

Ectopsocus sp. M. Cole et al., 1989: 33.

Material examined. Many individuals collected throughout the year.

Distribution. Cosmopolitan.

Remarks. See those for E. briggsi.

Ectopsocus coyae sp. nov.

Figures 108-11

Material examined. Holotype ?: Tasmania, Rocky Cape National

Park, Sisters Beach Road, wet scrub, 25 Oct 1986.

Description of female. Coloration (after ca 7 years in alcohol).

Head brown with the following dark brown: markings dorsal to

eyes, along back of vertex and on each side of black median

epicranial suture; broad patch on frons, between ocelli and

dark epistomal suture; postclypeal striae and labrum. Eyes

black. Anteclypeus colourless. Fore wing (fig. 108), hind wing

(fig. 108), thorax and legs brown, thoracic sutures dark brown.

Abdomen buff, terminal segments brown.

Morphology. IO:D = 3.5. Median epicranial suture not

distinct on anterior half of vertex. Ocelli absent. Distal margin of

labrum with 5 sensilla. Distinct row of 6 trichoid sensilla on

anterior margin of outer surface of labrum, each lateral sensillum

much smaller than the four median sensilla. Epistomal suture

present, clypeal shelf absent. Lacinia apically bifid, apex of outer

projection bidentate. Vertex with vague suggestion of being

Figures 108-116. (108-111) Ectopsocus coyae. Female: 108, fore wing and hind wing; 109, epiproct and paraproct; 110, subgenital plate; 111,

gonapophyses. Figures 108, 109 and 111 to common scale. (112-116) Ectopsocus graminus. Male: 112, epiproct, paraproct and ninth tergite; 113,

phallosome. Female: 114, epiproct and paraproct; 115, subgenital plate; 116, gonapophyses. Figures 112, 115 and 116 to common scale.

108

Evan R. Schmidt and Timothy R. New

sculptured with large polygonal-shaped cells. Flagellar segments

with two placoids near base of lj. one at apices of f 4 , f 6 and f 10 ;

placoids of f 6 and f 10 with a long slender filament. Fore wing and

hind wing (fig. 108) as small setose rudimentary flaps, a small

spiculate dome located on apical half of fore wing and a few

setae on posterior margin of hind wing. Epiproct (fig. 109):

basally sclerotised, bearing setae each side of median fine;

posterior margin bearing 2 large setae (one missing in preparation)

and a row of minute setae. Paraproct (fig. 109) with 3^4

trichobothria and 1 seta not in rosette. Posterior margin bearing

group of setae and a single spine, median region bearing a row of

long setae. Subgenital plate (fig. 110): pair of apical sclerotised

lobes, each bearing 7 setae; small median region between lobes

not sclerotised; well developed row of preapical setae; pigment

band not divided into anteriorly diverging arms. Gonapophyses

(fig. Ill): external valve well sclerotised, setose over apical third;

dorsal valve broad, membranous, with spiculate apex; ventral

valve sclerotised, apex spiculate. Spermathecal plate (fig. Ill)

membranous, rounded, containing numerous granules.

Dimensions. B 1.05, FW 0.20, HW 0.09, F 0.39, T 0.54, t,

0.134, t 2 0.095, rt 1.4: 1, ct 0,0, f 1 0.150, f 2 0.087.

Male. Unknown.

Remarks. This species is similar to Ectopsocus edwardsi

(below) in details of coloration and genitalia. The lobes of the

subgenital plate are somewhat angular, and the apices bluntly

pointed compared to the shallow rounded lobes of E. edwardsi.

The setae are more numerous on the external valve of the

gonapophyses of E. coyae. The wings of the two species differ

considerably. The small spiculate dome on the fore wing and

the setae on the hind wing (fig. 108) are absent in E. edwardsi.

Etymology. Named for Dr Robyn Coy, in recognition of her

contribution to the knowledge of Tasmanian rainforest

invertebrates.

Ectopsocus edwardsi New

Ectopsocus edwardsi New, 1973b: 347.

Material examined. Site 248A, 2$, 14 June 86; 3?, 1 nymph, 24 Aug

86; 1$, 23 Sep 86.

Distribution. Tasmania, Victoria and New South Wales.

Remarks. The few specimens collected during this study were

all taken at Sisters Beach from Banksia serrata.

Ectopsocus graminus sp. nov.

Figures 112-16

Material examined. Holotype &. Tasmania, Jackeys Marsh (east),

Carex appressa, 12 Nov 1986. Four S and 4$ paratypes: same data as

holotype. Additional record: l9, South Arm Recreation Area, tussock

grasses, 18 July 1986.

Description of male. Coloration (after ca 7 years in alcohol).

Buff. Head with vague suggestions of darker markings dorsal

to eyes, and on each side of pale median epicranial suture.

Eyes black. Thoracic pleura brownish, markings extending

from this posteriorly as brown flecks on lateral margins of

abdominal terga.

Morphology. IO:D = 4.25. Ocelli absent. Distal margin of

labrum with 5 sensilla. Distinct row of 6 trichoid sensilla, 4

median in line and each lateral slightly posteriorly on anterior

margin of outer surface of labrum. Epistomal suture present,

clypeal shelf absent. Lacinia apically bifid, lateral projection

apically bidentate and larger than median projection. Two

basal flagellar segments with strong spinous setae on outer

margin, 5 on fj and 3 on f 2 . Distribution of placoids as follows:

1 third from base on 1 at apices of f 4 , f 6 and f 10 ; those on

f 6 and f 10 possessing a long slender hyaline filament. Fore

wings as small setose rudimentary flaps. Hind wings absent.

Epiproct (fig. 112) bearing 3 small setae and 1 large seta

apically, preapically a row of 4 large setae. Paraproct (fig. 112)

with 1-2 trichobothria, posterior margin bearing a pair of

spines and associated seta. Ninth tergite (fig. 112) with apical

comb of long rounded teeth, setose. Apex of eighth tergite and

lateral margins of ninth sternite lacking ornamentation.

Hypandrium with transverse apical margin, setose. Phallosome

(fig. 113) with unusual long sinuous sclerite.

Dimensions. B 1.7, FW 0.16, F 0.403, T 0.521, t 1 0.142, t 2

0.087, rt 1.6:1, ct 0,0, fj 0.348, f, 0.190.

Description of female. Coloration (after ca 7 years in alcohol).

As male.

Morphology. IO:D = 4.0. Two basal flagellar segments

with a single long seta at apex. Features of head and wings as

male. Epiproct (fig. 114). Paraproct (fig. 114) with 1-2

trichobothria, posterior margin bearing pair of spines and

associated seta. Subgenital plate (fig. 115) bearing 2-3 setae

on each lobe, apical margin between lobes spiculate, preapical

row of setae including a pair of large setae (one absent in

preparation). Gonapophyses (fig. 116). Spermathecal plate (fig.

116) with circular sclerotisation.

Dimensions. B 1.8, FW 0.17, F 0.38, T 0.49, f 0.118, t 2

0.087, rt 1.4:1, ct 0,0, f 1 0.269, f 2 0.150.

Remarks. By possessing a long sinuous sclerite the phallosome

of this species resembles that of Ectopsocus vilhenai Badonnel,

found in Africa, Madagascar, Central America and Venezuela.

E. vilhenai differs in the following features from E. graminus:

an elongated penial frame, the fused inner parameres with two

lateral rounded lobes, the eighth tergite with characteristic

ornamentation, and macroptery. Females of the two species

also differ in details of genitalia, particularly in the shape of

the subgenital plate apical lobes and in differences of the valves

of the gonapophyses. Males possessing spinous setae on the

two basal flagellar segments of the antenna were hitherto only

known in Mascaropsocus spinosus Badonnel and Pearman

(1971: 859, fig. 1), known only from the Mascarene Is.

Etymology. In reference to the low grassy habitat of this

species.

Ectopsocus hickmani sp. nov.

Figures 117-24

Material examined. Holotype 9 : Tasmania, the Domain, Hobart, from

loose bark on eucalypts, 17-18 Apr 1968. One 9 and AS paratypes:

same data as holotype ( V.V. Hickman).

The Psocoptera (Insecta) of Tasmania, Australia

109

Figures 117-124. Ectopsocus hickmani. Female: 117, fore wing; 118, hind wing; 119, epiproct and paraproct; 120, subgenital plate; 121,

gonapophyses. Male: 122, fore wing; 123, ninth tergite; 124, phallosome. Figures 117, 118 and 119-121, 123 and 124 to common scales.

110

Evan R. Schmidt and Timothy R. New

Description of female. Coloration (after ca 25 years in alcohol).

Head buff with the following brown: confluent markings dorsal

to eyes, along back of vertex and each side of median epicranial

suture; region between ocelli; broad band on frons adjacent to

epistomal suture; postclypeus, except area near each

ventrolateral margin; labrum; band between eye and antenna

socket; antenna. Eyes black. Fore wing (fig. 117) hyaline, with

ten brown clouds: one at apex of each vein at wing margin, one

at the apex and base of the pterostigma and one at the rs - m

junction. Hind wing (fig. 118) hyaline. Thorax brown, sutural

areas darker. Legs buff. Abdomen buff, lateral margins of terga

with incipient annulations, terminal segments pale.

Morphology. IO:D = 4.0. Median epicranial suture not

distinct. Distal margin of labrum with 5 sensilla. Distinct row of

six trichoid sensilla on anterior margin of outer surface of

labrum, four median in a row and each lateral sensillum

posteriorly to these. Epistomal suture present, clypeal shelf

absent. Lacinia apex not divided, outer margin longer than

median. Flagellar segments bearing setae of differing lengths,

larger setae on (anterior) outer margin. Placoid sensilla

distributed as follows: 2 base 1). 1 apices f 4 , f 6 and f 10 ; sensilla of

f 6 and f 10 possessing a long slender filament. Apex of terminal

segment narrowed, bluntly rounded. Fore wing (fig. 117) with

veins bearing single row of short, distally slanting setae; vein cu 2

glabrous; stigmasac prominent. Hind wing (fig. 118) with veins

r and m+cu fused for short distance at base of wing; veins r and

m joined by a small cross-vein, about six small setae on margin

between radial fork. Epiproct (fig. 119) setose, pair of prominent

setae on central unsclerotised region. Paraproct (fig. 119) with

round field of 8-9 trichobothria, posterior margin bearing pair of

adjacent unequal duplex spines and associated seta. Subgenital

plate (fig. 120): prominent apical lobes each bearing 3^4 strong

apical setae; preapical row of setae divided into 4 median and 2

lateral, latter setae near the lateral margin of plate; pair of large

setae medially on plate; apex of median region between lobes

spiculate. Gonapophyses (fig. 121): ventral valve short,

sclerotised, with spiculate apex; dorsal valve short, apically

broadly rounded, spiculate; apical half of external valve bearing

about 6 scattered shorter setae and 1 large seta, apex also

spiculate. Spermathecal sac (fig. 121) small, sclerotised.

Dimensions. B 2.0, FW 1.98, HW 1.50, F 0.45, T 0.73, t,

0.253, t 2 0.095, rt 2.7:1, ct 14,0, f, 0.379, if 0.213.

Description of male. Coloration (after ca 25 years in alcohol).

As female. Fore wing as in fig. 122.

Morphology. IO:D = 3.0. Features of head and wings as

female. Epiproct with apical third setose. Paraproct with round

field of trichobothria and duplex spines as in female. Ninth

tergite (fig. 123, paratype) with apical comb of rounded teeth,

shorter over central section. Apex of eighth tergite with

semicircular field of blunt spines (fig. 123, paratype). An

ill-defined field of short spines on ninth sternite lateral to the

field on eighth tergite. Hypandrium apical margin transverse,

a pair of long setae on each lateral margin adjacent to a small

sclerotised thickening. Phallosome (fig. 124) similar to that of

Ectopsocus petersi, with a single “thimble” structure near

apex of inner fused parameres. Endophallus with well

developed spiculate lobe and a series of long spines.

Dimensions. B 2.0, FW 2.45, HW 1.80, F 0.50, T 0.90, t, 0.276,

t 2 0.095, rt 2.9:1, ct 17,0, lj 0.498, if 0.308.

Remarks. Of the genitalic features listed by Schmidt and

Thornton (1993: 165, Table 3) for seven species of Ectopsocus

this species is most similar to those of Ectopsocus australis,

now a synonym of E. petersi (Smithers, 2003). Both species

share the following: straight apical lobes of the subgenital

plate, adjacent unequal duplex spines on the posterior margin

of the paraproct, the presence of a spermathecal sac, a single

“thimble” structure on the phallosome and a field of spines on

the apex of the eighth tergite. Ectopsocus hickmani differs

from E. petersi on two features of the subgenital plate: apical

lobes are not separated from the disc by a suture, and the

projection between the distal setae of the apical lobe is absent.

The long spines associated with the endophallus of E. hickmani

are absent in E. petersi.

Etymology. Named for the late Prof. Vernon V. Hickman, who

collected the specimens of this species.

Ectopsocus nerens (Hickman)

Micropsocus nerens Hickman, 1934: 88.

Ectopsocus nerens. — Roesler, 1944: 154.

Remarks. No material was collected in this study which could

be assigned to this species. Material consists of the holotype

(female) only, which has afore wing 1.16 mm long with incipient

spots at the ends of the veins. Unusually, vein cu 2 of the fore

wing is setose (Hickman, 1934: fig. 6a). For the duration of this

study the type specimen was unavailable.

Ectopsocus petersi Smithers

Ectopsocus petersi Smithers, 1978: 144.

Ectopsocus australis Schmidt and Thornton, 1993: 162.

Ectopsocus sp. E. Cole et al., 1989: 33.

Ectopsocus froggatti Enderlein. Coy et al., 1993: 77.

Material examined. Many individuals collected throughout the year.

Distribution. Cosmopolitan.

Remarks. E. petersi was collected from living foliage,

predominantly in wet and mixed forests, and rainforest.

Considerable colour variation has been found in this species,

from that of the original description (and also the description of

E. australis) to specimens that are extremely pale, lacking any

brown body coloration and spots on the wings. ERS has

examined material of Ectopsocus sp. E of Cole et al. (1989),

and they are clearly of this species.

Ectopsocus rileyae Schmidt and Thornton

Ectopsocus rileyae Schmidt and Thornton, 1993: 167.

Material examined. Site 19A, 1$, 31 Mar 87; site 53, 1?, 7 June 87; site

74, id, 18 Mar 87; site 115B, 2c 5, 22 Feb 88; site 118, 1?, 9 Nov 86; site

119A, 6$, 10 Nov 86; site 119B, 2?, 3(5, 22 Feb 88; site 119C, 3?, 2(5, 22

Feb 88; site 219D, 5(5, 19 May 87; site 220, 2(5, 27 Nov 86; site 224B, 1

9, 27 Feb 88; site 230B, 1(5 15 Sep 86; site 248A, 1(5, 14 June 86; site

280A, 1(5, 14 June 86; site 313, 1?, 30 Nov 86; site 361, 1(5, 25 Mar 88.

Distribution. Tasmania and Victoria.

The Psocoptera (Insecta) of Tasmania, Australia

111

Remarks. This species was mainly found in rainforest, mixed

forest and wet forest.

Ectopsocus risdonensis sp. nov.

Figures 125-32

Material examined. Holotype 9: Tasmania, East Risdon, from shrubs,

27 Apr 1961. Thirteen 9 and 6(5 paratypes: same data as holotype ( V.V.

Hickman).

Description of female. Coloration (after ca32 years in alcohol).

Ground colour of head buff, with the following dark brown:

patches (some confluent) dorsal to eyes, across back of vertex

and on each side of median epicranial suture; round mark on

frons between median ocellus and epistomal suture; prominent

striae on postclypeus converging towards midline. Apical

segment of maxillary palpi brown. Eyes black. Ocelli pale,

with brown centripetal margins. Fore wing with strong clouds

at the end of veins and at rs and m junction, brownish tinge on

membrane (fig. 125). Hind wing hyaline (fig. 126). Thorax

brown, pleural sutures dark brown. Thoracic dorsa dark brown,

paler along sutures. Legs pale brown. Abdomen buff.

Morphology. IO:D = 4.5. Epistomal suture with median

region convex, clypeal shelf absent. Distal margin of labrum

with 5 sensilla. Distinct row of 7 trichoid sensilla on anterior

margin of outer surface of labrum. Lacinia apically bifid, outer

projection larger than median. Head densely covered by setae

of various lengths. Anterior margin of postclypeus bearing a

row of 6 strong setae, divided medially into 2 groups of 3

setae. Antenna short, setae on flagellar segments differing in

length. Placoid sensilla distributed as follows: 2 at base f p 1

apices f 4 , f 6 and f 10 ; placoids on f 6 and f 10 bearing a long slender

filament. Apex of terminal segment narrowed, bluntly rounded.

Fore wing veins bearing a row of distally slanting setae (fig.

125), vein cu 2 glabrous. Hind wing (fig. 126): veins r and m

joined by a cross-vein; veins r and m+cu fused for short

distance basally; setae on margin absent. Epiproct (fig. 127)

bearing 2 prominent apical setae. Paraproct (fig. 127) with 7/8

trichobothria and a median row of strong setae, posterior

margin with 2 small cones and associated seta (not apparent

on paraproct figured). Subgenital plate as in fig. 128.

Gonapophyses and spermathecal plate (fig. 129).

Dimensions. B 1.35, FW 1.27, HW 1.03, F 0.28, T 0.47, t x

0.166, t 2 0.087, rt 1.9:1, ct 9,0, f 1 0.182, f, 0.095.

Description of male. Coloration (after ca 32 years in alcohol).

As female. Fore wing pigmented as in fig. 130.

Morphology. IO:D = 3.3. General morphology similar to

female, except anterior margin of outer surface of labrum

bearing distinct row of 6 trichoid sensilla, flagellar segments

of antennae much thicker than those of female. Epiproct (fig.

131). Paraproct (fig. 131) with 8 trichobothria, duplex spines

and associated seta as on female. Ninth tergite (fig. 131) with

two apical combs of long rounded teeth: apical row slightly

sinuous, teeth shorter medially than laterally; basal comb

straight, teeth shortest laterally; lateral margins bearing

prominent rugose areas. Apex of eighth tergite ovoid, bearing

scattered tubercles. Ninth sternite lacking ill-defined fields of

ornamentation. Hypandrium with lateral apical margins

bearing long setae, median margin lightly sclerotised.

Phallosome (fig. 132) with a pair of apical outcurving spines,

adjacent to a long sclerotised spine.

Dimensions. B 1.3, FW 1.56, HW 1.24, F 0.28, T 0.50, t,

0.166, t 2 0.087, rt 1.9:1, ct 8,0, f 1 0.241, f 2 0.134.

Remarks. This species appears most closely related to

Ectopsocus cetratus Smithers, from Western Australia and

South Australia. Males of both species possess a pair of apical

combs on the ninth tergite, a characteristic feature of

Ectopsocopsis Badonnel, and the female subgenital plate is

identical in these species. This species differs from Ectopsocus

cetratus in four ways: a narrow ventral valve of the

gonapophyses, the ornamentation of the apex of the eighth

tergite, the characteristic sclerites of the endophallus, and fore

wing pigmentation. Ectopsocus cetratus is also a larger species

(body length: 9 2.0 mm, <5 1.85; wing length: 9 2.0 mm, <5 1.9

mm) than Ectopsocus risdonensis. This species was not

collected during the present study.

Etymology. The specific name refers to the type locality, East

Risdon.

Ectopsocus sprenti sp. nov.

Figures 133-41

Material examined. Holotype (5: Tasmania, South Arm Recreation

Area, dead Eucalyptus foliage, 3 Sep 1986. Paratype 9 and 1 nymph:

same data as holotype.

Description of male. Coloration (after ca 7 years in alcohol).

Head brown, with vague darker markings dorsal to eyes, each

side of dark median epicranial suture and on postclypeus, striae

converging towards midline. Ocelli dark brown, with dark

brown centripetal margins. Antenna pale brown. Eyes black.

Fore wing hyaline (fig. 133), veins brown. Hind wing hyaline

(fig. 134). Thorax and legs brown. Abdomen cream.

Morphology. IO:D = 3.0. Epistomal suture present, clypeal

shelf absent. Distal margin of labrum with 5 sensilla. Distinct

row of 6 trichoid sensilla on anterior margin of outer surface

of labrum, each lateral sensillum slightly apart from the 4

median. Lacinia apically bifid, lateral projection larger than

median. Head covered by setae of various lengths. Setae on

flagellar segments of uniform length. Distribution of placoids

as follows: 2 at base f r 1 at apices f 4 , f 6 and f ]0 ; those on f 6 and

f 10 bearing a long slender filament. Apex of terminal segment

bluntly rounded. Fore wing (fig. 133): veins bearing single row

of distally slanting setae; vein cu 2 glabrous; pterostigma

elongated, posterior apex rounded, shape not rectanguloid as

is usual for the genus. Hind wing (fig. 134) with veins rs and m

fused for a length; veins r and m+cu fused for a length basally,

setae on margin absent. Epiproct (fig. 135). Paraproct (fig. 135)

with 8 trichobothria, posterior margin bearing a pair of

unequal duplex spines and associated seta. Ninth tergite (fig.

136) bearing apical comb of very short blunt spines. Apex of

eighth tergite and lateral margins of ninth sternite lacking

fields of ornamentation. Hypandrium apical margin strongly

setose. Phallosome (fig. 137) with inner parameres meeting

apically, endophallus bearing strong median sclerite.

112

Evan R. Schmidt and Timothy R. New

130

Figures 125-132. Ectopsocus risdonensis. Female: 125, fore wing; 126, hind wing; 127, epiproct and paraproct; 128, subgenital plate; 129,

gonapophyses. Figures 127 and 128 to common scale. Male: 130, fore wing; 131, epiproct, paraproct and ninth tergite; 132, phallosome. Figures

131 and 132 to common scale.

The Psocoptera (Insecta) of Tasmania, Australia

113

Figures 133-141. Ectopsocus sprenti. Male: 133, fore wing; 134, hind wing; 135, epiproct and paraproct; 136, ninth tergite; 137, phallosome.

Female: 138, fore wing; 139, hind wing; 140, subgenital plate; 141, gonapophyses. Figures 135 and 137-140 to common scale.

114

Evan R. Schmidt and Timothy R. New

Dimensions. B 1.60, FW 2.12, HW 1.62. F 0.37, T 0.59, t,

0.174, t 2 0.095, rt 1.8:1, ct 11,0, f 1 0.237, f 2 0.142.

Description of female. Coloration (after ca 7 years in alcohol).

As male. Fore wing (fig. 138) and hind wing (fig. 139) hyaline.

Morphology. IO:D = 3.0. Ocelli present, very small.

Epistomal suture present, clypeal shelf absent. Distal margin

of labrum with 5 sensilla. Anterior margin of outer surface of

labrum with distinct row of 6 trichoid sensilla. Flagellar

segments with setae of differing lengths. Distribution of

placoid sensilla as follows: 1 at two-thirds distance from base

of fj (on other antenna 1 at apex fj), 1 apices f 4 f 6 and f 10 , those

of f 6 and f 10 with a long slender filament. Micropterous. Fore

wing (fig. 138) with venation reduced, setae in a single row on

veins, vein cu 2 glabrous. Hind wing (fig. 139) reduced to small

veinless flap. Epiproct setose, with 2 prominent apical setae.

Paraproct with 2 trichobothria and one seta not in rosette,

posterior margin with pair of small unequal duplex spines and

associated seta. Subgenital plate (fig. 140) apical lobes with 4

setae. Gonapophyses (fig. 141) with ventral valve broad, dorsal

valve with spiculate apex, greater in length than external valve,

apically with about 6 setae. Spermathecal plate (fig. 141)

rounded.

Dimensions. B 1.35, FW 0.24, HW 0.09, F 0.28, T 0.43, t,

0.158, t 2 0.079, rt 2:1, ct 0,0, f 1 0.111, f 2 0.079.

Remarks. This species is similar to E. brunneus (both sexes

macropterous) in general colour, in the fusion of veins rs and m

in the hind wing and in the shape of the inner parameres of the

phallosome. E. sprenti differs in possessing fewer setae on the

male fore wing, the male hind wing lacking marginal setae, the

endophallus containing a large median sclerite, and microptery

in females. E. sprenti is a much smaller species than E.

brunneus. The female of E. sprenti is similar to that of E.

edwardsi in general morphology and in details of genitalia.

The shape of the apical lobes of the subgenital plate, the form

of the gonapophyses and shape of the spermathecal plate are

similar in both species. E. sprenti differs from E. edwardsi in

details of chaetotaxy on the apical lobes of the subgenital plate

and on the external valve of the gonapophyses. The duplex

spines of the paraproct also differ between the two species.

Etymology. Named for James Sprent, an early surveyor and

explorer in Tasmania.

Ectopsocus vachoni Badonnel.

Ectopsocus vachoni Badonnel, 1945: 44.

Material examined. University of Tasmania, Hobart, litter from wet

gully, 6?, 28 Apr 1984.

Distribution. Cosmopolitan.

Remarks. The present material includes only micropterous

individuals with rudimentary wing buds, as figured by Badonnel

(1945: 44, fig. 30). In Australia this species could be confused

only with Ectopsocus spiculatus New, found in Victoria. New

(1973b) noted the similarities and differences between the two

species. This widespread species has previously been recorded

from Western Australia (Smithers, 1996c).

Ectopsocus sp.

Figures 142-46

Material examined. The (Queens) Domain, Hobart, from loose bark

on eucalypts, 1$, 17-18 Apr 1968 (V. V. Hickman).

Remarks. This single individual apparently represents a new

species. However, while slide material is available, the rest of

the insect, in alcohol, has been misplaced. The fore wing (fig.

142), hind wing (fig. 143), epiproct and paraproct (fig. 144),

subgenital plate (fig. 145) and gonapophyses (fig. 146) with

spermathecal sac are shown for future reference. Dimensions

have also been included. The fore wing (fig. 142) has a brownish

tinge on the membrane, and the hind leg is dark brown. The

antennae are brown, the flagellar segments bearing setae of

differing lengths. Placoid sensilla are distributed as follows: 2

in middle of l' r 1 at apices of f 4 , f fi and f 10 ; those on f 6 and f 10

bearing a long slender filament. The apex of the terminal

segment is narrowed and bluntly rounded. The posterior margin

of the paraproct (fig. 144) bears a single spine, unlike the duplex

unequal spines found in E. hickmani and E. petersi. The

subgenital plate (fig. 145) apical lobes also differ from those of

E. hickmani and E. petersi. The gonapophyses (fig. 146) bear a

general resemblance to those of E. petersi. The spermathecal

sac is similar in size to that of E. hickmani, which is smaller

than that of E. petersi.

Dimensions. B 1.9, FW 1.50, HW 1.21, F 0.33, T 0.53, t, 0.150,

t, 0.079, rt 1.9:1, ct 0,0, f, 0.197, f 0.107.

Peripsocidae

Key to Tasmanian genera of Peripsocidae

The two genera recorded from Tasmania are very similar, and

females cannot be separated on genitalic features.

1. Wings broad, fore wing with distinct dark banding;

phallosome basally broad, transverse, apex rounded and

lacking acuminate point Cycloperipsocus Li Fasheng

- Wings not unduly broad, if marked - this as darker suffusion

rather than discrete dark banding; phallosome tapered or

rounded at base, apex usually tapered to slender median

point Peripsocus Hagen

Cycloperipsocus Li Fasheng

Cycloperipsocus Li Fasheng, 1993: 377. Type species:

Cycloperipsocus pangi Li Fasheng.

Remarks. This genus was raised to contain a new Chinese

species. The genus is very similar to more typical Peripsocus,

and females may be differentiated only on the intensity of wing

markings, as genitalia in the two genera are similar. Li Fasheng

also included two Australian species in his initial concept of

Cycloperipsocus. One of these occurs in Tasmania, as below,

but its recognition is facilitated by including it in a broader key

to Peripsocus, which we have opted to do, whilst not formally

changing its current placement.

The Psocoptera (Insecta) of Tasmania, Australia

115

Figures 142-146. Ectopsocus sp. Female: 142, fore wing; 143, hind wing; 144, epiproct and paraprocts; 145, subgenital plate; 146, gonapophyses.

Figures 142, 143 and 144 and 146 to common scales.

Cycloperipsocus edwardsi (New)

Peripsocus edwardsi New, 1973a: 340.

Cycloperipsocus edwardsi. — Li Fasheng, 1993: 379.

Material examined. Site 27A, 1$, 13 Feb 88; site 186, 1$, 27 July 87;

site 194A, 1$, 27 July 87.

Distribution. Tasmania, Victoria, New South Wales and South

Australia.

Peripsocus Hagen

Peripsocus Hagen, 1866b: 203. Type species: Psocus phaeopterus

Stephens.

Key to Tasmanian species of Peripsocus

1. Macropterous 4

- Brachypterous or micropterous (9 only) 2

2. Apex of dorsal valve of gonapophyses not spiculate

pamae sp. nov.

- Apex of dorsal valve of gonapophyses strongly spiculate ..

3. Subgenital plate apex broad, transverse

maoricus (Tillyard)

- Subgenital plate apex broad basally, tapered

edwardsi New ( Cycloperipsocus )

4. Fore wing with stem of rs as long as r 4+5 ; subgenital plate

lobe rectangular, longer than wide; small projection on

posterior margin of male ninth tergite apically with sharp

pointed teeth milleri (Tillyard)

- Fore wing with stem of rs shorter than r 4+5 ; subgenital

plate lobe squarish or apically tapered; posterior margin

of male ninth tergite with large rounded clunium 5

116

Evan R. Schmidt and Timothy R. New

5. Apex of dorsal valve of gonapophyses strongly spiculate;

endophallus with large median conical sclerite and each

side a large outwardly curving spine; arms of outer

parameres sclerotised, projecting posterolaterally 6

- Apex of dorsal valve of gonapophyses not spiculate;

endophallus with pair of symmetrical sclerites; arms of

outer parameres membranous, projecting posteriorly 7

6. Subgenital plate apex broad, transverse; phallosome: apex

of aedeagal arch tapered, with two lateral and one median

rounded projections maoricus (Tillyard)

- Subgenital plate apex broad basally, tapered; phallosome:

apex of aedeagal arch rounded, without projections

edwardsi New (Cy eloper ip socus)

1. Fore wing of male with thickened costa between wing

base and base of pterostigma; endophallus with anterior

spinous sclerites and posterior rounded sclerites; femora

of legs lacking dark brown band 8

- Fore wing of male lacking thickened costa between wing

base and base of pterostigma; endophallus with anterior

spinous sclerites but lacking posterior rounded sclerites;

femora of legs with dark brown band 10

8. Fore wing hyaline morulops (Tillyard)

- Fore wing pigmented 9

9. Anterior sclerites of endophallus with three large spines

adjacent to posterior sclerites; dorsolateral margin of

external valve of gonapophyses straight

melaleucae New

- Anterior sclerites of endophallus with three spines of

different size some distance from posterior sclerites;

dorsolateral margin of external valve of gonapophyses

convex, apex of lobe bluntly pointed cochleus sp. nov.

10. 9 IO:D - 4.8, S IO:D = 2.6 pamae sp. nov.

- 9 10: D - 2.8, 6 IO:I) - 1.0 tillyardi New

Peripsocus cochleus sp. nov.

Figures 147-56

Peripsocus morulops (Tillyard). New, 1973a: 345.

Material examined. Holotype 9: Tasmania, Cockle Creek,

Leptospermum lanigerum, 21 June 1986. Paratype <5: same data as

holotype. Additional records: many individuals collected throughout

the year.

Description of female. Coloration (after ca 7 years in alcohol).

Ground colour of head buff, with the following brown: markings

dorsal to eyes, across back of vertex and along each side of

black median epicranial suture; postclypeal striae, converging

toward pale midline; pair of thin bands extending from eye to

antennal socket; maxillary palp; antenna. Ocelli pale, with

blackish centripetal margins; tubercle brown surrounded by

black margin. Labrum dark brown. Anteclypeus brown in basal

third, remainder colourless. Eyes black. Fore wing with shades

of brown pigment (fig. 147). Veins dark brown, except basally

veins m and r 4+5 . Hind wing hyaline (fig. 148), with brown tinge

in region of radial fork. Thorax dark brown, sutural areas buff

dorsally, sutural lines blackish on pleura. Legs: coxae brown,

femora pale brown, hind tibia pale brown, tibiae of fore- and

mid-legs brown, tarsi brown. Abdomen buff, terga with

grey-brown annulations, sterna laterally greyish-brown.

Terminal segments brown.

Morphology. IO:D - 3.0. Distal margin of labrum with 5

sensilla, bases very thickened. Distinct row of 4 trichoid sensilla

on anterior margin of outer surface of labrum. Suture surrounding

ocellar tubercle an extension of median epicranial suture.

Vertex-postclypeal suture fusing to anterolateral margins of

ocellar tubercle, frons sclerite absent. Clypeal shelf absent. Head

with reticulate granular pattern where brown markings occur on

vertex and postclypeus. Anterior to median ocellus is an

elongated patch filled with reticulate polygonal cells, not

granulated. Lacinia apically bifid. Head with small scattered

setae. Flagellar segments with fine small setae, placoid sensilla

distributed as follows: 3 base 1). 1 apices f 4 , f 6 and f 10 ; those of f 6

and f 10 with a filament of medium length. Terminal segment with

bluntly pointed apex. Fore wing (fig. 147): veins with sparse

short setae; vein cu 2 glabrous; veins rs and m fused for a length.

Hind wing (fig. 148) with veins r and m fused for a length, veins

r and m+cu fused basally. Mesothoracic sterna broad. Claw with

subapical tooth, pulvillus fine, flexuous with expanded tip. Rasp

and mirror of Pearman"s organ well developed. Preapical margin

of ninth tergite (fig. 149) bearing a single row of setae, apical

margin with small tubercles. Epiproct (fig. 150) strongly setose

in apical half. Paraproct (fig. 150) with ovoid field of about 22

trichobothria, posterior margin setose. Subgenital plate (fig.

151): lateral margins of median lobe folded; apex bearing 3-4

long setae, preapically a field of short setae; body of plate bearing

6 long setae in transverse arc; basal pigmented region extending

into pair of anteriorly diverging arms; small membranous area

medially at apex. Gonapophyses (fig. 152): ventral valve well

sclerotised, apex bluntly pointed, spiculate; dorsal valve broad,

strongly sclerotised basally next to membranous area, apically

bearing 4 setae; external valve with sclerotised inner opening,

outer surface of lobe setose in apical half and along dorsolateral

margin, apex of lobe appears bluntly pointed due to convex

shape of dorsolateral margin.

Dimensions. B 2.3, FW 3.07, HW 2.21, F 0.43, T 0.86, t 1

0.205, t 2 0.111, rt 1.9:1, ct 17,0, 1) 0.371, f 2 0.284.

Description of male. Coloration (after ca 7 years in alcohol).

As female, with the following exceptions: eyes purple-black;

hind tibia pale brown, merging brown apically; abdomen buff,

lacking grey-brown annulations. Fore wing (fig. 153).

Morphology. IO:D = 0.9. Eyes large, reaching beyond level

of vertex when looking at side of head. General morphology as

in female. Fore wing (fig. 153) as female, costa between base

and pterostigma incipiently thickened. Ninth tergite (fig. 154)

with well developed curved lobe bearing an apical row of

tubercles and a preapical row of setae. Epiproct (fig. 154)

basally broad, with basal convex margin. Paraproct (fig. 154)

with round field of 45 trichobothria. Hypandrium (fig. 155)

with simple rounded apical margin, setose, and possessing a

The Psocoptera (Insecta) of Tasmania, Australia

117

Figures 147-156. Peripsocus cochleus Female: 147, fore wing; 148, hind wing; 149, clunium; 150, epiproct and paraproct ; 151, subgenital plate;

152, gonapophyses. Figures 147, 148 and 149-151 to common scales. Male: 153, fore wing; 154, clunium, epiproct and paraproct; 155 hypandrium;

156, phallosome. Figures 154-156 to common scale

118

Evan R. Schmidt and Timothy R. New

preapical row of 4 long setae. Phallosome (fig. 156) with

anterior margin of frame not sclerotised. Endophallus with an

anterior and posterior pair of sclerites: anterior sclerites each

bearing 3 spines of differing lengths, median spine long,

lateral spine small and in between one of medium length;

posterior pair of sclerites somewhat rounded, apices pointed.

Dimensions. B 1.9, FW 3.10, HW 2.45, F 0.47, T 0.96, t,

0.284, t 2 0.118, rt 2.4:1, ct 20,0, f, 0.498, f 2 0.395.

Distribution. Tasmania and Victoria.

Remarks. This locally widespread species is very similar to

Peripsocus morulops (below). As noted for that species the

thickening on the costa of the male fore wing varies. In this

species it is not as distinct as in P. morulops. This feature, and the

overall similarity of male genitalia led New (1973a) to record the

Tasmanian specimen of this species as P. morulops , noting,

however, the darker markings as emphasised in his figure of the

fore wing (New, 1973a: 344, fig. 14) of the Tasmanian specimen.

The darker brown markings in the fore wing, the different shape

of the external valve lobe of the gonapophyses and the clunium

bearing a single preapical row of setae distinguish P. cochleus

from P. morulops. The chaetotaxy of the clunium appears uniform

in the material examined of both sexes (better developed in

males) in the two species. However the figure by New of the

male clunium (New, 1973a: 344, fig 16) shows setae more

typically found in the clunium of P. morulops (setae in 2 incipient

rows). The specimens collected by New (1973a: 345) from

Victoria are considerably larger (2.66-2.95 mm, possibly

individuals of P. morulops ?) than those of P. cochleus collected

from Tasmania. P. cochleus was collected largely from Nothofagus

and mixed forest.

Etymology. An allusion to Cockle Creek, the type locality,

through the Fatin cochlea , a possible origin of “cockle”.

Peripsocus maoricus (Tillyard)

Peripsocopsis maoricus Tillyard, 1923: 194.

Peripsocus maoricus. — Roesler, 1944: 154.

Peripsocus macropterus Edwards, 1950: 124.

Peripsocus maoricus. — New, 1973a: 345.

Material examined. Many individuals collected throughout the year.

Distribution. Widely distributed in southern Australia and

New Zealand.

Remarks. This locally widespread species was found in most

vegetation types.

Peripsocus melaleucae New

Peripsocus melaleucae New, 1971: 224.

Peripsocus melaleucae. — Cole et al., 1989: 33.

Peripsocus morulops (Tillyard). Cole et al., 1989: 33.

Material examined. Many individuals collected throughout the year.

Distribution. Tasmania, Bass Strait Is and Victoria.

Remarks. Focally widespread and predominantly found in

coastal scrub (dry and wet) and dry forest; P. melaleucae was

also found in some rainforest. Examination of the Bass Strait

material indicated that the single male specimen recorded as P.

morulops is actually P. melaleucae ; the material recorded as P.

melaleucae consisted of females only.

Peripsocus milleri (Tillyard)

Peripsocopsis milleri Tillyard, 1923: 195.

Peripsocus milleri. — Roesler, 1944: 154.

Peripsocus eucalypti Edwards, 1950: 122.

Peripsocus milleri. — New, 1973a: 346.

Peripsocus sp. PR. Cole et al., 1989: 33.

Material examined. Many individuals collected from February to

July.

Distribution. Tasmania, Flinders I (Bass Strait), Victoria, New

South Wales, Western Australia, Norfolk I, Ford Howe I, New

Zealand and Britain.

Remarks. This locally widespread species was found in both

dry and wet forests, and coastal scrub and heath (particularly

with species of Leptospermum).

Peripsocus morulops (Tillyard)

Figures 157-63

Peripsocopsis morulops Tillyard, 1923: 194.

Peripsocus morulops. — Roesler, 1944: 154.

Peripsocus morulops. — New, 1973a: 345.

IPeripsocus morulops. — Cole et al., 1989: 33.

Peripsocus sp. D. Cole et al., 1989: 33.

Smithers (1994b) previously described the female from New

South Wales material. The description here of a Tasmanian

female, with figures, is provided for comparison with females

of P. cochleus above.

Material examined. Specimen on which description is based:

Tasmania, 1?, Dodonaea viscosa. South Arm Recreation Area, 8 July

1987. Additional records: many individuals collected from January to

September.

Description of female. Coloration (after ca 6 years in alcohol).

Ground colour of head buff, light brown on top of vertex with

the following dark brown: confluent markings dorsal to eyes,

along back of vertex and each side of blackish median epicranial

suture; postclypeal striae, converging towards pale midline;

posterior half of anteclypeus; labrum; antenna; maxillary palpi;

pair of bands between eye and antennal socket, lower band

extending around ventral margin of eye. Gena buff anteriorly,

merging light brown posteriorly. Epistomal suture blackish.

Ocelli pale with blackish centripetal margins, tubercle brown

surrounded by blackish margin. Eyes black. Fore wing (fig.

157): membrane with slight brown tinge; pterostigma with

slightly darker cloud in apical half; veins dark brown. Hind

wing (fig. 158) hyaline. Thorax dark brown, sutural lines

blackish. Fegs brown, femur and tarsi slightly darker. Abdomen

ventrally buff, dorsal terga with greyish-brown annulations.

Terminal segments dark brown.

Morphology. IO:D = 3.4. Distal margin of labrum with 5

sensilla, bases very thickened. Distinct row of 4 trichoid sensilla

on anterior margin of outer surface of labrum. Suture surrounding

ocellar tubercle an extension of median epicranial suture.

The Psocoptera (Insecta) of Tasmania, Australia

119

Figures 157-163. Peripsocus morulops Female: 157 fore wing; 158, hind wing; 159, clunium, epiproct and paraproct; 160, subgenital plate; 161

gonapophyses. Figures 154, 155 and 157-159 to common scales. Male: 162, fore wing; 163, phallosome.

120

Evan R. Schmidt and Timothy R. New

Vertex-postclypeal suture fusing to anterolateral margins of

ocellar tubercle, frons sclerite absent. Clypeal shelf absent. Head

with reticulate granular pattern where dark brown markings

occur on vertex and postclypeus. Anterior to median ocellus is an

elongated patch, filled with reticulate polygonal cells, not

granulated. Head bearing small scattered setae. Lacinia apically

narrow, incipiently bifid. Flagellar segments bearing fine small

setae, placoid sensilla distributed as follows: 3 base lj. 1 apices f 4 ,

f* and f, those on E and f,„ with a short setiform filament.

Terminal segment with bluntly pointed apex. Fore wing (fig.

157): veins with sparse short setae; vein cu 2 glabrous; veins rs

and m fused for a short length. Hind wing (fig. 158) with veins r

and m+cu fused basally. Mesothoracic sterna broad. Claw with

subapical tooth. Pulvillus fine, flexuous, with expanded tip. Rasp

and mirror of Pearman"s organ well developed. Clunium of ninth

tergite (fig. 159) bearing small tubercles, margin bearing 2

incipient rows of preapical setae. Epiproct (fig. 159) with straight

transverse apical margin, strongly setose in apical half. Paraproct

(fig. 159) with ovoid field of about 22 trichobothria, posterior

margin setose. Subgenital plate (fig. 160): median lobe with

strongly sclerotised lateral margins; apex bearing 5-6 long setae,

preapically a field of short setae; body of plate bearing 4 long

setae, 2 medially and 2 anterolaterally; pigmented region

surrounding apical membranous area extending into pair of

anteriorly diverging arms. Gonapophyses (fig. 161): ventral valve

well sclerotised, apex bluntly pointed, spiculate; dorsal valve

broad, strongly sclerotised basally next to membranous area,

apically bearing 4/5 setae; external valve with sclerotised inner

opening, outer surface of lobe setose in apical half and along

dorsolateral margin.

Dimensions. B 2.5, FW 3.07. HW 2.33, F 0.54, T 1.00, t,

0.245, t 2 0.166, rt 1.5:1, ct 14,0, f 1 0.387, f 2 0.237.

Distribution. Tasmania, Deal I (Bass Strait), New South Wales

and New Zealand.

Remarks. Smithers (1994b) described the overall coloration of

the female as being similar to that of the male (cf. Smithers,

1969), and noted that postclypeal striae were present. The

antennae, legs and maxillary palpi were pale brown. There

appears to be considerable variation in the extent of coloration,

as the Tasmanian females are much darker than those from New

South Wales. In comparing the original description of the male

by Tillyard (1923) with that of Smithers" (1969) redescription,

Tillyard noted that the postclypeus lacked striae whereas

Smithers indicated they were faint. Tillyard also noted that the

antennae were dark brown, and both the thorax and abdomen

blackish. Smithers, however, indicated that both the antennae

and thorax were pale brown, and the colour of the abdomen was

not mentioned. Postclypeal striae are very obvious on the

Tasmanian material and, apart from this and the blackish

abdomen, the coloration is most similar to the original description

of Tillyard. Tillyard did not mention a costal thickening on the

male fore wing between the base and pterostigma and,

interestingly, the hind wing (Tillyard, 1923: 195, fig. 19) shows

vein m+cu originating separately from vein r at the wing base.

The degree of thickening of the costa on the male fore wing

appears to vary: in some the length is quite short, but the costa

very thick; in others the length is a little longer but the costa not

quite as thick and the posterior margin bears small ripples or

undulations. We have shown a male fore wing (fig. 162) for

comparison with those of Tillyard (1923), and Smithers (1969).

Such thickenings are present, but not as obvious, on the fore

wings of males of P. melaleucae, P. bifasciatus Schmidt and

Thornton and P. cochleus (see above). The four species appear to

be closely related in details of the phallosome, which is nearly

identical in all. Differences however can be noted. In P.

melaleucae the anterior pair of endophallic sclerites each bear 3

large spines [not obvious in the phallosome figured by New

(1971: 225, fig. 5)] and are adjacent to the pair of posterior

sclerites. The anterior pair of endophallic sclerites of P.

bifasciatus each bear 3 short spines, and lie a considerable

distance from the posterior pair of sclerites. In both P. morulops

and P. cochleus the anterior pair of sclerites each bear 3 spines

of differing lengths: a long median spine, a rudimentary lateral

spine and, in between, a spine of medium length. A phallosome

is shown (fig. 163) of P. morulops from a Tasmanian specimen

for comparison with those of Smithers (1969) and New (1973a).

P. morulops differs from P. cochleus in details of both fore wing

pigmentation and female genitalia (see remarks under P.

cochleus). P. morulops is locally widespread and was found

mainly in heath, and in dry coastal scrub and wet scrub.

Peripsocus pamae sp. nov.

Figures 164-74

Material examined. Holotype micropterous ?: Tasmania, Banksia

scrub. Southwest National Park, Port Davey Tk at Crossing River, 10

Feb 1988. Four nymphs, 4? and 4$ paratypes: same data as holotype.

Additional records: many individuals collected throughout the year.

Description of micropterous female. Coloration (after ca 5 years

in alcohol). Ground colour of head buff, with the following dark

brown: confluent markings across back of vertex, dorsal to eyes

and on each side of median epicranial suture; postclypeal striae

converging towards pale midline; 2 bands between eye and

antennal socket, lower band extending below eye towards back

of head; basal third of anteclypeus; labrum; 2 apical segments of

maxillary palp; ocellar tubercle, anteriorly a squarish patch

flanked by postclypeal striae. A light brown patch extending to

markings dorsal to eyes lateral to each lateral ocellus. Ocelli

pale. Antenna light brown. Eyes black. Fore wing (fig. 164) with

slight brown markings. Hind wing (fig. 165) hyaline. Thoracic

pleura dark brown, dorsum pale brown. Legs: coxae dark brown;

trochanters pale, femora dark brown in basal two-thirds, apical

third pale; tibiae pale; tarsi dark brown. Abdomen cream, with

grey -brown annul ations. Terminal segments dark brown.

Morphology. IO:D = 4.8. Distal margin of labrum with 5

sensilla, bases very thickened. Distinct row of 4 trichoid sensilla

on anterior margin of outer surface of labrum. Suture surrounding

ocellar tubercle an extension of median epicranial suture.

Vertex-postclypeal suture fusing to anterolateral margins of

ocellar tubercle, frons sclerite absent. Clypeal shelf absent.

Lacinia apically very narrow, apex bifid. Head with very obvious

reticulate granular pattern where dark brown markings occur on

vertex and postclypeus. Squarish patch anterior to median

ocellus filled with reticulate polygonal cells, not granulated.

Head bearing small scattered setae. Antenna very short (length

The Psocoptera (Insecta) of Tasmania, Australia

121

Figures 164-174. Peripsocus pamae. Female: 164, fore wing; 165, hind wing; 166, epiproct and paraproct; 167, subgenital plate; 168, gonapophyses;

169, macropterous fore wing. Figures 164, 165 and 166-168 to common scales. Male: 170, fore wing; 171, hind wing; 172, epiproct, paraproct and

clunium; 173, hypandrium; 174, phallosome. Figures 170, 171 and 172-174 to common scales.

122

Evan R. Schmidt and Timothy R. New

0.86 mm), flagellar segments bearing setae of differing lengths.

Placoid sensilla distributed as follows: 2 base 'i v 1 apices f 4 , f 6

and f 10 , those of f 6 and f 10 bearing a long slender filament.

Terminal segment with bluntly pointed apex. Venation of fore

wing (fig. 164) and hind wing (fig. 165) absent. Setae small and

sparse along apical margin of fore wing. Membranes of both

wings densely covered by small apically pointed scales, these

being less prominent apical to invaginations on the posterior and

anterior margins. Surface of thoracic pleura with reticulate

granular pattern, shape of cells varying from polygonal to an

elongated spindle. Surface of dorsum lacking pattern, though

still very granular. Dorsal lobes not well developed. Claw with

subapical tooth, pulvillus fine, flexuous with expanded tip. Rasp

and mirror of Pearman"s organ well developed. Epiproct (fig.

166) trapezoidal, apical half setose. Paraproct (fig. 166) with

round field of 15 trichobothria. Subgenital plate (fig. 167) apically

bilobed; few small setae towards apex, and longer setae on body

of plate. Gonapophyses (fig. 168).

Dimensions. B 1.7, FW 0.32, HW 0.22, F 0.30, T 0.58, t,

0.150, t 2 0.111, rt 1.4:1, ct 0,0, f, 0.150, f 2 0.103.

Description of macropterous female. Coloration (after ca 7

years in alcohol). As micropterous female except pigmentation

of head less intense, and thorax overall dark brown, sutural

areas buff. Fore wing (fig. 169) and hind wing hyaline, veins

dark brown. Annulations on abdomen also less intense than

those of micropterous females.

Morphology. IO:D = 4.7. General morphology as in

micropterous female, except head with less obvious reticulate

pattern on brown markings. Antennae slightly longer (length

1.06 mm). Dorsal lobes of thorax well developed, apices of

lobes of metathoracic dorsa bearing anastomosing network of

small tubercles. Mesothoracic sterna broad. Fore wing (fig.

169): veins with sparse short setae; vein cu 2 glabrous; veins rs

and m fused for a length. Hind wing with veins r and m fused

for a length, veins r and m+cu fused basally. Genitalia as in

micropterous female.

Dimensions. B 1.8, FW 2.15, HW 1.62, F 0.32, T 0.68, t 1

0.166, t 2 0.111, rt 1.5:1, ct 8,0, f l 0.182, f 2 0.134.

Description of male. Coloration (after ca 5 years in alcohol).

Head as in micropterous female. Thorax, fore wing (fig. 170)

and hind wing (fig. 171) as in macropterous female. Abdomen

buff, terminal segments dark brown.

Morphology. IO:D = 2.6. Eyes small, not reaching level of

vertex when looking at side of head. General morphology as in

macropterous female. Head with obvious reticulate pattern as

in micropterous female. Antenna longer than female (length

1.82 mm), dense setae of flagellar segments uniform in length.

Fobe of ninth tergite basal to epiproct well developed (fig.

172), apically bearing small broad tubercles, preapically

bearing a single row of setae. Epiproct (fig. 172) setose in

apical half. Paraproct (fig. 172) with round field of 28

trichobothria. Hypandrium (fig. 173, torn): margin rounded

apically, setose; band of pigment broad around apical margin;

median indentation absent. Phallosome (fig. 174) frame

anteriorly with median unsclerotised region. Endophallic pair

of sclerites symmetrical, each consisting of: an anterior

transverse sclerite; a longitudinally broad median sclerite

bearing 2-5 apical finger-like projections, the lateral projection

being longest and the median projection shortest; a

longitudinally narrow lateral sclerite, heavily sclerotised,

shorter in length than projections of preceding sclerite.

Endophallic pair of lobes membranous, strongly spiculate.

Dimensions. B 1.7, FW 2.65, HW 1.92, F 0.34, T 0.73, t,

O. 190, t, 0.095, rt 2.0:1, ct 15,0, f, 0.316, f 2 0.237.

Remarks. In features of the phallosome this species is closely

related to P. tillyardi and P. hickmani New. Micropterous,

brachypterous and macropterous females of P. pamae have

been collected: the brachypterous females possessing the dark

brown patches on the head found in micropterous females, and

the dark brown well developed thorax of macropterous females.

Some brachypterous females possess the dark shading

concentrated at the apex of the pterostigma of the fore wing as

noted in the description of the holotype of P. tillyardi (New,

1973a: 343). P. hickmani clearly differs from P. pamae in

coloration, the shape of the apical median lobe of the subgenital

plate and in features of the phallosome, notably in the absence

of particular endophallic sclerites and in the shape of the

external parameres.

New (1973a: 344) noted that the endophallic sclerites of P.

tillyardi are asymmetrical. Subsequent examination of the

phallosome of the holotype and those of additional material

from Victoria and Tasmania indicate that the sclerites are

symmetrical, and similar in form to those described above for

P. pamae. The finger-like projections of the longitudinal

median sclerite also vary in number (from 2-5); the longitudinal

narrow lateral sclerite, however, is longer, and the apex is in

line with the apex of the longest projection of the median

sclerite.

Some features of female genitalia have been found to vary.

The setae along the dorsolateral margin of the external valve

of the gonapophyses in most of the specimens examined are

similar to those figured for the holotype. In some individuals,

however, the setae extend further along the margin towards the

base of the gonapophyses. The number of setae on the apical

margin of the dorsal valve varies between 4 and 7, most

specimens having only 4. The extent of the bilobed apex of the

subgenital plate also varies (depending on the nature of the

preparation) to the extent that, in some cases, the apical margin

is transverse.

P. pamae differs from P. tillyardi in possessing the short

lateral longitudinal endophallic sclerite within the phallosome,

in coloration, particularly noticeable in the legs, and in

possessing small eyes ( P . tillyardi IO:D - 9 2.8, 6 1.0).

Micropterous and brachypterous females of P. tillyardi are

thus far unknown. This locally widespread species was found

in most vegetation types.

Etymology. Named for Pamela Gaulke, for her friendship and

generous hospitality while ERS was in Tasmania.

Peripsocus tillyardi New

Peripsocus tillyardi New, 1973a: 343.

Material examined. Many individuals collected throughout the year.

The Psocoptera (Insecta) of Tasmania, Australia

123

Distribution. Tasmania, Bass Strait Is, Victoria and New South

Wales.

Remarks. This locally widespread species was commonly

found in dry coastal scrub and dry forest.

Trichopsocidae

Trichopsocus Kolbe

Trichopsocus Kolbe, 1882a: 25. Type species: Caecilius hirtellus

McLachlan.

Trichopsocus clarus (Banks)

Caecilius clarus Banks, 1908: 258.

Trichopsocus clarus (Banks). — Lienhard, 1998: 276.

Trichopsocus australis Edwards, 1950: 119. — Smithers, 2002: 155.

Material examined. Cataract Gorge, Launceston, Acacia

melanoxylon, 1$, 22 July 1986.

Distribution. Cosmopolitan.

Remarks. This species has been collected in Victoria by ERS.

Pseudocaeciliidae

Key to Tasmanian genera of Pseudocaeciliidae

1. Tarsi three-segmented 2

- Tarsi two-segmented 3

2. Fore wing with setae on basal veins in single rank

Howeanum Smithers

- Fore wing with setae on basal veins in two ranks

Austropsocus Smithers

3. Fore wing vein m two-branched, hind wing veins lacking

setae Mepleres Enderlein

- Fore wing vein m three-branched, setae on apical veins of

hind wing 4

4. Fore wing veins with setae sited on dark spots

Cladioneura Enderlein

- Fore wing veins with setae not sited on dark spots 5

5. Body pale, fore wing hyaline

Chorocaecilius Li Fasheng

- Body dark, fore wing with strong pattern

Heterocaecilius Lee and Thornton

Austropsocus Smithers

Austropsocus Smithers, 1962: 930. Type species: Austropsocus

insularis Smithers.

Key to Tasmanian species of Austropsocus

1. Fore wing with setae on apical veins in single rank

viridis (Enderlein)

- Fore wing with setae on apical veins in two or more ranks

2. Fore wing vein rs strongly arched, bearing setae in more

than two ranks sinuosus (Banks)

- Fore wing vein rs only slightly curved, bearing setae in

two ranks 3

3. Maxillary palp buff, apical segment dark brown; male

hind tibiae swollen; antennae normal

tibialis Thornton and New

- Apical segment of maxillary palp no darker than other

segments; hind tibiae of male normal; antennae of male

with basal flagellar segment much thicker and darker than

other segments antennalis Thornton and New

Austropsocus antennalis Thornton and New

Austropsocus antennalis Thornton and New, 1977: 24.

Material examined. Site 35A, 1$, 20 Feb 87; 1?, 6 June 87; site 36, 1

c?, 21 Feb 87; site 119B, 5?, 22 Feb 88; site 139, lc?, 24 Feb 88; site 177,

1?, 18 June 87; site 366E, 2$, 1 nymph, 16 Feb 88.

Distribution. Tasmania, Bass Strait Is, Victoria, New South

Wales and Queensland.

Remarks. A. antennalis was taken from dead Eucalyptus

foliage in wet forest.

Austropsocus sinuosus (Banks)

Zelandopsocus sinuosus Banks, 1939: 441.

Austropsocus sinuosus. — Thornton and New, 1977: 28.

Material examined. Many individuals collected from March to

September.

Distribution. Tasmania, Flinders I (Bass Strait), Victoria, New

South Wales, Queensland and South Australia.

Remarks. This autumn-winter locally widespread species was

taken from dead Eucalyptus foliage of dry and wet forests,

dead foliage of mixed forest and some Nothofagus.

Austropsocus tibialis Thornton and New

Austropsocus tibialis Thornton and New, 1977: 30.

Austropsocus tibialis. — Cole et al., 1989: 33.

Austropsocus hyalinus Thornton and New. Cole et al., 1989: 33.

Material examined. Site 20, 2?, 22 May 86; site 138, 1$, 12 June 87;

site 183, 1$, 11 Nov 86; 1$, 17 June 87; site 186, 1 <?, 27 July 87; site

193C, 1$, 17 June 87; site 258, 2?, 26 Mar 87; 1$, 27 Apr 87; site 269,

16?, 6 c?, 2 nymphs, 1 Mar 88; site 272, 1$, 3 nymphs, 2 Mar 88; site

277, 11$, 5c?, 2 Mar 88; site 280A, lc?, 25 Mar 87; 1$, 27 Apr 87; 1$,

22 May 87; 1$, 29 July 87; site 291, 1 c?, 4 Mar 88; site 294B, 1$, 2c?, 4

Mar 88.

Distribution. Tasmania, Flinders I (Bass Strait), Victoria, New

South Wales and Queensland.

Remarks. Examination of material recorded as Austropsocus

hyalinus from Flinders I, Bass Strait (Cole et al., 1989) has

shown an error in identification. The specimens are conspecific

124

Evan R. Schmidt and Timothy R. New

with Victorian and Tasmanian material of A. tibialis. Apart

from an isolated southeastern site this essentially autumn

species (March to July) was found in northern Tasmania,

predominantly in the northwestern Tarkine region, where it

was taken from dead foliage of wet and mixed forests, and

rainforest {Nothofagus).

Austropsocus viridis (Enderlein)

Philotarsus viridis Enderlein, 1903: 309.

Austropsocus viridis. — Thornton and New, 1977: 32.

Material examined. Site 38A, 5?, 2c?, 2 nymphs, 1 Oct 86; site 40, 12

?, 5c?, 10 nymphs, 30 Sep 86; 1?, 23 Apr 87; site 184, 1 c?, 27 Aug 86;

3$, 7c?, 1 nymph, 15 June 87.

Distribution. Tasmania, Victoria, New South Wales and

Queensland.

Remarks. Apart from some exotic vegetation at Launceston

this species was collected only at Hobart.

Chorocaecilius Li Lasheng

Chorocaecilius Li Fasheng, 2000: 20. Type species:

Heterocaecilius diogenes Lee and Thornton.

Chorocaecilius brunellus (Tillyard)

Caecilius brunellus Tillyard, 1923: 188.

Pseudocaecilius brunellus. — Lee and Thornton, 1967: 111.

Heterocaecilius diogenes Lee and Thornton, 1967: 109.

Heterocaecilius brunellus. — New, 1974a: 69.

Chorocaecilius diogenes. — Li Fasheng, 2000: 20.

Chorocaecilius brunellus. — Lienhard and Smithers, 2002: 301.

Material examined. Many individuals collected throughout the year.

Distribution. Tasmania, Bass Strait Is, Victoria, New South

Wales and New Zealand.

Remarks. C. brunellus was most common on Nothofagus , but

was numerous and taken on many occasions from mixed forest,

wet scrub, dry forest and dry coastal scrub (particularly

Melaleuca ericifolia) habitats. The species is locally

widespread.

Cladioneura Enderlein

Cladioneura Enderlein, 1906: 404. Type species: Cladioneura

pulchripennis Enderlein.

Cladioneura pulchripennis Enderlein

Cladioneura pulchripennis Enderlein, 1906: 405.

Material examined. Many individuals collected throughout the year.

Distribution. Tasmania, Bass Strait Is, Victoria and New South

Wales.

Remarks. This species was found in several types of vegetation,

particularly from low vegetation sites of heath and scrub (dry

and wet) and also from rainforest {Nothofagus). C. pulchripennis

is locally widespread.

Heterocaecilius Lee and Thornton

Heterocaecilius Lee and Thornton, 1967: 13. Type species:

Heterocaecilius minotus Lee and Thornton.

Heterocaecilius lachlani (Enderlein)

Pseudocaecilius lachlani Enderlein, 1903: 263.

Heterocaecilius lachlani. — Schmidt and Thornton, 1993: 179.

Material examined. Many individuals collected from January to

September.

Distribution. Tasmania, Flinders I (Bass Strait), Victoria and

New South Wales.

Remarks. With the exception of exotic vegetation at Mt Field

NP (site 321A) all individuals of this species were collected

from northeastern Tasmania. Essentially restricted to the coast

H. lachlani was found from Friendly Beaches to Asbestos

Range NP, predominantly at sites at Eddystone Point and in Mt

William NP. H. lachlani was taken from heath and coastal

scrub, and Casuarina stricta.

Howeanum Smithers

Howeanum Smithers, 1995: 4. Type species: Howeanum huberi

Smithers.

Key to Tasmanian species of Howeanum

I. Endophallic sclerites of phallosome basally narrow

costale (Thornton and New)

- Endophallic sclerites of phallosome basally broad (female

unknown) tasmaniensis sp. nov.

Howeanum costale (Thornton and New)

Austropsocus costalis Thornton and New, 1977: 36.

Howeanum costale. — Schmidt and Smithers, 2004: 14.

Material examined. Site 57, 1?, 18 Feb 88; site 60, 1?, 18 Feb 88; site

164B, 1$, 19 Apr 87; site 207, 1$, 20 May 87; site 246, 1$, lc ?, 2

nymphs, 24 Aug 86; 15?, 2c?, 25 Oct 86; 5?, 2c?, 4 nymphs, 24 Jan 87;

16?, 3<?, 1 Mar 87; 1?, 30 July 87; 3?, 2c?, 3 Mar 88; site 251, 1?, 24 Jan

87; site 252B, 8?, lc?, 1 nymph, 24 Jan 87; 1?, 1 Mar 87; id', 4 nymphs,

30 July 87; site 253, 1?, 23 Oct 86; site 255, lc?, 1 nymph, 27 June 87;

site 353, 2?, lc?, 21 Mar 88.

Distribution. Tasmania, Bass Strait Is, Victoria, New South

Wales and Queensland.

Remarks. This species was mainly found in coastal scrub (dry

and wet) and in the heath understorey of Eucalyptus and

Banks ia s errata.

Howeanum tasmaniensis sp. nov.

Figures 175-79

Material examined. Holotype c?: Tasmania, Mt Maurice walking

track. Eucalyptus foliage, 10 Nov 1986.

Description of male. Coloration (after ca 7 years in alcohol,

slightly teneral). Creamy-buff, with barely discernible darker

The Psocoptera (Insecta) of Tasmania, Australia

125

Figures 175-179. Howeanum tasmaniensis. Male: 175, fore wing; 176, hind wing; 177, epiproct and paraproct; 178, hypandrium; 179, phallosome.

Figures 175, 176 and 177-179 to common scales.

markings dorsal to eyes, along each side of median epicranial

suture and on postclypeus, striae converging towards pale

midline. Ocelli with dark brown centripetal margins. Eyes

black. Fore wing (fig. 175) and hind wing (fig. 176) hyaline.

Morphology. IO:D = 3.0. Eyes small, below level of vertex

when looking at side of head. Head and thorax glossy. Median

epicranial suture not distinct. Postclypeus not bulbous. Flagellar

segments bearing dense long thin setae, sensory placoids

distributed as follows: 2 small, somewhat apart near base of f { , 1

at apex of f 4 , 1 near apices f 6 and f 10 ; those of f 6 and f 10 bearing a

long slender filament. Surface of flagellar segments very

undulating, more prominent on apical segments. Terminal

segment with elongated narrow apex. Fore wing (fig. 175): setae

in single rank on veins; posterior margin of pterostigma bearing

2 ranks; vein cu 2 glabrous; veins rs and m joined by a short

cross-vein. Hind wing (fig. 176) margin bearing long setae

around apex to vein m, remainder of posterior margin bearing

alternating setae of short and intermediate length. Claw lacking

subapical tooth, pulvillus broad. Rasp and mirror of Pearman"s

organ well developed. Epiproct and paraproct (fig. 177), latter

with round field of 18 trichobothria. Hypandrium (fig. 178) with

a large median and on each side smaller apical lateral lobes.

126

Evan R. Schmidt and Timothy R. New

Phallosome (fig. 179) with pair of endophallic sclerites basally

broad.

Dimensions. B 2.2, FW 3.66, HW 2.95, F 0.54, T 1.11, ^

0. 379, t 2 0.071, t 3 0.079, rt 5.3: 1:1.1, ct 16,0,0, f 1 0.632, f 2 0.355.

Female. Unknown.

Remarks. Howeanum tasmaniensis is similar to H. costale in the

fore wing veins bearing a single rank of setae. It differs from H.

costale in the shape of the endophallic sclerites - being basally

narrow in H. costale and basally broad in H. tasmaniensis.

Etymology. From Tasmania.

Mepleres Enderlein

Mepleres Enderlein, 1926: 61. Type species: Mepleres maeandricus

Enderlein.

Key to Tasmanian species of Mepleres

1. Body pale, fore wing hyaline rotundatus (New)

- Body dark, fore wing with strong pattern

tanei (Smithers)

Mepleres rotundatus (New)

Pseudoscottiella rotundata New, 1974a: 67.

Meniscopsocus rotundatus. — Li Fasheng, 1993: 382

Mepleres rotundatus. — Yoshizawa, 2000: 674.

Material examined. Many individuals collected occasionally

throughout the year.

Distribution. Tasmania, Victoria and New South Wales.

Remarks. This species was found only on M. insulare and A.

melanoxylon at some sites in eastern, northern and northwestern

Tasmania.

Mepleres tanei (Smithers)

Pseudoscottiella tanei Smithers, 1977: 279.

Meniscopsocus tanei. — Li Fasheng, 1993: 382

Mepleres tanei. — Yoshizawa, 2000: 674.

Material examined. Site 35A, 3$, 20 Feb 87; site 46, 1?, 3 Nov 86; site

159B, 1$, 23 Mar 87.

Distribution. Tasmania, Victoria and New South Wales.

Philotarsidae

Key to Tasmanian genera of Philotarsidae

1. Antenna flagellar segments uniformly pigmented 2

- Antenna flagellar segments with white apices

Aaroniella Mockford

2. Fore wing vein cu 2 bare 3

- Fore wing vein cu 2 setose Philotarsopsis Tillyard

3. Fore wing with strong pattern Abelopsocus gen. nov.

- Fore wing hyaline Haplophallus Thornton

Aaroniella Mockford

Aaroniella Mockford, 1951: 102. Type species: Elipsocus

maculosus Aaron.

Aaroniella rawlingsi Smithers

Aaroniella rawlingsi Smithers, 1969: 324.

Material examined. Many individuals collected from January to

August.

Distribution. Southern Australia and New Zealand.

Remarks. This locally widespread species was taken from a

range of habitats including dry forest, dry coastal scrub, heath

and some rainforest. It was absent in spring and early summer.

Abelopsocus gen. nov.

Diagnosis. Belonging to the Philotarsidae Pearman (1936) as

defined by Thornton (1981). Fore wing: slipper-shaped, strongly

pigmented, vein cu 2 glabrous. Hind wing: with slight pigmented

regions, particularly around posterior margin; vein cu 1 glabrous;

veins r 4+5 and m setose. Female antennae: flagellar segments

long, slender; setae on segments short, sparse and uniform in

length; terminal segment with long apical seta. Male antennae:

flagellar segments long, slender; setae on segments very long;

terminal segment lacks both the attenuated apex and the long

apical seta. Subgenital plate lobe bearing small apical setae.

Dorsal valve of gonapophyses sub -rectangular, external valve

trianguloid. Hypandrium incipiently bilobed posteriorly.

Phallosome simple, frame ovoid without sclerites.

Type species: Latrobiella fene strata Schmidt and Thornton.

Remarks. Thornton (1981) applied principal co-ordinates

analysis on selected characters to identify groups of philotarsid

species, which subsequently formed the basis for establishing

Latrobiella. The two New Zealand species, Aaroniella parda

Thornton, Wong and Smithers and Aaroniella basipunctata

Thornton, Wong and Smithers, did not associate consistently

with any group. Thornton placed both species in Latrobiella,

regarding them as aberrant members of the genus. Along with

the recently described Latrobiella fenestrata and a new species

here described below they now appear to form a close-knit

species group within Philotarsopsis (of which Latrobiella is a

synonym). The four species possess features in common

contrasting them from other species within the genus. The fore

wings are strongly pigmented, and vein cu 2 glabrous. The

flagellar segments of the antennae are long and slender. In

contrast, other species of Philotarsopsis possess nearly hyaline

fore and hind wings, and vein cu 2 of the fore wing is setose. The

antennae are shorter and segments thicker. The setae on the

female flagellar segments vary in length and thickness, those of

the male are short, dense and uniform. On the terminal segment

both sexes possess an attenuated apex with a long apical seta.

Of the four species, parda is the most distinctive as it

possesses antennal segments with white apices and the female

has an attenuated apex (as does basipunctata) on the terminal

segment. The subgenital plate lobe has two long apical setae,

and the external valve of the gonapophyses is oval. The

The Psocoptera (Insecta) of Tasmania, Australia

127

hypandrium apex is smoothly rounded. Both fene strata and

basipunctata have fore wing setae sited on dark spots, but in

the latter species the spots are only in the basal half of the

wing. The Chilean species P. cruciclypeus (New and Thornton)

has features which place it between the two groups of species.

The female antennal apex is attenuated, bearing a long seta

(New and Thornton 1981: 165, fig. 58 - noted incorrectly as

the apical segment of male antenna) and the flagellar setae

appear uniform and short. The flagellar setae of the male (New

and Thornton 1981: 165, fig 57 - noted incorrectly as the apical

segment of the female antenna) are long, the apex not attenuated

but bearing a long seta. The lengths of the 2 basal flagellar

segments suggest the antenna is long and slender. Vein cu 2 is

glabrous, but the fore wing is not pigmented. On the balance of

diagnostic features however, cruciclypeus, along with par da,

basipunctata, and fenestrata, are here formally transferred to

Abelopsocus.

Etymology. The generic name is a combination of the name

Abel, after the Dutch seafarer, explorer, and merchant Abel

Tasman, and Psocus, a genus of Psocidae.

Abelopsocus basipunctatus (Thornton, Wong and Smithers)

comb. nov.

Aaroniella basipunctata Thornton, Wong and Smithers, 1977:

204.

Latrobiella basipunctata. — Thornton, 1981: 433.

Philotarsopsis basipunctata. — Lienhard and Smithers, 2002:

334.

Distribution. New Zealand.

Abelopsocus cruciclypeus (New and Thornton) comb. nov.

Haplophallus cruciclypeus New and Thornton, 1981: 164.

Latrobiella cruciclypeus. — Thornton, 1981: 433.

Philotarsopsis cruciclypeus. — Lienhard and Smithers, 2002:

334.

Distribution. Chile.

Abelopsocus pardus (Thornton, Wong and Smithers) comb,

nov.

Aaroniella parda Thornton, Wong and Smithers, 1977: 201.

Latrobiella parda. — Thornton, 1981: 434.

Philotarsopsis parda. — Lienhard and Smithers, 2002: 336.

Distribution. New Zealand.

Key to Tasmanian species of Abelopsocus

1. Fore wing setae sited on dark spots

fenestratus (Schmidt and Thornton)

- Fore wing setae not sited on dark spots

truganiniae sp. nov.

Abelopsocus fenestratus (Schmidt and Thornton) comb. nov.

Latrobiella fenestrata Schmidt and Thornton, 1993: 188.

Philotarsopsis fenestrata. — Lienhard and Smithers, 2002: 335.

Material examined. Site 130, 1?, 20 Apr 87; site 159A, 1(5, 5 June 86;

1?, 2(5, 11 July 86; 1(5, 9 Aug 86; 1$, 1(5, 12 Sep 86; l9, 1 nymph, 8

Nov 86; 1$, 6 nymphs, 7 Dec 86; 1(5, 4 nymphs, 18 Jan 87; l9, 2

nymphs, 5 Feb 87; 1<5, 1 nymph, 23 Mar 87; 1(5, 19 Apr 87; 1(5, 25 July

87; 1$, 1 nymph, 23 Feb 88; site 159C, 1$, 12 May 87; site 194B, 1$, 1

nymph, 17 June 87; site 246, 1(5, 26 Mar 87; site 258, l9, 27 Apr 87;

site 268, 2(5, 1 nymph, 1 Mar 88; site 281, 1(5, 1 nymph, 24 Oct 86; 2$

, 26 Jan 87; 2(5, 25 Mar 87; 2?, 1(5, 27 Apr 87; 1$, 1(5, 22 May 87.

Distribution. Tasmania and Victoria.

Remarks. This species, which was found throughout the year,

was taken mainly from two very different habitats: Casuarina

stricta (site 159A) and a rainforest consisting predominantly of

Phyllocladus asplenifolius and Anodopetalum biglandulosum

(site 281).

Abelopsocus truganiniae sp. nov.

Figures 185-94

Latrobiella sp. B. Coy et ah, 1993: 77.

Material examined. Holotype 9: Tasmania, Mt Field National Park,

dead rainforest foliage, 3 Apr 1987. Paratype (5: dead rainforest

foliage, 3 Mar 1988. Additional records: Site 10, 29, 21 Nov 86; site

18, 19, 18 Nov 86; site 175, l9, 26 Apr 87; site 209, l9, 17 Apr 87; l9,

20 May 87; site 281, l9, 25 Nov 86; l9, 22 May 87; site 360, 29, 4

nymphs, 24 Mar 88; Big Sassy Ck, Site 1, PKD Sassafras, 29, 9

nymphs, 12 May 89 (J. Diggle); Big Sassy Ck, Site 2, PKD Sassafras,

29, 12 nymphs, 12 May 89 (P. Greenslade).

Description of female. Coloration (after ca 6 years in alcohol).

Ground colour buff, with the following dark brown: round

patch on each side of vertex, surrounded by markings (some

confluent) dorsal to eyes, across back of vertex and along each

side of median epicranial suture; squarish patch centrally on

frons extending from median ocellus to epistomal suture;

postclypeal striae converging towards midline; markings

adjacent to posterior margin of gena; basal half of anteclypeus;

labrum; apical segment of maxillary palp; antenna.

Greyish-brown markings as follows: short band extending from

eye to anterior margin of antennal socket; band extending from

lateral ocellus along lateral epicranial arm, not reaching

preceding band; patch on each side of frons between mid-line

and antennal socket. Ocelli pale, with blackish centripetal

margins. Eyes black. Fore wing with brown pigmented areas

(fig. 185). Hind wing (fig. 186) hyaline, with pale brown band

around posterior margin, cell cu 2 brown. Thorax dark brown,

sutural areas buff. Legs with coxae dark brown, femora and

tibia buff, tarsi brown. Abdomen buff, with extensive

greyish-brown annulations. Terminal segments dark brown.

Morphology. IO:D = 3.0. Distal margin of labrum bearing 11

sensilla, each lateral sensillum posterior to remaining sensilla,

anterior margin of outer surface with distinct row of 4 sensilla.

Epistomal suture present; clypeal shelf absent, however narrow

remnant appears present on lateral margins of epistomal suture.

Lacinia with large apical lateral projection. Head with reticulate

pattern, surface slightly granulated. Patch centrally on frons

anterior to median ocellus with large polygonal-shaped cells, not

granulated, and in cross-section the apically round margins

protrude beyond the surface. Vertex and frons bearing scattered

128

Evan R. Schmidt and Timothy R. New

Figures 180-184. Philotarsopsis hellyeri. Female: 180, fore wing; 181, hind wing; 182, epiproct and paraproct; 183, subgenital plate; 184,

gonapophyses and spermathecal sac. Figures 180, 181 and 182-184 to common scales.

thick large setae, these associated with smaller fine setae on

postclypeus. Gena with small region of small fine setae. Antennae

with very slender flagellar segments bearing small sparse setae,

these becoming longer in apical segments. Ten flagellar segments

present, f 10 and f n fused. Placoid sensilla distributed as follows:

2 base f p 1 apex f 4 . Trichoid sensillum near apex of f 6 and near

centre of f 10 , each bearing a long slender filament. Terminal

segment narrowing apically, not attenuated, bearing long apical

seta. Fore wing (fig. 185): basal veins bearing 2 ranks of long

thick setae, staggered in arrangement; vein cu 2 glabrous; medial

and radial veins, and vein cu ]b bearing a single rank of long thick

setae, and a second rank of short fine setae. Two setae on

membrane basally in cell R 5 , 3 setae basally in cell M r

Pterostigma granular, strongly setose. Setae on hind wing (fig.

186) veins: 2 (small), rs 0, r 2+3 0, r 4+5 16, m 11, cu 1 0; those on

r 4+5 and m in 2 ranks. Both wings densely covered by microtrichia.

Claw with subapical tooth, pulvillus fine with expanded tip. Rasp

and mirror of Pearman"s organ well developed. Epiproct setose

in apical half. Paraproct (fig. 187) with round field of 24

trichobothria. Subgenital plate (fig. 188) apical sclerite bearing

11 small setae on distal margin, anteriorly diverging pigmented

arms well developed. Gonapophyses (fig. 189): ventral valve

long, slender, apically with recurrent spinelets; dorsal valve with

sclerotised basal bar, rudimentary spine on distal margin apically

rounded, bearing recurrent spinelets; external valve subtriangular,

rounded posteriorly, setose.

Dimensions. B 2.8, FW 4.19, HW 2.95, F 0.65, T 1.27, t 1

0.395, t 2 0.079, t 3 0.103, rt 5:1:1.3, ct 17,0,0, f 1 0.466, f 2 0.419.

Description of male. Coloration, (after ca five years in alcohol).

As female. Fore wing (fig. 190), hind wing (fig. 191) hyaline

except for slight apical shading and darkened anal field.

Morphology. IO: D = 2.5. Eyes below level of vertex when

looking at side of head. Antenna flagellar segments thicker,

The Psocoptera (Insecta) of Tasmania, Australia

129

Figures 185-194. Abelopsocus truganiniae. Female: 185, fore wing; 186, hind wing; 187, paraproct; 188, subgenital plate; 189, gonapophyses.

Figures 185, 186 and 187-189 to common scales. Male: 190, fore wing; 191, hind wing; 192, epiproct and paraproct; 193, hypandrium; 194,

phallosome. Figures 190, 191 and 192-194 to common scales.

130

Evan R. Schmidt and Timothy R. New

and flagellar setae much longer than those in female. Segments

f 10 and f n fused as in female. Distribution of sensilla as in

female except base of f { bearing 1 placoid. Terminal segment

not attenuated, apex lacking large seta. Fore wing (fig. 190) as

in female, except setae on membrane basally in cell M 3 absent.

Setae on hind wing (fig. 191) veins: r } 3,rs 0, r 2+3 0, r 4+5 21, m

16, cu 1 0; those on r 4+5 and m in 2 ranks. Epiproct (fig. 192)

with pair of lobes, each bearing 4/5 long setae and 1 small

seta. Paraproct (fig. 192) with round field of 33 trichobothria

and 2 setae not in rosettes. Hypandrium (fig. 193) basally

incised, apically emarginate with a pair of bluntly pointed

curved hooks. Phallosome (fig. 194): frame anteriorly

transverse; endophallus consisting of median and lateral pairs

of membranous lobes.

Dimensions. B 2.7, FW 4.01, HW 2.98, F 0.63, T 1.32, t,

0. 442, t 2 0.087, t 3 0.103, rt 5. 1:1: 1.2, ct 18,0,0, f, 0.750, f 2 0.608.

Remarks. A. truganiniae can be distinguished from A.

fenestratus by the fore wing setae not being sited on dark spots,

and in the form of the male epiproct; from A. pardus in the

form of the subgenital plate, male epiproct and hypandrium;

from A. basipunctatus in the fore wing pigmentation, and in

the form of the male epiproct and hypandrium. A. truganiniae

is essentially a rainforest species that was taken in November

and in the autumn months.

Etymology. Named for Truganini, considered to be the last

surviving full-blood indigenous person from Tasmania.

Haplophallus Thornton

Haplophallus Thornton, 1959: 336. Type species: Haplophallus

orientalis Thornton.

Haplophallus sinus Thornton and New

Haplophallus sinus Thornton and New, 1977: 20.

Material examined. Many individuals collected throughout the year.

Distribution. Tasmania, Bass Strait Is, Victoria, New South

Wales and Queensland.

Remarks. Essentially confined to the coastal rim of Tasmania

H. sinus was very common in dry forest, dry coastal scrub and

heath.

Philotarsopsis Tillyard

Philotarsopsis Tillyard, 1923: 182. Type species: Philotarsopsis

delicata Tillyard.

Latrobiella Thornton, 1981: 433. — Lienhard and Smithers, 2002:

334.

Key to Tasmanian species of Philotarsopsis

1. Rudimentary spine of dorsal valve of gonapophyses with

sharply pointed apex, basal portion of spermathecal duct

sclerotised (males unknown) hellyeri sp. nov.

- Rudimentary spine of dorsal valve of gonapophyses with

rounded apex, basal portion spermathecal duct

membranous 2

2. Line of dark pigment from ocellar protuberance to

antennal socket; pigment on prothorax distinctly darker

than that on mesothorax; areola postica less than one third

covered with brown cloud, fore wing fascia distinct

paraguttata (Thornton and New)

- No dark line from antennal socket to ocellar protuberance;

prothorax no darker than mesothorax; areola postica at

least two-thirds covered with brown cloud, fore wing

fascia broken or indistinct guttata (Tillyard)

Philotarsopsis guttata (Tillyard)

Philotarsis guttatus Tillyard, 1923: 181.

Philotarsopsis delicatus Tillyard, 1923: 182.

Philotarsis greyi Edwards, 1950: 116.

Haplophallus guttatus. — Smithers, 1969: 322.

Latrobiella guttata. — Thornton, 1981: 433.

Philotarsopsis guttata. — Lienhard and Smithers, 2002: 335.

Latrobiella lemsidia Thornton and New. Cole et al., 1989: 34.

Material examined. Many individuals collected from January to July.

Distribution. Tasmania, Bass Strait Is, all mainland states

(except Northern Territory) and New Zealand.

Remarks. This species was collected mainly in dry and wet

forests with an understorey of sclerophyllous shrubs.

Examination of the material recorded as Latrobiella lemsidia

from the Bass Strait Is (Cole et al., 1989) shows this material to

be conspecific with Victorian and Tasmanian specimens of

Philotarsopsis guttata.

Philotarsopsis hellyeri sp. nov.

Figures 180-84

Material examined. Holotype 9 : Tasmania, Cradle Mtn, Cradle Valley

above Weindorfers grave, 41°38’S 145°57’E, fogging Nothofagus

cunninghamii, 25 Feb 1990 (R. Coy, P. Lilly white, A. Yen). Twenty-five

9 paratypes: same data as holotype (MV).

Description of female. Coloration (after ca 3 years in alcohol).

Head ground colour buff, with the following dark brown:

confluent markings dorsal to eyes, along back of vertex and

along each side of blackish median epicranial suture; large

patch centrally on frons, extending to include background of

ocelli; ring surrounding antennae base; lateral margins of

postclypeus; basal half of anteclypeus; labrum; apical segment

of maxillary palp. Gena buff ventrally, merging brown dorsally.

Scape and pedicel dark brown, basal flagellar segment light

brown, apically merging dark brown, remainder of flagellar

segments dark brown. Ocelli pale, centripetal margins blackish.

Eyes black. Fore wing (fig. 180) with brown markings, veins

dark brown, membrane with pale brown tinge. Hind wing (fig.

181) membrane with pale brown tinge. Thorax dark brown,

sutural areas pale on dorsa. Legs with coxa dark brown, femur

and tibia pale brown, tibia merging brown apically, tarsi dark

brown. Abdomen buff, terga with lateral grey-brown

annulations, terminal segments dark brown.

Morphology. IO:D = 2.9. Distal margin of labrum bearing

11 sensilla, each lateral sensillum posterior to remaining

sensilla, anterior margin of outer surface with distinct row of

The Psocoptera (Insecta) of Tasmania, Australia

131

four sensilla. Epistomal suture present, clypeal shelf absent,

but narrow remnant appears present on lateral margins of

epistomal suture. Lacinia with apical lateral projection larger

than median. Postclypeal striae not distinct. Vertex of head

with obvious reticulate pattern, surface of head strongly

granulated except patch of polygonal cells centrally on frons

anterior to median ocellus. Vertex, frons and gena bearing

setae of two lengths, one short and narrow, the other thick and

very long. Postclypeus bearing short narrow setae. Antennae

flagellar segments bearing setae of differing lengths, placoid

sensilla distributed as follows: 1 base f v 1 apex f 4 . Trichoid

sensillum near apices of f 6 and f 10 , each bearing a long slender

filament. Terminal segment apically attenuated, bearing large

apical seta. Fore wing (fig. 180) veins, including cu 2 , bearing

single rank of large setae. Medial and radial veins, and vein

cu lb bearing a second rank of shorter fine setae. Costa adjacent

to pterostigma strongly thickened. Setae on hind wing (fig.

181) veins: rl 1 , rs 0, r 2+3 0, r 4+5 10 (2 ranks), m 12 (2 ranks), cu }

1. Both wings with microtrichia on margins and membranes.

Ninth tergite with central reticulate field of polygonal cells.

Epiproct (fig. 182) with 2 large setae at each posterolateral

margin. Paraproct (fig. 182) with round field of 13-17

trichobothria. Subgenital plate (fig. 183): lobe elongated,

narrowing posteriorly, apex with 4-5 small setae; pigment

band extending into pair of anteriorly diverging arms.

Gonapophyses (fig. 184): ventral valve long, slender; dorsal

valve broad with sclerotised basal bar, rudimentary spine

apically pointed; external valve transverse, posterior margin

shallowly rounded, setose. Spermathecal sac (fig. 184)

membranous, basal portion of duct sclerotised.

Dimensions. B 3.0, FW 2.83, HW 2.18, F 0.63, T 1.17, t, 0.427,

t 2 0.071, t 3 0.111, rt 6:1:1. 5, ct 12,0,0, f, 0.411, t $ 0.253.

Male. Unknown.

Remarks. This species, found only on Nothofagus from Cradle

Valley, is similar to P. guttata and P. paraguttata in the

pigmentation of the fore wing. P. hellyeri differs from these

two species in lacking distinct postclypeal striae converging

towards a pale midline, in the shape of both the apical spine on

the dorsal valve and the external valve of the gonapophyses,

and in possessing a sclerotised basal portion on the spermathecal

duct.

Etymology. Named for Henry Hellyer, an early surveyor and

explorer in Tasmania.

Philotarsopsis paraguttata (Thornton and New)

Haplophallus paraguttata Thornton and New, 1977: 8.

Latrobiella paraguttata. — Thornton, 1981: 433.

Philotarsopsis paraguttata. — Lienhard and Smithers, 2002: 336.

Material examined. Many individuals collected from February to

June.

Distribution. Tasmania, Victoria, New South Wales and

Queensland.

Remarks. This locally widespread species was collected in

similar habitats to P. guttata.

Elipsocidae

Key to Tasmanian genera of Elipsocidae

1. Tarsi two-segmented 2

- Tarsi three-segmented 3

2. Macropterous or micropterous

Villopsocus Schmidt and New

- Apterous Paedomorpha Smithers

3 . Ventral valve of gonapophyses very short (males unknown)

Paedomorpha Smithers

- Ventral valve of gonapophyses long and slender (males

known) 4

4. Small pores in female fore wings; dorsal valve spine

longer than apex of lobe; hypandrium margin round

Gondwanapsocus Schmidt and New

- Female fore wings without pores; apex of dorsal valve

lobe and spine about equal in length; hypandrium margin

transverse or laterally lobed 5

5. Fore wing with single rank of setae on basal veins,

pulvillus broad 6

- Fore wing with two ranks of setae on basal veins, pulvillus

narrow 7

6. Macropterous, fore wing vein m five-branched

Pentacladus Enderlein

- Macropterous, brachypterous or micropterous, fore wing

vein m three-branched Propsocus McFachlan

7. Antenna segments with white apices; clypeal shelf narrow;

eyes small and round

Diademadrilus Schmidt and New

- Antenna segments uniformly pigmented; clypeal shelf

broad; eyes large and ovoid 8

8. Subgenital plate lacking apical setae; aedeagal arch of

phallosome with apical “clawed” projections

Onychophallus Schmidt and New

- Subgenital plate with pair of apical setae; apex of aedeagal

arch of phallosome lacking “clawed” projections

Telmopsocus Schmidt and New

Diademadrilus Schmidt and New

Diademadrilus Schmidt and New, 2004a: 164. Type species:

Spilopsocus annulatus Smithers.

Diademadrilus masseyi (New)

Spilopsocus masseyi New, 1971: 226.

Diademadrilus masseyi. — Schmidt and New, 2004a: 164.

Material examined. Many individuals collected throughout the year.

Distribution. Tasmania, Bass Strait Is, Victoria, New South

Wales and South Australia.

132

Evan R. Schmidt and Timothy R. New

Remarks. This species is restricted to coastal sites in northern,

northwestern and northeastern Tasmania. On the east coast it is

found as far south as Freycinet National Park. It was taken only

in dry coastal scrub and heath.

Gondwanapsocus Schmidt and New

Gondwanapsocus Schmidt and New: 2004a: 166. Type species:

Gondwanapsocus australis Schmidt and New.

Gondwanapsocus australis Schmidt and New

Gondwanapsocus australis Schmidt and New, 2004a: 167.

Material examined. Site 353, lc?, 21 Mar 88; site 356, 2c?, 18 Mar 88;

site 364A, 1 c?, 15 Feb 88; site 364B, lc?, 15 Feb 88; site 364C, lc $, 15

Feb 88; site 365B, lc?, 15 Feb 88; site 366B, 2c?, 16 Feb 88.

Distribution. Tasmania.

Remarks. Confined to coastal vegetation on the southern coast

of Tasmania.

Onychophallus Schmidt and New

Onychophallus Schmidt and New, 2004a: 167. Type species:

Onychophallus diemenensis.

Onychophallus diemenensis Schmidt and New

Onychophallus diemenensis Schmidt and New, 2004a: 169.

Material examined. Many individuals collected from October to

February.

Distribution. Tasmania.

Remarks. Most common on Nothofagus and rainforest conifers

this early summer species was taken in October as nymphs

only. At the type locality (site 75A) adults were taken only in

November (site not sampled in December) but nymphs,

presumed to be of this species, were collected from July to

October. By January at this site adults were not found but again

nymphs, this time presumably of Telmopsocus, were taken.

Paedomorpha Smithers

Paedomorpha Smithers, 1963: 32. Type species: Paedomorpha

gayi Smithers.

Paedomorpha gayi Smithers

Paedomorpha gayi Smithers, 1963: 32.

Material examined. Queens Domain, Hobart, loose bark on eucalypt.

If?, 17 April 1968 (V. V. Hickman).

Distribution. Tasmania, Victoria, New South Wales, Western

Australia and New Zealand.

Remarks. This species has been recorded previously from this

locality in Tasmania. Although Queens Domain was sampled

on several occasions no additional material was collected

during this study.

Pentacladus Enderlein

Pentacladus Enderlein, 1906: 408. Type species: Pentacladus

eucalypti Enderlein.

Pentacladus eucalypti Enderlein

Pentacladus eucalypti Enderlein, 1906: 408.

/ Pentacladus eucalypti. — Cole et al., 1989: 34.

Material examined. Many individuals collected throughout the year.

Distribution. Tasmania, Victoria, New South Wales,

Queensland, South Australia and New Zealand.

Remarks. P. eucalypti was found from September to May, but

dead Eucalyptus foliage was not sampled from June to August.

The species has been collected previously in May, June, August

and September (Edwards, 1950) in Tasmania, and therefore

appears to be present all year. It is locally widespread and

known from both dry and wet forests. Closer examination of

the Flinders I (Bass Strait) material of this species reveals

marked differences in the shape of the apex of the aedeagal

arch of the phallosome. The size, coloration and details of

female genitalia are similar to those of P. eucalypti. The

material represents a new undescribed species of Pentacladus.

Propsocus McLachlan

Propsocus McLachlan, 1866: 352. Type species: Psocus pallipes

McLachlan.

Key to Tasmanian species of Propsocus

1. Hypandrium with transverse margin (gonapophyses with

broad, well developed membranous break between inner

sclerotised margin of dorsal valve and external valve)

pallipes McLachlan

- Hypandrium with lateral lobes 2

2. Aedeagusof phallosome withmucronateapex(gonapophyses

with narrow, somewhat incipient membranous break

between inner sclerotised margin of dorsal valve and

external valve) pulchripennis (Perkins)

- Aedeagus of phallosome lacking mucronate apex (females

unknown) frodshami sp. nov.

Propsocus frodshami sp. nov.

Figures 195-99

Material examined. Holotypec?: Tasmania, Central Plateau, near Projection

Bluff, 1200 m, 41°44’S 146°42’E, Suction, 27 April 1988 (L. Hill).

Additional record: lc?, Mt William National Park, sedge, 11 July 1986.

Description of male. Coloration (after ca 5 years in alcohol).

Vertex brown, with dark brown elongated spots on each side of

median epicranial suture, along back of vertex and dorsal to

eyes, these fusing into band extending anteriorly around eye

and merging with dark brown gena. Ocelli pale, brown ocellar

region with narrow dark brown surround. Narrow band along

lateral epicranial suture dark brown. Frons brown, with dark

brown median stirrup mark. Epistomal suture dark brown.

The Psocoptera (Insecta) of Tasmania, Australia

133

Figures 195-199. Propsocus frodshami. Male: 195, fore wing; 196, hind wing; 197, epiproct and paraproct; 198, hypandrium; 199, phallosome.

Figures 195, 196 and 197-199 to common scales.

Postclypeal striae dark brown, merging at midline, striae

originating short distance anteriorly of epistomal suture,

leaving narrow brown posterior postclypeal margin.

Anteclypeus pale. Labrum dark brown. Maxillary palpi brown.

Scape, pedicel and basal flagellar segment of antenna pale

brown, remaining segments brown. Eyes black. Fore wing (fig.

195) brown, basal veins hyaline over most of their length. Hind

wing (fig. 196) with brown tinge. Prothorax pale, meso- and

meta-thorax dark brown. Legs: procoxa pale, meso- and meta-

coxa dark brown; femora, tibiae and basal tarsus pale, mid and

apical tarsal segments brown. Abdomen pale brown, terminal

segments brown.

Morphology. IO:D = 3.0. Distal margin of labrum bearing 11

sensilla, anterior margin of outer surface with distinct row of 4

sensilla. Lacinia usual for genus, outer tine larger than median.

Epistomal suture present, clypeal shelf broad. Head and thorax

glossy. Frons tall. Majority of setae clothing head lost in

preparation. Sockets on vertex and frons fairly sparse, those of

postclypeus smaller and slightly denser. Setae on gena short and

fine. Surface of head finely granular. Stirrup-mark on frons

consisting of large polygonal cells, not granulated. Apex of

terminal segment incipiently mucronate. Distribution of placoid

sensilla: 2 base f p 1 apices f 4 , f 6 and f 10 ; those of f 6 and f 10 each

bearing a short slender filament. Brachypterous. Fore wing (fig.

195): veins bearing single rank of setae; vein cu 2 setose; setae of

single rank on inner margin of costa around apical margin. Hind

wing (fig. 196) rudimentary, lacking setae. Marginal scales of

wings of low relief, bluntly pointed at distal ends. Tarsi

3 -segmented, claw with incipient subapical tooth, pulvillus

broad. Rasp and mirror of Pearman"s organ well developed.

Epiproct (fig. 197) semicircular, setose. Paraproct (fig. 197) with

field of 8/9 trichobothria. Hypandrium (fig. 198) lateral lobes

apically medially directed, apices bearing very short setae.

Phallosome (fig. 199): frame broad; sclerotised arms of aedeagal

arch short, bearing small tubercles; endophallus similar to that

of Pentacladus eucalypti Enderlein.

Dimensions. B 2.2, FW 0.96, HW 0.24, F 0.66, T 1.09, t 1

0.332, t 2 0.079, t 3 0.095, rt 42:1:1.2, ct 7,0,0, f 1 0.569, f 2 0.521.

Female. Unknown.

Remarks. In possessing a bilobed hypandrium and a phallosome

apex bearing small tubercles this species resembles P.

pulchripennis. The apex of the aedeagal arch of P.pulchripennis

is mucronate with small tubercles, differing from that of P.

frodshami, which has a small transverse apex with small

tubercles extending anteriorly along the arms of the inner

134

Evan R. Schmidt and Timothy R. New

parameres. The form of the endophallus also differs between

the two species. P.frodshami is larger than P. pulchripennis.

Etymology. Named for Thomas Frodsham, an early surveyor

and explorer in Tasmania.

Propsocus pallipes (McLachlan)

Psocus pallipes McLachlan, 1866: 349.

Propsocus pallipes. — McLachlan, 1866: 352.

Material examined. Site 66, l9, 2c?, 4 Sep 86; 3$, 30 Oct 86; site 74, 1

S', 18 Mar 87; site 98, 2?, 1 S, 1 nymph, 11 Sep 86; site 99, 9?, 19 S, 2

nymphs, 10 Oct 86.

Distribution. All Australian states including Victoria

(unpublished) except Northern Territory.

Remarks. This species was found mainly on dead Eucalyptus

foliage only in dry forests. Additional collecting is required to

determine the phenology of this species.

Propsocus pulchripennis (Perkins)

Stenopsocus pulchripennis Perkins, 1899: 83.

Propsocus pulchripennis. — Zimmerman, 1957: 179.

Material examined. Site 16A, 2$, 1 S, 26 Feb 87; site 87, 1 S, 16 Jan 87;

site 104, 1$, 22 Mar 87; iS, 21 Apr 87; site 107, 1$, 1 S, 4 Feb 87; 7?,

5 S, 22 Mar 87; site 139, 1 S, 18 Jan 87; site 185, 1$, 22 July 86; site

200A, 1$, 18 Apr 87; site 200B, 1 S, 18 Apr 87; site 268, 1?, 1 nymph,

28 Feb 88.

Distribution. Cosmopolitan.

Remarks. This species was taken from several sites but not

from dead Eucalyptus foliage. Apart from a single individual

in July this species was found only from January to April.

Telmopsocus Schmidt and New

Telmopsocus Schmidt and New, 2004a: 174. Type species:

Telmopsocus waldheimensis Schmidt and New.

Telmopsocus waldheimensis Schmidt and New

Telmopsocus waldheimensis Schmidt and New, 2004a: 174.

Material examined. Many individuals collected from February to

July.

Distribution. Tasmania.

Remarks. As noted above under Onychophallus, nymphs of

this species may have been taken in January at one site. It is

more common than Onychophallus and occurs in many of the

same sites, but is found in late summer and autumn.

Villopsocus Schmidt and New

Villopsocus Schmidt and Thornton, 2004a: 176. Type species:

Villopsocus tasmaniensis Schmidt and New.

Villopsocus tasmaniensis Schmidt and New

Villopsocus tasmaniensis Schmidt and New, 2004a: 177.

Distribution. Tasmania.

Remarks. Previously recorded from Tasmania (Schmidt and

New, 2004a), this species was not found during this study.

Psocidae

Key to Tasmanian genera of Psocidae

1. Pterostigma of fore wing elongate, narrow

Tany stigma Smithers

- Pterostigma of fore wing normal 2

2. Phallosome frame posteriorly open, dorsal valve of

gonapophyses with rudimentary apical spine*

Blaste Kolbe

- Phallosome frame closed, dorsal valve of gonapophyses

with apical spine well developed 3

3. Phallosome with apical pair of double spines, subgenital

plate lobe with lateral pair of pigmented bands

Clematostigma Enderlein

- Phallosome lacking apical pair of double spines, subgenital

plate lobe medially uniformly pigmented

Ptycta Enderlein

* The apical spine on the dorsal valve of the gonapophyses of

Blaste lignicola (Enderlein) is well developed.

Blaste Kolbe

Blaste Kolbe, 1883b: 79. Type species: Blaste juvenilis Kolbe.

Key to Tasmanian species of Blaste

1. Male epiproct with lateral anteriorly directed lobes, dorsal

flap absent; subgenital plate with sinuous row of preapical

setae lignicola (Enderlein)

- Male epiproct lacking anteriorly directed lobes, dorsal

flap present; subgenital plate lacking row of preapical

setae 2

2. Hypandrium lacking lateral “horns”; subgenital plate lobe

short, apical margin emarginate panops Smithers

- Hypandrium with conspicuous lateral “horns”; subgenital

plate lobe well developed, apical margin rounded or

transverse 3

3. Hypandrium with median tongue and longitudinal ridges

with apical group of spines; anterior pigmented arms of

subgenital plate not divergent taylori New

- Hypandrium with rounded median apex; anterior

pigmented arms of subgenital plate divergent 4

4. Fore wing with apical brown bands

bistriata Schmidt and Thornton

- Fore wing lacking strong apical pattern 5

The Psocoptera (Insecta) of Tasmania, Australia

135

5. Fore wing cell An basally with brown pigment

falcifer Smithers

- Fore wing cell An basally lacking brown pigment

tillyardi Smithers

Blaste bistriata Schmidt and Thornton

Blaste bistriata Schmidt and Thornton, 1993: 192.

Material examined. Tasmania: 1$, under stones, Ferntree, 28 May

1957 (V. V. Hickman); 1?, 1(5, lnymph, under stones, Ferntree, 28

May 1957 (V. V. Hickman); lc5, Arve Loop, mixed forest, 31 Mar

1987; 1(5, Gladstone-Bridport Road, heath, 12 May 1987.

Distribution. Tasmania, Victoria and New South Wales.

Blaste falcifer Smithers

Figures 200-05

Blaste falcifer Smithers, 1979: 66.

This species was described from a single male collected from

southwestern Tasmania. Additional material of both sexes was

obtained in this study and a description of the female is provided.

Material examined. Specimen on which description based: Tasmania,

1$, Cradle Mountain - Lake St Clair National Park, Athrotaxis

selaginoides, Weindorfers Forest, 7 Feb 1987. Additional records:

many individuals collected from January to May.

Description of female. Coloration (after ca 5 years in alcohol).

Identical to that of male, including fore wing (fig. 200) pattern.

Morphology. IO:D = 2.3 (IO:D = 1.8 for male). Head larger

than male. Antennae long, very slender, with sparse fine setae;

sensory placoids: 3 base f p 1 apices f 4 , f 6 and 1 central f 10 ;

terminal segment bluntly rounded. Fore wing (fig. 200) with

setae on posterior and anterior margins of veins r, m+cu and

am, vein cu 2 with few fine setae; veins rs and m fused for a

short length; both sections of vein cu la at slight angle, basal

section longer than apical section. Hind wing (fig. 201)

glabrous. Epiproct (fig. 202) with pair of weakly sclerotised

lateral longitudinal bars. Paraproct (fig. 202) with round field

of 35 trichobothria. Subgenital plate (fig. 203) with apically

setose rectangular median lobe. Gonapophyses (fig. 204):

ventral valve with slender apical spiculate spine; dorsal valve

with broad blunt spiculate apex; external valve transverse with

large dorsal lobe. Spermathecal plate (fig. 205).

Dimensions. B 3.6, FW 4.66, HW 3.45, F 0.96, T 2.01, t,

0.624, t 2 0.197, rt 3.2:1, ct 27,3, f, 0.774, f 2 0.711.

Remarks. This locally widespread species was taken from

some sites of rainforest, wet scrub and heath. In general

morphology and fore wing pigmentation this species is nearly

identical to that of B. panops. However, both sexes of the two

species can easily be separated on genitalic characters: the

hypandrium of males of B. falcifer has a pair of well developed,

curved posterolateral processes which are lacking in B. panops\

the strong median lobe of the female subgenital plate of B.

falcifer contrasts with the very short and medially emarginate

lobe of B. panops. The female genitalia of B. falcifer resemble

those of B. bistriata (above) and B. tillyardi (below), but all

can be separated on details of fore wing pigmentation.

Specimens have been found to vary considerably in size. Fore

wing lengths varied from 4.4-5.4 mm (c5), 4.CM-.7 mm (?).

Blaste lignicola (Enderlein)

Psocus lignicola Enderlein, 1906: 401.

Euclismia lignicola. — Enderlein, 1925: 100.

Blaste (Euclismia) lignicola. — Badonnel, 1955: 253.

Euclismia lignicola. — New, 1971: 228.

Blaste lignicola. — Schmidt and Thornton, 1993: 195.

Material examined. Many individuals collected from January to

June.

Distribution. Tasmania, Bass Strait Is, Victoria, New South

Wales and Norfolk I.

Remarks. This species was found in dry coastal scrub and

heath, and dry forest along the eastern, northern and

northwestern coastline.

Blaste panops Smithers

Blaste panops Smithers, 1979: 63.

Distribution. Tasmania. This species was described from two

individuals from south west Tasmania. No placename was cited

for the type locality, which was designated by the co-ordinates

42°55’S 143°53’E.

Remarks. Smithers (1979) noted the similarities and differences

of this species (described from singletons of each sex) to that of

Blaste falcifer (see comments under that species above). This

collection contains no additional material which is referable to

this species.

Blaste taylori New

Blaste taylori New, 1974b: 286.

Material examined. Many individuals collected from February to

June.

Distribution. Tasmania, Bass Strait Is, Victoria, New South

Wales and Western Australia.

Remarks. This locally widespread species was collected from

many sites of rainforest, mixed forest, dry coastal scrub and

heath, and wet scrub.

Blaste tillyardi Smithers

Blaste tillyardi Smithers, 1969: 338.

Material examined. Site 104, 1?, 11 May 87; site 303, 1?, 1(5, 28 Mar

87.

Distribution. Tasmania, Victoria, New South Wales and New

Zealand.

Clematostigma Enderlein

Clematostigma Enderlein, 1906: 403. Type species: Copostigma

maculiceps Enderlein.

136

Evan R. Schmidt and Timothy R. New

Figures 200-205. Blaste falcifer. Female: 200, fore wing; 201, hind wing; 202, epiproct and paraproct; 203, subgenital plate; 204, gonapophyses;

205, spermathecal plate. Figures 200, 201 and 202 and 204 to common scales.

Clematostigma maculiceps (Enderlein)

Copostigma maculiceps Enderlein, 1903: 231.

Clematostigma maculiceps. — Enderlein, 1906: 403.

Material examined. Site 115B, 1$, id, 22 Feb 88; site 152A, 1?, Ad, 10

nymphs, 23 Feb 88; site 175, l9, 26 Apr 87; site 177, 2?, 3d, 10 nymphs,

18 Mar 87; 1?, 26 Apr 87; site 179A, 2?, 10c?, 18 Mar 87; site 180A, id,

18 Mar 87; site 200A, 1$, 2d, 8 nymphs, 18 Apr 87; site 200C, 8 nymphs,

18 Apr 87; site 207, l9, 17 Apr 87; site 248A, 11$, 8 d, 24 Jan 87.

Distribution. Tasmania, Flinders I (Bass Strait), Victoria and

New South Wales.

Remarks. This species was collected from January to April on

the northern plains and slopes predominantly from wet forest.

It was also taken at two coastal localities (Eddystone Point and

Sisters Beach) from Casuarina stricta and Banksia serrata.

Ptycta Enderlein

Ptycta Enderlein, 1925: 102. Type species: Psocus haleakalae

Perkins.

1. Hypandrium with asymmetrical tongue, ventral valve of

gonapophyses long and slender 2

- Hypandrium lobes symmetrical, ventral valve of

gonapophyses short 6

2. Antedorsum and dorsa of mesothorax dark brown

colei sp. nov.

- Antedorsum and dorsa of mesothorax pale 3

3. 9 IO:D - 3.0, d IO:D = 2.2

australis Schmidt and Thornton

The Psocoptera (Insecta) of Tasmania, Australia

137

- 9 IO:D - 2. 0-2.4, 3 IO:D = 1.3-1. 5 4

4. Head with brown and mauve markings

freycineti sp. nov.

- Head with brown markings 5

5. Pterostigma of fore wing pigmented in apical third, not

extending basally past apex where spur-vein originates

glossoptera New

- Pterostigma of fore wing pigmented in apical half,

extending basally past apex where spur-vein originates

pallawahensis sp. nov.

6. Fore wing hyaline (except pterostigma), male paraproct

with rugose basal region emarginata New

- Fore wing with brown patches (except pterostigma), male

paraproct lacking rugose basal region 7

7. Phallosome incompletely closed; epiproct with narrow

elongated anterior projection; female fore wing with

brown band medially in cell Cu 2 umbrata New

- Phallosome completely closed; epiproct with broad semi-

circular anterior projection; female fore wing lacking

brown band medially in cell Cu 2

campbelli Schmidt and Thornton

Ptycta australis Schmidt and Thornton

Ptycta australis Schmidt and Thornton, 1993: 201.

Ptycta glossoptera New. Cole et al., 1989: 34.

Ptycta sp. A. Cole et al., 1989: 34.

Material examined. Many individuals collected from November to

August.

Distribution. Tasmania, Bass Strait Is and Victoria.

Remarks. Examination of the Bass Strait material (Cole et al.,

1989) shows that records of Ptycta glossoptera New (males

only) and Ptycta sp. A (females only) are of this species. The

IO:D measured for males of this species by Schmidt and

Thornton (1993) is incorrect; the correct value appears in the

above key.

This species was found in wet scrub and heath in western,

northwestern and northern regions, but on the northern coast it

was taken on drier coastal scrub and heath. It was not found on

the east coast south of Eddystone Point.

Ptycta campbelli Schmidt and Thornton

Ptycta campbelli Schmidt and Thornton, 1993: 205.

Ptycta sp. C. Cole et al., 1989: 34.

Ptycta sp. C. G. Endersby et al., 1990: 219.

Material examined. Many individuals collected throughout the year.

Distribution. Tasmania, Bass Strait Is, Victoria and New South

Wales.

Remarks. This species is the most locally widespread and

common of the Psocidae in Tasmania. It appears to have little

habitat specificity.

Ptycta colei sp. nov.

Figures 206-13

Ptycta hollowayae Smithers. Cole et al., 1989: 34.

Material examined. Holotype 3 : Tasmania, UV light trap, open forest

remnant. University of Tasmania, Hobart, 13 May 1986. Paratype 3 :

same data as holotype; paratype 9: Bedfordia salicina, montane grassy

forest, Tunbridge-Steppes Road, 29 May 1986. Additional records:

site 45, \ 3 , 1 nymph, 5 June 87; site 127A, l9, 24 Mar 87; 1 3 , 22 Feb

88; site 131E, l9, 2 nymphs, 24 Feb 88; site 159B, 1 3, 18 Jan 87; site

214A, 1?, 2 Mar 87; 1$, 17 Mar 87.

Description of male. Coloration (after ca 4.5 years in alcohol).

Ground colour of head buff, with the following dark brown:

markings along back of vertex, dorsal to eyes and along median

epicranial suture; band along epicranial arm from ring

surrounding antenna base to narrow band adjacent to lateral

ocelli; stirrup mark centrally on frons; parallel striae on

postclypeus; antenna; two apical segments of maxillary palp.

Posterior third of anteclypeus and labrum brown. Eyes black.

Ocelli pale, with black internal borders. Thorax dark brown,

with paler sutural areas. Legs buff except coxa, apices of femur

and tibia, tarsal segments dark brown. Fore wing (fig. 206).

Hind wing (fig. 207) hyaline. Abdomen grey-brown dorsally,

pale ventrally, terminal segments dark brown.

Morphology. IO:D = 1.2. Eyes large, offstanding, reaching

well beyond vertex when viewed from side of head. Median

epicranial suture distinct, ocelli on raised tubercle. Antennae

long, finely setose, sensory placoids: 2 at base f |9 1 apices f 2 , f 4

and f 1Q . Apex of terminal segment bluntly pointed. Fore wing

(fig. 206): few fine setae on costa in region of pterostigma;

veins sparsely setose, except cup short fine setae on basal

veins as follows: posterior margin of r, scattered on vein and

margin of m+cu, on both posterior and anterior margins of an.

Both sections of vein cu la at slight angle, approximately equal

in length. Pterostigma lacking spur-vein, veins rs and m joined

by a short cross-vein. Hind wing (fig. 207) glabrous, except for

few short fine setae on margin between veins r 2+3 and r 4+5 .

Epiproct (fig. 208, anterior margin facing posterior direction)

margin well sclerotised, anterior margin bilobed, spiculate.

Paraproct (fig. 208) with large terminal spine, round field of 38

trichobothria. Hypandrium (fig. 209) with strap-like tongue,

bearing row of bluntly pointed teeth along margin, these

becoming smaller, with more rounded apex towards distal end

of tongue; apex of tongue asymmetrically curled. Phallosome

(fig. 210) frame closed, with short central lateral projections

and slender elongate apex.

Dimensions. B 3.8, FW 5.10, HW 3.86, F 0.99, T 2.15, t,

0.576, t 2 0.197, rt 2.9:1, et 27,4, f 1 1.181, f 2 0.941.

Description of female. Coloration (after ca 4.5 years in alcohol).

As male, except dark brown band along epicranial arm and

ring surrounding base of antenna not as distinct. Fore wing (fig.

211 ).

Morphology. IO:D = 1.8. Eyes offstanding. Antennae

finely pubescent, sensory placoids: 4 at base f p 1 at apices f 4 , f 6

and f 1Q . Fore (fig. 211) and hind wings as male. Epiproct setose

in apical half, lateral margins sclerotised. Paraproct with

round field of 38 trichobothria. Subgenital plate (fig. 212) with

138

Evan R. Schmidt and Timothy R. New

Figures 206-213. Ptycta colei. Male: 206, fore wing; 207, hind wing; 208, epiproct and paraproct; 209, hypandrium; 210, phallosome. Figures

206, 207 and 208-210 to common scales. Female: 211, fore wing; 212, subgenital plate; 213, gonapophyses and spermathecal plate. Figures 212

and 213 to common scale.

The Psocoptera (Insecta) of Tasmania, Australia

139

small field of preapical setae on lobe, and longer setae on body

of plate. Gonapophyses and spermathecal plate (fig. 213).

Dimensions. B 4.0, FW 5.16, HW 3.98, F 1.03, T 2.33, t,

0.624, t 2 0.229, rt 2.7:1, ct 28,4, f, 1.286, f 2 0.941.

Distribution. Tasmania and Bass Strait Is.

Remarks. This species is most similar to P. hollowayae

Smithers. Females differ in details of fore wing pigmentation:

a triangular pigmented area bound by veins r and rs of P.

hollowayae is absent in P. colei ; the basal third of cell An is

lightly pigmented in P. colei which appears absent in P.

hollowayae. The pterostigma of the fore wing of males of P.

hollowayae is uniformly pigmented. In contrast only about the

apical half is pigmented in P. colei. Ptycta colei also lacks the

darker clouds in the basal half of cell R { and apices of cells R l

and R 3 which are present in the males of P. hollowayae

(Smithers, 1984; fig. 70). The sclerotised process basad of the

trichobothrial field of the male paraproct (Smithers, 1984; fig.

72) of P. hollowayae is not distinct in P. colei, and the basal

margin of the anterior lobe of the epiproct is much more bilobed

in P. colei than that shown for P. hollowayae (Smithers, 1984;

fig. 71). Ptycta colei is a larger species, fore wing lengths vary

from 4.6-5. 1 mm ($), 5. 1-5.4 mm (<5). In both sexes the junction

of veins rs and m in the fore wing varies from a short cross-vein

to a short fusion.

Etymology. Named for Peter Cole, whose studies of the Bass

Strait Psocoptera form a foundation for knowledge of this genus

in the region.

Ptycta emarginata New

Ptycta emarginata New, 1974b: 299.

Ptycta cornigera New, 1974b: 301. — Smithers, 1997: 119.

Ptycta sp. M. Cole et al., 1989: 34.

Material examined. Site 90A, 1(5, 1$, 20 Feb 88; site 90B, 5$, 20 Feb

88; site 159A, 2?, 2c?, 7 Dec 86; 1(5, 23 Mar 87; 1$, 23 Feb 88; site 160,

2$, 3(5, 23 Feb 88; site 252B, 1?, 1 nymph, 29 Feb 88.

Distribution. Tasmania, Bass Strait Is, Victoria (unpublished),

New South Wales and Western Australia.

Remarks. New (1974b) described both P. emarginata (single

female) and P. cornigera (males only) from Western Australian

material. Female specimens from Tasmania are considerably

darker than the described specimen. Both sexes have a central

stirrup mark on the frons, and the epicranial arm bears a broad

brown band (less distinct in the female) which is not mentioned

in either of the original descriptions. This species was taken

only in dry coastal scrub and the heath understorey of Banksia

s errata.

Ptycta freycineti sp. nov.

Figures 214-21

Material examined. Holotype (5: Tasmania, Cape Tourville,

Leptospermum grandiflorum, 11 June 1987. One nymph, 2? and 1 3

paratypes: same data as holotype. Additional records: many individuals

collected throughout the year.

Description of male. Coloration (after ca 4.5 years in alcohol).

Ground colour of head buff. The following are dark brown:

markings on back of vertex, dorsal to eyes and along median

epicranial suture; ring surrounding antennae base; central

stirrup mark on frons; parallel striae on postclypeus, these

becoming obsolete anteriorly except in midline; two apical

segments of maxillary palp; antennae. The following are

mauve: patch each side of median epicranial suture on top of

vertex; band along epicranial arm from lateral ocelli to base of

antenna; small patch adjacent to epistomal suture each side of

stirrup mark on frons. Labrum and anteclypeus colourless.

Eyes purple-black. Ocelli pale purple, internally bordered

black. Antedorsum and dorsa of mesothorax with mauve tinge,

except anterior margin of antedorsum, both posterior mesad

patches and margin of mesothorax dorsa, which are dark

brown. Dorsa of metathorax dark brown, pleura dark brown

with pale sutural areas. Legs buff except: coxa of meso- and

meta-thoracic legs dark brown, femur with basally narrow and

apically broader brown bands, tibia merging brown basally and

apically, tarsal segments brown. Fore wing with brown pigment

(fig. 214). Hind wing (fig. 215) hyaline. Abdomen brown with

mauve annulations, terminal segments dark brown.

Morphology. IO:D = 1.5. Eyes large, offstanding, reaching

beyond level of vertex when looking from side of head. Median

epicranial suture distinct. Ocelli on raised tubercle. Antenna

(type incomplete) long, slender, pubescent; sensory placoids: 3

at base fj, 1 at apices f 4 , f 6 and f 10 , terminal segment bluntly

rounded (from another preparation). Fore wing (fig. 214) and

hind wing (fig. 215) with fine setae, veins rs and m fused for a

short length. Epiproct (fig. 216) margin well sclerotised,

anterior lobe transverse, spiculate. Paraproct (fig. 216) with

large terminal spine and round field of 28 trichobothria, small

rounded sclerotised area basad of trichobothrial field.

Hypandrium (fig. 217). Phallosome (fig. 218) frame closed,

with long lateral anteriorly directed projections.

Dimensions. B 2.8, FW 4.45, HW, 3.36, F 0.83, T 1.71, t T

0.474, t 2 0.197, rt 2.5:1, ct 23,4, 1) 1.008, f 2 0.787.

Description of female. Coloration (after ca 4.5 years in alcohol).

As male, with following exceptions: apical segment of maxillary

palp brown, apex darker; basal flagellar segment of antennae

brown, merging to dark brown apically, remaining segments

dark brown. Fore wing (fig. 219).

Morphology. IO:D = 2.2. Eyes slightly offstanding. Median

epicranial suture distinct. Antennal segments (incomplete) not

as thick and less setose than male, sensory placoids: 3 at base

1 at apices f 2 , f 4 , f 6 and f 1Q . Fore wing (fig. 219) as male

except incipient spur-vein present from pterostigma. Epiproct

setose in apical half, lateral margins sclerotised. Paraproct

with round field of 26 trichobothria. Subgenital plate (fig. 220)

median lobe apically setose, with small subapical triangular

sclerotisation. Gonapophyses and spermathecal plate (fig.

221).

Dimensions. B 3.2, FW 3.92, HW 3.01, F 0.77, T 1.63, t,

0.434, t 2 0.205, rt 2.2:1, ct 20,3, f, 0.814, f 2 0.711.

Remarks. This species is closely related to P. glossoptera, P.

australis and P. pallawahensis (below). It can be distinguished

from the former two species in details of head pattern, as both

140

Evan R. Schmidt and Timothy R. New

217

Figures 214-221. Ptycta freycineti. Male: 214, fore wing; 215, hind wing; 216, epiproct and paraproct; 217, hypandrium; 218, phallosome. Female:

219, fore wing; 220, subgenital plate; 221, gonapophyses and spermathecal plate. Figures 220 and 221 to common scale.

The Psocoptera (Insecta) of Tasmania, Australia

141

lack the mauve pigmentation found on P.freycineti. Differences

from P. pallawahensis are noted in the comments following

that species description (below). The development of the

spur-vein from the pterostigma on the fore wing varies from

small to absent (see comments on this character under the

description of P. glossoptera , New 1974b). Wing length varies

from 3. 8-4. 5mm (<5), 4. 2-4. 5mm (9). Restricted to the

peninsula in which Freycinet National Park forms a large part,

this species was taken from only three dry coastal scrub

habitats: Hakea epiglottis, Kunzea ambigua and Leptospermum

grandiflorum.

Etymology. Named for Louis de Freycinet, a French navigator.

Ptycta glossoptera New

Ptycta glossoptera New, 1974b: 302.

! Ptycta glossoptera. — Cole et al., 1989: 34.

Material examined. Site 194B, 49, 17 June 87; l9, 27 July 87; site

261B, 1<5, 26 Mar 87; l9, 27 Apr 87; site 262A, l9, 1 nymph, 1 Mar 87;

19, 21 May 87; l9, 1 Mar 88; site 263, 69, 28, 25 Jan 87; 29, 2 8, 2

nymphs, 1 Mar 87; l9, 26 June 87; 59, 3 nymphs, 1 Mar 88.

Distribution. Tasmania, Victoria and South Australia.

Remarks. This species was taken in dry coastal scrub

(particularly Melaleuca ericifolia ) and heath. See comments

below P. australis (above).

Ptycta pallawahensis sp. nov.

Figures 222-30

Ptycta sp. H. Coy et al., 1993: 77.

Material examined. Holotype 8: Tasmania, Daisy Dell, Nothofagus

cunninghamii, 2 Mar 1987. Two nymphs, 1 8 and 39 paratypes: same

data as holotype. Additional records: many individuals collected from

January to May.

Description of male. Coloration (after ca 4.5 years in alcohol).

Ground colour of head buff, with the following exceptions:

patches on back of vertex, dorsal to eyes and along median

epicranial suture; ring surrounding antennae base; central

stirrup mark on frons; parallel striae on postclypeus, becoming

obsolete anteriorly except at midline; two basal segments of

maxillary palp; antenna. Eyes black. Ocelli pale, internally

bordered black. Labrum and anteclypeus colourless.

Antedorsum and anterior half of mesothoracic dorsa buff,

remainder of thorax dark brown with pale sutural areas. Legs

buff except coxa of meso- and meta-thoracic legs dark brown,

femora with broad brown apical band, tibiae merging brown

apically, tarsal segments dark brown. Fore wing pigmented

(fig. 222). Hind wing hyaline (fig. 223). Abdomen grey-brown,

terminal segments dark brown.

Morphology. IO:D = 1.3. General morphology similar to

Ptycta freycineti (above) with following exceptions: antenna

sensory placoids: 2 at base f |9 1 at apices f 2 , f 4 , f 6 and f 10 ; small

spur-vein from pterostigma. Epiproct (fig. 224). Paraproct (fig.

224) with sclerotised region basal to round field of 42

trichobothria. Hypandrium (fig. 225) with asymmetrical

tongue, bearing row of bluntly pointed teeth along margin.

Phallosome (fig. 226).

Dimensions. B 3.3, FW 4.87, HW 3.75, F 0.92, T 1.96, t,

0.569, t 2 0.221, rt 2.6:1, ct 25,5, f 1 0.979, f 2 0.826.

Description of female. Coloration (after ca 4.5 years in alcohol).

As male, with the following exceptions: apical segment of

maxillary palp brown, apex darker; scape, pedicel and three

quarters of basal flagellar segment of antenna buff, apical

quarter merging brown, remaining segments dark brown; tibia

wholly buff. Fore wing (fig. 227).

Morphology. IO:D = 2.4. Postclypeal striae less distinct

than in male. General morphology similar to Ptycta freycineti

(above). Epiproct and paraproct (fig. 228), latter with round

field of 29 trichobothria. Subgenital plate (fig. 229, torn at

apex) lobe bearing row of long marginal setae, thickening of

the internal membrane near posterior margin elongate.

Gonapophyses (fig. 230): ventral valve slender; dorsal valve

broad with long narrow process; external valve transverse,

setose. Spermathecal plate (fig. 230).

Dimensions. B 3.9, FW 4.28, HW 3.36, F 0.86, T 1.75, t,

0.474, t 0.205, rt 2.3:1, ct 23,3, f, 0.798, f 2 0.648.

Remarks. This species is closely related to P. australis, P.

glossoptera and P. freycineti (all above). The pterostigma of

the fore wing of P. glossoptera is pigmented in the apical third,

and basally does not extend beyond the apex where the spur-

vein originates. P. australis is smaller than the other species,

the males having very small eyes. Some specimens of P.

pallawahensis have traces of the mauve pigmentation mentioned

in the description of P. freycineti, however this is slight and

lacking in the majority of specimens collected. The fascia of

the fore wing is broader and more extensively pigmented in

females of P. pallawahensis. The scape, pedicel and basal

flagella segment of the antennae are buff in females of this

species, compared to brown in P. freycineti. Males of P.

pallawahensis are larger than those of P.freycineti. The extent

of the spur-vein from the pterostigma on the fore wing varies in

males, from small to absent; in females it appears always to be

present. Wing length varies marginally, 4.3-4.5 mm (9), 4.7-5.0

mm (c5). This widespread species was taken from Nothofagus

and in wet scrub.

Etymology. In reference to pallawah, an indigenous term of

self reference, and the former name of the type locality prior to

it being named Daisy Dell.

Ptycta umbrata New

Ptycta umbrata New, 1974b: 297.

Material examined. St Helens Point, St Helens, Casuarina littoralis, 1

8, 24 Feb 1988.

Distribution. Tasmania, Victoria, New South Wales and South

Australia.

Tanystigma Smithers

Tanystigma Smithers, 1983: 77. Type species: Copostigma

(Clemato stigma) paulum Smithers.

142

Evan R. Schmidt and Timothy R. New

Figures 222-230. Ptycta pallawahensis. Male: 222, fore wing; 223, hind wing; 224, epiproct and paraproct; 225, hypandrium; 226, phallosome.

Figures 224 and 225 to common scale. Female: 227, fore wing; 228, epiproct and paraproct; 229, subgenital plate; 230, gonapophyses and

spermathecal plate. Figures 228-230 to common scale.

The Psocoptera (Insecta) of Tasmania, Australia

143

Key to Tasmanian species of Tany stigma

1. Fore wing with both sections of vein cu u in straight line,

phallosome with posterior pair of double spines

notiale group 2

- Fore wing with both sections of vein cu la at distinct angle,

phallosome with posterior pair of single spines

paulum group 3

2. Hypandrium with apical pair of bulbous lobes; female

epiproct apically emarginate; subgenital plate pigmented

arms anteriorly divided westae sp. nov.

- Hypandrium apically with two short blunt spines; female

epiproct apically transverse; subgenital plate pigmented

arms anteriorly fused maddeni sp. nov.

3. Hypandrium apically bilobed, spermathecal plate

triangular with pair of lateral sclerotised bars

edwardsi New

- Hypandrium apically trilobed, spermathecal plate rounded

4. Distal segment of female maxillary palp distinctly darker

at apex; two basal flagellar segments of female antenna

pale brown; 8 IO:D = 2.6 inglewoodense New

- Distal segment of female maxillary palp uniform dark

brown; basal flagellar segment of female antenna pale

brown; 8 IO:D = 1.6 tardipes Edwards

Notiale Group

Diagnosis. Apical segment of antenna short, length about twice

width. Fore wing with both sections of vein cu u in a straight

line, and somewhat sinuous. Phallosome posteriorly with pair

of double spines. A small apophysis extending posteriorly from

ninth tergite adjacent to paraproct (not mentioned in the

description of notiale). Lightly sclerotised setose dome between

trichobothrial field and apical spur of paraproct of males

absent.

Remarks. As noted by Schmidt and Thornton (1993) Tany stigma

can be divided into two species groups based on the form of

cu u in the fore wing and by the number of apical spines on the

phallosome. Species of the notiale group include T. notiale

(Smithers), T. bifurcatum Smithers, T. dubium (New) (males

unknown), T. valvula Schmidt and Thornton, T. maddeni

(below) and T. westae (below). No distinct genitalic characters

appear to separate females into the two species groups.

Tanystigma maddeni sp. nov.

Figures 231-39

Material examined. Holotype 8: Tasmania, Freycinet National Park,

Casuarina stricta, 17 Jan 1987. Eight nymphs and 6? paratypes: same

data as holotype. Additional records: site 45, 2?, 1 8, 5 June 87; site

52A, 1?, 1 nymph, 7 June 87; site 88A, 1?, 26 June 86; 1?, 7 Aug 86; 6

9, 58, 8 nymphs, 21 Mar 87; 79, 3 8, 22 Apr 87; 39, 2 8, 11 May 87; 69

, 28, 1 nymph, 20 Feb 88; site 95A, l9, 22 Apr 87.

Description of male. Coloration (after ca 4 years in alcohol).

Head buff with the following dark brown: patches dorsal to

eyes, across back of vertex and along median epicranial suture,

which is nearly black; band between eye and antennal socket;

semicircular patch on frons ventral to anterior ocellus; epistomal

suture and longitudinal parallel postclypeal striae; labrum and

anteclypeus. Ocelli pale purple, interior borders black. Eyes

purple-black. Antenna dark brown. Maxillary palps dark

brown, apices of three basal segments buff. Fore wing (fig. 231)

hyaline, veins dark brown. Hind wing (fig. 232) hyaline. Dorsa

dark brown, scutella pale brown. Postnotum pale brown

dorsally, dark brown ventrally. Pleura dark brown, sutural areas

buff. Coxae and legs dark brown, trochanter buff. Abdomen

with grey-brown longitudinal stripes, terminal segments dark

brown.

Morphology. IO:D = 1.4. Eyes large, just below apex of

vertex when viewed from side of head. Ocelli on raised

tubercle. Antennae short (length 3.48mm), setose, f 10 and f n

fused in terminal segment which narrows apically. Sensory

placoids: 2 at base 1). 1 at apices f 4 , f 6 and lj Q . Fore wing (fig.

231): very small scattered setae present on costa and vein of

pterostigma, otherwise glabrous; first and second segments of

CM la almost in straight line, and approximately equal in length;

spur-vein not present. Hind wing (fig. 232) with few setae on

margin between r 2+3 and r 4+5 . Epiproct (fig. 233) with small

rectangular flap at base, each side of this a lightly sclerotised

projection. Paraproct (fig. 233) with round field of 36

trichobothria, distinct curved sclerotised bar and an apical

sclerotised spur. Posterior margin of ninth tergite with two

rounded lobes where the epiproct articulates, larger lateral

projections adjacent to paraprocts (fig. 233). Hypandrium (fig.

234) apically bifid, terminating in two short blunt spines.

Phallosome (fig. 235) closed anteriorly, junction not sclerotised,

posteriorly open with pair of double, sharp sclerotised spines.

Dimensions. B 2.8, FW 3.89, HW 2.95, F 0.69, T 1.54, t,

0.411, t 2 0.190, rt 2.2:1, ct 22,0, lj 0.798, f 2 0.656.

Description of female. Coloration (after ca 4 years in alcohol).

As male, with following exceptions: stirrup mark on frons

ventral to anterior ocellus; brown band extending from back of

eye around ventral margin of eye; basal three segments of

maxillary palp buff; ocelli buff. Fore wing (fig. 236) with

complete transverse fascia.

Morphology. IO:D = 2.6. Antenna less setose than male,

shorter (length 2.78mm). Terminal segment very small, apex

rounded, sensory placoids: 2 at base f p 1 at apices f 2 , f 4 , f 6 and

f 10 . Setae on fore wing (fig. 236) margin more extensive than

male, basal section of cu la longer than apical section. Epiproct

(fig. 237): sclerotised arms directed anteriorly; apical third

with scattered setae. Paraproct (fig. 237) with round field of 27

trichobothria, apical margin setose. Subgenital plate (fig. 238)

median lobe apically setose, few scattered setae near apical

margin on lobe; pigment band fused anteriorly, laterally broad;

two narrow arms extending posteriorly not reaching apical

margin; scattered setae on plate. Gonapophyses (fig. 239):

ventral and dorsal valves with narrow spiculate apices, external

valve with large apical posterior lobe and a dorsal lobe.

Spermathecal plate (fig. 239).

144

Evan R. Schmidt and Timothy R. New

Figures 231-239. Tanystigma maddeni. Male: 231, fore wing; 232, hind wing; 233, ninth tergite, epiproct and paraproct; 234, hypandrium; 235,

phallosome. Figures 231, 232 and 234 and 235 to common scales. Female: 236, fore wing; 237, epiproct and paraproct; 238, subgenital plate; 239,

gonapophyses and spermathecal plate. Figures 237-239 to common scale.

The Psocoptera (Insecta) of Tasmania, Australia

145

Dimensions. B 3.2, FW 3.83, HW 2.83, F 0.67, T 1.44, f

0.363, t 2 0.197, rt 1.8:1, ct 14,0, f, 0.711, f, 0.498.

Remarks. This species is most similar to T. valvula found at

Wilsons Promontory, Victoria, and T. bijurcatum, found in South

Australia. All three species are similar in fore wing pigmentation,

shape of the posterior apical lobe and smaller dorsal lobe of the

external valve of the female gonapophyses, and the males

possessing double-spined phallosomes. In female fore wing

pigmentation T. maddeni, like T. bijurcatum , has a complete

fascia, differing from the broken fascia of T. valvula. The

anteriorly diverging pigmented arms of the subgenital plate are

not fused medially in T. bijurcatum and T. valvula as they are in

T. maddeni , and the small dorsal lobe of the external valve of the

female gonapophyses is longer and more distinct in T. maddeni

than in the other two species. The apically bifid hypandrium of

T. maddeni is very similar to that of T. valvula, unlike the

rounded median lobe of T. bijurcatum. The inner pair of spines

on the phallosome is larger than the outer pair in T. bijurcatum,

unlike T. valvula, in which the outer spines are larger, and T.

maddeni, in which the spines are approximately equal in length.

This species was collected from January to August mainly in dry

coastal scrub from a few sites on the east coast.

Etymology. Named for Dr John Madden, in acknowledgement

of his friendship, and his help to ERS during exploration in

Tasmania.

Tanystigma westae sp. nov.

Figures 240-48

Material examined. Holotype S\ Tasmania, Lyell Hwy, 20 kms east

Derwent Bridge, Hakea epiglottis, 27 Aug 1991. Two ? and id

paratypes: same data as holotype. Additional records: site 242

(holotype locality), 17 nymphs, 3 July 86; 14 nymphs, 12 Aug 86; 1

nymph 15 Sep 86; 1 nymph, 16 Oct 86.

Description of male. Coloration (after ca 3 months in alcohol).

Ground colour of head light brown, with darker brown patches

dorsal to eyes, across back of vertex and each side of median

epicranial suture; broad brown band along arms of epicranial

suture, merging with brown band between eye and dark brown

ring of antennal socket; epistomal suture and longitudinal

postclypeal stripes brown; ocellar protuberance dark brown,

ocelli pale with black centripetal borders; large brown patch on

frons below anterior ocellus; labrum and anteclypeus dark

brown. Maxillary palp dark brown, apices of basal three

segments pale. Antennae dark brown. Eyes black. Fore wing

(fig. 240): hyaline, pigmentation of pterostigma dark brown;

veins dark brown except: base of r 2+3 and r 4+5 ; c« lb ; distal half of

section of m between its leaving rs and joining cu w Hind wing

hyaline. Thorax: dorsa dark brown; postnotum light brown

dorsally, dark brown ventrally; pleura dark brown, sutural areas

pale. Coxae and legs dark brown. Abdomen pale brown with

longitudinal brown stripes, one dorsally and two on each side.

Terminal segments dark brown.

Morphology. IO:D = 2.5. Eyes small. Ocelli on slightly

raised tubercle. Antenna: short (length 2.95mm), strongly

setose; terminal segment small with narrow rounded apex;

sensory placoids: 2 at base f p 1 at apices f 4 and f 1Q . Fore wing

(fig. 240) glabrous, hind wing with few setae at margin between

veins , and r, c . First and second sections of cu , almost in

straight line, both sections approximately equal in length. Distal

half of section of vein between its leaving rs and joining cu ia

strongly curved. Spur-vein present on pterostigma. Mesothoracic

and metathoracic scutella well developed. Epiproct (fig. 241)

sclerotised, fused to ninth tergite; a rounded basal median

projection, each side of this a rounded setose lobe; posteriorly

arrow shaped, a small central area containing three large setae

and numerous smaller setae. Paraproct (fig. 241) with rounded

field of 52 trichobothria, distinct curved sclerotised bar and an

apical sclerotised spur. Ninth tergite with large lateral anvil-

shaped projection adjacent to paraproct (fig. 241). Hypandrium

(fig. 242): well sclerotised, symmetrical with apical pair of

rounded bulbous lobes; at posterior lateral angle plate broadly

folded anteriorly, adjacent to a longitudinal sclerotised bar at

edge of plate; densely setose. Phallosome (fig. 243) posteriorly

open with pair of double, sharp sclerotised spines.

Dimensions. B 3.9, FW 4.5, HW 3.4, F 0.79, T 1.75, t,

0.474, t 2 0.205, rt 2.3:1, ct 18,3, f, 0.830, f 2 0.600.

Description of female. Coloration (after ca 3 months in

alcohol). As male with the following exceptions: brown band

along ventral margin of eye; epicranial suture brown, arms

lacking brown band; fore wing (fig. 244) with complete

transverse fascia; hind wing (fig. 245) with areas of slight

brown tinge; metathoracic scutellum dark brown.

Morphology. IO:D = 3.6. Antenna: less setose than male,

shorter (length 2.65mm); terminal segment very small, sensory

placoids: 1 at base fj. 1 at apices f 2 , f 4 , f 6 and f 1Q . Epiproct (fig.

246): sclerotised arms directed anteriorly, incipiently bilobed

posteriorly with two strong setae apically on each lobe; margin

and body heavily setose. Paraproct (fig. 246): round field of 43

trichobothria; ventral surface rugose; apical margin setose.

Subgenital plate (fig. 247): median lobe with small apical

transverse sclerotised band, surrounding this numerous small

setae; pigment band fusing apically, generally divided

medially; scattered setae on plate with two larger setae

posteriorly. Gonapophyses (fig. 248): ventral valve long,

slender, apex narrow, spiculate; dorsal valve broad with narrow

spiculate apex; external valve with small dorsal lobe, posterior

edge of transverse lobe sclerotised, setose. Spermathecal plate

(fig. 248) represented by two large round sclerotised areas.

Dimensions. B 4.2, FW 4.4, HW 3.3, F 0.75, T 1.61, t,

0.363, t 2 0.198, rt 1.8:1, ct 15,0, f, 0.670, f 2 0.510.

Remarks. Only nymphs of this species have been collected in

the field. The holotype and paratypes were reared in the

laboratory and were subsequently killed on 8 Sep 1991.

Males of T. westae differ from other species of this genus

by the exaggerated size of the apophyses extending posteriorly

from the ninth tergite adjacent to the paraprocts, the peculiar

epiproct and shape of the hypandrium. Females differ markedly

in the pigmentation of the subgenital plate, the bilobed epiproct

and the sclerotisation of the spermathecal plate.

Etymology. Named for Dr Jan West, a friend and former fellow

postgraduate student with ERS, who once attempted to collect

this species while on a visit to Tasmania.

146

Evan R. Schmidt and Timothy R. New

Figures 240-248. Tanystigma westae. Male: 240, fore wing; 241, ninth tergite, epiproct and paraproct; 242, hypandrium; 243, phallosome.

Figures 241-243 to common scale. Female: 244, fore wing; 245, hind wing; 246, epiproct and paraproct; 247, subgenital plate; 248, gonapophyses

and spermathecal plate. Figures 244, 245 and 246-248 to common scales.

The Psocoptera (Insecta) of Tasmania, Australia

147

Paulum Group

Diagnosis. Apical segment of antennae elongated, length about

four times width. Fore wing with both sections of vein cu la at a

distinct angle. Phallosome posteriorly with pair of single spines.

The small apophysis extending posteriorly from ninth tergite

adjacent to paraproct of males absent. Males with a lightly

sclerotised setose dome between trichobothrial field and apical

spur of paraproct.

Remarks. Species of the paulum group include T. paulum

(Smithers), T. latimentulum (Smithers) (females unknown), T.

elongatum Smithers, T. longitibia Smithers, T. tardipes

(Edwards), T. inglewoodense (New), T. edwardsi (New) and T.

striatifrons (McLachlan) (males unknown).

Tanystigma edwardsi (New)

Figures 249-53

Clematostigma edwardsi New, 1974b: 292.

Tanystigma edwardsi. — Smithers, 1983: 77.

New (1974b) described this species from material consisting of

males only. Both sexes were collected from Tasmania, and a

description of the female is provided.

Material examined. Specimen on which description based: Tasmania,

1$, Cape Tourville, Leptospermum grandiflorum, 5 Dec 1986.

Additional records: site 77, \S, 2 nymphs 4 Feb 87; 6?, 22 Mar 87; \S

, 21 Feb 88; site 86, 1?, 21 Mar 87; 2$, lc5, 22 Apr 87; lc5, 20 Feb 88;

site 88B, \S, 11 May 87; site 95A, 1?, 20 Feb 88.

Distribution. Tasmania and Victoria.

Description of female. Coloration (after ca 5 years in alcohol).

Head paler than that of male. Usual markings on back of vertex,

dorsal to eyes and along epicranial suture dark brown. Ocelli

internally bordered black. Black lines extending from lateral

ocelli to antennal bases not present. Brown mark extending

from back of eye along its ventral margin to brown ring of

antenna base. Brown stirrup mark on frons. Striae on

postclypeus very pale. Labrum and anteclypeus colorless. Eyes

black. Maxillary palp pale except dark brown apical segment.

Fore wing (fig. 249) with complete brown fascia. Hind wing

(fig. 250) hyaline. Thorax, legs and abdomen as male.

Morphology. 10: D = 3.7. Fore wing (fig. 249): fine sparse

setae on margin and veins; both sections of vein cu la at a

distinct angle, basal section longer than apical section; spur-

vein from pterostigma present. Hind wing (fig. 250) with few

fine setae on margin between r 2+3 and r 4+5 . Epiproct (fig. 251)

with pair of lateral longitudinal sclerotised bars. Paraproct

(fig. 251) with round field of 27 trichobothria, apical margin

setose. Subgenital plate (fig. 252) with setose median lobe,

pigmentation arms converging posteriorly fusing at basal

section of lobe. Gonapophyses (fig. 253): ventral and dorsal

valves with narrow spiculate apical spine; external valve with

large posterior lobe and small apical dorsal lobe. Spermathecal

plate (fig. 253).

Dimensions. B 3.0, FW 2.74, HW 2.06, F 0.58, T 1.08, t,

0.284, t 2 0.178, rt 1.6:1, ct 16,0, f 1 0.600, f 2 0.506.

Remarks. In fore wing pigmentation the females of T. edwardsi

most resemble the larger T. inglewoodense. The pigmentation

of the pterostigma is more extensive in the latter species,

however the pigmentation surrounding the rs + m vein junction

is more extensive in T. edwardsi. The two species differ

markedly in the shape and extent of the lateral sclerotised bars

of the female epiproct (not figured for T. inglewoodense by

New, 1974b), in the pattern of pigmentation of the subgenital

plate and in the structure of the spermathecal plate (not figured

or mentioned for T. inglewoodense by New, 1974b). The males

from Tasmania are smaller (fore wing length about 4.0 mm)

than those described from Victoria (fore wing length about 4.5

mm), and have a stirrup mark on the frons, a feature not

mentioned in the original description by New (1974b). However,

on the balance of other characters, specimens of this species

are provisionally referred to edwardsi. This species has a

limited distribution and a dry coastal scrub habitat preference

similar to P. freycineti, but is also found in dry forest. It was

taken from December to May.

Tanystigma inglewoodense (New)

Clematostigma inglewoodense New, 1974b: 296.

Tanystigma inglewoodense. — Smithers, 1983: 77.

Material examined. Many individuals collected from February to

July.

Distribution. Tasmania and Victoria.

Remarks. The IO:D measured for males of this species by

Schmidt and Thornton (1993) is incorrect; the correct value is

indicated in the above key. This species is predominantly

coastal and limited to the northern half of the state where it was

found in dry coastal scub, wet scrub, and in the heath understorey

of dry and wet forests.

Tanystigma tardipes (Edwards)

Clematostigma tardipes Edwards, 1950: 95.

Tanystigma tardipes. — Smithers, 1983: 77.

Material examined. Many individuals collected from January to July.

Distribution. Tasmania, Bass Strait Is, Victoria and South

Australia.

Remarks. This species is restricted to dry coastal scrub and dry

forest sites along the east coast from South Arm Recreation

Area to Eddystone Point.

Myopsocidae

Nimbopsocus Smithers

Nimbopsocus Smithers, 2004: 160. Type species: Nimbopsocus

thorntoni Smithers.

Key to Tasmanian species of Nimbopsocus

1. Female body length 4.4-4.8 mm, male body length

2. 9-3.1 mm australis (Brauer)

- Female body length 3. 6-3. 8 mm, male body length

2.0-2. 1 mm hickmani (Smithers)

148

Evan R. Schmidt and Timothy R. New

Figures 249-253. Tanystigma edwardsi. Female: 249, fore wing; 250, hind wing; 251, epiproct and paraproct; 252, subgenital plate; 253,

gonapophyses and spermathecal plate. Figures 249, 250 and 251-253 to common scales.

Nimbopsocus australis (Brauer)

Psocus australis Brauer, 1865: 908.

Myopsocus australis. — Kolbe, 1883a: 145.

Nimbopsocus australis. — Smithers, 2004: 162.

Material examined. Site 77, \S, 22 Mar 87; site 104, 1$, 4 Feb 87.

Distribution. Tasmania, Flinders I (Bass Strait), all mainland

states (except Northern Territory), Norfolk I, Lord Howe I,

Solomon Is, Kermadecs and New Zealand.

Nimbopsocus hickmani (Smithers)

Myopsocus australis (Brauer). Hickman, 1934: 85.

Myopsocus griseipennis (McLachlan). Edwards, 1950: 104.

Myopsocus hickmani Smithers, 1964: 135.

Nimbopsocus hickmani. — Smithers, 2004: 162.

Distribution. Tasmania and Victoria.

Remarks. This species was not collected during the present

study.

The Psocoptera (Insecta) of Tasmania, Australia

149

Discussion

The Psocoptera of Tasmania is far richer than supposed

previously, and this work has also demonstrated the

considerable wider biogeographical and evolutionary interest

of this fauna. Interpretation can still only be rather tentative.

Some parts of the state, particularly in the remote southwest,

remain undercollected and some specialised habitats - such as

karst caves - likely to support species of Psocoptera have not

been surveyed for these insects.

Nevertheless, as noted by Schmidt and New (2004b), some

distributional interpretation is possible. Several faunal elements

are evident, and reflected in richness of particular families. About

15 species are cosmopolitan, 32 species appear to be endemic to

Tasmania, almost the same number are known only from

southeastern Australia, and others are more widespread in

Australia or shared with New Zealand or other nearby countries.

This survey has not led to augmention of some families (such as

Lepidopsocidae and Trichopsocidae), but has indicated the

presence of Tasmanian diversification in other families such as

Caeciliusidae (with five new genera, two of them in a new tribe),

Elipsocidae (with four endemic genera: Schmidt and New, 2004a),

both of which merit further study to clarify evolutionary

relationships, and additional species in Ectopsocidae and Psocidae

(5 each) and other families. Many of the newly described taxa,

despite the extensive field work on which this study is founded,

were captured in only small numbers, and from single or few sites.

Some, indeed, may prove to be narrow-range endemics within

Tasmania, and to have specialised habitat associations as

“genuinely rare species” that could be or become vulnerable as

their environments change.

The topographic and vegetational diversity of Tasmania

supports one of the richest global southern arrays of Psocoptera,

many associated with particular vegetation systems. As

Schmidt and New (2004b) noted, it is still premature to define

the biogeography of psocids in southeastern Australia.

However, information available to date supports the expected

considerable affinity with more natural parts of Victoria (such

as Wilsons Promontory: Schmidt and Thornton, 1993), with a

strong complement of taxa constituting a southeastern

Australian regional fauna transcending Bass Strait and

extending northward along the east coast, some of which are

likely Gondwanan elements.

Acknowledgements

This study, as part of a survey of the Psocoptera of Bass Strait,

was initiated by the late Professor Ian Thornton, former Head

of the Department of Zoology at La Trobe University, and was

undertaken by ERS as a doctoral study. During the candidature,

Doctors J. West, B. Van Praagh, Endang Sri Kentjonowati, Ms

J. Cheah, Ms C. Crawford, the late Ms J. Browning and Mrs T.

Carpenter provided valuable assistance and encouragement.

For advice and assistance during field work in Tasmania, ERS

is grateful to Professors J. Lovett, J Kirkpatrick and Dr J.

Madden (University of Tasmania), Dr H. Elliot, Mr R. Bashford

and Mr C. Turnball (Forestry Commission), Dr S. Smith

(Department of Parks, Wildlife and Heritage), and Ms P.

Gaulke, Wilmot. Additional study material was provided by

Dr J. Hickman (University of Tasmania) and Doctors R. Coy,

A. Yen and Mr P. Lillywhite (Museum Victoria).

We are grateful to the Department of Parks, Wildlife and

Heritage, Tasmania, and the then Department of Conservation

and Natural Resources, Victoria, for permission to work in

areas under their control. The study was supported by a

Commonwealth Postgraduate Award and a grant from the

Royal Society of Victoria to ERS.

References

Badonnel, A. 1931. Contribution a Tetude de la faune du Mozambique.

Voyage de M. P. Lesne (1928-1929). 4 e note: Copeognathes.

Annales des Sciences Naturelles, Zoologie (10 e serie) 14: 229-60.

Badonnel, A. 1945. Contribution a Tetude des Psocopteres du Maroc.

Voyage de L. Berland et M. Vachon. Revue Frangaise d 'Entomologie

12: 31-50.

Badonnel, A. 1955. Psocopteres de LAngola. Publicacoes Culturais da

Companhia de Diamantes de Angola 26: 1-267.

Badonnel, A. 1962. Psocopteres. Biologie de VAmerique australe 1:

185-229.

Badonnel, A. 1963. Psocopteres terricoles, lapidicoles et corticoles du

Chili. Biologie de VAmerique australe 2: 291-388.

Badonnel, A. 1972. Especes bresiliennes de la sous-famille des

Embidopsocinae (Psocoptera: Liposcelidae). Bulletin du Museum

National d’Histoire Naturelle (3 e serie) 87: 1097-1139.

Badonnel, A., and Pearman, J.V. 1971. Mascaropsocus, nouveau genre

d'Ectopsocinae des lies Mascareignes (Psocoptera, Peripsocidae).

Bulletin du Museum National d'Histoire Naturelle (2 e serie) 42:

857-63.

Ball, A. 1943. Contribution a Tetude des Psocopteres. III. Bulletin du

Musee Royal d'Histoire Naturelle de Belgique 19: 1-28.

Banks, N. 1903. Some new neuropteroid insects. Journal of the New

York Entomological Society 11: 236-43.

Banks, N. 1908. Neuropteroid insects - notes and descriptions.

Transactions of the American Entomological Society 34: 255-67.

Banks, N. 1939. New genera and species of neuropteroid insects.

Bulletin of the Museum of Comparative Zoology at Harvard

College 85: 439-504.

Blom, W.M. 1988. Late Quaternary sediments and sea-levels in Bass

Basin, southeastern Australia - a preliminary report. Search 19:

94-96.

BMR Palaeographic Group 1990. Australia: Evolution of a Continent.

Bureau of Mineral Resources, Geology and Geophysics, Australia.

Australian Government Publishing Service: Canberra.

Brauer, F. 1865. Vierter Bericht liber die auf der Weltfahrt der kais.

Fregatte Novara gesammelten Neuropteren. Verhandlungen.

Zoologisch-Botanische Gesellschaft in Wien 15: 903-08.

Brown, M.J. 1981. Introduction. Pp. 104-06. in: Jackson, W.D. (ed)

The Vegetation of Tasmania. Australian Academy of Science:

Canberra.

Buchanan, A.M. 2007. A census of the vascular plants of Tasmania

Tasmanian Herbarium: Hobart: www.tmag.tas.gov.au/herbarium/

TasVascPlants.pdf (Last accessed 6 September 2008.)

Cole, P.G., New, T.R., and Thornton, I.W.B. 1989. Psocoptera of

Flinders, King and Deal Islands, Bass Strait. Journal of the

Australian Entomological Society 28: 31-38.

Coy, R., Greenslade, P, and Rounsevell, D. 1993. A survey of

Invertebrates in Tasmanian Rainforest. Tasmanian NRCP

Technical Report no. 9. Parks and Wildlife Service, Tasmania,

and Department of Arts, Sport and the Environment and

Territories, Canberra.

150

Evan R. Schmidt and Timothy R. New

Davies, J.L. 1965. Landforms. Pp. 19-25 in: Davies, J.L. (ed.). Atlas of

Tasmania. Mercury Press: Hobart.

Duncan, F. 1981. Dry sclerophyll communities. Pp. 61-67 in: Jackson,

W.D. (ed). The Vegetation of Tasmania. Australian Academy of

Science: Canberra.

Duncan, F. 1985. Tasmania's Vegetation and Its Response to Forest

Operations. Working Paper 6. Background to the EIS on

Tasmanian Woodchip Exports beyond 1988. Forestry Commission:

Tasmania.

Duncan, F., and Brown, M.J. 1985. Dry Sclerophyll Vegetation in

Tasmania. Wildlife Division Technical Report 85/1. National

Parks and Wildlife Service: Tasmania.

Edwards, B.A.B. 1950. A study of the Tasmanian Psocoptera with

descriptions of new species. Papers and Proceedings of the Royal

Society of Tasmania 1949: 93-134.

Enderlein, G. 1903. Die Copeognathen des indo-australischen

Faunengebietes. Annales Historico-naturales Musei Nationalis

Hungarici 1: 179-344.

Enderlein, G. 1905. Morphologie, Systematik und Biologie der

Atropiden und Troctiden sowie Zusammenstellung aller

bisherbekannten recenten und fossilen Formen. Results of the

Swedish Zoological Expedition to Egypt and the White Nile, 1901.

18: 1-58.

Enderlein, G. 1906. Die australische Copeognathen. Zoologischen

Jahrbiichern. Abteilung fiir Systematik, Geographie und Biologie

der Thiere 23: 401-12.

Enderlein, G. 1919. Copeognatha. Collections Zoologique du Baron

Edm. de Selys Longchamps 3: 1-55.

Enderlein, G. 1922. A scaly-winged Psocid, new to science, discovered

in Britian. Entomologist's Monthly Magazine 58: 101-04.

Enderlein, G. 1925. Beitrage zur Kenntnis der Copeognathen. IX.

Konowia 4: 97-108.

Enderlein, G. 1926. Die Copeognathenfauna Javas. Zoologische

Mededeelingen 9: 50-70.

Endersby, N.M., New, T.R., and Thornton, I.W.B. 1990. Psocoptera

from the Grampians and Mt Arapiles, Western Victoria: a

biogeographic analysis. Journal of the Australian Entomological

Society 29: 215-24.

Feary, D.A., Davies, P.J., Pigram, C.J., and Symonds, PA. 1991.

Climatic evolution and control on carbonate deposition in

northeast Australia. Palaeogeography, Palaeoclimatology,

Palaeoecology 89: 341-61.

Guiler, E.R. 1965. Animals. Pp. 36-37 in: Davies, J.L. (ed). Atlas of

Tasmania. Mercury Press: Hobart.

Hagen, H. 1866a. On some aberrant genera of Psocina. Entomologist's

Monthly Magazine 2: 170-72.

Hagen, H. 1866b. Psocinorum et Embidinorum Synopsis synonymica.

Verhandlungen. Zoologisch-Botanische Gesellschaft in Wien 16:

201 - 22 .

Heyden, G.H. 1850. Zwei neue deutsche Neuropterengattungen.

Stettiner Entomologische Zeitung 11: 83-85.

Hickman, V.V. 1934. A contribution to the study of Tasmanian

Copeognatha. Papers and Proceedings of the Royal Society of

Tasmania 1933: 77-89.

Hope, G.S. 1978. The late Pleistocene and Holocene vegetational

history of Hunter Island, north-western Tasmania. Australian

Journal of Botany 26: 493-514.

Illiger, J.C.W. 1798. Kugelann Verzeichniss der Kafer Preussens

asugearbeitet von Illiger, mit einer vorrede von Hellwig und dem

angehangten Versuch einer naturlichen Or dung und Gattungsfolge

der Insecten. Halle. Xli+510 pp.

Jackson, W.D. 1981a. Vegetation. Pp. 11-16 in: Jackson, W.D. (ed).

The Vegetation of Tasmania. Australian Academy of Science:

Canberra.

Jackson, W.D. 1981b. Fire patterned vegetation. Pp. 17-35 in: Jackson,

W.D. (ed). The Vegetation of Tasmania. Australian Academy of

Science: Canberra.

Jackson, W.D. 1981c. Wet sclerophyll. Pp. 68-72 in: Jackson, W.D.

(ed). The Vegetation of Tasmania. Australian Academy of Science:

Canberra.

Jarman, S.J., and Brown, M.J. 1983. A definition of cool temperate

rainforest in Tasmania. Search 14: 81-87.

Jarman, S.J., Brown, M.J., and Kantvilas, G. 1984. A classification of

cool temperate rainforest in Tasmania. National Parks and

Wildlife Service: Tasmania.

Kirkpatrick, J.B. 1977. The Disappearing Heath. Tasmanian

Conservation Trust: Hobart.

Kirkpatrick, J.B. 1981. Coastal, Heath and Wetland vegetation. Pp.

36-54 in: Jackson, W.D. (ed). The Vegetation of Tasmania.

Australian Academy of Science: Canberra.

Kirkpatrick, J.B., and Dickinson, K.J.M. 1984. Vegetation Map of

Tasmania , 1: 500 000. Tasmanian Forestry Commission: Hobart.

Kirkpatrick, J.B., Peacock, R.J., Cullen, P.J., and Neyland, M.G. 1988.

The Wet Eucalypt Forests of Tasmania. Tasmanian Conservation

Trust: Hobart.

Kolbe, H. J. 1880. Monographie der deutschen Psociden mit besonderer

Beriicksichtigung der Fauna West-falens. Jahresbericht des

Westfalischen Provinzial-Vereins fiir Wissenschaft und Kunst 8:

73-142.

Kolbe, H.J. 1882a. Das phylogenetische Alter der europaischen

Psocidengruppen. Jahresbericht des Westfalischen Provinzial-

Vereins fiir Wissenschaft und Kunst 10: 18-27.

Kolbe, H.J. 1882b. Neue Psociden der palaarktischen Region.

Entomologische Nachrichten 8: 207-12.

Kolbe, H.J. 1883a. Ueber das Genus Myopsocus und dessen species.

Entomologische Nachrichten 9: 141-46.

Kolbe, H.J. 1883b. Neue Psociden des Konigl. zoologischen Museums

zu Berlin. Stettiner Entomologische Zeitung 44: 65-87.

Langford, J. 1965. Weather and Climate. Pp. 2-11 in: Davies, J.L. (ed).

Atlas of Tasmania. Mercury Press: Hobart.

Lee, S.S., and Thornton, I.W.B. 1967. The family Pseudocaeciliidae

(Psocoptera) - a reappraisal based on the discovery of new

Oriental and Pacific species. Pacific Insects Monograph 16:

1-116.

Li Fasheng, 1993. Psocoptera from National Chebaling Nature Reserve

(Insecta: Psocoptera). Pp. 313-430 in: Collected Papers for

Investigation in National Chebaling Nature Reserve. Science and

Technology Publishing House of Guangdong Province: China.

Li Fasheng, 2000. A review of Heterocaecilius (s. 1.) with the

description of two new genera and new species (Psocoptera:

Pseudocaeciliidae). Contributions from Tianjin Natural History

Museum 17: 18-24.

Lienhard, C. 1990. Revision of the western Palaearctic species of

Liposcelis Motschulsky (Psocoptera: Liposcelididae). Zoologische

Jahrbiicher (Abteilung Systematik) 117: 117-74.

Lienhard, C. 1998. Psocopteres euro-mediterraneens. Faune de

France 83: xx+517 pp.

Lienhard, C., and Smithers, C.N. 2002. Psocoptera (Insects). World

Catalogue and Bibliography. Instrumenta Biodivers itatis 5:

xli+745 pp. Museum d’Histoire naturelle, Geneve.

Linnaeus, C. 1758. Sy sterna Naturae per regna tria naturae secundum

classes, ordines, genera, species, cum characteribus, differentiis,

synonymis, locis. Ed. decima reformata. Holmiae.

McLachlan, R. 1866. New genera and species of Psocidae. Transactions

of the Entomological Society of London 5: 345-52.

McLachlan, R. 1899. Ectopsocus briggsi, a new genus and species of

Psocidae found in England. Entomologist's Monthly Magazine

35: 277-78.

The Psocoptera (Insecta) of Tasmania, Australia

151

Mockford, E.L. 1951. On two North American philotarsids

(Psocoptera). Psyche, a Journal of Entomology 58: 102-07.

Mockford, E.L. 1963. The species of Embidopsocinae of the United

States (Psocoptera: Liposcelidae). Annals of the Entomological

Society of America 56: 25-37.

Mockford, E.L. 1987. Systematics of North American and Greater

Antillean species of Embidopsocus (Psocoptera: Liposcelidae).

Annals of the Entomological Society of America 80: 849-64.

Mockford, E.L. 2000. A classification of the psocopteran family

Caeciliusidae (Caeciliidae auct.). Transactions of the American

Entomological Society 125: 325-417.

Motchulsky, V. 1852. Etudes entomologiques. Helsingfors.

Navas, L. 1924. Excursio entomologica al Cabreres (Girona-

Barcelona). Trabajos del Museo de Ciencias naturales de

Barcelona 4: 1-59.

New, T.R. 1971. The Psocoptera of Curtis Island, Tasmania. Journal

of the Australian Entomological Society 10: 223-29.

New, T.R. 1973a. New species and records of Peripsocus Hagen

(Psocoptera, Peripsocidae) from southeast Australia. Journal of

the Australian Entomological Society 12: 340-46.

New, T.R. 1973b. Two new Victorian species of Ectopsocus McLachlan

(Psocoptera, Ectopsocidae). Journal of the Australian

Entomological Society 12: 347-51.

New, T.R. 1974a. New species and records of Pseudocaeciliidae

(Psocoptera) from southeast Australia. Journal of the Australian

Entomological Society 13: 65-70.

New, T.R. 1974b. Psocidae (Psocoptera) from southern Australia.

Journal of the Australian Entomological Society 13: 285-304.

New, T.R. 1975. Aerial dispersal of some Victorian Psocoptera as

indicated by suction trap catches. Journal of the Australian

Entomological Society 14: 179-84.

New, T.R., and Thornton, I.W.B. 1981. Psocoptera from central and

southern Chile. Pacific Insects Monograph 37: 136-78.

Pearman, J.V. 1931. A new species of Lepinotus (Psocoptera).

Entomologist's Monthly Magazine 67: 47-50.

Pearman, J.V. 1936. The Taxonomy of the Psocoptera: Preliminary

Sketch. Proceedings of the Royal Entomological Society of

London (B) 5: 58-62.

Peck, O. 1951. Superfamily Chalcidoidea. Pp 410-594 in: Muesebeck,

C.F.W., Krombein, K.V. and Townes, H.K. (eds), Hymenoptera of

North America north of Mexico [synoptic catalog.]. United States

Department of Agriculture. Agriculture Monograph 2.

Perkins, R.C.L. 1899. Fauna Hawaiiensis. Cambridge University

Press: Cambridge.

Reid, J.B., Hill, R.S., Brown, M.J., and Hovenden, M.J. (eds) 1999.

Vegetation of Tasmania. Flora of Australia Supplementary series

no. 8. Australian Biological Resources Study: Canberra.

Ribaga, C. 1905. Descrizione di nuovi Copeognati. Redia 2: 99-110.

Roesler, R. 1943. Uber einige Copeognathengenera. Stettiner

Entomologische Zeitung 104: 1-14.

Roesler, R. 1944. Die Gattungen der Copeognathen. Stettiner

Entomologische Zeitung 105: 117-66.

Schmidt, E.R., and Thornton, I.W.B. 1993. The Psocoptera of Wilsons

Promontory National Park, Victoria, Australia. Memoirs of the

Museum of Victoria 53: 137-220. [Erratum 1994, 54: before page 1]

Schmidt, E.R., and New, T.R. 2004a. A systematic and phylogenetic

revision of the family Elipsocidae (Insecta: Psocoptera), with the

erection of two new families: Lesneiidae and Sabulopsocidae.

Invertebrate Systematics 18: 157-213.

Schmidt, E.R., and New, T.R. 2004b. Biogeography of the Psocoptera of

Tasmania, Australia: a preliminary synthesis. Pp. 67-77 in: Garcia

Aldrete, A.N., Lienhard, C., and Mockford, E.L. (eds), Thorntoniana:

a commemorative volume for Ian W.B. Thornton. Publicaciones

Especiales 20, Mexico: Instituto de Biologia, UNAM.

Schmidt, E.R., and Smithers, C.N. 2004. The genus Howeanum

Smithers (Psocoptera: Elipsocidae) transferred to the family

Pseudocaeciliidae. General and Applied Entomology 33: 13-14.

Selys-Longchamps, E. de 1872. Notes on two new genera of Psocidae.

Entomologist's Monthly Magazine 9: 145-46.

Smithers, C.N. 1962. Insects of Macquarie Island. Psocoptera:

Philotarsidae. Pacific Insects 4: 929-32.

Smithers, C.N. 1963. Two new genera of Elipsocidae (Psocoptera)

from Australia. Proceedings of the Royal Entomological Society

of London (B) 32: 32-37.

Smithers, C.N. 1964. The Myopsocidae of Australia. Proceedings of

the Royal Entomological Society of London (B) 33: 133-38.

Smithers, C.N. 1969. The Psocoptera of New Zealand. Records of the

Canterbury Museum 8: 259-344.

Smithers, C.N. 1972. The Classification and Phylogeny of the

Psocoptera. Australian Museum Memoir 14: 1-349.

Smithers, C.N. 1977. The Psocoptera of Muogamarra Nature Reserve.

Records of the Australian Museum 31: 251-306.

Smithers, C.N. 1978. A new species and new records of Psocoptera

(Insecta) from Ireland. Irish Naturalists’ Journal 19: 141-48.

Smithers, C.N. 1979. Three new species and some records of

Psocoptera (Insecta) from Tasmania. Australian Entomological

Magazine 6: 61-68.

Smithers, C.N. 1982. Aphyopsocus gen. nov., a remarkable new genus

of Caeciliidae (Psocoptera) from southeastern New South Wales.

Australian Entomological Magazine 9: 13-18.

Smithers, C.N. 1983. A reappraisal of Clematostigma Enderlein with

notes on related genera (Psocoptera: Psocidae). Australian

Entomological Magazine 9: 71-79.

Smithers, C.N. 1984. The Psocoptera of South Australia. Records of

the South Australian Museum 18: 453-91.

Smithers, C.N. 1991. Psocoptera (Insecta) from Nest Webs of Badumna

Candida (L. Koch) (Desidae: Araneae) in Queensland. Proceedings

of the Linnean Society of NSW 112: 27-31.

Smithers, C.N. 1993. New species and new records of Caeciliinae

(Psocoptera: Caeciliidae) from the Mount Royal area. Hunter

Valley, New South Wales, with a key to the Australian species of

Caecilius Curtis. General and Applied Entomology 25: 15-21.

Smithers, C.N. 1994a. Generic positions of Australian Psocoptera

currently placed in Paracaecilius Badonnel and Enderleinella

Badonnel (Insecta: Psocoptera: Caeciliidae). Records of the

Australian Museum 46: 125-29.

Smithers, C.N. 1994b. A note on the Peripsocidae (Psocoptera) of

Tuglo Wildlife Refuge, Hunter Valley, New South Wales.

Australian Entomologist 21: 7-10.

Smithers, C.N. 1995. Psocoptera from inflorescences of Howea

forsteriana (C. Moore and F.J. Muell) Becc. (Arecaceae) (thatch

palm) on Lord Howe Island. General and Applied Entomology

26: 2-8.

Smithers, C.N. 1996a. Psocoptera [pp. 1-79, 333-35 (App. I— II),

363-72 (Index)] in: Wells, A (ed).. Zoological Catalogue of

Australia vol. 26. Psocoptera, Phthiraptera, Thysanoptera. CSIRO

Publishing: Melbourne.

Smithers, C.N. 1996b. New species and new records of

Pseudocaeciliidae, Philotarsidae and Elipsocidae (Insecta:

Psocoptera) from the Mount Royal area. Hunter Valley, New

South Wales. Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South

Wales 116: 233-43.

Smithers, C.N. 1996c. Psocoptera from the Western Australian

wheatbelt. General and Applied Entomology 27: 13-18.

Smithers, C.N. 1996d. New species and new records of Ectopsocidae

(Insecta: Psocoptera) from the Mount Royal area. Hunter Valley,

New South Wales. General and Applied Entomology 27: 43-48.

152

Evan R. Schmidt and Timothy R. New

Smithers, C.N. 1997. Lepidopsocidae, Trogiidae, Myopsocidae and

Psocidae (Insecta: Psocoptera) from the Mount Royal area. New

South Wales. Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South

Wales 118: 111-21.

Smithers, C.N. 1998. New species and new records of Psocoptera

(Insecta) from South Australia. Proceedings of the Linnean

Society of New South Wales 120: 69-79.

Smithers, C.N. 2002. First record of the family Trichopsocidae

(Psocoptera) from New Zealand. Entomologist's Monthly

Magazine 138: 155.

Smithers, C.N. 2003. The identity and nomenclature of some species

of Ectopsocus McLachlan (Psocoptera, Ectopsocidae) common to

the Palaearctic, Nearctic and Australasian regions. Entomologist’s

Monthly Magazine 139: 1-6.

Smithers, C.N. 2004. A new genus for the species of Australian

Myopsocidae (Insecta: Psocoptera). Pp. 159-68 in: Garcia Aldrete,

A.N., Lienhard, C., and Mockford, E.L. (eds), Thorntoniana : a

commemorative volume for Ian W.B. Thornton. Publicaciones

Especiales 20, Mexico: Instituto de Biologia, UNAM..

Smithers, C.N., and O'Connor, J.P 1991. New records of Psocoptera

(Insecta) (booklice, barklice) from Ireland, including a species

previously known from New Zealand. Irish Naturalists Journal

23: 477-86.

Thomas, S.R. 1986. A survey of the Psocopter an fauna at Cape Otway

National Park, Victoria. Unpublished Honours thesis: La Trobe

University.

Thornton, I.W.B. 1959. A new genus of Philotarsidae (Corrodentia)

and new species of this and related families from Hong Kong.

Transactions of the Royal Entomological Society of London 111:

331-49.

Thornton, I.W.B. 1981. The systematics, phylogeny and biogeography

of the Psocopteran family Philotarsidae. Systematic Entomology

6: 413-52.

Thornton, I.W.B., and New, T.R. 1977. The Philotarsidae (Insecta:

Psocoptera) of Australia. Australian Journal of Zoology

Supplementary Series 54: 1-62.

Thornton, I.W.B., and Wong, S.K. 1968. The Peripsocid fauna

(Psocoptera) of the Oriental Region and the Pacific. Pacific Insects

Monograph 19: 1-158.

Thornton, I.W.B., Wong, S.K., and Smithers, C.N. 1977. The

Philotarsidae (Psocoptera) of New Zealand and the islands of the

New Zealand plateau. Pacific Insects 17: 197-228.

Tillyard, R.J. 1923. A Monograph of the Psocoptera, or Copeognatha,

of New Zealand. Transactions of the New Zealand Institute 54:

170-96.

Truswell, E.M. 1993. Vegetation Changes in the Australian Tertiary in

Response to Climatic and Phytogeographic Forcing Factors.

Australian Systematic Botany 6: 533-57.

Veevers, J. J., Powell, C.McA., and Roots, S.R. 1991. Review of seafloor

spreading around Australia. I. Synthesis of patterns of spreading.

Australian Journal of Earth Sciences 38: 373-89.

Westwood, J.O. 1840. Synopsis of the genera of British Insects.

London.

Yoshizawa, K. 2000. Redescription of Mepleres suzukii (Okomoto),

with comments on synonymy among Mepleres, Pseudoscottiella

and Meniscopsocus (Psocodea: ‘Psocoptera’: Pseudocaeciliidae).

Entomological Science 3: 669-74.

Zimmerman, E.C. 1957. Insects of Hawaii. Vol. 6. Ephemeroptera-

Neuroptera-Trichoptera and Supplement to volumes 1-5.

University of Hawaii Press: Honolulu.

Appendices 1 and 2

Maps and Tables of all collecting localities for Psocoptera in Tasmania visited during this survey on http://www.museumvictoria.

corn.au/About/Books-and-Journals/Journals/Memoirs-of-Museum-Victoria

The Psocoptera (Insecta) of Tasmania, Australia

E.R. Schmidt & T.R.New

APPENDIX

Site numbers, localities, vegetation types and dates (1986-1988) of sampling for Psocoptera

from Tasmania. Sites are shown on accompanying maps. Psocoptera were not collected

from sites sampled and indicated by (x).

SOUTHEAST TASMANIA

Site

Locality

Vegetation

Date

South Cape Rivulet, South Coast Tk

Rainforest

28 Mar 88 (x)

South Cape Rivulet

Coastal scrub

29 Mar 88

Cockle Ck, South Coast Tk

Coastal scrub

21 June 86, 19 Nov 86

Cockle Ck

Leptospermum lanigerum

21 June 86

Ida Bay State Reserve

Acacia melanoxylon (wet

forest)

14 Feb 88

Ida Bay State Reserve

Pinus radiata

14 Feb 88

Ida Bay State Reserve

Leptospermum scoparium

14 Feb 88

Ida Bay State Reserve

Bracken

14 Feb 88 (x)

Ida Bay State Reserve

Wet scrub (mainly

Melaleuca)

14 Feb 88

Lune River, Duck Hole Lake

Rainforest

11 Feb 87

Lune River, Coal Hill Road

Acacia melanoxylon (wet

forest)

11 Feb 87 (x)

Lune River, Thermal Springs Tk

Swamp forest

14 Feb 88

Lune River, Thermal Springs Tk

Wet forest

14 Feb 88 (x)

Hastings Cave

Mixed forest

14 Feb 88

Adamsons Falls Tk

Rainforest

21 Nov 86

Adamsons Falls Tk

Wet forest

21 Nov 86

Hartz Mtns NP

dead Eucalyptus foliage

7 May 87

Hartz Mtns NP, Waratah Fkt Tk

dead Leptospermum foliage

7 May 87, 17 Feb 88

Hartz Mtns NP, Hartz Peak Tk

Mixed forest

7 May 87

Hartz Mtns NP, Hartz Peak Tk

Heath (mainly

Leptospermum)

7 May 87 (x)

16A

Arvc Loop

Leptospermum nitidum

22 May 86, 15 July 86, 26 Aug 86, 20

Sep 86, 21 Oct 86, 18 Nov 86, 28 Jan

Site

Locality

Vegetation

Date

87, 26 Feb 87, 31 Mar 87, 24 Apr 87

(x), 28 May 87 (x), 21 June 87, 21 July

16B

Arvc Loop

Phebalium squameum

15 July 86, 26 Aug 86, 20 Sep 86, 21

Oct 86, 18 Nov 86, 28 Jan 87 (x), 26

Feb 87 (x), 31 Mar 87 (x), 24 Apr 87,

28 May 87 (x), 21 June 87 (x), 21 July

16C

Arve Loop

Melaleuca squarrosa

18 Nov 86

16D

Arve Loop

Bracken

28 Jan 87

Arve Loop

Mixed forest

22 May 86, 15 July 86, 26 Aug 86, 21

Oct 86, 18 Nov 86, 28 Jan 87 (x), 26

Feb 87, 31 Mar 87, 24 Apr 87, 21 June

87, 21 July 87

Arve Loop

Mixed forest

22 May 86, 15 July 86, 26 Aug 86, 20

Sep 86, 21 Oct 86, 18 Nov 86, 28 Jan

87 (x), 26 Feb 87, 3 1 Mar 87, 24 Apr

87, 29 May 87, 21 June 87, 21 July 87

19A

Arve Loop

Mixed forest

22 May 86, 15 July 86 (x), 26 Aug 86,

20 Sep 86 (x), 21 Oct 86, 18 Nov 86,

28 Jan 87, 26 Feb 87, 3 1 Mar 87, 24

Apr 87, 29 May 87, 21 June 87 (x), 21

July 87

19B

Arve Loop

Wet forest

21 Oct 86, 18 Nov 86, 31 Mar 87

Arve Loop, Spur Rd I.

Mixed forest

22 May 86, 15 July 86, 26 Aug 86, 20

Sep 86, 21 Oct 86, 18 Nov 86, 28 Jan

87, 26 Feb 87, 31 Mar 87, 24 Apr 87,

29 May 87, 21 June 87, 21 July 87

Tahune Forest Reserve, Pine Tk

Rainforest

20 Sep 86, 17 Feb 88

Dover, Bates Loop

dead Eucalyptus foliage

15 July 86

Dover, cnr Hopetoun + Storm Hill Rds

dead foliage (wet/dry forest

mosaic)

15 July 86

Dover, Hopetoun Rd

dead Eucalyptus foliage

15 July 86

Lymington

Wet scrub (mainly

Leptospermum scoparium

and Melaleuca squarrosa )

13 Feb 88

26A

Drip Beach

Leptospermum scoparium

13 Feb 88

26B

Drip Beach

Bracken

13 Feb 88 (x)

27 A

Petchey Bay

Dry forest

13 Feb 88

27B

Petchey Bay

Dry forest

13 Feb 88

Verona Sands

Acacia melanoxylon (dry

forest)

2 Apr 87

Lonna Vale

Wet scrub (mainly

Leptospermum scoparium)

14 Feb 88

Snug Tiers

Sub- alpine vegetation

9 May 86

Site

Locality

Vegetation

Date

Snug Tiers

Sub-alpine vegetation

9 May 86

Snug Falls

Wet/dry forest mosaic

1 Aug 86

Electrona

Dry forest

8 May 87

Mt Wellington, Radfords Tk

Leptospermum lanigerum

19 Feb 87, 6 June 87

35A

Mt Wellington, Finger Post Tk

Wet forest (dead foliage)

20 Feb 87, 6 June 87, 12 Feb 88

35B

Mt Wellington, Finger Post Tk

Wet forest (dead foliage)

20 Feb 87

Mt Wellington, Woods Tk

Wet forest (dead Eucalyptus

foliage)

21 Feb 87

Hobart, Pottery Rd

Dry forest

30 Jan 87 (sweep)

38A

Hobart, Queens Domain

Dry woodland

8 July 86, 1 Oct 86, 29 Jan 87 (sweep)

38B

Hobart, Queens Domain

Acacia melanoxylon (dry

woodland)

8 July 86, 8 May 87

38C

Hobart, Queens Domain

Tussock grasses (Poa sp)

8 July 86

Risdon Vale

Dry forest

6 June 87 (x)

Hobart, University

Wet forest (gully)

30 Sep 86, 23 Apr 87

South Arm Recreation Area

Casuarina stricta

12 June 86 (x), 18 July 86, 3 Sep 86

42A

South Arm Recreation Area

Tussocks grasses ( Poa sp)

12 June 86, 18 July 86, 2 Oct 86, 5

June 87 (x)

42B

South Arm Recreation Area

Sedge

12 June 86, 18 July 86, 2 Oct 86, 3

Nov 86, 8 July 87

43A

South Arm Recreation Area

Bracken

12 June 86, 18 July 86, 3 Sep 86, 2 Oct

86, 3 Nov 86, 5 June 87, 8 July 87 (x)

43B

South Arm Recreation Area

Exocarpus cupressiformis

5 June 87

South Arm Recreation Area

Heath

(mainly Leptospermum )

5 June 87

South Arm Recreation Area

Dodonaea viscosa

5 June 87, 8 July 87

South Arm Recreation Area

dead Eucalyptus foliage (dry

forest)

3 Sep 86, 2 Oct 86, 3 Nov 86

South Arm Recreation Area

Myoporum insulare

3 Nov 86, 5 June 87

South Arm Recreation Area

Acacia melanoxylon (dry

forest)

3 Nov 86

South Arm, Gellibrand Dve

dead Melaleuca squarrosa

18 July 86

Seven Mile Beach

Pinus radiata

8 June 87

51A

Seven Mile Beach

Banksia marginata

8 June 87

51B

Seven Mile Beach

Casuarina stricta

8 June 87 (x)

51C

Seven Mile Beach

Dodonaea viscosa

8 June 87

52A

Dodges Ferry

Banksia marginata

7 June 87

52B

Dodges Ferry

Tussock grasses ( Poa sp)

7 June 87

52C

Dodges Ferry

Coastal scrub

7 June 87

Site

Locality

Vegetation

Date

Dodges Ferry

Casuarina stricta

7 June 87

54A

Tasman Peninsula, Gwondalon

Heath (mainly

Leptospermum)

13 July 87 (x)

54B

Tasman Peninsula, Gwondalon

Tussock grasses (Poa sp)

13 July 87 (x)

Tasman Peninsula, Nubeena Rd

Heath (mainly

Leptospermum )

18 Feb 88

Tasman Peninsula, Sth Nubeena

Heath (mainly

Leptospermum)

13 July 87

Tasman Peninsula, Cape Raoul Tk

Melaleuca squarrosa

18 Feb 88

Tasman Peninsula, Cape Raoul

Heath (mainly Leptospermum

and Melaleuca)

20 July 86

59A

Tasman Peninsula, Stewarts Bay Tk

Acacia melanoxylon (dry

forest)

18 Feb 88

59B

Tasman Peninsula, Stewarts Bay Tk

Dry forest

18 Feb 88

59C

Tasman Peninsula, Stewarts Bay Tk

Dry forest

18 Feb 88

59D

Tasman Peninsula, Stewarts Bay

Melaleuca squarrosa

18 Feb 88

59E

Tasman Peninsula, Stewarts Bay

Callitris rhomboidea

18 Feb 88

Tasman Peninsula, Waterloo Bay

Wet/dry forest mosaic

18 Feb 88

Tasman Peninsula, West Eaglehawk Neck

Acacia melanoxylon (dry

forest)

13 July 87

Tasman Peninsula, Eaglehawk Neck

Melaleuca squarrosa

13 July 87

Rheban

Myoporum insulare

30 Oct 86

Rheban

Exocarpus cupressiformis

30 Oct 86

65A

Rheban

Dry forest

19 Feb 88

65B

Rheban

Dry forest (dead foliage)

4 Sep 86, 19 Feb 88

Rheban

Dry forest (dead Eucalyptus

foliage)

4 Sep 86, 30 Oct 86

67 A

Sandspit Walking Tk

Wet forest

19 Feb 88

67B

Sandspit Walking Tk

Wet forest (dead foliage)

19 Feb 88

68A

Spring Beach

Coastal vegetation

19 Feb 88

68B

Spring Beach

Callitris rhomboidea

19 Feb 88

Tasman Hwy, Sth Orford

Dry forest

25 June 86

Tasman Hwy, Sth Orford

Casuarina stricta

3 June 86 (x), 25 June 86 (x)

Tasman Hwy, Nth Orford

Exotic Poplars

3 June 86 (x)

Tasman Hwy, Nth Orford

Exotic Hedge

3 June 86

NORTHEAST TASMANIA

Site

Locality

Vegetation

Date

Tunbridge - Steppes Rd

Tussock grasses (Poa sp)

25 Apr 87

Tunbridge - Steppes Rd

Acacia melanoxylon (wet forest)

29 May 86, 14 Aug 86, 13 Sep 86, 16 Oct 86,

13 Nov 86, 20 Jan 87, 9 Feb 87 (x), 18 Mar 87,

25 Apr 87, 31 May 87, 18 June 87, 31 July 87

75A

Tunbridge - Steppes Rd

Bedfordia salicina

29 May 86, 22 July 86, 14 Aug 86, 13 Sep 86,

16 Oct 86, 13 Nov 86, 20 Jan 87, 9 Feb 87,

18 Mar 87, 25 Apr 87, 31 May 87 (x), 18 June

87 (x), 31 July 87 (x)

75B

Tunbridge - Steppes Rd

Bedfordia salicina

29 May 86

76A

Tunbridge - Steppes Rd

Acacia melanoxylon (gully, dry

forest)

29 May 86, 29 June 86, 22 July 86, 14 Aug 86,

13 Sep 86, 16 Oct 86, 13 Nov 86, 20 Jan 87,

9 Feb 87, 18 Mar 87, 25 Apr 87,

31 May 87, 18 June 87, 31 July 87 (x)

76B

Tunbridge - Steppes Rd

Leptospermum lanigerum

29 May 86 (x), 29 June 86 (x), 22 July 86 (x),

14 Aug 86 (x), 13 Sep 86 (x), 13 Nov 86 (x)

Lake Leake Rd

Dry forest

29 May 86, 29 June 86, 6 Aug 86 (x), 10 Sep 86

(x), 1 1 Oct 86, 5 Nov 86, 6 Dec 86, 17 Jan 87

(x), 4 Feb 87, 22 Mar 87, 22 Apr 87, 1 1 May

87, 12 June 87 (x), 24 July 87 (x), 21 Feb 88

Lake Leake Rd

dead Eucalyptus foliage (diy forest)

29 May 86

Freycinet NP, Brians Beach

dead Myoporum insulare foliage

3 Feb 87

Freycinet NP, Brians Beach

Monotoca sp

3 Feb 87

Freycinet NP, Mt Graham

dead dry forest vegetation

2 Feb 87

Freycinet NP, Mt Graham

Leptospermum grandiflorum

2 Feb 87

83A

Freycinet NP, Wineglass Bay

Myoporum insulare

2 Feb 87

83B

Freycinet NP, Wineglass Bay

Monotoca sp

11 June 87

83C

Freycinet NP, Wineglass Bay

Casuarina stricta

11 June 87 (x)

Freycinet NP, Hazards Beach -

Wineglass Bay Tk

dead foliage

(dry forest)

11 June 87

Freycinet NP, Hazards Beach Tk

dead Casuarina (dry forest)

16 May 86, 1 1 Sep 86, 10 Oct 86

Freycinet NP, Hazards Beach Tk

dead Leptospermum (dry forest)

16 May 86, 26 June 86, 10 Oct 86, 6 Nov 86, 21

Mar 87, 22 Apr 87, 10 June 87, 20 Feb 88

Freycinet NP, Hazards Beach Tk

Letrospermum glaucescens

16 May 86, 26 June 86, 7 Aug 86, 1 1 Sep 86

(x), 10 Oct 86 (x), 6 Nov 86 (x), 5 Dec 86,

16 Jan 87, 3 Feb 87, 21 Mar 87, 22 Apr 87, 1 1

May 87, 10 June 87, 23 July 87, 20 Feb 88

88A

Freycinet NP, Hazards Beach Tk

Hakea epiglottis

26 June 86, 7 Aug 86, 1 1 Sep 86, 10 Oct 86, 6

Nov 86, 5 Dec 86, 16 Jan 87, 3 Feb 87, 21 Mar

87, 22 Apr 87, 1 1 May 87, 10 June 87, 23 July

87, 20 Feb 88

88B

Freycinet NP, Hazards Beach Tk

Kunzea ambigua

16 May 86, 26 June 86, 7 Aug 86, 1 1 Sep 86

(x), 10 Oct 86, 6 Nov 86, 5 Dec 86, 16 Jan 87, 3

Feb 87, 21 Mar 87, 22 Apr 87, 1 1 May 87, 10

Site

Locality

Vegetation

Date

June 87, 23 July 87, 20 Feb 88

88C

Freycinet NP, Hazards Beach Tk

dead Kunzea ambigua

10 Oct 86, 6 Nov 86

Freycinet NP, Hazards Beach Tk

Acacia terminalis

26 June 86, 21 Mar 87

90A

Freycinet NP, Honeymoon Bay

Casuarina stricta

16 May 86, 26 June 86, 7 Aug 86, 1 1 Sep 86, 10

Oct 86, 6 Nov 86 (x), 5 Dec 86, 17 Jan 87, 4

Feb 87, 21 Mar 87, 22 Apr 87, 1 1 May 87, 10

June 87, 23 July 87, 20 Feb 88

90B

Freycinet NP, Honeymoon Bay

Monotoca sp

22 Apr 87, 10 June 87, 23 July 87, 20 Feb 88

Freycinet NP, Mt Amos Tk

dead Leptospermum (dry forest)

26 May 86

Freycinet NP, Cape Tourville Rd

dead Casuarina (dry forest)

11 Sep 86, 23 July 87 (x)

93A

Freycinet NP, Rangers Creek

Melaleuca squarrosa

25 June 86 (x), 22 Apr 87, 11 May 87, 10 June

87, 23 July 87, 20 Feb 88

93B

Freycinet NP, nr Rangers Creek

dead Eucalyptus foliage (dry forest)

11 May 87

Cape Tourville Rd

Callitris rhomboidea

27 June 86, 7 Aug 86, 1 1 Sep 86 (x), 10 Oct 86,

6 Nov 86, 5 Dec 86, 16 Jan 87, 4 Feb 87, 21

Mar 87, 22 Apr 87, 1 1 May 87, 1 1 June 87, 23

July 87, 20 Feb 88

95A

Cape Tourville

Leptospermum grandiflorum

25 May 86 (x), 26 June 86, 7 Aug 86, 1 1 Sep

86, 10 Oct 86, 6 Nov 86 (x), 5 Dec 86, 16 Jan

87, 4 Feb 87, 21 Mar 87, 22 Apr 87, 1 1 May 87,

1 1 June 87, 23 July 87, 20 Feb 88

95B

Cape Tourville

dead Leptospermum grandiflorum

foliage

26 June 86

Friendly Beaches

Myoporum insulare

6 Nov 86

Friendly Beaches

Heath (mainly Leptospermum and

Banksia)

27 June 86, 8 Aug 86, 1 1 Sep 86 (x), 10 Oct 86

(x), 6 Nov 86, 21 Mar 87 (x), 22 Apr 87 (x), 1 1

May 87 (x), 1 1 June 87, 23 July 87 (x), 20 Feb

Friendly Beaches

dead foliage (mainly Casuarina, dry

forest)

11 Sep 86, 10 Oct 86

Friendly Beaches

dead Eucalyptus foliage (dry forest)

10 Oct 86

100

Coles Bay Rd

Heath (mainly Leptospermum )

10 June 87

101

Apsley Gorge

dead material (dry forest)

21 Apr 87

102

Apsley Gorge

Wet/dry forest mosaic

29 June 86

103

Meetus Falls

Wet forest

21 Feb 88

104

Royal George, St Pauls River

Callitris oblonga

28 June 86, 8 Aug 86, 1 1 Sep 86 (x), 1 1 Oct 86,

7 Nov 86, 6 Dec 86, 17 Jan 87, 4 Feb 87, 22

Mar 87, 21 Apr 87, 1 1 May 87, 12 June 87, 24

July 87, 21 Feb 88

105

Avoca - Royal George Rd, St Pauls

River

Callitris oblonga

3 June 86 (x)

106

Inland from Chain of Lagoons

Dry forest (mainly Leptospermum)

21 Apr 87

107

Chain of Lagoons

Melaleuca ericifolia

25 May 86, 27 June 86, 8 Aug 86, 12 Sep 86, 1 1

Oct 86, 7 Nov 86, 6 Dec 86, 17 Jan 87, 4 Feb

Site

Locality

Vegetation

Date

87, 22 Mar 87, 21 Apr 87, 12 May 87, 12 June

87, 24 July 87, 22 Feb 88

108

Chain of Lagoons

Myoporum insulare

7 Nov 86

109 A

Four Mile Creek

Tussock grasses (Poa sp)

12 June 87 (x)

109B

Four Mile Creek

Sedge

12 June 87 (x)

110

Falmouth

Heath (mainly Leptospermum and

Melaleuca)

12 June 87 (x)

111A

Evercreech Forest Reserve

Wet forest

28 June 86, 13 Oct 86, 19 Jan 87 (x), 24 Mar 87,

20 Apr 87, 13 May 87 (x), 16 June 87

11 IB

Evercreech Forest Reserve

Mixed forest

28 June 86, 13 Oct 86, 11 Nov 86, 19 Jan 87, 24

Mar 87, 20 Apr 87, 13 May 87, 16 June 87 (x)

112

Evercreech Forest Reserve

Bracken

28 June 86 (x)

113

Evercreech Forest Reserve

Exocarpus cupressiformis (dry/wet

forest mosaic)

28 June 86

114

Ben Lomond NP

Acacia melanoxylon (wet forest)

13 Oct 86

115A

Diddleum Plains

Nothofagus cunninghamii

9 Nov 86, 19 Jan 87, 6 Feb 87, 22 Feb 88

115B

Diddleum Plains

dead Acacia dealbata foliage

22 Feb 88

116

Cnr Mt Maurice and Ben Ridge Rds

Leptospermum lanigerum

22 Feb 88

117

Mt Maurice Rd

Nothofagus cunninghamii

10 Nov 86, 19 Jan 87

118

Mt Maurice Tk

Nothofagus cunninghamii

9 Nov 86, 6 Feb 87, 24 Mar 87, 13 May 87, 22

Feb 88

119A

Mt Maurice Tk

Nothofagus cunninghamii (mixed

forest)

10 Nov 86, 19 Jan 87

119B

Mt Maurice Tk

dead Eucalyptus foliage (mixed

forest)

24 Mar 87, 13 May 87 (x), 22 Feb 88

119C

Mt Maurice Tk

dead Eucalyptus foliage (mixed

forest)

22 Feb 88

120

Mt Maurice Rd

Nothofagus cunninghamii

9 Nov 86

121A

Mt Maurice Rd

Wet forest

9 Nov 86, 19 Jan 87

121B

Mt Maurice Rd

Wet forest

19 Jan 87

122

Ben Ridge Rd

Drimys lanceolata

16 June 87 (x)

123

Cnr Ben Ridge and Telopea Rds

Rainforest

9 Nov 86, 24 Mar 87, 15 May 87

124 A

Ben Ridge Rd

Tussock grasses ( Poa sp)

16 June 87 (x)

124B

Ben Ridge Rd

Sedge

16 June 87 (x)

125

Ben Ridge Rd

Nothofagus cunninghamii

1 1 Nov 86, 6 Feb 87, 24 Mar 87, 20 Apr 87, 13

May 87, 16 June 87, 22 Feb 88

126

Ben Ridge Rd

Melaleuca squarrosa

6 Feb 87

127 A

Ben Ridge Rd

dead scrub (mainly Melaleuca and

Leptospermum)

6 Feb 87, 24 Mar 87, 20 Apr 87, 13 May 87, 16

June 87, 22 Feb 88

127B

Ben Ridge Rd

dead scrub (mainly Melaleuca)

6 Feb 87

Site

Locality

Vegetation

Date

128A

Ringarooma - Mathinna Rd

Nothofagus cunninghamii

13 Oct 86, 9 Nov 86, 19 Jan 87

128B

Ringarooma - Mathinna Rd

Leptospermum lanigerum (scrub)

9 Nov 86, 20 Apr 87

129

Mt Victoria Tk

Heath (mainly Melaleuca)

1 1 Nov 86, 6 Feb 87, 24 Mar 87, 20 Apr 87, 13

May 87, 16 June 87 (x)

130

St Columba Falls

Wet forest

11 July 86, 20 Apr 87

131A

St Helens Point

Myoporum insulare

24 Feb 88

131B

St Helens Point

Casuarina stricta

24 Feb 88 (x)

131C

St Helens Point

Monotoca sp

24 Feb 88

131D

St Helens Point

Tussock grasses (Poa sp)

24 Feb 88 (x)

131E

St Helens Point

Casuarina littoralis

24 Feb 88

131F

St Helens Point

Melaleuca ericifolia

24 Feb 88

132

Humbug Point

dead coastal vegetation

7 Nov 86

133

Humbug Point

Melaleuca ericifolia

1 1 Oct 86, 6 Dec 86, 22 Mar 87, 24 July 87

134

Humbug Point

Acacia melanoxylon (dry forest)

11 Oct 86

135

Humbug Point

Bracken

11 Oct 86

136

Humbug Point

Coastal vegetation

10 July 86

137A

Tasman Hwy

Casuarina littoralis

4 June 86, 1 1 July 86, 9 Aug 86, 12 Sep 86 (x).

12 Oct 86 (x), 8 Nov 86, 7 Dec 86 (x), 18 Jan 87

(x), 23 Mar 87, 20 Apr 87 (x), 12 May 87 (x),

14 June 87, 25 July 87, 24 Feb 88

137B

Tasman Hwy

dead foliage ( Leptospermum

lanigerum)

12 May 87

138

Ansons Bay Rd

Dry forest

12 June 87

139

Tasman Hwy

Acacia melanoxylon (swamp)

4 June 86, 1 1 July 86, 9 Aug 86, 12 Sep 86, 12

Oct 86, 8 Nov 86, 7 Dec 86, 18 Jan 87, 5 Feb

87, 23 Mar 87, 20 Apr 87, 12 May 87, 14 June

87, 25 July 87, 24 Feb 88

140

Tasman Hwy, near Myrtle Forest

Acacia melanoxylon (rainforest)

1 1 July 86, 9 Aug 86, 12 Sep 86, 12 Oct 86, 8

Nov 86, 7 Dec 86, 18 Jan 87 (x), 5 Feb 87, 20

Apr 87 (x), 12 May 87, 14 June 87 (x), 25 July

87 (x), 24 Feb 88

141

Tasman Hwy, near Myrtle Forest

Nothofagus cunninghamii

1 1 July 86 (x), 9 Aug 86, 12 Sep 86 (x), 12 Oct

86, 8 Nov 86, 7 Dec 86, 18 Jan 87, 5 Feb 87, 20

Apr 87, 12 May 87, 14 June 87, 25 July 87 (x),

24 Feb 88

142A

Myrtle Forest

Nothofagus cunninghamii

4 June 86, 12 May 87, 24 Feb 88

142B

Myrtle Forest

Acacia melanoxylon (rainforest)

4 June 86, 14 June 87,

142C

Myrtle Forest

dead treefem foliage

24 Feb 88

143

Tasman Hwy

Wet forest

4 June 86, 5 Feb 87 (x)

144

Herrick

Heath (mainly Leptospermum)

12 May 87, 24 Feb 88

145

Ansons Bay Rd

Dry forest

13 June 87 (x)

Site

Locality

Vegetation

Date

146

Eddystone Point Rd

Dry forest

23 Feb 88

147

Eddystone Point Rd

Dry forest

23 Feb 88

148

Eddystone Point Rd

Dry forest

13 June 87, 23 Feb 88

149 A

Eddystone Point Rd

Melaleuca squarrosa

13 June 87

149B

Eddystone Point Rd

Melaleuca ericifolia

13 June 87

150

Eddystone Point Rd

Leptospermum lanigerum

13 June 87, 26 July 87, 23 Feb 88

151

Eddystone Point Rd

dead heath (mainly Melaleuca)

13 June 87, 26 July 87

152A

Eddystone Point

Casuarina stricta

13 June 87, 26 July 87, 23 Feb 88

152B

Eddystone Point

Monotoca sp

13 June 87, 26 July 87, 23 Feb 88

152C

Eddystone Point

Myoporum insulare

13 June 87, 26 July 87, 23 Feb 88

152D

Eddystone Point

Acacia sp (?)

13 June 87

152E

Eddystone Point

Heath (mainly Casuarina )

13 June 87, 26 July 87

152F

Eddystone Point

Tussock grasses (Poa sp)

26 July 87 (x)

153

Mt William NP, Mt William Summit

Heath/scrub mosaic (mainly Kunzea)

23 Feb 88

154

Mt William NP, Mt William

Walking Tk

Dry forest

23 Feb 88

155

Mt William NP, Mt William Car

Park

Heath (mainly Kunzea)

23 Feb 88

156

Mt William NP, Loop

dead Heath (. Leptospermum )

5 Feb 87, 23 Mar 87, 19 Apr 87, 14 June 87, 23

Feb 88

157

Mt William NP, Loop

Dry woodland (mainly Kunzea)

5 June 86 (x), 1 1 July 86, 9 Aug 86, 12 Sep 86,

12 Oct 86 (x), 8 Nov 86 (x), 7 Dec 86, 18 Jan

87, 5 Feb 87 (x), 23 Mar 87, 19 Apr 87, 12 May

87, 14 June 87, 25 July 87, 23 Feb 88

158

Mt William NP, Loop

Sedge

5 June 86, 1 1 July 86, 9 Aug 86, 12 Sep 86, 12

Oct 86, 8 Nov 86, 7 Dec 86, 18 Jan 87, 5 Feb

87, 23 Mar 87, 19 Apr 87, 12 May 87 (x), 14

June 87, 25 July 87, 23 Feb 88

159A

Mt William NP, Stumpy s Bay

Casuarina stricta

5 June 86, 1 1 July 86, 9 Aug 86, 12 Sep 86, 12

Oct 86, 8 Nov 86, 7 Dec 86, 18 Jan 87, 5 Feb

87, 23 Mar 87, 19 Apr 87, 12 May 87, 14 June

87, 25 July 87, 23 Feb 88

159B

Mt William NP, Stumpy s Bay

Myoporum insulare

12 Oct 86, 8 Nov 86, 7 Dec 86, 18 Jan 87, 5 Feb

87, 23 Mar 87, 19 Apr 87, 25 July 87, 23 Feb 88

159C

Mt William NP, Stumpy s Bay

Monotoca sp

12 Oct 86, 7 Dec 86, 19 Apr 87, 12 May 87, 23

Feb 88

159D

Mt William NP, Stumpy s Bay

dead foliage ( Casuarina and

Myoporum)

8 Nov 86, 5 Feb 87

160

Mt William NP, Loop

Heath (mainly Casuarina)

5 June 86, 1 1 July 86, 9 Aug 86 (x), 12 Sep 86,

12 Oct 86, 8 Nov 86 (x), 7 Dec 86 (x), 18 Jan 87

(x), 5 Feb 87, 23 Mar 87, 19 Apr 87, 12 May

87, 14 June 87, 25 July 87 (x), 23 Feb 88

161

Mt William NP, Loop

Heath (mainly Leptospermum)

19 Apr 87

Site

Locality

Vegetation

Date

162

Poole

Leptospermum laevigatum

5 June 86 (x), 1 1 July 86 (x), 9 Aug 86, 12 Sep

86, 12 Oct 86 (x), 8 Nov 86 (x), 7 Dec 86, 18

Jan 87, 23 Mar 87, 19 Apr 87, 12 May 87, 14

June 87, 25 July 87, 23 Feb 88

163

Gladstone - Bridport Rd

Heath (mainly Leptospermum and

Casuarina )

19 Apr 87, 12 May 87, 14 June 87, 26 July 87,

24 Feb 88

164A

Blackmans Lagoon

exotic Cypress trees

5 June 86

164B

Blackmans Lagoon

Myoporum insulare

5 June 86, 9 Aug 86, 12 Sep 86, 12 Oct 86, 8

Nov 86, 7 Dec 86, 18 Jan 87, 5 Feb 87, 23 Mar

87, 19 Apr 87, 12 May 87, 14 June 87, 26 July

87, 24 Feb 88

165

Bridport

Coastal vegetation

26 July 87

166

Bridport

Casuarina stricta

26 July 87

167

Tasman Hwy

Wet forest

5 June 86, 10 Aug 86, 12 Sep 86, 12 Oct 86 (x),

7 Dec 86 (x)

NORTH CENTRAL TASMANIA

Site

Locality

Vegetation

Date

168

Tunbridge - Steppes Rd

Leptospermum lanigerum

29 May 86, 13 Sep 86, 16 Oct 86, 20

Jan 87 (x), 9 Feb 87 (x), 18 Mar 87 (x),

25 Apr 87, 3 1 May 87, 18 June 87 (x),

31 July 87 (x)

169

Lake Hwy

Arthrotaxis cupressoides

30 May 86 (x), 13 Sep 86 (x), 13 Nov

86, 20 Jan 87 (x), 9 Feb 87 (x), 18 Mar

87, 25 Apr 87, 31 May 87 (x), 18 June

87 (x), 31 July 87 (x)

170

Lake Hwy

Nothofagus cunninghamii

13 Nov 86

171

Lake Hwy, Lkt near Projection Bluff

Wet woodland

25 Apr 87

172

Lake Hwy

Nothofagus cunninghamii

30 May 86, 10 Aug 86 (x), 13 Sep 86

(x), 13 Nov 86, 20 Jan 87, 9 Feb 87, 18

Mar 87, 25 Apr 87, 31 May 87 (x), 18

June 87 (x), 31 July 87 (x), 26 Feb 88

173

Lake Hwy

Pinus radiata

30 May 86

174

Liffey Falls

Nothofagus cunninghamii

26 Feb 88

175

Lake Hwy

Nothofagus cunninghamii

30 May 86, 12 July 86, 10 Aug 86, 13

Sep 86 (x), 14 Oct 86 (x), 13 Nov 86,

20 Jan 87, 9 Feb 87, 18 Mar 87, 26

Apr 87, 31 May 87, 18 June 87 (x), 31

July 87 (x), 26 Feb 88

176

Lake Hwy

Wet forest

13 Nov 86

111

Lake Hwy

Wet forest

30 May 86, 12 July 86, 10 Aug 86, 13

Sep 86, 14 Oct 86, 13 Nov 86, 20 Jan

87, 9 Feb 87, 18 Mar 87, 26 Apr 87, 31

May 87, 18 June 87, 31 July 87, 26

Feb 88

17 8A

Jackeys Marsh (east)

Bracken

12 Nov 86

178B

Jackeys Marsh (east)

Care x appressa

12 Nov 86

179A

Jackeys Marsh (east)

Wet forest (dead foliage)

18 Mar 87, 26 Feb 88

179B

Jackeys Marsh (east)

Wet forest (dead foliage)

26 Feb 88

180A

Jackeys Marsh (east)

Wet forest

13 Nov 86, 8 Dec 86, 20 Jan 87, 18

Mar 87, 1 June 87, 31 July 87, 26 Feb

180B

Jackeys Marsh (east)

Nothofagus cunninghamii

(mixed forest)

13 Nov 86, 8 Dec 86, 20 Jan 87, 18

Mar 87, 1 June 87, 31 July 87, 26 Feb

181

Lake Hwy

Exocarpus cupressiformis

(wet/dry forest mosaic)

30 May 86, 12 July 86 (x), 10 Aug 86

(x), 13 Sep 86, 14 Oct 86, 13 Nov 86,

20 Jan 87, 9 Feb 87, 18 Mar 87, 26

Apr 87, 31 May 87, 18 June 87, 31

July 87, 26 Feb 88

182

Launceston, Cataract Gorge

Acacia melanoxylon (dry

22 July 86, 11 Nov 86, 15 June 87

forest)

Site

Locality

Vegetation

Date

183

Launceston, Cataract Gorge

Casuarina stricta (dead

foliage)

22 July 86, 1 1 Nov 86, 17 June 87

184

Launceston, Cataract Gorge

Exotic vegetation

27 Aug 86, 11 Nov 86, 15 June 87

185

Launceston, Cataract Gorge

Tussock grasses (Poa sp)

22 July 86, 15 June 87, 17 June 87

186

Notley Gorge

Wet forest

27 July 87

187

Bell Bay

Dry forest

15 June 87 (x)

188

Low Head, Eastern Beach

Acacia melanoxylon (planted

alongside of road)

15 June 87

189

Low Head, Eastern Beach

Melaleuca ericifolia

15 June 87

190

Low Head, Eastern Beach

Acacia sp (?)

15 June 87

191

Greens Beach

Melaleuca ericifolia

15 June 87

192

Greens Beach

Myoporum insulare

15 June 87

193A

Asbestos Range NP

Banksia marginata

17 June 87, 27 July 87, 25 Feb 88

193B

Asbestos Range NP

Casuarina stricta

17 June 87, 27 July 87, 25 Feb 88

193C

Asbestos Range NP

Bracken

17 June 87, 27 July 87, 25 Feb 88 (x)

194 A

Asbestos Range NP

Heath (mainly Leptospermum

scoparium )

17 June 87, 27 July 87, 25 Feb 88

194B

Asbestos Range NP

Melaleuca ericifolia

17 June 87, 27 July 87, 25 Feb 88

195

Asbestos Range NP

Acacia melanoxylon (dry

forest)

17 June 87, 25 Feb 88 (x)

196

Asbestos Range NP

Myoporum insulare

6 June 86, 17 June 87, 25 Feb 88 (x)

197

Asbestos Range NP Rd

Leptospermum scrub

25 Feb 88

198

Frankford Main Rd

Casuarina littoralis

25 Feb 88

199

Frankford Main Rd

Wet/dry forest mosaic

25 Feb 88

200A

Bass Hwy

Melaleuca ericifolia

(understorey in wet/dry forest

mosaic)

18 Apr 87

200B

Bass Hwy

Exocarpus cupressiformis

18 Apr 87

200C

Bass Hwy

Melaleuca ericifolia

(understorey in dry/west

forest mosaic)

18 Apr 87

201

Bass Hwy

dead Eucalyptus foliage

(wet/dry forest mosaic)

18 Apr 87

202

Bass Hwy

Wet/dry forest mosaic

(mainly Leptospermum heath

understorey)

18 Apr 87

203A

Bass Hwy

Myoporum insulare

24 Jan 87

203B

Bass Hwy

dead Myroporum foliage

24 Jan 87

204

Bass Hwy

Melaleuca ericifolia

25 June 87 (x)

205

Forth - Wilmot Rd

Wet/dry forest mosaic

8 June 86, 12 July 86 (x), 25 Mar 87

Site

Locality

Vegetation

Date

206

Spellmens Gorge

Wet forest

26 July 86

207

Leven Canyon Lkt

Leptospermum scoparium

(low wet/dry mosaic)

17 Apr 87, 20 May 87, 29 June 87, 28

Feb 88

208

Leven Canyon Tk

Tall scrub

17 Apr 87

209

Leven Canyon

Callistemon sp.

17 Apr 87, 20 May 87, 29 June 87 (x),

28 Feb 88

210

Bell Mtn

Wet forest (heath

understorey)

1 June 87

211

Cnr Mole Creek and Wilmot - Sheffield Rds

Wet forest (heath

understorey)

27 Jan 87

212

Garrie Park

Wet forest (heath

understorey)

27 Feb 88

213

Garrie Park

Wet forest (heath

understorey)

1 June 87 (x), 27 Feb 88

214A

Wilmot - Cradle Mtn Rd

dead rainforest foliage

2 Mar 87, 17 Mar 87, 16 Apr 87, 19

May 87, 29 June 87, 28 Feb 88

214B

Wilmot - Cradle Mtn Rd

Tussock grasses (Poa sp)

19 May 87 (x)

215

Daisy Dell

Nothofagus cunninghamii

6 June 86, 12 July 86, 30 Aug 86 (x).

29 Sep 86, 26 Oct 86, 26 Nov 86, 23

Jan 87, 7 Feb 87, 2 Mar 87, 17 Mar 87,

16 Apr 87, 19 May 87, 29 June 87, 28

Feb 88

21 6A

Pencil Pine Inn

Nothofagus cunninghamii

26 Nov 86, 2 Mar 87

216B

Pencil Pine Inn

Athrotaxis cuppressoides

26 Nov 86, 2 Mar 87

216C

Pencil Pine Inn

Richea pandanifolia

26 Nov 86

21 6D

Pencil Pine Inn

dead Eucalyptus foliage (wet

forest)

16 Apr 87

217

Cradle Mtn Rd

Nothofagus cunninghamii

26 Nov 86, 19 May 87

218

Cradle Mtn - Lake St Clair NP, Camping

Area

Athrotaxis cupressoides

27 Nov 86, 23 Jan 87, 17 Mar 87, 16

Apr 87, 19 May 87, 28 Feb 88

219A

Cradle Mtn - Lake St Clair NP, Weindorfers

Forest

Nothofagus cunninghamii

26 Oct 86, 26 Nov 86, 7 Feb 87, 2 Mar

87, 17 Mar 87, 28 Feb 88

219B

Cradle Mtn - Lake St Clair NP, Weindorfers

Forest

Richea scoparia

26 Oct 86, 26 Nov 86, 23 Jan 87 (x)

219C

Cradle Mtn - Lake St Clair NP, Weindorfers

Forest

Athrotaxis selaginoides

26 Oct 86, 26 Nov 86, 7 Feb 87, 28

Feb 88

219D

Cradle Mtn - Lake St Clair NP, Weindorfers

Forest

Phyllocladus aspleniifolius

26 Oct 86, 27 Nov 86, 23 Jan 87, 7 Feb

87, 2 Mar 87, 17 Mar 87, 16 Apr 87,

19 May 87, 30 July 87 (x), 28 Feb 88

219E

Cradle Mtn - Lake St Clair NP, Weindorfers

Forest

Nothofagus cunninghamii

26 Nov 86, 23 Jan 87, 2 Mar 87, 16

Apr 87, 19 May 87, 30 July 87 (x), 28

Feb 88

219F

Cradle Mtn - Lake St Clair NP, Weindorfers

Forest

Athrotaxis selaginoides

27 Nov 86, 23 Jan 87, 7 Feb 87, 2 Mar

87, 17 Mar 87, 16 Apr 87, 19 May 87

Site

Locality

Vegetation

Date

219G

Cradle Mtn - Lake St Clair NP, Weindorfers

Forest

Nothofagus gunnii

27 Nov 86, 23 Jan 87, 2 Mar 87

219H

Cradle Mtn - Lake St Clair NP, Weindorfers

Forest

Leptospermum lanigerum

23 Jan 87, 2 Mar 87, 17 Mar 87, 16

Apr 87, 19 May 87 (x), 28 Feb 88

220

Cradle Mtn - Lake St Clair NP, Dove Lake

Heath

27 Nov 86, 17 Mar 87 (x), 16 Apr 87

(x)

221

Cradle Mtn - Lake St Clair NP, Dove Lake

Diselma archeri

27 Nov 86, 23 Jan 87, 16 Apr 87, 19

May 87

222

Cradle Mtn - Lake St Clair NP, Ballroom

Forest

Rainforest

7 June 86, 26 Oct 86, 27 Nov 86, 23

Jan 87

223

Cradle Mtn - Lake St Clair NP, Marions Lkt

Diselma archeri

23 Jan 87 (x)

224A

Emu Plains

Leptospermum lanigerum

27 Feb 88

224B

Emu Plains

Drimys lanceolata

27 Feb 88

225A

Cradle Mtn - Lake St Clair NP, Overland Tk,

Cirque Hut

Athrotaxis cupressoides

4 Mar 87

225 B

Cradle Mtn - Lake St Clair NP, Overland Tk,

Cirque Hut

Leptospermum lanigerum

4 Mar 87

225 C

Cradle Mtn - Lake St Clair NP, Overland Tk,

Cirque Hut

Nothofagus cunninghamii

4 Mar 87

225D

Cradle Mtn - Lake St Clair NP, Overland Tk,

Cirque Hut

dead heath (mainly

Leptospermum)

4 Mar 87

226A

Cradle Mtn - Lake St Clair NP, Overland Tk,

Windermere Hut

Nothofagus cunninghamii

5 Mar 88

226B

Cradle Mtn - Lake St Clair NP, Overland Tk,

Windermere Hut

dead rainforest foliage

5 Mar 88

226C

Cradle Mtn - Lake St Clair NP, Overland Tk,

Windermere Hut

dead rainforest foliage

5 Mar 88

227A

Cradle Mtn - Lake St Clair NP, Overland Tk,

Du Cane Hut

Leptospermum lanigerum

10 Mar 87

227B

Cradle Mtn - Lake St Clair NP, Overland Tk,

Du Cane Hut

Nothofagus cunninghamii

10 Mar 87

228

Cradle Mtn - Lake St Clair NP, Overland Tk

Rainforest

15 Sep 86

229

Cradle Mtn - Lake St Clair NP, Lake St Clan-

Nothofagus cunninghamii

1 Dec 86, 27 Jan 87 (x), 27 Feb 87, 29

Apr 87, 1 July 87, 10 Mar 88

230A

Cradle Mtn - Lake St Clair NP, Lake St Clair

Nothofagus cunninghamii

31 May 86 (x), 1 July 86 (x), 12 Aug

86 (x), 15 Sep 86 (x), 16 Oct 86 (x), 16

Nov 86 (x), 1 Dec 86, 1 July 87 (x)

230B

Cradle Mtn - Lake St Clair NP, Lake St Clan-

Phyllocladus aspleniifolius

31 May 86, 1 July 86 (x), 12 Aug 86

(x), 15 Sep 86, 16 Oct 86 (x), 16 Nov

86, 1 Dec 86, 27 Jan 87 (x), 27 Feb 87

(x), 29 Apr 87 (x), 1 July 87 (x), 10

Mar 88

231

Cradle Mtn - Lake St Clair NP, end of

Watersmeet Tk

dead Leptospermum foliage

(rainforest)

31 May 86, 16 Nov 86, 29 Apr 87, 10

Mar 88

Site

Locality

Vegetation

Date

232

Cradle Mtn - Lake St Clair NP, Watersmeet

dead Leptospermum foliage

(wet forest)

31 May 86

233

Lyell Hwy

Nothofagus cunninghamii

(mixed forest)

31 May 86, 13 June 86, 1 July 86 (x),

30 Nov 86 (x)

234

Lyell Hwy

Nothofagus cunninghamii

30 Nov 86, 29 Apr 87, 9 Mar 88

235

Lyell Hwy

Nothofagus cunninghamii

30 Nov 86

236

Lyell Hwy, Frenchmans Cap NP, Start of

Walking Tk

Heath

29 Apr 87

237

Lyell Hwy, Wild Rivers NP

Heath

29 Apr 87

238

Frenchmans Cap NP, Philps Creek

Wet Scrub

9 Mar 88

239

Frenchmans Cap NP, Lake Vera

Wet Scrub

8 Mar 88

240

Frenchmans Cap NP Walking Tk

Rainforest

9 Mar 88 (x)

241

Frenchmans Cap NP, Tahune Lake

Rainforest

7 Mar 88

242

Lyell Hwy

Hakea epiglottis

3 July 86, 12 Aug 86, 15 Sep 86 (x),

16 Oct 86, 16 Nov 86, 27 Jan 87, 27

Feb 87, 29 Apr 87, 1 July 87 (x), 10

Mar 88

243

Tarraleah

Bracken

31 May 86, 1 July 86, 12 Aug 86, 15

Sep 86, 16 Oct 86, 16 Nov 86, 1 Dec

86, 27 Jan 87 (x), 27 Feb 87, 29 Apr

87, 1 July 87 (x), 10 Mar 88 (x)

244A

Lyell Hwy

Atherosperma moschatum

16 Nov 86

244B

Lyell Hwy

Wet forest

16 Nov 86 (x)

244C

Lyell Hwy

Nothofagus cunninghamii

16 Nov 86, 1 Dec 86

NORTHWEST TASMANIA

Site

Locality

Vegetation

Date

245

Rocky Cape NP, Postmans Tk Car Park

Wet scrub (mainly

Leptospermum scoparium

and Melaleuca squarrosa )

26 Apr 87, 3 Mar 88

246

Rocky Cape NP, Sisters Beach Rd

Heath/wet scrub (mainly

Leptospermum scoparium

and Melaleuca squarrosa )

14 June 86, 25 July 86, 23 Sep 86, 25

Oct 86, 24 Nov 86, 24 Jan 87, 1 Mar

87, 26 Mar 87, 26 Apr 87, 23 May 87,

28 June 87, 30 July 87, 3 Mar 88

247A

Sisters Beach

dead Banksia serrata foliage

26 Apr 87, 29 Feb 88

247B

Sisters Beach

dead Eucalyptus foliage (dry

forest)

26 Apr 87

248A

Sisters Beach

Banksia serrata

14 June 86, 25 July 86, 24 Aug 86, 23

Sep 86, 25 Oct 86, 24 Nov 86, 9 Dec

86 (x), 24 Jan 87, 1 Mar 87, 26 Mar

87, 26 Apr 87, 23 May 87, 28 June 87,

30 July 87, 29 Feb 88

248B

Sisters Beach

Bracken

14 June 86, 25 July 86, 24 Aug 86, 23

Sep 86, 25 Oct 86, 24 Nov 86, 9 Dec

86, 24 Jan 87 (x), 1 Mar 87, 26 Mar

87, 26 Apr 87, 23 May 87, 28 June 87,

30 July 87, 29 Feb 88

249

Sisters Beach

Myoporum insulare

23 Oct 86

250

Rocky Cape NP, Banksia Grove Tk

Heath (mainly Leptospermum

and Casuarina )

24 Aug 86

251

Rocky Cape NP, Banksia Grove Tk

Low Eucalyptus woodland

(heath understorey)

24 Jan 87

252A

Rocky Cape NP, Banksia Grove

Banksia serrata

24 Jan 87, 1 Mar 87, 26 Mar 87, 26

Apr 87, 23 May 87, 28 June 87, 30

July 87, 29 Feb 88

252B

Rocky Cape NP, Banksia Grove

Banksia woodland (heath

understorey)

24 Jan 87, 1 Mar 87, 26 Mar 87, 26

Apr 87, 23 May 87, 28 June 87 (x), 30

July 87, 29 Feb 88

253

Detention Falls

Wet/dry forest mosaic

23 Oct 86

254

Rocky Cape NP, Rocky Cape Rd

Heath (mainly

Leptospermum )

23 Oct 86, 26 Jan 87 (sweep), 29 July

255

Port Latta

Dry forest (heath/scrub

understorey)

27 June 87

256

Smithton

Heath (mainly

Leptospermum)

27 Apr 87, 21 May 87, 26 June 87, 28

July 87 (x)

257

Brittons Swamp

Acacia melanoxylon

15 June 86, 25 July 86, 28 Aug 86, 22

Sep 86, 25 Oct 86, 24 Nov 86

258

Bass Hwy

Wet forest

15 June 86, 25 July 86, 28 Aug 86 (x),

22 Sep 86, 25 Oct 86, 24 Nov 86, 25

Jan 87, 26 Mar 87, 27 Apr 87, 21 May

87, 26 June 87, 28 July 87, 1 Mar 88

259

Marrawah - Arthur River Rd

Acacia melanoxylon (swamp

22 Sep 86, 25 Oct 86, 24 Nov 86, 25

Site

Locality

Vegetation

Date

forest)

Jan 87, 1 Mar 87, 26 Mar 87, 27 Apr

87, 25 May 87, 26 June 87, 28 July 87,

1 Mar 88

260

Marrawah - Arthur River Rd

Dry woodland

24 Nov 86

261 A

Arthur River

Myoporum insulare

15 June 86, 24 July 86, 28 Aug 86, 22

Sep 86, 25 Oct 86, 24 Nov 86, 25 Jan

87, 1 Mar 87, 26 Mar 87, 27 Apr 87,

21 May 87, 26 June 87, 28 July 87, 1

Mar 88

261B

Arthur River

Leptospermum laevigatum

15 June 86, 24 July 86 (x), 28 Aug 86

(x), 22 Sep 86 (x), 25 Oct 86, 24 Nov

86, 25 Jan 87, 1 Mar 87, 26 Mar 87, 27

Apr 87, 21 May 87, 26 June 87 (x), 28

July 87 (x), 1 Mar 88

261C

Arthur River

Leptospermum lanigerum

15 June 86, 24 July 87, 28 Aug 86 (x),

22 Sep 86, 25 Oct 86, 24 Nov 86, 25

Jan 87, 1 Mar 87, 26 Mar 87, 27 Apr

87, 21 May 87, 26 June 87, 28 July 87,

1 Mar 88

262A

Temma - Arthur River Rd

Melaleuca ericifolia

15 June 86, 24 July 86 (x), 28 Aug 86,

22 Sep 86, 25 Oct 86, 24 Nov 86, 25

Jan 87, 1 Mar 87, 26 Mar 87, 27 Apr

87, 21 May 87, 26 June 87, 28 July 87,

1 Mar 88

262B

Temma - Arthur River Rd

Leptospermum laevigatum

26 June 87

263

Temma - Arthur River Rd

Melaleuca ericifolia

28 Aug 86 (x), 25 Jan 87, 1 Mar 87, 26

Mar 87, 21 May 87, 26 June 87, 28

July 87, 1 Mar 88

264A

Temma - Arthur River Rd

dead Eucalyptus foliage (dry

woodland)

28 Aug 86, 22 Sep 86

264B

Temma - Arthur River Rd

Heath (mainly

Leptospermum)

22 Sep 86, 25 Jan 87 (sweeping), 21

May 87

265A

Temma - Arthur River Rd

Heath (mainly Leptospermum

and Casuarina)

15 June 86, 24 July 86, 28 Aug 86, 22

Sep 86, 25 Oct 86, 24 Nov 86, 25 Jan

87, 1 Mar 87, 26 Mar 87, 27 Apr 87,

21 May 87, 26 June 87, 28 July 87, 1

Mar 88

265 B

Temma - Arthur River Rd

Heath

25 Jan 87 (sweeping)

266

Temma - Arthur River Rd

Melaleuca squarrosa

28 Aug 86

267

Rebecca Rd

Mixed forest (mainly dead

rainforest foliage)

1 Mar 88

268

Rebecca Rd

Mixed forest (mainly dead

rainforest foliage)

1 Mar 88

269

Sumac Rd

Mixed forest (mainly dead

rainforest foliage)

1 Mar 88

270

Sumac Rd, Frankland River

Rainforest shrubs

2 Mar 88

271

Sumac Rd

dead Heath (Leptospe rumum)

2 Mar 88

Site

Locality

Vegetation

Date

272

Balfour Tk

Rainforest

2 Mar 88

273

Roger River West Rd

Heath (mainly Melaleuca)

22 May 87

274

Kanunah Bridge

Acacia melanoxylon

(rainforest)

29 Aug 86, 23 Sep 86, 24 Oct 86 (x),

25 Nov 86, 9 Dec 86, 26 Jan 87, 28

Feb 87, 25 Mar 87, 22 May 87, 29 July

87, 2 Mar 88

275

Sumac Rd

Nothofagus cunninghamii

29 Aug 86, 23 Sep 86, 24 Oct 86, 25

Nov 86, 9 Dec 86 (x), 26 Jan 87, 28

Feb 87, 25 Mar 87, 27 Apr 87 (x), 22

May 87, 29 July 87, 2 Mar 88

276

Julius River Forest Reserve

Nothofagus cunninghamii

29 Aug 86, 23 Sep 86, 24 Oct 86, 25

Nov 86 (x), 9 Dec 86, 26 Jan 87, 28

Feb 87, 25 Mar 87, 27 Apr 87 (x), 22

May 87, 29 July 87, 2 Mar 88

277

Lake Chisolm

Rainforest

29 Aug 86, 2 Mar 88

27 8 A

Rapid River Rd

dead Eucalyptus foliage

(mixed forest)

25 Mar 87, 22 May 87

278B

Rapid River Rd

dead Nothofagus foliage

(mixed forest)

25 Mar 87

279

Rapid River Rd

Heath (mainly Leptospermum

and Melaleuca )

26 Jan 87 (sweep), 28 Feb 87, 25 Mar

87, 22 May 87, 2 Mar 88

280A

Milkshakes Forest Reserve

Nothofagus cunninghamii

(mixed forest)

14 June 86, 25 July 86 (x), 29 Aug 86,

23 Sep 86, 24 Oct 86, 25 Nov 86, 9

Dec 86, 26 Jan 87, 28 Feb 87, 25 Mar

87, 24 Apr 87, 22 May 87, 29 July 87,

2 Mar 88 (x)

280B

Milkshakes Forest Reserve Rd

Heath

22 May 87

281

Trowutta Rd, Pine Tk

Rainforest

14 June 86, 25 July 86 (x), 23 Sep 86,

24 Oct 86, 25 Nov 86, 9 Dec 86, 26

Jan 87, 28 Feb 87, 25 Mar 87, 27 Apr

87, 22 May 87, 29 July 87 (x), 2 Mar

282A

Roger River West

Nothofagus cunninghamii

29 Aug 86 (x)

282B

Roger River West

Acacia melanoxylon

(rainforest)

29 Aug 86 (x)

282C

Roger River West

Wet forest

29 Aug 86 (x)

283

Roger River

Wet forest

14 June 86

284

Murchison Hwy

dead foliage (wet scrub)

27 Mar 87

285A

Hellyer Gorge

Wet forest

28 Nov 86

285B

Hellyer Gorge

Nothofagus cunninghamii

27 Mar 87, 2 June 87, 3 Mar 88

285C

Hellyer Gorge

dead rainforest foliage

27 Mar 87, 3 Mar 88

285D

Hellyer Gorge

Rainforest (mainly

Eucryphia )

27 Mar 87

285E

Hellyer Gorge

Rainforest (mainly

Nothofagus)

28 Nov 86, 27 Mar 87, 3 Mar 88

Site

Locality

Vegetation

Date

286

Murchison Hwy

Tussock grasses (Poa sp)

27 Mar 87

287

Murchison Hwy

Acacia melanoxylon (tall

woodland)

28 Nov 86

288

Savage River Rd

dead rainforest foliage

27 Mar 87

289

Murchison Hwy, Rest Stop

Rainforest

28 Apr 87, 4 Mar 88

290A

Staffords Rd

Mixed forest

28 Apr 87

290B

Staffords Rd

Rainforest

2 June 87

291

Savage River Rd

Nothofagus cunninghamii

4 Mar 88

292

Savage River Rd

Nothofagus cunninghamii

28 Nov 86

293

Corinna Rd

dead Leptospermum foliage

27 Mar 87

294A

Corinna, Pieman River

Nothofagus cunninghamii

28 Nov 86, 27 Mar 87

294B

Corinna, Whyte River Tk

Rainforest

28 Nov 86, 27 Mar 87, 4 Mar 88

294C

Corinna, Whyte River Tk

Acacia melanoxylon

28 Nov 86, 27 Mar 87

295

Pieman Dam Rd

Heath

28 Apr 87

296

Pieman Dam Rd

dead foliage (heath)

28 Apr 87

297

Pieman Dam Rd

Heath

28 Apr 87 (x)

298

Pieman Dam Rd

Wet forest

28 Mar 87

299

Pieman Dam Rd

Nothofagus cunninghamii

29 Nov 86, 28 Mar 87

300

Pieman Dam Rd

Eucalyptus woodland

29 Nov 86 (x), 28 Mar 87

301

Pieman Dam Rd

Heath

28 Apr 87 (x)

302

Murchison Hwy, N Tullah

Wet forest ( Leptospermum

heath understorey)

28 Mar 87, 28 Apr 87, 2 June 87 (x), 4

Mar 88

303

Murchison Hwy, S Tullah

Wet scrub ( Leptospermum

and Melaleuca )

28 Mar 87, 28 Apr 87, 2 June 87, 4

Mar 88

304A

Murchison Hwy, nr Rosebery

Acacia melanoxylon

29 Nov 86

304B

Murchison Hwy, nr Rosebery

Nothofagus cunninghamii

29 Nov 86

305

Rosebery

Exotic pine trees

29 Nov 86

306

Murchison Hwy

Nothofagus cunninghamii

29 Nov 86

307

Murchison Hwy, Scenic Drive

Nothofagus cunninghamii

29 Nov 86

308

Murchison Hwy

Wet scrub

28 Mar 87 (x)

309

Zeehan - Strahan Rd

Wet scrub

28 Mar 87 (x)

310

Zeehan - Strahan Rd

Heath

28 Apr 87

311

Zeehan - Strahan Rd

Heath

29 Nov 86 (x)

312

Strahan

Melaleuca ericifolia

5 Mar 88

313

Strahan, Hogarth Falls

Rainforest

30 Nov 86

314A

Wellington Head

Acacia melanoxylon (wet/dry

forest mosaic)

5 Mar 88

314B

Wellington Head

Monotoca glauca

5 Mar 88

Site

Locality

Vegetation

Date

314C

Wellington Head

Banksia marginata

5 Mar 88

314D

Wellington Head

Monotocci eliptica

5 Mar 88

314E

Wellington Head

Heath (mainly Leptospennum

and Melaleuca)

5 Mar 88

315

Lyell Hwy

Wet scrub (mainly

Phebalium)

1 July 86

316

Crotty Rd

Nothofagus cunninghamii

30 Nov 86

317

Crotty Rd

Acacia melanoxylon

2 July 87, 30 Nov 86

318

Crotty Rd

Wet scrub ( Acacia mucronata

and Leptospennum)

2 July 87 (x)

319

Crotty Rd

Acacia melanoxylon

2 July 87

320A

Crotty Rd

Acacia mucronata

2 July 87

320B

Crotty Rd

Wet scrub ( Acacia and

Leptospennum)

2 July 87

320C

Crotty Rd

Acacia melanoxylon

2 July 87

320D

Crotty Rd

Nothofagus cunninghamii

30 Nov 86

SOUTHWEST TASMANIA

Site

Locality

Vegetation

Date

321 A

Mt Field NP, Entrance

Exotic deciduous trees

14 July 87

321B

Mt Field NP, Entrance

Acacia melanoxylon (planted)

14 July 87

322A

Mt Field NP, Russell Falls Tk

dead foliage (wet forest)

3 Apr 87, 14 July 87

322B

Mt Field NP, Russell Falls Tk

dead rainforest foliage

3 Apr 87

323A

Mt Field NP, Lyrebird Nature Tk

Nothofagus cunninghamii

3 Apr 87, 14 July 87 (x)

323B

Mt Field NP, Fyrebird Nature Tk

Acacia melanoxylon

3 Apr 87

323C

Mt Field NP, Fyrebird Nature Tk

Phyllocladus aspleniifolius

14 July 87

324

Mt Field NP, Fake Dobson Rd

Rainforest

4 Nov 86

325A

Mt Field NP, Fake Dobson

Leptospermum lanigerum

14 July 87

325 B

Mt Field NP, Fake Dobson

Athrotaxis cupressoides

14 July 87 (x)

326

Fitzgerald

Heath (mainly

Leptospermum)

6 Apr 87, 14 July 87

327

Gordon River Road

Acacia melanoxylon (wet

forest)

11 Apr 87

328

Maynes Rd

dead foliage (mixed forest)

12 Apr 87

329

Meullers Rd

dead foliage (mixed forest)

12 Apr 87

330

Timms Tk

Heath {Leptospermum and

Melaleuca )

11 Apr 87

331 A

Timms Tk

Mixed forest

11 Apr 87

331B

Timms Tk

Mixed forest

11 Apr 87

332

Needles Picnic Area

Wet forest (mainly Acacia

mucronata )

11 Apr 87

333

Gordon River Rd

Heath {Leptospermum and

Melaleuca )

11 Apr 87

334

Strathgordon, Jacks Tk

dead foliage (mixed forest)

10 Apr 87

335

Strathgordon

Wet forest (heath

understorey)

10 Apr 87 (x)

336A

Scotts Peak Rd, Sandfly Creek

Heath (mainly

Leptospermum)

11 Feb 88

336B

Scotts Peak Rd, Sandfly Creek

Wet scrub {Melaleuca)

11 Feb 88

337A

Scotts Peak Rd, Condominium Creek

Heath (mainly Leptospermum

)

10 Apr 87

337B

Scotts Peak Rd, Condominium Creek

Nothofagus cunninghamii

(dead foliage)

10 Apr 87

338

Scotts Peak Rd

Acacia melanoxylon

10 Apr 87 (x)

339A

Scotts Peak Rd, Lake Judd Tk Camp

Acacia verticillata

10 Apr 87

339B

Scotts Peak Rd, Lake Judd Tk Camp

Rainforest

10 Apr 87

340

Scotts Peak Camping Area

Heath (mainly

10 Apr 87

Site

Locality

Vegetation

Date

Leptospermum )

341

Scotts Peak Rd

Heath (mainly

Leptospermum)

10 Apr 87

342

South West NP, Huon River Campground

Nothofagus cunninghamii

(mixed forest)

9 Apr 87

343A

South West NP, Port Davey Tk, Crossing

River

Banksia scrub

10 Feb 88

343B

South West NP, Port Davey Tk, Crossing

River

Heath/wet scrub mosaic

( Leptospermum and

Melaleuca)

10 Feb 88

344

South West NP, Crossing River

Heath/wet scrub mosaic

10 Feb 88 (x)

345

South West NP, Arthur Range, Promontory

Lake

Alpine vegetation

10 Feb 88 (x)

346A

South West NP, McKays Tk, Wullyacca

Creek

Wet scrub

10 Feb 88

346B

South West NP, McKays Tk, Wullyacca

Creek

Wet scrub

10 Feb 88

347

South West NP, Luckmans Lead, Luckmans

Creek

Wet scrub/heath mosaic

11 Feb 88

348

South West NP, Thwaites Plateau

Alpine vegetation

11 Feb 88 (x)

349

South West NP, Spain Bay

Coastal vegetation

22 Mar 88

350

South West NP, Stephens Bay

Coastal vegetation

22 Mar 88

351 A

South West NP, Loyhener Beach

Coastal vegetation

22 Mar 88

351B

South West NP, Loyhener Beach

Myoporum insulare

22 Mar 88

352

South West NP, Window Pane Bay

Tall Leptospermum scrub

21 Mar 88

353

South West NP, Window Pane Bay

Coastal vegetation

21 Mar 88

354

South West NP, Wilson Bight

Coastal vegetation

19 Mar 88

355

South West NP, Ketchem Bay

Coastal vegetation

19 Mar 88

356

South West NP, New Harbour Beach

Wet forest

18 Mar 88

357

South West NP, New Harbour Beach

Wet forest

18 Mar 88

358

South West NP, Melaleuca Lagoon

Leptospermum scrub

16 Mar 88

35 9 A

South West NP, Half Woody Hill

dead foliage (wet forest)

16 Mar 88

359B

South West NP, Half Woody Hill

Rainforest

16 Mar 88

360

South West NP, Cox Bight

Coastal vegetation

24 Mar 88

361

South West NP, South Coast Tk, Louisa

River

Mixed forest

25 Mar 88

362

South West NP, Little Deadmans Bay

Wet forest (mainly Acacia

melanoxylon)

27 Mar 88

363

South West NP, Prion Beach

dead Eucalytpus foliage (wet

forest)

27 Mar 88

364A

South West NP, New River Lagoon

Coastal scrub

15 Feb 88

Site

Locality

Vegetation

Date

364B

South West NP, New River Lagoon

Coastal scrub

15 Feb 88

364C

South West NP, New River Lagoon

Coastal scrub

15 Feb 88

365A

South West NP, New River Lagoon

Coastal scrub

15 Feb 88

365B

South West NP, New River Lagoon

Coastal scrub

15 Feb 88

365C

South West NP, New River Lagoon

Coastal scrub

16 Feb 88

366A

South West NP, New River Lagoon

Wet forest

16 Feb 88

366B

South West NP, New River Lagoon

Wet forest

16 Feb 88

366C

South West NP, New River Lagoon

Acacia melanoxylon

16 Feb 88

366D

South West NP, New River Lagoon

Nothofagus cunninghamii

16 Feb 88

366E

South West NP, New River Lagoon

dead Eucalyptus foliage (wet

forest)

16 Feb 88

366F

South West NP, New River Lagoon

dead Eucalyptus foliage (wet

forest)

16 Feb 88

366G

South West NP, New River Lagoon

dead rainforest foliage

16 Feb 88

366H

South West NP, New River Lagoon

dead rainforest foliage

16 Feb 88

367

South West NP, Prion Beach

Myoporum insulare

27 Mar 88 (x)

368

South West NP, Surprise Bay

Coastal vegetation

28 Mar 88

Memoirs of Museum Victoria 65: 153-164 (2008)

ISSN 1447-2546 (Print) 1447-2554 (On-line)

http://www.museumvictoria.com.au/About/Books-and-Journals/Journals/Memoirs-of-Museum-Victoria

Distribution patterns and diversity of invertebrates of temperate rainforests in

Tasmania with a focus on Pauropoda

Penelope Greenslade

School of Botany and Zoology, Australian National University, GPO Box, ACT, 0200, Australia; Centre for Environmental

Management, School of Science and Engineering, University of Ballarat, PO Box 663, Ballarat, Victoria, Australia

(Pgreenslade@staff.ballarat.edu.au)

Abstract Greenslade, P. 2008. Distribution patterns and diversity of invertebrates of temperate rainforests in Tasmania with a focus

on Pauropoda. Memoirs of Museum Victoria 65: 153-164.

Pauropoda are recorded for the first time from Tasmania. Nineteen species are listed from a large collection of

specimens made during an intensive survey of temperate rainforest in Tasmania. A key is provided for the identification of

Tasmanian species which are recorded by voucher number and the biogeographical affinities of the fauna are discussed.

Taxic richness of Pauropoda in Tasmanian rainforests is compared with that of several other groups of litter and bark

invertebrates from the same collections. All groups show similar patterns of high taxic richness in the northwest and

southeast regions with lower richness at higher altitudes. The implications for the conservation of Tasmania’s highly

endemic invertebrate fauna is discussed.

Keywords Acarina, Amphipoda, Diplopoda, Isopoda, Opil

Introduction

The Pauropoda is a Class of minute Arthropoda belonging to

the Subphylum, Myriapoda. It comprises around 700 hundred

species worldwide that are grouped into five families. The total

world fauna is likely to be in the region of 5000 species as many

regions and ecosystems are under-collected (Scheller, 1990).

Adults have eight to eleven pairs of legs, lack eyes and are

either white or lightly sclerotised with a maximum length of

about 1.5 mm (Scheller, 1990). Pauropoda tend to be soil-living

but are also found in rotting logs, under bark and in moss and

leaf litter. They are generally most abundant in moist soils that

have high levels of organic matter. Their feeding habits vary;

some groups feed on fungi and decaying organic matter while

others may consume more solid food (Scheller, 1990).

Although Pauropoda have been found in humid soils under

native vegetation as well as on agricultural land throughout

the Australian continent, very little is known of the composition

of the fauna. They are particularly species-rich and abundant

in forest soils but a soil sample from under any native vegetation

is likely to contain some specimens. Such data as exist indicate

that there is a very high level of species endemism of probably

over 90%. Moreover, there are likely to be 20 to 30 species

belonging to five or so genera within a single vegetation type

(Postle et al., 1991). This is the same order of magnitude as

iones, Symphyla, regional diversity, conservation priorities.

found in the central Amazon forest where over 50 species were

recorded from a single vegetation type (Scheller, 1994, 1997).

The Australian fauna is estimated to comprise at least 1000

species of which only 18 species (2%) have been recorded so

far. Previous records are from Queensland (Remy, 1959), New

South Wales (Harrison, 1914), Victoria (Tiegs, 1943, 1947;

Remy, 1949), Northern Territory (Greenslade and Mott, 1979)

and Western Australia (Remy, 1957; Postle et al., 1991). A

checklist for Australia is available (ABRS, ABIF, 2002). No

species of pauropod have been recorded previously for

Tasmania.

Although pauropods occur under both native vegetation and

crops, densities are variable. In studies overseas, densities of

pauropods of up to several thousand have been found in soils

(Adis et al., 1999; Hagvar and Scheller, 1998; Lagerlof and

Scheller, 1989) and, on a site in Denmark, they were more

abundant than Psocoptera, Coleoptera and Symphyla, and a

quarter as abundant as Acarina (Hagvar and Scheller, 1998).

Similar densities have been found at some sites in Australia,

indicating that they comprise a significant part (5% of individuals)

of the arthropod fauna (Greenslade and Mott, 1979). Abundances

are reduced by fire (Broza and Izhaki, 1997).

The invertebrate biodiversity of cool temperate rainforest

was sampled intensively and extensively in Tasmania as part of

the National Rainforest Conservation Program (NRCP) (Coy et

154

Penelope Greenslade

al., 1993). This forest type occupies just under 600,000 hectares

in Tasmania and represents 10% of the state. It is most prominent

in northwestern Tasmania, with other less extensive areas in the

northeast and on the east coast and occasional patches in the

southwest. The survey sampled 19 localities covering all the

nature conservation regions of the state accepted at the time

(1990) and major rainforest types with the aim of documenting

the invertebrate fauna comprehensively, identifying areas of

greatest species richness and phyletic diversity and assessing

impacts on the fauna (Coy et al., 1993). It was the first

documentation of the invertebrate fauna within a major

vegetation type in Tasmania and the first to assess the conservation

status of this highly endemic and species-rich fauna. The data

also provided a basis for comparison with other forest faunas

within and outside Tasmania for groups that were targeted.

Listed are the Pauropoda species collected during the

survey. An estimated 142,000 specimens of invertebrates were

collected, among them 1087 (0.8%) Pauropoda. No earlier

publications record specimens from Australian Nothofagus

forests. Nineteen species were found in the survey, of which 17

are new. Keys to families, genera, subgenera and species are

presented. Pauropod biodiversity at each locality is compared

with that of other invertebrate groups from the same survey

and the data used to make inferences regarding the conservation

value of each region of Tasmania.

Materials and Methods.

Twelve sites covering each of the conservation regions accepted

at that time (1990) in which rainforest occurred, and

representing the four main rainforest communities:

Callidendrous, Thamnic, Implicate and Open Montane forest,

were selected for intensive sampling. The sampling was

stratified so that there were two replicates in each region and

two to three replicates of each of the four rainforest types. The

sites are listed below ( Locs 1-12). Besides the 12 major sites,

some collecting was carried out in supplementary sites ( Locs

13-19). On each of the 12 main sites the same sampling

methods were used; Tullgren funnel extraction of soil, moss

and leaf litter, pitfall trapping, yellow pan trapping, sweeping,

hand collections and pyrethrin knockdown of tree trunks

(PKD) (Coy et al., 1993). Only Tullgren funnel extraction of

leaf litter and humus was done on the supplementary sites.

Pauropods were found most abundantly in funnel extractions

of soil cores, moss and litter, although a few specimens were

collected by other methods. Sampling was carried out in a

single season - autumn for the most part. All specimens were

preserved in ethanol. Detailed descriptions of the localities are

given in the NRCP report (Coy et al., 1993).

Holotypes of the species to be described in a later

publication (Scheller, in prep), will be lodged in the Australian

National Insect Collection and paratypes and other material in

the Queen Victoria Museum.

Abbreviations

Collectors: ATW, A.Trumbull-Ward; DR, D. Rounsevell; HM,

H. Mitchell; JD, J. Diggle; MN, M. Neyland; PG, P. Greenslade;

RC, R. Coy; SS, S. Smith.

Collecting sites as given in Coy et al. (1993).

Loc. 1 - NRCP 1 NW Tasmania, Savage River (41°19.1'S,

145°16.2'E and 41°18.5'S, 145°16.3'E), callidendrous

Nothofagus cunninghamii rainforest, alt. 500 m (Grid Reference

CQ558,247 and CQ560,255). Conservation status: Forest

Reserve, part of the ’’Savage River Pipeline Corridor”.

Loc. 2 - NRCP 2, NW Tasmania, Bradshaws Road

(41°49.9'S, 145°37.0'E), callidendrous and thamnic Nothofagus

cunninghamii rainforest, alt. 840 m (Grid Reference CP854,680) .

Conservation status: Mt Murchison River Reserve.

Loc. 3 - NRCP 3, central Tasmania, Projection Bluff

(41°43.1'S, 146°43.5'E), high altitude callidendrous rainforest

dominated by Nothofagus cunninghamii, alt. 1100 m (Grid

Reference DP770,812). Conservation status: World Heritage

Area.

Loc. 4 - NRCP 4, NW Tasmania, Cradle Mountain

campground (41°35.4'S, 145°55.9'E), high altitude callidendrous

rainforest dominated by Nothofagus cunninghamii, alt. 880 m

(Grid Reference DP109,955). Conservation status: part

conservation area.

Loc. 5 - NRCP 5, NE Tasmania, Mt Victoria (41°20.4'S,

147°49.9'E), callidendrous Nothofagus cunninghamii forest,

alt. 900 m (Grid Reference EQ693,233). Conservation status:

forest reserve.

Loc. 6 - NRCP 6, NE Tasmania, Mt Michael (41°10.9'S,

148°00.4'S), heavily logged callidendrous Nothofagus

cunninghamii rainforest, alt. 740 m (Grid Reference

EQ845,406). Conservation status: blue tier forest reserve.

Loc. 7 - NRCP 7, SE Tasmania, Big Sassy Creek,

(42°08.5'S, 147°54.3'E), small strip of Atherosperma

moschatum dominated callidendrous rainforest along the

creek, alt. 400 m (Grid Reference EP749,332). Conservation

status: forest reserve.

Loc. 8 - NRCP 8, SE Tasmania, Sandspit River (42°42.1'S,

147°51.5'E), mixed Eucalyptus regnans and Atherosperma

moschatum callidendrous forest, alt. 180 m (Grid Reference

EN703,713). Conservation status: forest reserve.

Loc. 9 - NRCP 9, SW Tasmania, Frodshams Pass

(42°49.7'S, 146°22.9'E), callidendrous/thamnic and implicate

rainforest dominated by Nothofagus cunninghamii, alt. 620 m

(Grid Reference DN497,580). Conservation status: World

Heritage Area.

Loc. 10 - NRCP 10, SW Tasmania, Mt Field, below Lake

Fenton (42°40.9'S,146°37.5'E), open montane low canopy

Nothofagus gunnii forest, alt. 980 m (Grid Reference

DN695,746). Conservation status: national park.

Loc. 11 - NRCP 11, SE Tasmania, Tasman Peninsula

(43°08.2'S, 147°54.5'E), small remnant of callidendrous-

thamnic intermediate cloud forest dominated by Nothofagus

cunninghamii remains within an eucalypt dominated forest,

mixed forest, alt. 400 m (Grid Reference EN742, 346).

Conservation status: not reserved.

Loc. 12 - NRCP 12, SE Tasmania, Mt Mangana, Bruny I

(43°22.1'S, 147°17.0'E), low-canopy callidendrous-thamnic

intermediate rainforest dominated by Nothofagus cunninghamii

on Mt Mangana, alt. 540 m (Grid Reference EM229, 980).

Conservation status: forest reserve.

Distribution patterns and diversity of invertebrates of temperate rainforests in Tasmania with a focus on Pauropoda

155

Figure 1. Location of collecting sites, numbered from 1 to 12 as in the text. Numbers in brackets indicate total number of pauropod species found

on each site. Insert shows distribution of rainforest in Tasmania taken from Coy et al. (1991).

Loc. 13 - NW Tasmania, Hibbs Lagoon (42°34'S,

145°19.5'E), rainforest (Grid Reference CN623, 853).

Conservation status: South West Conservation Area.

Loc. 14 -N Tasmania, Mt Stronach (41°10'S, 147°34'E),

rainforest (Grid Reference EQ476, 422). Conservation status:

forest reserve.

Loc. 15 - N Tasmania, Asbestos Ranges (41°09'S,

146°40'E), North Leg, rainforest (Grid Reference DQ727, 444).

Conservation status: national park.

Loc. 16 - SW Tasmania, Riveaux Creek (43°10'S,

146°38.6'E), Huon pine rainforest (Grid Reference DN704,

205). Conservation status: World Heritage Area.

Loc. 17 - NE Tasmania, Simons Road (41°21.5'S,

147°31.3'E), (Grid Reference EQ435, 212). Conservation status:

special forestry management zone for springtails.

Loc. 18 - N Tasmania, Saxons Creek (41°15'S, 146°40'E),

rainforest (Grid Reference DQ751, 316). Conservation status:

not reserved.

Loc. 19 - SW Tasmania, Old Farm Road, Mt Wellington,

(42°54'S, 147°16'E), Eucalyptus forest. Conservation status:

national park.

156

Penelope Greenslade

Checklist and distributions of Tasmanian Pauropoda

Regions: NW - northwest, NE - northeast, N - north, C -

central, SE - southeast, SW - southwest

Family Pauropodidae

Genus Allopauropus s.str.

Subgenus Allopauropus Silvestri, 1902

Type species: Allopauropus brevisetus Silvestri, 1902

Allopauropus ( Allopauropus ) sp. nov. 1 NW, NE, SE, SW

Allopauropus. ( Allopauropus ) sp. nov. 2 SE

Subgenus Decapauropus Remy, 1931

Type species: Allopauropus (D.) cuenoti (Remy)

Decapauropus cuenoti Remy, 1931

Allopauropus (. Decapauropus ) sp. nov. 3 SE, NW, SW, N

Allopauropus (. Decapauropus ) sp. nov. 4 NW, SE

Allopauropus {Decapauropus) sp. nov. 5 SW

Allopauropus {Decapauropus) sp. nov. 6 NW

Allopauropus {Decapauropus) sp. nov. 7 NW, SE

Allopauropus {Decapauropus) sp. nov. 8 NW, NE, SW

Genus Cauvetauropus Remy, 1952

Type species: Cauvetauropus microchaetus (Remy, 1952)

Allopauropus microchaetus Remy, 1948

Subgenus Nesopauropus Scheller, 1997

Type species: Cauvetauropus {Nesopauropus) biglobulosus

Scheller, 1997

Cauvetauropus {Nesopauropus) sp. nov. 9 NE

Genus Stylopauropoides Remy, 1956

Type species: Stylopauropoides tiegsi (Remy, 1949)

Stylopauropoides ringueleti Remy, 1962 NW, N, SW

Stylopauropoides sp. nov. 11 NW, NE, SE, N

Stylopauropoides sp. nov. 12 NW, NE, SE, SW

Stylopauropoides sp. nov. 13 NW, SE, C, NE, SW

Stylopauropoides sp. nov. 14 NW, C, NE, SE, SW

Stylopauropoides sp. nov. 15 NW, NE, SE

Stylopauropoides sp. nov. 16 NW

Genus Pauropus Lubbock, 1867

Type species: Pauropus huxleyi Lubbock, 1867

Pauropus dolosus Remy, 1956 SE

Pauropus sp. nov. 18 NW, NE, SE, SW

Brachypauropodidae

Genus Brachypauropoides Remy, 1952

Type species: Brachypauropoides pistillifer Remy 1952

Brachypauropoides sp. nov. 19 NW, NE, SE

Key to Tasmanian Pauropoda

1. Body fusiform; tergites entire, generally not distinctly ;

legs longer than length of segment Pauropodidae 2

Body oval, somewhat flattened; tergites most often

divided, generally distinctly sclerotized; legs equal to or

shorter than length of segment Brachypauropodidae

2. All legs 5-segmented Cauvetauropus

First and last pair of legs 5-segmented, all other legs

6 -segmented 3

3. Anterior margin of sternal antennal branch nearly always

distinctly shorter than posterior margin .... Allopauropus 5

Anterior and posterior margins of sternal antennal branch

nearly always of subequal length 4

4. Pygidial sternum with setae bl + b2 Pauropus 19

Pygidial sternum with setae bl only

Stylopauropoides 13

5. Pygidial sternum with setae bl and b2 only

A. {Decapauropus) 8

Pygidial sternum with setae bl and b2 and b3

A. {Allopauropus ) s. str 6

6. Temporal organs without anterior appendage; distal part

of T3 cylindrical; anal plate with straight posterior margin

A. (A.) sp. 1

Temporal organs with distinct anterior appendage; T3

with ovoid distal swelling; anal plate with long

posteromedian process A. (A.) sp. 2

8. Antennal globulus g not as wide as maximum diameter of

tergal branch t 9

Antennal globulus g wider than maximum diameter of

tergal branch t A. (D.) sp. 8

9. Distal swelling on T3 absent 10

Distal swelling on T3 present A. {D.) sp. 6

10. Posterior margin of anal plate incised 11

Posterior margin of anal plate rounded A. {D.) sp. 3

11. Seta on coxa of last pair of legs furcate; T3 with simple

pubescent hairs 12

Seta on coxa of last pair of legs simple; T3 with branched

pubescent hairs A. (D.) sp. 5

12. Appendage of collum segment incised anteriorly; proximal

2/3 of T3 thickened A. (D.) sp. 4

Distribution patterns and diversity of invertebrates of temperate rainforests in Tasmania with a focus on Pauropoda

157

Appendage of collum segment pointed anteriorly; T3 with

thin axes A. ( D .) sp. 7

13. Branches of anal plate separated by V-shaped incision

Branches of anal plate separated by U-shaped incision

^ S. sp. 16.

14. Lateral appendages on anal plate absent 15

Lateral triangular appendages on anal plate distinct

__ S. 13

15. Distal appendages of anal plate with flat posterior surface

Distal appendages of anal plate with convex posterior

surface S. sp. 14

16. Anteriodistal and posteriodistal corners of sternal

antennal branch equally truncate; pygidial bl evenly

curved 17

Posteriodistal corner of sternal antennal branch distinctly

more truncate than anteriodistal one, pygidial bl undulate

S. sp. 11

17. T3 with long simple branches or with branched pubescence;

setae on tergites fine 18

T3 with very simple pubescence hairs; setae on tergites

and head clavate S. sp. 15

18. Distal part of all trichobothria except for T5 with simple

curved pubescent branches; st cylindrical blunt ... S. sp. 10

Distal part of all trichobothria without branches except

T5 but with branched pubescent hairs; st thin, tapering,

pointed S. sp.12

19. Pygidial st subcylindrical tapering; posterior appendages

of anal plate short and blunt P. dolosus

Pygidial st similar to a knife blade; posterior appendages

of anal plate long, thin and pointed P. sp. 18

Discussion

Composition and affinities. In Tasmania, as elsewhere, the

Pauropodidae is the most diverse family as all but one of 19

species belong to it. Of its five subfamilies, only the Pauropodinae

is present, already known to be the most widespread and most

species rich subfamily worldwide. The Tasmanian rainforest

fauna is relatively rich in species, but unexpectedly no species in

the family Eurypauropodidae was collected. This is a widely

distributed family with representatives in Borneo, New Guinea

and New Caledonia and on mainland Australia (New South

Wales). The family is also found in cooler localities in Great

Britain and Central Europe, northern USA and at over 2000 m in

the Himalayas (Scheller, 1990 and included references).

The majority of the NRCP specimens belong to two genera,

Allopauropus with eight species and Stylopauropoides with

seven species, together comprising 80% of the species. Postle

et al. (1991) found 39 species in forests in south Western

Australia but over a longer period. Of these 31 (80%) belonged

to either Stylopauropoides or Allopauropus. As here, a large

proportion of the fauna was undescribed as only two species

were already named. Allopauropus is near cosmopolitan and

the most widespread and most diverse genus of pauropods

with nearly 200 species known worldwide, so the high number

of Allopauropus species in Australia is not surprising.

The genus Stylopauropoides has its main distribution in the

southern hemisphere and is not often encountered in the north.

Its southerly range indicates a Gondwanan origin and its absence

from the southern part of Africa may be a result of lack of

collecting. Thirteen species have been described but only one

from north of the equator (Ivory Coast and Guinea). A list of

species in the genus with their distributions is given in Table 1.

The six new species from Tasmania suggests a high concentration

of species in this genus in Tasmanian rainforests.

Pauropus also occurs worldwide hence is considered near

cosmopolitan as well. The other genera, Cauvetauropus and

Brachypauropoides, have wide but more southerly

distributions. Only ten species have been described in

Cauvetauropus, but they are distributed over a very large area

from Brazil, France, north and tropical Africa, the Seychelles

and Sri Lanka. The same is true of Brachypauropoides, now

known from Madagascar, Borneo and New Zealand.

Affinities are strong between Tasmania and New Zealand.

As noted above for Tasmanian rainforest, the genus

Stylopauropoides - with nearly 40% of total species and 57%

of total specimens collected - is well represented. The genus

is also diverse and abundant in New Zealand where six species

have been described (Remy,1952, 1956a, 1956b), one of which

is also known from mainland Australia (Remy, 1949). In

another New Zealand collection, 106 pauropods were studied

in which Stylopauropoides represented 35% of the species and

74% of the specimens (Remy, 1952, 1956a, 1956b). Although

collecting methods and vegetation in the two surveys differed,

the results indicate that the genus is particularly diverse in

these two regions. Other similarities with New Zealand are in

the genera Brachypauropoides and Pauropus. The former was

known previously from Madagascar, Borneo and New Zealand,

and the Tasmanian species is close to one of the two New

Zealand species, B. pistillifer Remy. Pauropus dolosus is

common to New Zealand and Tasmania and A. sp. 1 is close to

A. maoriorum Remy from New Zealand.

In conclusion the Tasmanian rainforest fauna is rich in

species but of low generic diversity, and affinities are strongest

at the species and generic level with New Zealand as might be

expected (Kantvilas et al., 1985).

Habitats. The Tasmanian collections recorded pauropods

from tree trunks (5 species) and tree ferns (1 species) for the

first time. Both habitats were sampled by pyrethrin knock-

down. Numerous specimens of several species (15 species, 71

records) were collected from moss on sites where they were

not common in other habitats. In rainforest, moss commonly

has a higher moisture content which may account for higher

species richness here.

Abundance. Species varied in numbers of specimens caught

from one individual to over 200. Seven species were represented

158

Penelope Greenslade

Table 1. List of known species in the genus Stylopauropoides with their distributions.In addition six new species from Tasmania are recorded in

this paper.

Species

Localities

References

1. S. tiegsi (Remy)

Australia (eastern)

Remy 1949

New Zealand

Remy 1952c, 1956a, 1956b

2. S. bornemisszai Remy

Australia (western)

Remy 1957,

Postle et al. 1991

3. S. ringueleti Remy

Argentina

Remy 1962

Chile

Scheller 1968

Tasmania

New record

4. S. lambda Remy

New Zealand

Remy 1956b

5. S. subantarcticus Scheller

Crozet Islands

Scheller 1974

6. S. infidus (Remy)

New Zealand

Remy 1956a

7. S. duplex (Remy)

New Zealand

Remy 1956a

8. S. bilobatus Scheller

New Caledonia

Scheller 1993

9. S. hirtus (Remy)

New Zealand

Remy 1952c, 1956a

10. S. delamarei (Remy)

Ivory Coast

Remy 1948

Guinea

Remy 1959a

11. S. vadoni (Remy)

Madagascar

Remyl956c,

Remy & Bello 1960

12. S. incisus Remy & Bello

Madagascar

Remy & Bello 1960

13. S . furcillatus (Remy)

New Zealand

Remy 1952c

New Caledonia

Scheller 1993

by fewer than 20 individuals (37%), eight species represented

by between 21 and 99 individuals (42%) and four species (21%)

represented by over 100 individuals. There was a distinct trend

for the most numerous species to be the most widespread, as

expected.

Regional distribution. Because the NRCP material comes

almost exclusively from rainforests (fig. 1), species occurrence

in other vegetation types is not known. Within rainforests, most

species were found to be distributed widely in the state being

recorded from all major regions (table. 2). Seven species were

widely distributed: A. sp.l, A. sp. 3, S. sp. 11, S. sp. 12, and P.

sp. 18, were found in four regions and S. sp. 13 and S. sp. 14 in

five regions. Two other species, S. sp. 15 and S. sp. 19 seem to

have more northerly and easterly distributions; two, A. sp. 8

and S. ringueleti, were most commonly found in the northern

and southwest regions, and two species recorded from both

northwest and southeast regions, A. sp. 4 and A. sp. 7. Six

species, A. sp. 2, A. sp. 5, A. sp. 6, , C. sp.9, S. sp. 16 and P.

dolosus were only found at a single site and may be short range

endemics. This is a high proportion (30%) of rare species

although it is also possible that some of these species at least

are have a preference for other vegetation types such as eucalypt

forest.

Regional diversity. Faith (1992) described a method of ranking

sites based on phyletic diversity in which branch lengths on a

phylogenetically derived tree of relationships were used as a

measure of divergence and hence conservation uniqueness.

Faith and Greenslade (1994) provided a preliminary analysis of

three groups of invertebrates from the NRCP sites which

indicated that the northwestern sites ( Locs 1, 2 and 4) were

major contributors to phyletic diversity. Although phylogenetic

trees are not available for any of the groups (except for

Triaenonychidae Opiliones (Hunt, 1996), new taxonomic

information is available for three more groups. In the absence

of relationship trees, the data are used to calculate the simple

measure of ”taxic” diversity for six groups; Diplopoda (R.

Mesibov, unpublished data), Opiliones (G. Hunt, unpublished

data), euptyctime oribatid mites (Niebala and Colloff, 1997),

Amphipoda (A. Friend, unpublished data) and Isopoda (A.

Green, unpublished data) in addition to the Pauropoda (tables 1

Distribution patterns and diversity of invertebrates of temperate rainforests in Tasmania with a focus on Pauropoda

159

Table 2. Records of Pauropoda species from NRCP sites with total species, subgenera, genera, families and taxic score for each site

Species

Sites

Number of

records

Other sites

Main

sites

Other

sites

Allopauropus sp. nov. 1

13,16

Allopauropus sp. nov. 2

Allopauropus sp. nov. 3

13,16,18,19

Allopauropus sp. nov. 4

Allopauropus sp. nov. 5

Allopauropus sp. nov. 6

Allopauropus sp. nov. 7

Allopauropus sp. nov. 8

Cauvetauropus sp. nov. 9

Stylopauropoides ringueleti Remy, 1962

14,15,19

Stylopauropoides sp. nov. 11

17, 18

Stylopauropoides sp. nov. 12

13.16,17

Stylopauropoides sp. nov. 13

13,17,19

Stylopauropoides sp. nov. 14

Stylopauropoides sp. nov. 15

Stylopauropoides sp. nov. 16

Pauropus dolosus Remy, 1956

Pauropus sp. nov. 18

13,17

Brachypauropoides sp. nov. 19

13,17

Total species

Total subgenera

Total genera

Total families

TAXIC SCORE

and 2). These groups include a variety of decomposer groups

and a predatory and scavenger group (Opiliones) and were

selected partly on the basis that they were characteristic of

rainforest faunas and also because they showed a negative

response to disturbance (Coy et ah, 1993; Greenslade, 1992);

hence they could act as surrogates for the whole rainforest

fauna. They were also the only groups for which all species

identifications were available. There were some differences in

the total number of species found in each higher taxon with

Opiliones being the largest group with 34 species, followed by

euptyctime oribatid Acarina with 31, Diplopoda with 29,

Isopoda with 28, Pauropoda with 19 and Amphipoda with 17.

The appendix lists species identified from the collections. The

larger numbers of euptyctime oribatid Acarina, Diplopoda and

Opilione species compared with smaller detritivores such as

Pauropoda, may be a characteristic of rainforest faunas.

Table 2 summarises the site record data for all 19 species

of pauropod. The number of species, subgenera, genera and

families at each of the main twelve localities is given and these

figures summed, without weighting, to give an simple overall

’’taxic” richness”. This method gives more weight to the

phylogenetic diversity found on each site than does a simple

species richness count and is used here because of the absence

of any formal phylogenetic analysis. The collecting intensity

160

Penelope Greenslade

Table 3. Numbers of species, genera, families and total taxic score of Pauropoda, euptyctime oribatid mites (Niebala and Colloff, 1997), Opiliones

(G. Hunt, pers. comm.), Diplopoda (R. Mesibov, pers. comm.), Amphipoda (A. Friend, pers. comm.) and Isopoda (A. Green, pers. comm.)

recorded on each of the twelve main NRCP sites during the survey.

Taxa

Sites

Pauropoda

species

genera

families

Taxic diversity

Oribatid mites

species

genera

families

Taxic diversity

Opiliones

species

genera

families

Taxic diversity

Diplopoda

species

genera

families

Taxic diversity

Amphipoda

species

genera

families

Taxic diversity

Isopoda

species

genera

families

Taxic diversity

Total taxic diversity

108

Site ranking

was identical at all the 12 main sites so providing a solid basis

for comparison. The data indicates that the Savage River site

(NW Loc. 1) is the most taxic rich site followed by Mt Michael

(NE, Loc. 6) and Big Sassy Creek (SE, Loc. 7). Three other

sites (NW Loc. 2, SE Loc. 8 and SE Loc. 12) all have an equal

score so high taxic richness appears to be spread over all

regions except for the southwest and central north.

Total taxic richness for the five other groups and a mean

ranking for all sites is shown together with the pauropod data in

tables 3 and 4. There is a tendency for all the groups to show

similar patterns of species richness between localities as that

shown by the pauropods. Localities from the northwest and

southeast (1, 2, 6, 7 and 12) have consistently high rankings for

all six invertebrate groups while localities 3, 4, 9 and 10 are

consistently low. The same pattern was found when the taxic

diversity was calculated using a weighting system (not shown).

Apart from Frodshams Pass (9), the other three sites with low

scores are all high altitude rainforest (over 880m). Overall there

is a trend of decreasing taxic diversity with altitude for all sites

with a significant negative correlation of taxic diversity with

altitude of r = -.61, p<0.05. This finding is not surprising given

the sparser tree cover resulting in more open vegetation and,

presumably, higher dessication rates at the higher altitudes.

Although montane vegetation types were not present at Frodshams

Pass, it was located at a high altitude and three types of rainforest

were sampled rather than only the more common Calledendrous

type, which may be the reason for its low species richness.

The Symphyla which were also studied from these

collections (Clarke and Greenslade, 1996) also showed a

higher species richness from localities 1 and 2 in the northwest

than 7 to 9 and 11 and 12. Material from sites 3 to 6 and 10

were not studied so this taxon has not been included here.

Factors affecting the taxic diversity, apart from altitude,

rainforest type or region could be annual rainfall, area of

Distribution patterns and diversity of invertebrates of temperate rainforests in Tasmania with a focus on Pauropoda

161

Table 4. Individual and mean rankings of taxic scores of selected invertebrates from the twelve main rainforest sites

Pauropoda

Oribatid

Acari

Opiliones

Diplopoda

Amphipoda

Isopoda

Sites

Taxic diversity

Ranking

Taxic diversity

Ranking

Taxic diversity

Ranking

Taxic diversity

Ranking

Taxic diversity

Ranking

Taxic diversity

Ranking

Summed ranks

Mean rank

Final rank based

on summed ranks

rainforest or conditions during collection. Highest rainfall is

recorded from high altitude localities as well as in the extreme

northwest and east, while lowest rainfall occurs in the

southeast. It does not appear that average rainfall is influencing

taxic richness. It should be noted, however, that rain fell

heavily during sampling at Loc. 2 and fauna was particularly

active at this site during collection.

The similarity shown by the different invertebrate groups

gives the taxic pattern more validity than that from a single

group. Moreover, the large number of species (158), genera

(67) and families (20) as well as higher groups (six) contributing

to the patterns, add to its significance. These results demonstrate

the value of such targeted surveys, such as this one supported

by the NRCP, especially when sampling is carried out

strategically.

Conservation values. Few sites, apart from those in the World

Heritage Area, were formally reserved within the parks system

at the time the project was carried out (1990), although several

sites are now specially protected forest reserves and so are not

subject to logging. Loc. 1 was gazetted in part to protect

invertebrates, although only a corridor along the Savage River

pipleline has been reserved; other tracts of forest in this region

remain unprotected. Locs 1 (Savage River), 6 (Big Sassy Creek)

and 16 (Riveaux Creek) are unique in that a different pauropod

species occurs on each and nowhere else. Riveaux Creek, just

within the World Heritage Area, is the only site sampled with

the rare rainforest tree, Lagerostrobos franklinii (Huon pine)

and no Nothofagus. The reservation status of these three sites is

relatively secure and not subject to logging but one important

site for invertebrates, Simons Road, is subject to logging. This

site should be designated as a protected forestry reserve.

Information on invertebrates from the NRCP survey has

already provided the basis for special protection for several

localities and all the twelve main localities, not formally

protected by other legislation, were accepted for listing on the

National Estate Register. With the enactment of the

Commonwealth Environment Protection and Biodiversity

Conservation Act 1999, however, land managers were no

longer obliged to consult the register when assessing

applications for developments on sites with native ecosystems.

The recommendation from the NRCP 1990/1 survey was that

Locs. 1, 2, and 6, not then protected, should be designated

special reserves to provide for improved management of these

sites for protection of invertebrate biodiversity. Since that time

this has largely been achieved.

The conservation of Tasmanian rainforest is of high

importance because it is only here that large tracts of it remain

in Australia, most notably in the northwest (Anon, 2008).

162

Penelope Greenslade

Decisions on selection of reserves until recently has been

largely based on vegetation and, in the RFA process, vegetational

associations were given most weight (Anon, 1997). Because

invertebrates integrate environmental variables at a finer scale

than do plants and are more species rich, they exhibit a higher

level of small scale endemism than do plants (Harvey, 2002). It

has previously been noted that Nothofagus rainforest exhibits a

higher level of generic diversity for Collembola than other

vegetation types in the state (Greenslade, 1987) and the results

of the NRCP survey emphasised this point. The species richness

of invertebrates found in this vegetation type in Tasmania was

estimated at around 750 (excluding two species rich groups, the

Hymenoptera and Diptera) (Coy et al., 1993). Although only a

proportion of the known fauna is reported in this paper (20%),

the data illustrate their relevance to land management especially

in decisions on formal reserves because invertebrates have an

apparent high degree of endemism, even in a single forest type

such as Nothofagus rainforest.

Acknowledgments

Special thanks are directed to the collectors and are also due

to the Parks and Wildlife Service, Forestry Commission and

Department of the Arts, Sport, the Environment and Territories

(now Department of Environment, Water, Heritage and the

Arts) for financially supporting the project. Grateful thanks

are also due to G. Hunt, A. Friend, R. Mesibov and A. Green

for identifying material and to the referees for suggestions as

to improving the paper. Finally many thanks are due to U.

Scheller for his preliminary identifications of Pauropoda.

References

Adis, J., Scheller, U., de Morais, J.W., and Rodrigues, J.M.G. 1999.

Abundance, species composition and phenology of Pauropoda

(Myriapoda) from secondary upland forest in Central Amazonia.

Revue Suisse de Zoologie 106: 555-70.

ABRS/AFD 2002. Checklist for Australian Pauropoda. Australian

Biological Resources Study, Australian Faunal Directory, http://

www.environment.gov.au/cgi-bin/abrs/fauna/details. pl?pstrVol=P

AUROPODA;pstrTaxa=l;pstrChecklistMode=2 Accessed March

2008.

Anon. 1997. Tasmanian Regional Forest Agreement 1997. Tasmanian

Department of Primary Industries and Water, http://www.dpiw.

tas.gov.au/intertext.nsf/WebPages/BHAN-54744c7open

(Accesssed May 2008.)

Anon. 2008. Rainforest in Tasmania. Tasmanian Department of Primary

Industries and Water, http://www.dpiw.tas.gov.au/intertext.nsf/

WebPages/BHAN-54744C?open (Accessed May 2008.)

Broza, M., and Izhaki, I. 1997. The impact of intense fire on the soil

Arthropod community in Mediterranean pine forest in Israel:

time post-fire, seasonality and influence of tree species.

International Journal of Wildland Fire 7: 317-25.

Clark, S., and Greenslade, P. 1996. Review of Tasmanian Hanseniella

Bagnall (Symphyla: Scutigerellidae). Invertebrate Taxonomy 10:

189-212.

Coy, R., Greenslade, P, and Rounsevell, D. 1993. A survey of

invertebrates in Tasmanian rainforest. Tasmanian National

Rainforest Conservation Programme Report no. 9. Tasmania:

Parks and Wildlife Service and Canberra: Department of Arts,

Sport, the Environment and Territories. 104 pp.

Faith, D.P 1992. Conservation evaluation and phylogenetic diversity.

Biological Conservation 61: 1-10.

Faith, D.P, and Greenslade, P. 1994. Phyletic diversity and the

assessment of invertebrate biodiversity of Tasmanian rainforest

areas. P. 90 in: Proceedings of the International Forest Biodiversity

Conference, Conserving biological diversity in temperate forest

ecosystems - towards sustainable management. Centre for

Resource and Environmental Studies, Australian National

University: Canberra.

Greenslade, P. 1987. Generic biogeography of Tasmanian Collembola.

Pp 653 -60 in Soil Fauna and Soil Fertility in: Striganova, B.R.

(ed.). Proceedings of the Ninth International Colloquium on Soil

Zoology 1985. Moscow.

Greenslade, P. 1992. Conserving Invertebrate diversity in agricultural,

forestry and natural ecosystems in Australia. Agriculture,

Ecosystems and Environment 40: 297-312.

Greenslade, P., and Mott, J.J. 1982. Collembola and other soil and

surface fauna of native and improved pastures at Katherine,

Northern Territory. Pp 299-307 in: Lee, K.E. (ed.) Proceedings of

the Third Australian Conference on Grassland Invertebrate

Ecology. CSIRO: Melbourne.

Hagvar, S., and Scheller, U. 1998. Species composition, developmental

stages and abundance of Pauropoda in coniferous forest soils of

southeast Norway. Pedobiologia 42: 278-82.

Harrison, L. 1914. On some Pauropoda from New South Wales.

Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales 39:

615-34.

Harvey, M. 2002. Short-range endemism amongst the Australian

fauna: some examples from non-marine environments.

Invertebrate Systematics 16(4): 555-70.

Hunt, G.S. 1996. A preliminary phylogenetic analysis of Australian

Triaenonychidae (Arachnidae: Opiliones). Revue Suisse de

Zoologie vol. hors serie: 295-308.

Lubbock, J. 1867. On Pauropus, a new type of centipede. Transactions

of the Linnean Society of London 26: 181-90.

Lagerlof, J., and Scheller, U. 1989. Abundance and activity of

Pauropoda and Symphyla (Myriapoda) in four cropping systems.

Pedobiologia 33: 315-21.

Kantvilas, G., James, P.W., and Jarman, S.J. 1985. Macrolichens in

Tasmanian Rainforests. Lichenologist 17(1): 67-83.

Niedbala, W., and Colloff, M.J. 1997. Euptyctime oribatid mites from

Tasmanian rainforest (Acari: Oribatida). Journal of Natural

History 31: 489-538.

Postle, A.C., Majer, J.D., and Bell, D.T. 1991. A survey of selected soil

and litter invertebrate species from the northern jarrah {Eucalyptus

marginata) forest of Western Australia, with particular reference to

soil-type, stratum, seasonality and the conservation of forest fauna.

Pp. 193-203 in: Lunney, D. (ed.). Conservation of Australia’s

Forest Fauna. Royal Zoological Society of New South Wales.

Remy, P.A. 1931. Un nouveau type de Pauropode: Decapauropus

cuenoti, nov. gen., nov. sp. Archives de Zoologie experimental et

generate 71: 67-83.

Remy, P.A. 1948. Pauropodes de la Cote d’Ivoire, Afrique Occidentale

Fran§aise. Memoires du Museum National d 'Histoire Naturelle

Paris, (n.s.) 27: 115-52.

Remy, P.A. 1949. Sur quelques pauropodes d’Australie. Memoirs of

the National Museum, Melbourne 16: 51-58.

Remy, P.A. 1952. Pauropodes de Nouvelle-Zelande. Records of the

Canterbury Museum 6: 167-79.

Remy, P.A. 1956a. New Zealand Pauropoda in the Canterbury

Museum. Records of the Canterbury Museum 7: 13-28.

Remy, P.A. 1956b. Sur quelques Pauropodes de Nouvelle-Zelande.

Bulletin du Museum National d 'Histoire Naturelle Paris (2) 28:

213-17.

Distribution patterns and diversity of invertebrates of temperate rainforests in Tasmania with a focus on Pauropoda

163

Remy, RA. 1956c. Pauropodes de Madagascar. Memoires de Vlnstitut

Scientifique Madagascar (A) 10: 101-220.

Remy, P.A. 1957. Pauropodes dAustralie Occidentale. Bulletin de la

Societe Entomologique de France 62: 136-44.

Remy, PA. 1959. Pauropodes des monts Nimba (Guinee). Bulletin de

llnstitut Frangaise d'Afrique Noire (A) 21: 1009-1020.

Remy, PA. 1962. Pauropodes Sud-Americains. Biologie de l Amerique

Australe 1: 49-61.

Remy, PA. & Bello, J. 1960. Pauropodes du massif de PAnkaratra

(Madagascar). Memoires de llnstitut Scientifique Madagascar

(A) 14: 71-93.

Scheller, U. 1968. Chilean and Argentinian Pauropoda. Biologie de

l Amerique Australe 4: 275-306.

Scheller, U. 1974. Two Pauropodidae species (Myriapoda, Pauropoda)

from the Subantarctic Crozet Islands. Entomologica Scandinavica

5: 59-65.

Scheller, U. 1990. Pauropoda. Pp. 861-890 in: Dindal, D. (ed.). Soil

Biology Guide. John Wiley and Sons: New York.

Scheller, U. 1993. Pauropoda (Myriapoda) from New Caledonia. In:

Zoologia Neocaledonica 3 Matile, L., Najt, J., and Tillier, S. (eds)

Memoires du Museum Nationale d'Histoire Naturelle 157: 27-71.

Scheller, U. 1994. Pauropoda of a secondary forest near the Taruma

Mirim River, Amazonas, Brazil (Myriapoda, Pauropoda,

Pauropodidae). Amazoniana 13: 65-129.

Scheller, U. 1997. Pauropoda from upland and inundation forests in

Central Amazonia, Brazil (Myiapoda, Pauropoda:

Millotauropodidae, Pauropodidae). Amazoniana 14: 223-300.

Scheller, U. In prep. Descriptions of new Tasmanian Pauropoda.

Silvestri, Ph. 1902. Ordo Pauropoda. P 10 in: Berlese, A. (ed.), Acari,

Myriapoda et Scorpiones hucusque in Italia reperta.

Tiegs, O.W. 1943. A new species of Pauropus from Victoria. Memoirs

of the National Museum of Victoria 13: 151-56.

Tiegs, O.W. 1947. The development and affinities of the Pauropoda,

based on a study of Pauropus silvaticus. Quarterly Journal of

Microscopical Science 88: 165-267, 275-336.

Appendix 1

Species data on Arthropoda groups, excluding Pauropoda, from Tasmanian rainforests, included in this paper can be found on

http://www.museumvictoria.com.au/About/Books-and-Journals/Journals/Memoirs-of-Museum-Victoria

APPENDIX 1. Species data on Arthropoda groups, excluding Pauropoda, from Tasmanian rainforests, included in this

paper. Names have not been updated from those made in 1993/4

Identifications by Glen Hunt, specimens lodged in the

Australian Museum.

Opiliones

Acropsopilionidae

Austropsopilio cigneus

Austropsopilio sp.

Austropsopilio sp. nov.

Tasmanopilio sp.

Triaenonychidae

Thelbunus sp. nov.

Gen.nov. sp. nov.

Ankylonuncia sp.

Bryonuncus distincta

Caliluncus sp.

Caliluncus vulsus

Clirestobunus ?juscus

Clirestobunus sp. nov.

Glyptobunus ?signatus

Lomanella atrolutea

Lomanella raniceps

Mestonia acris

Mestonia sp.

?Miobunus sp.

Nuncia silvestris

Nunciella sp. immature

Nuncioides sp.

Odontonuncia sp.

Phanerobunus sp.

Phoxobunus tuberculatus

Rliynoclibunus arrogans

Tasmobunus ?constans

Tasmobunus ? parvus

Tasmobunus sp.

Thelbunus mirabilis

Triaenobunus asper

Triaenobunus pectinatus

Indet. Immature

Megalopsalididae

Spinicrus nigricans

Spinicrus tasmanicum

Spinicrus sp.

Spinicrus immature

Identifications by Alison Greeen, specimens lodged in

the Tasmanian Museum and Art Gallery

Isopoda

Styloniscidae

Styloniscus nichollsi

Styloniscus sp. cf. nichollsi

Styloniscus maculosus

Styloniscus sp. cf. maculosus

Styloniscus squarrosus

Styloniscus sp. cf. squarrosus

Styloniscus hirsutus

Styloniscus sp. nr hirsutus

Styloniscus hirsutus large form

Styloniscus sylvestris

Styloniscus sp. 2 (HEC survey)

Styloniscus sp. 3 (HEC survey)

Styloniscus sp 4 (ABRS)

Styloniscus sp. 5 (ABRS)

Styloniscus sp. cf. 5

Styloniscus sp. large nr planus

Styloniscus sp. immature

Notoniscus chiltoni

Notoniscus sp. (ABRS)

Philosciidae

Plymophiloscia thomsoni

Plymophiloscia notleyensis

Plymophiloscia cf. tasmaniensis

Plymophiloscia tasmaniensis

Plymophiloscia sp. 3

Trachelipidae

sp. 1

sp. 2

Armadillidae

Cubans tamarensis

Cubariniae sp. 1

Cubarinae sp. 2

Amphipoda (Identification by A. Friend)

Ochestiella neambulans

Orchestiella quasimodo

Tasmanorcliestia annulata

Tasmanorchestia sp. nov.

Austroides longcornis

Austroides leptomeris

Neorchestia plicibrancha

Mysticotalistris tasmaniae

Mysticotalistris cryptus

Keratrioides albidus

Keratrioides vulgaris

Keratrioides rex

Keratriodes pyrensis

Keratriodes angularis

Keratriodes sp. nov.

Architalitrus bassianus

Orchestia sp.

Spirostreptida

Lulumorphidae

Polydesmida

Paradoxosmatidae

Daldodesmidae

Specimens identified R. Mesibov, lodged in the Queen Families uncertain

Victoria Museum

Diplopoda

Polyzoniida

Siphonotidae

Siphonotus sp. nov. 1

Siphonutus sp. nov. 2

Siphonotus sp. nov. 3

Gen. 1 nov, sp. nov. 1

Gen. 2 nov. sp. nov. 1

Oribatida

Euphthiracaroidea

Oribotritiidae

Choreumatida

Peterjohnsiidae

Peter johnsia titan

Metopidiothricidae

Australeuma jeekeli

Australeuma simile

Euphthiracaridae

Australeuma sp. nov.

Schedotrigona tasmanica

Reginaterreuma tarkinensis

Neocambrisoma sp. nov.

Gen. nov. sp. nov.

Phthiracaroidea

Phthiracaridae

Amastgogonus nichollsii

Gen. nov sp. nov.

Tasmanodesmus hardyi

Gasterogramma sp. nov. 5

Gastero gramma sp.

Lissodesmus adrianae

Lissodesmus perporosus

Lissodesmus sp. cf. margaretae E

Lissodesmus sp. cf. margaretae A

Lissodesmus sp. nov. El

Lissodesmus sp. nov. NE1

Lissodesmus sp. nov. NW1

Gen. nov. sp. nov.

Gen. B. sp. 1

Gen. B. sp. 2

Gen. A. sp. 2

Oribotritia brevis

Oribotritia contortula

Oribotritia sp.

Indotritia breviseta

Microtritia contraria

Microtritia glabrata

Phthiracarus probus

Steganacaridae

Phonaphacarus aduncus

Hoplophthiracarus montigenus

Austrophthiracarus aculeatus

Austrophthiracarus dissonus

Austrophthiracarus egregius

Austrophthiracarus facetus

Austrophtrhiracarus hallidayi

Austrophthiracanus mutabilis

Austrophthiracarus perproquinqus

Austrophthiracarus pilosus

Austrophthiracarus scopoli

Austrophthiracarus selnicki

Notophthiracarus abstemius

Notophthiracarus admirabilis

Notophthiracarus alienus

Notophthiracarus comparativus

Notophthiracarus consimilis

Notophthiracarus flexilobus

Notophthiracarus indubitatus

Notophthiracarus schusteri

Notophthiracarus solitarius

Notophthiracarus sordidus

Notophthiracarus spurcus

Notophthiracarus uncinatus

Memoirs of Museum Victoria 65: 165-178 (2008)

ISSN 1447-2546 (Print) 1447-2554 (On-line)

http://www.museum.vic.gov.au/memoirs/index.asp

Hydroids of the BANZARE expeditions, 1929 - 1931: the family Haleciidae

(Hydrozoa, Leptothecata) from the Australian Antarctic Territory

Jeanette E. Watson

Honorary Research Associate, Marine Biology, Museum Victoria, GPO Box 666E, Melbourne 3001, Victoria, Australia

(hydroid80@gmail.com)

Abstract Watson, J.E. 2008. Hydroids of the BANZARE expeditions, 1929 - 1931: the family Haleciidae (Hydrozoa, Leptothecata)

from the Australian Antarctic Territory . Memoirs of Museum Victoria 65: 165-178.

The BANZARE Expeditions (British, Australian, New Zealand, Antarctic Research Expeditions) 1929 - 1931

sampled the marine benthos in the Southern Ocean, at the Kerguelen Islands, Heard Island, Macquarie Island, and south-

west of Tasmania and along the coast of the Australian Antarctic Territory. Forty six stations at depths of 2 - 640 m were

occupied along the Australian Antarctic Territory coast. Eight species of Halecium including five new and Hydrodendron

arboreum were found and recorded from eight stations.

Keywords BANZARE Expeditions (1929-1931), Australian Antarctic Territory, family Haleciidae.

Introduction

The BANZARE Expeditions (British, Australian, New Zealand,

Antarctic Research Expeditions) 1929-1931, led by Sir Douglas

Mawson, made major collections by dredgings from the research

vessel Discovery in several geographical localities: the Southern

Ocean from South Africa to Western Australia, the Kerguelen

Islands, Heard Island, Macquarie Island, south-west of Tasmania

and along the coast of the Australian Antarctic Territory.

Forty six stations were occupied along the Australian

Antarctic Territory coast and samples collected using various

trawls to depths 640 m; some coastal collections to were also

made in shallow water 2 m deep. The hydroid collection was

originally deposited in the British Museum, Natural History

(BMNH), London. There, preserved material was sorted

during the 1960s and microslide mounts prepared. A small

amount of material left over from the earlier AAE (Australian

Antarctic Expedition) 1911-1914 was also incorporated into

the BANZARE collection as Station No. 1785 (see Table 1).

The entire BANZARE hydroid collection comprises more

than 200 jars and vials of preserved material and some 1500

microslides. For ease of study the collection was divided into the

major geographical localities mentioned above. The Antarctic

part of the collection comprises some 32 jars of bulk samples, 83

tubes of preserved material and some 250 microslide preparations

Samples were originally provided with a BANZARE field station

number (eg. Station 105) by the expedition and later at the

BMNH a reference number was added (eg. Station 105, BMNH

Hydr. No. 711/6). A few provisional identifications were made at

the time by Dr W. J. Rees in the BMNH but no reports were

prepared. In 1970s the entire BANZARE hydroid collection was

sent to the National Museum of Victoria (now Museum Victoria)

in Melbourne for identification. A difficulty arising from the

BMNH reference numbering system has been determining

whether several microslides from the same station but labelled

with different BMNH reference numbers are from the same, or

from different colonies. As no information on allocation of

reference numbers was provided by the BMNH, it is assumed in

this report that species with consecutive reference numbers but

under the same station number relate to the same colony. To

reduce confusion the BMNH reference numbers have thus been

abandoned and the material described in this report is provided

with a Museum Victoria registration number (NMV F).

Some of the preserved material is now fragile; furthermore,

many of the microslides prepared by the BMNH were treated

with a stain which, over the years, has darkened to almost

opaque green. Re-mounting of this opaque material has not

been undertaken being too time-consuming and likely to destroy

already fragile specimens. For this study descriptions have been

made from those BMNH microslides in good condition and

from preserved material in temporary glycerol mounts and

stained with Bengal Rose.

This paper examines the Antarctic Family Haleciidae

collected from the coast of the Australian Antarctic Territory.

Eight species of Halecium (including five new) and one species

of Hydrodendron are described. The greatest number of records

of the Haleciidae were from stations off Princess Elizabeth Land

from 60°-80°E (Figure 1, Table 1). The most abundant species in

the collection were Halecium banzare sp. nov. and Hydrodendron

arboreum, each of which occurred at four stations, followed by

Halecium delicatulum, recorded from three stations. All other

species were recovered from only one or two stations.

166

Jeanette E. Watson

Table 1. Station Records of Haleciidae

Station No.

Lat. South

Long. East

Depth m

Dredge type

Remarks in Discovery’s Log

66° 21'

58° 50'

603

DRL

No information

66° 12'

49° 37'

300

TML

Good haul

65° 48'

53° 16'

209

TML

Abundant haul; heavy pack ice

67° 00'

142° 36'

4-13

DRS

Commonwealth Bay; among kelp

65° 10'

474

DRL

No information

65° 07'

107° 29'

502

DRL

No information

103

67° 03'

74° 29'

437

DRL

No information

105

67° 46'

67° 03'

163

DRL

Near glacier, MacRobertson Land

107

66° 45'

62° 03'

210

DRL

Adjacent to large Icebergs

1785 1

unknown

No information

Note 1: Station 1785 was occupied in Commonwealth Bay during the Australian Antarctic Expedition, 1911 - 1914. Station 88 was

occupied at Cape Denison in Commonwealth Bay during the 1931 part of the BANZARE expedition.

Figure 1. Map of the Antarctic showing BANZARE stations from

which Halecium is recorded, station 1785, Commonwealth Bay, from

the AAE 1911 - 1914 expedition.

Family Haleciidae Hincks, 1868

Thecate hydroids with shallow, saucer- or basin-shaped

hydrothecae. Hydrotheca radially symmetrical, usually with

diaphragm; margin entire, without operculum. Hydranth large

and usually not completely retractable into hydrotheca, with

conical hypostome and one circlet of filiform tentacles.

Nematophores present or absent. Gonophores in form of fixed

sporosacs or rarely, freed as medusae.

Halecium antarcticum Vanhoffen, 1910

Figure 2A-C

Halecium antarcticum Vanhoffen, 1910: 317, fig. 34.- Billard,

1914: 7, fig. 5.- Totton, 1930: 144, fig. 4.- Broch, 1948, 28: 7.- Naumov

and Stepanjants, 1958: 57- Blanco, 1984: 294, figs 8-13, pis. 4-5.

Material examined. NMV F147447, Station 107, two microslides

displaying branch fragments and a preserved fertile colony. NMV

F147448, Station 107, one microslide displaying branch fragments.

NMV F147449, Station 1785, one microslide displaying two small

branch fragments.

Description. Fertile colony originally at least 40 mm high.

Hydrorhiza reptant on sponge; stolons tubular, rugose, loosely

adherent to substrate.

Shorter stems monosiphonic; stems beginning with several

broad basal annulations above junction with hydrorhiza; taller

stem branched, lightly fascicled with several wide, tangled

tubes running almost to tip of colony and along primary

branches. Branching irregular and disorderly, branches bent

outwards at various angles from main stem, ultimate branches

short, straight, monosiphonic. Monosiphonic branch

internodes fairly wide, cylindrical, walls smooth, nodes deep,

oblique, sloping away from hydrophore, a tumescence and

often one or several deep corrugations in perisarc above

node.

Primary hydrophores alternate on stem, one distal on each

internode, cylindrical, length variable but typically moderately

long, abcauline wall curving smoothly away from internode,

adcauline wall more or less straight. Hydrotheca bowl-shaped,

expanding from diaphragm to margin, rim everted and a little

outrolled. Diaphragm fairly distinct, a few desmocytes above.

Hydroids of the BANZARE expeditions, 1929 - 1931

167

Figure 2. A - C. Halecium antarcticum from Station 107. A, fertile

branch with well defined internodes and mature and developing

gonothecae. B, hydrophores and hydrothecae with desmocytes. C,

branch with linear regeneration of hydrophores. Scale bar: A, 2 mm;

B, 0.3 mm; C, 0.5 mm.

Hydrophores typically regenerated in linear series of up to

five; successive hydrophores variable in length, each arising

from diaphragm of preceding hydrotheca; hydrophores with

broad basal kinks and up to 10 close corrugations.

Gonothecae probably male, inserted in hydrophore on

distal monosiphonic branches; shape variable from flattened

clavate to ovoid with a low apical dome with flattened top.

Perisarc of stem, branches and hydrothecae rather thick,

very thin on gonothecae.

Colour ( preserved material ) deep honey brown, paler on

monosiphonic branches; gonotheca colourless.

Measurements (pm)

Branch internode

length

width at node

419 - 514

176 - 216

Hydrophore

length to diaphragm, adcauline wall

196 - 274

Hydrotheca

depth, margin to diaphragm

71-87

diameter at margin

277-316

diameter at diaphragm

174 - 237

Gonotheca

length

1,176 - 1,568

maximum width

882 - 910

Remarks. The taller stem is notable for its untidy habit of

growth and thickening of the polysiphonic tubes at origin of the

primary branches. Several short monosiphonic branches are

incipiently anastomosed, two showing reversal of growth so

that the hydrophores now face backwards towards the stem.

The gonothecal perisarc is very fragile, few being

undamaged, only two showing a flattened apex. As only the

spadix and some tissue remains in most gonothecae, sex could

not be determined.

As dimensions of the present material fit reasonably well

with Vanhoffen’s (1910) and Totton’s (1930) descriptions of

Halecium antarcticum, the material is assigned to this

species.

Distribution. Halecium antacticum is recorded from depths of

256 m in McMurdo Sound, 290 m in the Ross Sea and 385 m at

Gauss Station.

Halecium banzare sp. nov.

Figure 3A-F

Holotype NMV F147450, Station 41, three microslides displaying

branch fragments; also preserved male colony. Paratypes NMV

F 147451, Station 34, one microslide displaying one branch. NMV

F147452, Station 107, one microslide displaying small branch

fragment; preserved fragmented female stem or branch 70 mm long.

NMV F147479, Station 107, one microslide displaying small branch

fragment. NMV F147455, Station 107, two microslides displaying

branch fragments; a small fragmented preserved colony. NMV

F147479, one microslide displaying small branch fragment.

Diagnosis. Colonies originally 80 - 140 mm high, the tallest

stem arising from a tufted hydrorhiza of thin, tangled, shining

stolons. Stem thick, brittle, branched, heavily fascicled;

polysiphonic tubes parallel, running almost to top of stem,

along primary branches and along some secondary branches.

Primary branches long, held out stiffly more or less in plane

almost perpendicular to stem, succeeding branches in three or

four orders; new branches given off from a hydrophore or from

within a hydrotheca, typically long, monosiphonic, thin and

flaccid with one to three deep basal annulations. Monosiphonic

branch internodes moderately long, cylindrical, walls smooth,

widening distally to hydrophore, nodes deeply indented,

oblique to transverse, typically one or two constrictions above

and below node.

Hydrophores alternate, distal on internode and directed

outwards, projecting above level of node, walls cylindrical,

smooth, abcauline wall often faintly bulging, adcauline wall

slightly concave, often an internal thickening in perisarc

about two thirds distance up wall, joining abcauline wall with

a faint diagonal line in perisarc. Hydrotheca shallow,

expanding a little from diaphragm to margin; rim circular,

weakly everted. Diaphragm distinct, transverse, a row of

desmocytes just above. Secondary hydrophores common,

arising from diaphragm of hydrotheca, a transverse

constriction in perisarc of secondary hydrophore just above

rim of hydrotheca.

Gonothecae of both sexes inverted conical, compressed,

borne prolifically on younger branches, inserted without

distinct pedicel in wall of hydrophore or lower down on

internode; male gonotheca with a minute apical peak (visible

only in side view), female similar in shape to male, gonophore

containing large scattered ova; gonophores of both sexes with

an apical pad of tissue. No visible aperture in either sex.

Perisarc of fascicled stem and branches firm, thinner on

monosiphonic branches, very thin on gonotheca.

168

Jeanette E. Watson

Figure 3. A - F. Halecium banzare sp. nov. A, branch from holotype. B, part of branch from holotype. C, D, hydrophores from paratype. E, male

gonotheca from holotype. F, (NMVF 147452) female gonotheca. Scale bar: A, 50 mm. B, 1 mm. C, 0.3 mm. D-F, 0,.5 mm.

Colour of lower stem pale honey-brown, becoming paler

distally, apex of stem and monosiphonic branches colourless.

Measurements (pm)

Branch internode

length

706 - 882

width at node

113 - 176

Hydrophore

length of adcauline wall of primary to

diaphragm

150 - 183

Hydrotheca

depth, diaphragm to margin

39-47

diameter at rim

137 - 164

width at diaphragm

125 - 140

Gonotheca

length

1,027

maximum width

948

Remarks. Although now much fragmented, the colonies were

probably tall and sparsely branched, arising from a thick,

matted hydrorhiza. Internal thickening of the perisarc is present

in many hydrophores. The ova are scattered, not clustered

around the spadix of the gonophore. Both sexes appear to be

near maturity but as none of the gonothecae show any sign of

an aperture it seems likely that reproductive material is released

by rupture of the very thin perisarc.

The outwardly directed hydrophores and hydrothecae are

structurally similar to those of Halecium antarcticum

Vanhoffen (1910). However, according to Totton (1930),

colonies of that species from McMurdo Sound were only 30

mm high, straggling, lightly fascicled, and with anastomoses,

unlike the robust habit of H. banzare. A further important

distinction is the much shallower hydrotheca in H. banzare

which is only half as deep as that of H. antarcticum.

Etymology. The species name commemorates the BANZARE

expedition.

Halecium brevithecum sp. nov.

Figure 4A-C

Hydroids of the BANZARE expeditions, 1929 - 1931

169

Holotype NMV F147457, Station 41, one microslide displaying

three branch fragments. Paratypes, NMV F147458, Station 40, one

microslide displaying two branch fragments. NMV F147478, Station

98, one microslide displaying one branch fragment; some preserved

material.

Diagnosis. Infertile stem or branch fragments of a presumably

larger colony. Stem (branch) fascicled, polysiphonic tubes

varying from knotted to parallel. Branching irregular, ultimate

branches monosiphonic, given off from side of a hydrophore;

branches beginning with three to five deeply indented

transverse nodes, internodes thereafter moderately long, walls

smooth, abaxial wall expanding smoothly into hydrophore;

nodes transverse to weakly oblique, deeply incised into

perisarc, a faint tumescence in internode above and below

node.

Hydrophores indistinct, adcaudal wall adnate to internode,

becoming free (although this scarcely visible) just below

hydrotheca. Hydrotheca distal on internode, adcaudal wall

adnate to internode; margin tilted at an obtuse angle away

from internode; hydrotheca very shallow, expanding

imperceptibly to rim; rim not quite reaching node, walls of

hydrotheca thin; diaphragm transverse, strong. No marginal

replications or linear series of hydrophores.

Gonotheca absent.

Figure 4. A - C. Halecium brevithecum sp. nov. Holotype. A, branch.

B, branch internodes. C, hydrophore and shallow hydrotheca. Scale

bar: A, 1 mm, B, 0.5 mm. C, 0.3 mm.

Measurements (pm)

Monosiphonic branch internode

length

520 - 800

width at node

200 - 240

Hydrophore, length

220 - 240

Hydrotheca

diameter at margin

220 - 240

depth, diaphragm to margin

20-32

Remarks. Unfortunately the material is meagre and infertile

and the permanently mounted specimens poorly displayed. The

species is remarkable for the shallowness of the hydrotheca

which provides minimal support for the hydranth. There is

indication of desmocytes above the diaphragm but the interior

of most hydrothecae is obscured by tissue and adventitious

material. There is an indication of incipient anastomosing of

the ultimate branches.

Species with very shallow adnate hydrothecae considered

were: Halecium beanii (Johnston, 1838), Halecium sessile

Norman, 1866, Halecium ralphae Watson and Vervoort, 2001

and Halecium sp. 1 Vervoort and Watson, 2003. The diameter

of the hydrotheca of Halecium brevithecum is, however,

greater than in these species.

Etymology. The species is named for the remarkably short

hydrotheca.

Halecium delicatulum Coughtrey, 1876

Figure 5A-B

Halecium delicatulum Coughtrey, 1876a: 299.- Coughtrey 1876b:

26, pi. 3, figs 4-5.- Stechow, 1913a: 144.- Stechow, 1913b: 9, 79.-

Stechow, 1923b: 5.- Bale, 1924: 235.- Ralph, 1958: 334, figs lie, h-n,

12 a-p.- Pennycuik, 1959: 173.- Yamada, 1959: 31.- Leloup, 1960: 218,

fig. 1.- Naumov and Stepanjants, 1962: 94, figs 16-17.- Rees and

Thursfield, 1965: 106.- Millard, 1966a: 464, fig. 10L.- Ralph, 1966:

158.- Blanco, 1968; 203, pi. 1, figs 14-18, pi. 2, figs 1-3.- Millard,

1968: 253, 256.- Day etal,. 1970: 12.- Patriti, 1970: 23, fig. 21.- Blanco

and Bellusci de Miralles, 1972: 7, figs 3-5.- Naumov and Stepanjants,

1972: 34, 52.- Stepanjants, 1972: 72.- Vervoort, 1972a: 27, figs 4-5.-

Vervoort, 1972b: 341, fig. 2a.- Morton and Miller, 1973: 152, fig.

54.10.- Watson, 1973: 166.- Leloup, 1974: 10.- Millard, 1975: 145, fig.

47F-L.- Watson, 1975: 159.- Gordon and Ballantine, 1977: 100.-

Millard, 1977a: 7, fig. 1C-D.- Stepanjants, 1979: 105, pi. 20, fig.

4A-V.- Watson, 1979: 234.- Hirohito, 1983: 5, 11.- Rho and Park,

1983: 41, pi. 2, figs 1-3.- Blanco, 1984c: 262, figs 1-6.- Blanco 1984d:

271, figs 3-5.- Rees and Vervoort, 1987: 25, fig. 5.- Staples and Watson,

1987: 218.- Ramil, Blanco and Iglesias Diaz, 1988: 72, fig. 2.- Gili et

al., 1989: 78, fig. 7B.- Altuna and Garcia Carrascosa, 1990: 54 et se q.-

Genzano, 1990: 38, figs 2-5.- El Beshbeeshy, 1991: 32, figs 4a, 4b.-

Park, 1991: 544.- Roca etal., 1991: 70.- Genzano and Zamponi, 1992:

40, fig. 17.- Park, 1992: 286.- Ramil and Vervoort, 1992a: 82, fig.

20a-c.- Branch and Williams, 1993: 11.- Watson, 1994a: 66.- Altuna

Prados, 1995: 54.- Bouillon et al., 1995: 45.- Hirohito, 1995: 20, text-

fig. 5a-c, pi. 1, fig. C.- Park, 1995: 10.- Genzano, 1996a: 290 et se q.-

Medel and Vervoort, 2000: 12 (cum yyn.).- Vervoort and Watson,

2003: 88, fig.16 A-E.

170

Jeanette E. Watson

Hale cium flexile Allman, 1888: 11, pi. 5, figs 2, 2a.

Halecium gracile Bale, 1888: 759, pi. 14, figs 1-3 (not Halecium

gracile Verrill, 1873: 729).

Halecium parvulum Bale, 1888: 760, pi. 14, figs 4-5.

Material examined. NMV F147459, Station 97, one microslide

displaying a branch fragment; some preserved material. NMV

F147460 Station 98, one microslide displaying two branches. NMV

F147461, Station 103, eleven microslides displaying branches from

male colony; some preserved material. NMV F14762, Station 107, one

microslide displaying a branch. NMV F147477, two microslides

displaying branch fragments.

Description. Stems to 10 mm long, taller stems fascicled,

arising from tangled tubular hydrorhizal stolons. Younger

stems monosiphonic, flexuous. Basal cauline internodes with

several deep proximal corrugations, internodes thereafter

smoother, long, cylindrical, tending to become sympodial in

older stems; nodes distinct, oblique to transverse, one to three

shallow annulations in perisarc above and below node.

Hydrophores alternate, one distal on each primary cauline

internode sloping outwards from node, contiguous with

direction of internode; hydrophores variable in length, walls

cylindrical, smooth; branches when present, given off from

below primary hydrophore.

Hydrothecae moderately deep, walls outwardly curved,

margin circular, wide, rim strongly outrolled; margins not

replicated. Diaphragm distinct, transverse to shallow funnel-

shaped, usually a distinct row of desmocytes above.

Figure 5. A - B. Halecium delicatulum. A, fertile branch with

developing gonothecae. B, hydrophores in linear series. Scale bar: A,

2 mm. B, 0.3 mm.

Hydrophores arising up to five linear in series; variable in

length, each arising from diaphragm of preceding hydrotheca,

typically becoming shorter along the series; proximal walls of

younger hydrophores often weakly undulated.

Colonies dioecious; gonotheca inserted without distinct

pedicel in intemode or hydrophore; immature gonothecae of

both sexes balloon-shaped, compressed, developing gonophores

in all samples immature, surmounted by an apical pad of tissue.

Hydranth with c. 24 tentacles.

Perisarc of stems moderately thick, thinner on

gonothecae.

Measurements (pm)

Internode

length

941 - 1,078

width at node

74-111

Hydrophore

length (abcauline) of primary

198 - 988

length of succeeding hydrophores

78-387

Hydrotheca

depth, margin to diaphragm

43-82

diameter at margin

179-211

diameter of diaphragm

94-129

Gonotheca

Length

537 - 672

Apical (maximum) width

435 - 577

Remarks. The gonophores in most samples are immature, those

on only one stem showing developing ova.

Distribution. Circumglobal in tropical, subtropical, and boreal

waters. Recorded at all depths to 2,250 m. It is sometimes

considered conspecific with Halecium antarcticum Vanhoffen,

1910, and with H. mediterranean Weismann, 1883, the former

reported from isolated Antarctic localities and the latter from

many Mediterranean Sea localities (Vervoort and Watson

2003). Such wide latitudinal and bathymetric distribution may

indicate that several morphologically similar species are

possibly lumped together as H. delicatulum.

Halecium elegantulum sp. nov.

Figure 6A-C

Holotype NMV F147463, Station 103, two microslides displaying

several infertile stems. Paratypes NMV F147464, Station 103, two

microslides displaying stems. NMV F147476, Station 103, one

microslide displaying a small colony. All material probably from same

colony on sertulariid hydroid.

Diagnosis. Stems arising from a creeping hydrorhiza; stolons

tubular, smooth to crumpled. Hydrocaulus minute, variable in

length, simple, unbranched, walls cylindrical, narrow, smooth,

without nodes but with occasional shallow constrictions

Hydroids of the BANZARE expeditions, 1929 - 1931

171

marking zones of regrowth after breakage. Hydrocaulus with

either a single terminal hydrotheca or a linear series of up to six

hydrophores each arising from diaphragm of preceding

hydrotheca; base of hydophore swollen above supporting

diaphragm.

Hydrotheca moderately deep, trumpet-shaped, expanding

strongly from diaphragm to margin; rim circular, weakly

outrolled; no replication of margin. Diaphragm delicate,

transverse to concave, no desmocytes visible.

Perisarc thickest in proximal stem region, thinning distally ;

very thin on hydrotheca.

Gonotheca absent.

Measurements (pm)

Hydrocaulus

length overall

length of basal segment to node

length of succeeding hydrophores

diameter of hydrophore

Hydrotheca

diameter at diaphragm

59-78

depth rim to diaphragm

20-28

diameter at margin

113-117

Figure 6. A - C. Halecium elegantulum sp. nov. NMV F147463,

holotype. A, whole stem. B, hydrophore. C, replicated hydrothecae.

Scale bar: A, 0.5 mm. B, C, 0.1 mm.

Remarks. As there are few clearly visible diaphragms and

concave pseudo-diaphragms are visible in some hydrothecae.

In most instances the depth from rim to diaphragm has been

estimated as the distance from the base of secondary

hydrophores to the rim of the supporting hydrotheca.

The few remaining hydranths are too decomposed for

description but seem to have been very long and extensile. No

desmocytes were seen but the interior of most hydrothecae is

obscured by adventitious matter.

Two small, closely related species were considered:

Halecium tenellum Hincks, 1861 and Halecium fragile

Hodgson, 1950. Although most measurements of Halecium

elegantulum fall within the range given by Cornelius (1995)

for H. tenellum from the North Atlantic and by Watson (2003)

for H. tenellum from the subantarctic, both of these species are

branched whereas all material of H. elegantulum is unbranched

showing no evidence of branching. Furthermore, the

hydrotheca of H. elegantulum is elongated, not shallow as in

H. fragile.

Etymology. The name refers to the elegantly simple

hydrocaulus.

Halecium interpolatum Ritchie, 1907

Figure 7A, B

Halecium interpolatum Ritchie, 1907: 526, pi. 1, fig 3, pi. 2, fig.

3.- Rees and Thursfield, 1965: 107, 197.- Smaldon et al, 1976: 17-

Stepanjants, 1979: 103, pi. 16, fig. 7.- Blanco, 1994a: 156.- Blanco,

1994b: 186.

Material examined. NMV F147466, Station 88, two microslides

displaying small branch fragments; a preserved male colony.

Description. Colonies branched, reaching a height of 30 mm.

Hydrorhiza a mass of corrugated tubular stolons. Stems

fascicled, lower stem region a loose aggregation of, stolons

becoming polysiphonic tubes, passing along lower branches to

mid-region of colony; stems thereafter profusely and irregularly

branched.

Younger branches monosiphonic, typically a single branch

given off from a geniculation of hydrophore below a hydrotheca,

sometimes a second branch given off on opposite side of

hydrophore; branches rugose to deeply corrugated and jointed

but lacking true nodes; joints transverse to weakly oblique.

Hydrophores variable in length, often corrugated, typically a

short more or less smooth segment below hydrotheca.

Hydrotheca deep bowl-shaped, expanding strongly from

diaphragm to margin; margin circular, rim strongly outrolled.

Diaphragm distinct, some secondary and succeeding

hydrophores arising in a linear series from diaphragm of

preceding hydrotheca; hydrophores fairly short, typically

deeply corrugated.

Hydranths with c. 20 - 24 rather stubby tentacles, not well

preserved.

Male gonotheca ovoid to balloon-shaped, flattened,

inserted on a very short narrow pedicel in an axil or in a

hydrotheca, a minute apical protuberance visible in some

gonothecae. Gonophores near maturity, almost filling cavity

of gonotheca.

1,764-4,840

1,372 - 4,840

95 - 593

43-70

172

Jeanette E. Watson

Perisarc of stems and branches very thick, thinner on

hydrotheca and gonotheca.

Colour (preserved material), pale honey brown, youngest

branches yellowish, gonophores darker brown.

Measurements (pm)

Branch

distance between hydrothecae on

branch

width of smooth section of branch

745 - 1470

134-158

Hydrotheca

diameter at diaphragm

134 - 150

diameter at margin

269-300

depth, margin to diaphragm

95 - 134

Gonotheca

length, including pedicel

869 - 909

maximum width

474 - 553

Remarks. Ritchie’s material of H. interpolatum was infertile,

his description was general and lacked important dimensions.

Figure 7. A, B. Halecium interpolatum. A, fertile monosiphonic

branch with nearly mature male gonotheca. B, hydrotheca. Scale bar:

A, 0.3 mm. B, 0.5 mm.

In many respects the present material falls within the range of

dimensions of H. ovatum Totton, 1930 and measurements

deduced from Ritchie’s description. Although the hydrocauli of

the two species are superficially alike, the ovoid to quadrangular

gonotheca of H. ovatum is considerably smaller than the

lenticular gonotheca of H. interpolatum. I therefore assign the

present material to H. interpolatum.

Distribution. South Orkneys. This is the first record of the

species from Antarctica.

Halecium ovatum Totton, 1930

Figure 8A, B

Halecium ovatum Totton, 1930: 143, fig. 3.- Vervoort, 1972: 339,

fig. 1.- Stepanjants, 1979: 103, pi. 20 fig. la-g.- Pena Cantero, 1991: 48,

pi. 2, figs g-h.- Blanco, 1994: 160: 156.- Blanco, 1994: 187.- Pena

Cantero and Garcia Carrascosa, 1996: 12, fig. 2G-H.- Pena Cantero

and Garcia Carrasocosa, 1999: 63: 212 et seq.- Watson, 2003: 166, fig.

15 D,E.- Vervoort and Watson, 2003: 86.

Notes and supplementary description from holotype. To

establish the identity of Halecium interpolatum it became

necessary to examine type material of Halecium ovatum.

Although Totton provided an adequate description and

dimensions of Halecium ovatum his figures were poor, and the

gonotheca was not figured. I have compared the BANZARE

material with the holotype (alcohol-preserved colony) and four

paratype microslide preparations of Halecium ovatum loaned

by the Natural History Museum, London. A brief supplementary

description of the important diagnostic characters from the

holotype (glycerol-mounted) of Halecium ovatum is given.

The holotype colony (BMNH No.29.10.10.1) comprises a

dense tuft of long and short stems growing on another hydroid.

Hydrocauli arise from a tangled adherent meshwork of tubular

stolons entwined with hydrorhizae of the other hydroid.

Shorter stems monosiphonic, taller stems fascicled with up

to 10 polysiphonic tubes; stems arborescently branched in all

directions up to two thirds of their length, ultimate branches

monosiphonic.

Mature female gonothecae small, borne abundantly on all

but distalmost branches, inserted on a short pedicel in a

hydrotheca typically situated in a fork between two or three

branches but hydrotheca often overgrown by polysiphonic

tubes; body of gonotheca ovoid to subquadrangular with a

very thin, smooth perisarc; aperture terminal, small, circular,

surrounded by a very low fragile collar; immature gonotheca

kidney-shaped as described by Totton.

Nematocysts in tentacles undischarged ?anisorhizas

capsule oval, 11-12 x 6-7 pm.

Measurements (pm) of gonotheca of Halecium ovatum

Length of pedicel of gonotheca

Length of gonotheca

784-1176

Width of gonotheca

588 - 901

Diameter of orifice

Hydroids of the BANZARE expeditions, 1929 - 1931

173

Figure 8. A, B. Halecium ovatum, holotype colony, BMNH Reg. No.

29.10.10.1. A, part of stem. B, empty female ovoid and subquadrangular

gonothecae. Scale bar: A, 10 mm. B, 1 mm.

Halecium macrocaulus sp. nov.

Figure 9A-F

Holotype NMV F147467, Station 107, one microslide displaying a

branch; also a large preserved fragmented colony. Paratypes NMV

F147468, Station 107, one microslide displaying two branch fragments.

NMV F147469, Station 107, two microslides displaying branch

fragments.

Diagnosis. Thickest fragments (stem or major branches) 6 mm

wide at base and 200 mm long; branching profuse and

irregular, originally all around stem. Stem and branches

heavily fascicled by numerous thin, almost parallel tubes;

tubes becoming fewer on younger branches, ultimate branches

(hydrocladia) monosiphonic; several monosiphonic branches

also given off from lower fascicled stem region. Branching

sub-dichotomous, forks arising from within a hydrotheca; base

of branch typically heavily corrugated, walls becoming

smooth distally.

Ultimate branches straight, flaccid, internodes fairly short,

walls smooth, nodes oblique, tilted away from hydrotheca,

wall of internode expanding distally to accommodate

hydrophore; hydrophore short, cylindrical, very close but not

adnate to internode.

Hydrotheca shallow, adcauline wall closely adpressed to

internode; walls expanding only slightly from diaphragm to

margin; rim circular, tilted at 50 - 55° to axis of internode,

very weakly everted. Diaphragm distinct, a row of minute

thorn-shaped desmocytes closely above; a septum (false

diaphragm) of perisarc passing diagonally through hydrophore

from near junction of diaphragm with abcauline wall to

adcauline wall.

Hydranths large with c. 24 tentacles, poorly preserved.

Secondary hydrophores rare but when present, arising

from diaphragm of hydrotheca; hydrophore typically becoming

a new branch beginning with two to four deep irregular twists,

increasing in number with age to 10 deep corrugations.

Gonothecae abundant on monosiphonic branches, inserted

without distinct pedicel on hydrophore or in hydrotheca;

gonotheca sub-ovoid to almost triangular, strongly

compressed, apex with minute twin peaks and no apparent

aperture; gonophore oval, with clearly defined central spadix

and apical pad of tissue armed with an array of large

nematocysts.

Nematocysts of two morphological categories, none

discharged:

- large bean-shaped isorhizas, 19-24 x 7-9 pm, abundant in

apical pad of gonophore and throughout coenosarc of

branches.

- leaf-shaped nematocysts (category indeterminate) in

tentacles, 8x2 pm.

Perisarc of hydrocladia, hydrothecae and gonothecae very

thin; thicker and robust in older parts of colony.

Colour of thickest branches (preserved material) dark

brown fading to honey brown in younger parts, monosiphonic

branches pale creamy white to transparent, gonophores

brown.

Measurements (pm)

Monosiphonic branch

length of apophysis, abcauline side

length of proximal (corrugated)

internode

length of succeeding (hydrophorate)

internodes

width at node

237-395

882 - 1,568

703-798

182 - 237

Hydrotheca

diameter at diaphragm

198 - 221

depth, margin to diaphragm

59-66

diameter at margin

215 - 254

Gonotheca

length overall

882- 1,431

maximum width

588 - 1,078

Remarks. It is uncertain whether the material originally

consisted of a large colony, now broken, or several smaller

colonies. Despite the apparent robustness of the colony the

hydrocladial perisarc is very thin, possibly having deteriorated

during preservation.

The adcauline wall of the hydrotheca is so closely adpressed

to the internode that the gap is only obvious on close

174

Jeanette E. Watson

Figure 9. A - F. Halecium macrocaulus sp. nov. from holotype and paratype. A. fertile branch. B, monosiphonic part of branch with gonotheca.

C, D, branch internodes. E, hydrotheca with false diaphgarm and desmocytes. F, view of gonotheca showing apical protuberances. Scale bar: A,

15 mm. B, 2 mm. C, D, 0.5 mm. E, F. 0.3 mm.

examination. A diagonal septum (false diaphragm) below the

transverse diaphragm occurs in many hydrothecae; it is usually

obscured by tissue and visible only in cleared mounts. The

desmocytes are also difficult to see, being very small and set

close to the diaphragm. No replication of hydrothecae was

found.

The numerous gonothecae are quite small compared with

the size of the colonies. The gonophore almost fills the

gonotheca, suggesting near-maturity. As there is no evidence of

an aperture, the contents are probably released by rupture of the

very thin perisarc. The nematocysts are abundant in the apical

pad above the gonophore and in the coenosarc of the colony;

they are very large and visible even at low magnification.

Large arborescent species of Halecium with closely

adpressed hydrophores considered were: Halecium beanii

(Johnston, 1838), Halecium halecinum (Linnaeus, 1758),

Halecium sessile Norman, 1867 and Halecium jaederholmi

Vervoort, 1972. H. beanii was rejected because the colonies

and hydrothecal dimensions are smaller than those of Halecium

macrocaulus ; H. halecinum and H. sessile were discounted

because of differences in colony morphology. Vervoort’s

(1972) description of H. jaederholmi is of a much smaller

species with completely adnate and deeper hydrothecae.

Etymology. The species is named for the large size of the colony.

Halecium tubatum sp. nov.

Figure 10A, B

Holotype, NMV F147470, Station 105, three microslides

displaying several stems. Paratypes NMV F 147471, Station 105, four

microslides displaying colony. NMV F147472, one microslide

displaying colony. NMV F 147477, Station 98, one microslide

displaying colony. NMV F147480, Station 90, one microslide

displaying colony. NMV F147481, Station 107, one microslide

displaying colony.

Diagnosis. Hydrorhiza reptant on hydroid host, stolons thin,

tubular, rugose to smooth. Hydrocauli fragile, variable in

length, to 4 mm, unbranched; hydrocaulus above hydrorhiza

weakly rugose or with up to four deep annulations; hydrocaulus

(pedicel) thereafter cylindrical, straight or weakly curved,

walls smooth.

Pedicel bearing a single terminal hydrotheca; hydrotheca

wide, bowl-shaped, walls flaring markedly from diaphragm to

rim; rim circular, smooth, strongly outrolled, a row of

desmocytes about halfway between diaphragm and rim. A few

secondary and succeeding hydrophores in linear row from

Hydroids of the BANZARE expeditions, 1929 - 1931

175

diaphragm of hydrothecae; hydrophores widening to

hydrotheca, a tumescence in perisarc above base.

Hydranths too few and too poorly preserved for description

but possibly c. 20 tentacles.

Perisarc moderately thin throughout.

Gonotheca absent.

Measurements (pm)

Hydrorhiza

width

72-82

Hydrocaulus

length

900-2,200

diameter

68-80

Hydrotheca

depth, margin to diaphragm

80-88

diameter at diaphragm

72-92

diameter at rim

220-300

Remarks. Although the sample is infertile, and most of the

microslide preparations heavily stained green, Halecium

tubatum can nevertheless be seen to differ widely from all

other known species of Halecium. It somewhat resembles

Halecium tenellum Hincks, 1861 but that species is branched

and the critical dimensions of the hydrotheca given by authors

(Ritchie 1907, Cornelius 1995, Vervoort 1966, Millard 1975)

are much smaller than those of H. tubatum.

Etymology. The species is named for the trumpet-like

hydrotheca

Hydrodendron arboreum (Allman, 1888)

Figure 11A-C

Halecium robustum Allman, 1888: 10, pi. 4, figs 1-3.- Stranks,

1993: 7.

Halecium arboreum Allman, 1888: 89 (= Halecium robustum).

Hydrodendron arboreum - Rees and Vervoort, 1987: 20. -

Vervoort, 1987: 88, fig. 10.2.- Pena Cantero, 1991: 50, pi. 2, figs a-f, pi.

63, fig. a.- Branch and Williams, 1993: 11, fig. - Pena Cantero and

Garcia Carrascosa, 1996: 13, figs 2A-F, 63E.- Pena Cantero and Garcia

Carrasocosa, 1999: 212 et seq.

Hydrodendron arborea - Rees and Thursfield, 1965: 110.- Millard,

1977: 11, fig. 2E-G.

Ophiodissa arborea - Stechow, 1923a: 5.- Stechow, 1923b: 92.-

Totton, 1930: 142, fig. 2a.- Briggs, 1939: 11.- Yamada, 1959: 35.-

Vervoort, 1972: 25.- Blanco, 1994a: 156. - Blanco, 1994b: 188.

Ophiodes arboreus - Ritchie, 1913: 10, 15, figs 2-3.- Stechow,

1913a: 144. - Stechow, 1913b: 9, 87.- Billard, 1914: 8.- Jaderholm,

1919: 6, pi. l,fig. 6. - Stepanjants, 1979: 110, pi. 21. fig. 1A-V. - Naumov,

1956: 464, 647.

Figure 10. A, B. Halecium tubatum. A, hydrorhiza and two hydrothecae

from holotype. B, hydrothecae enlarged. Scale bar: A, 0.5 mm. B, 0.3

mm.

Figure 11. A - C. Hydrodendron arboreum. A, monosiphonic branch.

B, hydrophores and nematotheca on branch. C, nematothecae. Scale

bar: A, 1 mm. B, 0.5 mm. C, 0.3 mm.

176

Jeanette E. Watson

Material examined. NMV F147474, Station 105, five microslides

displaying branch fragments; some preserved infertile fragments.

NMV F147475, Station 107, one microslide of two branch fragments;

some preserved fragmental material.

Description. Hydrorhiza a tangle of thin, tubular, rugose

stolons Stem (or branch) fragments 10 - 20 mm long, thick and

woody, irregularly fascicled; ultimate branches monosiphonic;

each new branch arising from side of a hydrophore; basal

internode of some branches very long with several proximal

constrictions, succeeding branch Internodes moderately long

but variable, walls smooth, increasing slightly in diameter

distally to hydrophore, nodes oblique to transverse, sloping

away from hydrotheca, varying from a deep septum to a mere

narrowing in perisarc, a tumescence above and often below

node; longer internodes often with several weak proximal

twists.

Hydrophores alternate, one on internode about two thirds

distance up internode, length variable, hydrophore typically

curving outwards at variable angles from internode, diameter

about same internode; adnate to internode by a thick web of

perisarc for three quarters of length then becoming free below

hydrotheca; free part of hydrophore cylindrical, adcauline

wall weakly convex, abcauline wall straight to weakly concave;

hydrophores typically in linear series, each arising from

diaphragm of preceding hydrotheca.

Hydrotheca shallow saucer-shaped, expanding from

diaphragm to margin; margin circular, rim everted in a flange;

diaphragm transverse, strong, a row of desmocytes above;

occasional replications of margin.

Nematophores sparse, randomly scattered on internodes,

small, goblet-shaped with outrolled rim.

Perisarc of branches thick, thinner and fragile on younger

hydrophores and hydrotheca.

Colour (preserved material) of older stems honey brown,

younger branches pale yellowish to colourless.

Measurements (pm)

Internode

length

width at node

1,078- 1,960

237 - 277

Hydrophore

length of primary (adcauline wall to base

363 - 560

of hydrotheca )

length of succeeding hydrophores

300-711

Hydrotheca

depth, margin to diaphragm

79-81

diameter at margin

300-387

diameter of diaphragm

253 -300

Nematophore

length

195

Diameter of margin

137

Remarks. Many hydrothecae are damaged and reduced to a

short collar just above the diaphragm. The few undamaged

nematophores confirm the identity of the material as

Hydrodendron arboreum Allman (1888). Allman (1888) and

Totton (1930) describe large colonies to 25 cm high; the present

fragmentary material may be branches of a similarly large

colony.

Distribution. Exclusively Antarctic - Kerguelens, 192 m,

McMurdo Sound 18 - 550 m, Gauss Station, Palmer Archipelago

92 m and Commonwealth Bay 100 - 545 m.

Acknowledgements

This study was undertaken under grant No. 2377 from the

Australian Antarctic Division, Hobart, Tasmania, Australia.

References

Allman, G. J. 1888. Report on the Hydroida dredged by H.M.S.

Challenger during the years 1873-76. Part II. The Tubularinae,

Corymorphinae, Campanularinae, Sertularinae and

Thalamorphora. Report on the Scientific Results of the Voyage of

HMS Challenger 1873-76, Zoology 23:i-lxix,l-90.

Altuna, A., and Garcia Carrascosa, A.M. 1990. Euskal Herriko

Medusa, Anemona eta Koralak. Natur Zientzia, KRISELU,

Donastia, Pp 1-116.

Altuna Prados, A. 1995. Observaciones biogeograficas sobre los

cnidarios bentonicos de la Costa Vasca. Kobie 22: 41-57.

Altuna, A., Romero, A., Sanz, A., Torres-Gomez-de-Cadiz, J.A., and

Ibanez, M. 1984. Contribucion al conocimiento de la fauna marina

de la costa Guipuzcoa I. Lurralde, Investigacion y espacio 1983

(= 6): 127-155.

Bale, W.M. 1888. On some new and rare Hydroida in the Australian

Museum collection. Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New

South Wales 3: 745-799.

Bale, W.M. 1924. Report on some hydroids from the New Zealand

coast, with notes on New Zealand Hydroida generally

supplementing Farquhar’s list. Transactions of the New Zealand

Institute 55: 225-268.

Billard, A. 1914. Hydroides. Deuxieme Expedition Antarctique

Frangaise (1908-1910), commandee par Ie Dr Jean Charcot :

1-34.

Blanco, O.M. 1984d. Adicion a los hidrozoos Argentinos. II. Revista

del Museo de La Plata, new series 13, Zoologia 147: 269-282.

Blanco, O.M. and Bellusci de Miralles, D.A. 1972. Hydrozoos de la

isla Pedro 1. Contribuciones del Instituto antartico Argentino

145: 1-29.

Blanco, O.M. 1968. Nueva contribucion al conocimiento de la fauna

marina hidroide. Revista del Museo de La Plata, new series 10,

Zoologia 87: 195-224.

Blanco, O.M. 1984a. Contribucion al conocimiento de hidrozoos

antarticos y subantarticos. Contribuciones del Instituto antartico

Argentino 294: 1-53.

Blanco, O.M. 1984c. Symplectoscyphus marionensis Millard, 1971

(Hydroida, Thecata) y sus epizoicos. Revista del Museo de La

Plata, new series 13, Zoologia 146: 261-267.

Blanco, O.M. 1994a. Claves de familias y generos para facilitar el

reconocimiento de los Hydroida (Leptolina) Athecata, Thecata y

Limnomedusae Argentinos (generacionpolipoideexclusivamente).

Revista del Museo de La Plata, new series 14, Zoologia 160:

147-179.

Hydroids of the BANZARE expeditions, 1929 - 1931

177

Blanco, O.M. 1994b. Enumeration sistematica y distribution

geografica preliminar de los Hydroida de la Republica Argentina

suborden Athecata (Gymnoblastea, Anthomedusae), Thecata

(Calyptoblastea, Leptomedusae) y Limnomedusae. Revista del

Museo de La Plata, new series 14, Zoologia 161:181-216.

Bouillon, J., Massin, C., and Kresevic, R. 1995. Hydroidomedusae de

l’lnstitut Royal des Sciences naturelles de Belgique. Documents

de Travail de Vlnsitut Royal des Sciences Naturelles de Belgique

78: 3-106.

Branch, M.L., and Williams, G.C.1993. The Hydrozoa, Octocorallia

and Scleractinia of subantarctic Marion and Prince Edward

Islands: illustrated keys to the species and results of the 1982-1989

University of Cape Town surveys. South African Journal of

Antarctic Research 23:3-24.

Briggs, E.A. 1938. Hydroida. Scientific Reports of the Australasian

Antarctic Expedition 1911-1914, 9: 1-46.

Broch, H. 1948. Antarctic Hydroids. Scientific Results of the

Norwegian Antarctic Expedition 1927-1928, 28:1-23.

Coughtrey, M. 1876a. Critical notes on the New Zealand Hydroida,

suborder Thecaphora. Annals and Magazine of Natural History

17: 22-32.

Coughtrey, M. 1876b. Critical notes on the New Zealand Hydroida.

Transactions and Proceedings of the New Zealand Institute 8:

298-302.

Day, J.B, Field, J.G., and Penrith, M.J. 1970. The benthic fauna and

fishes of False Bay, South Africa. Transactions of the Royal

Society of South Africa 39: 1-108.

El Beshbeeshy, M. 1991. Systematische, Morphologische und

Zoogeographische Unter-suchungen an den Thekaten Hydroiden des

Patagonischen Schelfs. Dissertation zur Erlangung des Doktorgrades

des Fachbereichs Biologie der Universitat Hamburg: 1-390.

Genzano, G.N. 1996. La communidad hidroide del intermareal de

Mar del Plata (Argentina). I. Estacionalidad, abundancia y

periodos reproductivos. Cahiers de Biologie Marine 35: 289-303.

Genzano, G.N., and Zamponi, M.O. 1992. Los hidrozoos bentonicos

de la costa de mar del Plata . Universidad National de Mar del

Plata, La Plata. 1-90.

Gill, J-M, Murillo, J., and Ros, J.D. 1989. The distribution pattern of

benthic Cnidarians in the Western Mediterranean. Scientia

Marina 53: 19-35.

Gili, J-M., Vervoort, W., and Pages, F. 1989. Hydroids from the West

African coast: Guinea, Bissau, Namibia and South Africa.

Scientia Marina 53: 67-112.

Gordon, D.P., and Ballantine, W. 1977. Cape Rodney to Okakari Point

Marine Reserve. Review of knowledge and bibliography to

December, 1976. Tane 22 (supplement): 1-146.

Hirohito, Emperor of Japan. 1983. Hydroids from Izu Oshima and

Niijima. Publications of the Biological Laboratory, Imperial

Household, Tokyo 1983: 1-83.

Hirohito, Emperor of Japan. 1988. The hydroids of Sagami Bay

collected by His Majesty the Emperor of Japan. Biological

Laboratory of the Imperial Household, Tokyo 1988: 1-179.

Hirohito, Emperor of Japan. 1995. The hydroids of Sagami Bay. II.

Publications of the Biological Laboratory, Imperial Household

Tokyo 1995: 1-355 (English text) 1-244 (Japanese text) edited and

annotated, M. Yamada.

Jaderholm, E. 1919. Zur Kenntis der Hydroidenfauna Japans. Arkivfor

Zoologi 12: 1-34.

Leloup, E. 1960. Hydropolypes du Museum National d’Histoire

Naturelle de Paris. Memoires. Museum National d’Histoire

Naturelle. Nouvelle serie (A) 17(4): 217-241.

Leloup, E. 1974. Hydropolypes calyptoblastiques du Chili. Report no.

48 of the Lund University Chile Expedition 1948-1949. Sarsia 55:

1-62.

Medel, M.D., and Vervoort, W. 2000. Atlantic Haleciidae and

Campanulariidae (Hydrozoa, Cnidaria) collected during the

CANCAP and Mauritania-II expeditions of the National Museum

of Natural History, Leiden, The Netherlands. Zoologische

Verhandelingen, Leiden 330: 1-68.

Millard, N.A.H. 1966a. The Hydrozoa of the south and west coasts of

South Africa. Part III. The Gymnoblastea and small families of

the Calyptoblastea. Annals of the South African Museum 48:

427-487.

Millard, N.A.H. 1968. South African hydroids from Dr Th. Mortensen’s

Java-South Africa expedition, 1929-1930. Videnskalbelige .

Meddelelser fra Dansk Naturhistorisk Forening i Kjobenhavn

131: 251-288.

Millard, N.A.H. 1975. Monograph on the Hydroida of southern Africa.

Annals of the South African Museum 68: 1-513.

Millard, N.A.H. 1977a. The South African Museum’s Meiring Naude

cruises. Part 3. Hydroida. - Annals of the South African Museum

73: 105-131.

Millard, N.A.H. 1977b. Hydroids from the Kerguelen and Crozet

shelves, collected bv the cruise MD.03 of the Marion-Dufresne.

Annals of the South African Museum 73: 1-47.

Morton, J., and Miller, M. 1973. The New Zealand Sea Shore 2nd

edition. Collins, Auckland. 653 pp.

Naumov, D.V., and Stepanjants, S.D. 1972. Hydroida. In Marine

Invertebrates from Adelie Land, collected by the Xllth and XVth

French Antarctic Expeditions. 3. Tethys ( supplement ) 4 : 25-60.

Naumov, D.V., and Stepanjants, S.D. 1962. Gidroidy podotryada

Thecaphora, sobrannye v antarkticheskikh i subantarkticheskikh

vodakh sovetskoi antarkticheskoi ekspeditsiei na dizeT

-elektrokhode Ob. In ResuTtaty Biologicheskikh Issledovanii

Sovetskoi Antarkticheskoi Ekspeditsii (1955-1958 gg), 1.

Issledovaniya Fauny Morei 1(9): 69-104. [In Russian] [English

translation by Israel Program for Scientific Translations, Jerusalem,

1966, cat. no. 1500, as “Hydroida Thecophora collected by the

Soviet Antarctic Expedition on the M/V Ob in Antarctic and

Subantarctic waters”. In: Biological Results of the Soviet Antarctic

Expedition (1955-1958). I. Studies of Marine Fauna. 68-106.

Naumov D.V., and Stepanjants, S.D. 1958. Gidroidy, obrannye v

priantarkticheskikh vodakgh. [Hydroids from the subantarctic

waters]. Informatsionyi Byulleten Svetskoi Antarcticheskoi

Ekspeditsii 1955-1958, 3: 57-58.

Naumov, D.V. 1956. O nesoglasovannosti napravleniya I skorosti

evolyutsionnogo protsessau raznykh pokoleni metageneticheskikh

zhivotnykh. Doklady Akademiya Nauk SSSR 108: 558-561.

Park, J-H. 1991. Systematic study on the marine hydroids (Cnidaria:

Hydrozoa) in Korea. II. The families Sphaerocorynidae,

Eudendriidae, Haleciidae and Lafoeidae. Korean Journal of

Zoology 34: 541-547.

Park, J-H. 1992. Zoogeographical distribution of marine hydroids

(Cnidaria: Hydrozoa: Hydroida) in Korea. Korean Journal of

Systematic Zoology 8: 279-299.

Park, J-H. 1995. Hydroids (Cnidaria: Hydrozoa: Hydroida) from Chindo

Island, Korea. Korean Journal of Systematic Zoology 11: 9-17.

Patriti, G. 1970. Catalogue des cnidaires et ctenaires des cotes

Atlantiques Marocaines. Travaux de Vlnstitut Scientifique

Cherifien, Zoologie 35: 1-149.

Pena Cantero, A.L., and Garcia Carrascosa A.M. 1996. Hidrozoos

bentonicos de la campana Antartida 8611. Instituto Espahol de

Oceanografia. Publicaciones Especiales 19: 1-147.

Pena Cantero A.L., and Garcia Carrasocosa, A.M. 1999.

Biogeographical distribution of the benthic thecate hydroids

collected during the Spanish Antartida 8611’ expedition and

comparison between Antarctic and Magellan benthic hydroid

faunas. Scientia Marina 63 (suppl. 1): 209-218.

178

Jeanette E. Watson

Pennycuik, PR. 1959. Faunistic records from Queensland. Part V.

Marine and brackish water hydroids. Papers of the Department of

Zoology, University of Queensland 1: 141-210.

Ralph, PM. 1958. New Zealand thecate hydroids. Part II. Families

Lafoeidae, Lineolariidae, Haleciidae and Syntheciidae.

Transactions of the Royal Society of New Zealand 85: 301-356.

Ralph, PM. 1966. Hydroida. Port Phillip Survey 1957-1963. Memoirs

of the National Museum of Victoria 27: 157-166.

Ramil, F., and Vervoort, W. 1992. Report on the Hydroida collected by

the “BALGIM” expedition in and around the Strait of Gibraltar.

Zoologische Verhandelingen, Leiden 277: 3-262.

Ramil, F., and Iglesias Diaz, A. 1988. La familia Haleciidae (Cnidaria,

Hydrozoa) en las costas de Galicia. Thalassas 6: 71-78.

Rees, WJ. and. Thursfield. S. 1965. The hydroid collections of James

Ritchie. Proceedings of the Royal Society of Edinburgh 69: 34—220.

Rees, W.J., and Vervoort, W. 1987. Hydroids from the John Murray

Expedition to the Indian Ocean, with revisory notes on

Hydrodendron, Abietinella, Cryptolaria and Zygophylax (Cnidaria:

Hydrozoa). Zoologische Verhandelingen, Leiden 237: 1-209.

Rho, B-J., and Park, J-L. 1983. A systematic study on the marine

hydroids in Korea. 7.

Nine unrecorded species. Journal of the Korean Research Institute

for Better Living, Ewha Womans University 31 : 39-50.

Ritchie, J. 1907a. The hydroids of the Scottish National Antarctic

Expedition. Transactions of the Royal Society of Edinburgh 45:

519-545.

Ritchie, J. 1913b. The hydroid zoophytes collected by the British

Antarctic Expedition of Sir Ernest Shackleton, 1908. Proceedings

of the Royal Society of London 33: 9-34.

Roca, I., Moreno, I., and Barcelo, K. 1991. Distribucion espacial y

temporal de los Hidroideos de Posidonia oceanica (L). Delile en

una pradera del illot del Sec (Bahia de Palma, Baleares). Boletin

del Instituto Espahol de Oceanografia (1) : 67-73.

Smaldon, G., Heppell, D., and Watt, K.R. 1976. Type specimens of

invertebrates (excluding Insects) held at the Royal Scottish

Museum, Edinburgh. Information Series. Royal Scottish Museum,

Natural History A. i-iv, 1-118.

Staples, D. A. and Watson, J.E. 1987. Associations between pycnogonids

and hydroids. In J. Bouillon, F. Boero, F. Cicogna and P.F.S.

Cornelius (eds). Modern Trends in the Systematics, Ecology and

Evolution of Hydroids and Hydromedusae.. Clarendon Press,

Oxford: 215-226.

Stechow, E. 1913a. Neue Genera thecater Hydroiden aus der Familie

der Lafoeiden und neue Species von Thecaten aus Japan.

Zoologischer Anzeiger 43: 137-144.

Stechow, E., 1913b. Hydroidpolypen der japanischen Ostkiiste. II.

Teil: Campanulariidae, Haleciidae, Lafoeidae, Campanulinidae

und Sertulariidae, nebst Erganzungen zu den Athecata und

Plumulariiidae. In F. Doflein, Beitrage zur Naturgeschichte

Ostasiens. Abhandlungen der Mathematisch-Physilcalischen

Classe der Koniglich Bayerischen Akademie der Wissenschaften

(supplement) 3: 1-162

Stechow, E. 1923a. Die Hydroidenfauna der japanischen Region.

Journal of the College of Science, Imperial University of Tokyo

44: 1-23

Stechow, E. 1923b. Zur Kenntis der Hydroidenfauna des Mittlemeeres,

Amerikas und anderer Gebiete. II. Teile. Zoologische Jahrbiicher,

Abteilung fur Systematik 47: 29-270

Stepanjants, S.D. 1972. Gidroidy pribrezhnykh vod morya de,isa (po

materialam XI sovetsko antarktichesko ekspeditsii 1965/66g.

[Hydroidea of the coastal waters of the Davis Sea (collected by the

XI Soviet Antarctic expedition of 1965-66)]. In Resul’taty

biologicheskikh issledovanii Sovetskikh Antarkticheskikh

Ekspeditsii. Issledovaniya Fauny Morei 11: 56-79.

Stepanjants, S.D. 1979. Gidroidy vod antarktiki i subantarktiki. In

Rezul’taty biologicheskikh issledovanii Sovetskikh

Antarkticheskikh Ekspeditsii, 6. Issledovaniya Fauny Morei 22:

1-99.

Stranks, T.N. 1993. Catalogue of recent Cnidaria type specimens in

the Museum of Victoria. Occasional Papers of the Museum of

Victoria 6: 1-26.

Totton, A.K. 1930. Coelenterata. Part V. Hydroida. Natural History

Report. British Antarctic Terra Nova Expedition 1910, Zoology 5:

131-252.

Vanhoffen, E. 1910: Die Hydroiden der Deutschen Siidpolar-

Expedition 1901-1903. Deutsche Siidpolar Expedition 11 (=

Zoologie 3): 269-340.

Vervoort, W. 1972. Hydroids from the Theta, Verna and Yelcho cruises

of the Lamont-Doherty Geological Observatory. Zoologische

Verhandelingen, Leiden 120: 1-247.

Vervoort, W. 1987. Evaluation of taxonomic characters in the

Hydroida, particularly in the Thecata (= Leptomedusae). In J.

Bouillon, F. Boero, F. Cicogna and P.F.S. Cornelius

(eds). Modern Trends in the Systematics, Ecology and Evolution of

Hydroids and Hydromedusae,, Clarendon Press, Oxford: 83-103.

Vervoort, W., and Watson, J.E. 2003. The Marine fauna of New

Zealand: Leptothecata (Cnidaria: Hydrozoa) (Thecate Hydroids).

NIWA Biodiversity Memoir 119: 1-537.

Watson, J.E. 1973. Hydroids. Pearson Island Expedition 9. Transactions

of the Royal Society of South Australia 97: 153-200.

Watson, J.E. 1975. Hydroids of Bruny Island, southern Tasmania.

Transactions of the Royal Society of South Australia 99:

157-176.

Watson, J.E. 1979. Biota of a temperate shallow water reef. Proceedings

of the Linnean Society of New South Wales 103: 227-235.

Watson, J.E. 1994a. Shallow water hydroids from eastern Bass Strait.

Victorian Naturalist 111: 65-69.

Watson, J.E. 2003. Deep-water hydroids (Hydrozoa: Leptolida) from

Macquarie Island. Memoirs of Museum Victoria 60: 151-180.

Watson J.E., and Vervoort, W. 2001. The hydroid fauna of Tasmanian

seamounts. Zoologische Verhandelingen, Leiden 334: 151-187.

Yamada, M. (1959). Hydroid fauna of Japanese and its adjacent waters.

Publications from the Akkeshi Marine Biological Station 9:

1 - 101 .

Memoirs of Museum Victoria 65: 179-184 (2008)

ISSN 1447-2546 (Print) 1447-2554 (On-line)

http://www.museum.vic.gov.au/memoirs/index.asp

Lobataria newtoni gen. et sp. nov., (Hydrozoa, Anthoathecata, Tubulariidae) from

southern Australia

Jeanette E. Watson

Honorary Research Associate, Marine Biology Section, Museum of Victoria, GPO Box666, Melbourne, 3001, Australia

(hydroid@bigpond.com)

Abstract Watson, J.E. 2008. Lobataria newtoni gen. et sp. nov., (Hydrozoa, Anthoathecata, Tubulariidae) from southern Australia.

Memoirs of Museum Victoria 65: 179-184.

Lobataria newtoni gen. et sp. nov. differs from other members of the family Tubulariidae in possessing a hydrocaulus

lacking internal canals, ridges or partitions. The hydroid is solitary, and attaches to old bivalve shells on sandy seabeds in

sheltered shallow water habitats.

Keywords Lobataria newtoni gen. et sp. nov., solitary tubularian hydroid, sheltered oceanic habitat, southern Australia.

Introduction

The hydroid described in this paper was found in shallow water

by the author and colleagues at Blairgowrie and Rye on the

eastern coast of Port Phillip, Victoria (southeastern coast of

mainland Australia) in November 2007 and April, 2008. More

specimens were observed in the same localities in July 2008

and also at Pt Richards on the western side of Port Phillip.

Six species of hydroids of the family Tubulariidae (Allman,

1864) have been recorded from temperate southern Australia:

Tubularia larynx Ellis and Solander, 1786 [= Ectopleura

larynx (Ellis and Solander, 1786)]; Ectopleura crocea (Agassiz,

1862), Tubularia ralphii Bale, 1884; Zyzzyzus spongicolus

(von Lendenfeld 1884); Tubularia exxonia Watson, 1978;

Ralpharia magnifica Watson, 1980; Ralpharia coccinea

Watson, 1984 and Hybocodon cryptus Watson, 1984.

Tubularia larynx was reported from Port Phillip by Ralph

(1966) and Watson (1973) from Pearson Is.- in the Great

Australian Bight. Re-examination of this material proved the

species not to be T. larynx but a new hydroid, Ralpharia

magnifica (Watson, 1980). While there is still some doubt about

the relationship of Tubularia ralphii with Ectopleura crocea, it

is likely that both are the same species (Watson 1999).

Distinction of genera in the family Tubulariidae is based

upon the following characters:

a) absence or presence and disposition of ectodermal ridges

and canals in the hydrocaulus,

b) whether the hydrocaulus widens or not distally above the

base,

c) the number of whorls of oral tentacles,

d) presence or absence of branching of the blastostyle,

e) reproduction by either medusa or actinula larva.

The order of importance accorded these characters varies

among authors - Wedler and Larson (1986), Calder (1988),

Petersen (1990), Migotto (1996), Bouillon (1999), Bouillon

and Barnett (1999), Bouillon and Boero (2000), Schuchert

(1996, 2001) and Bouillon et al. (2006).

The present material accords with the generally accepted

concepts of these authors conforming most closely with the

concept of Tubularia by Petersen (1990) and Bouillon et al.

(2006). However, an important character of Tubularia defined by

these authors is the presence of eight or more longitudinal canals

in the hydrocaulus. In the present material the hydrocaulus is an

open canal filled with parenchyme and lacks internal ridges or

partitions thus setting it apart from the accepted concept of the

Tubulariidae. A new genus, Lobataria, is therefore proposed.

Type material is lodged in Museum Victoria (NMVF).

Lobataria gen. nov.

Diagnosis. Hydroid solitary, hydrorhiza a tubular stolon,

hydrocaulus long, widening in diameter from base to distal

end, inner lumen filled with parenchyme, without endodermal

canals or longitudinal ridges, perisarc thin around neck,

secreted from a groove between hydranth base and neck;

hydranth vasiform with one whorl of filiform aboral tentacles

continuing over hydranth base, and two whorls of filiform oral

tentacles. Blastostyle unbranched, gonophores sessile

cryptomedusoid with distal process and large lobate apical

flanges; actinula larva released from gonophore.

180

Jeanette E. Watson

Etymology. The genus is named for the conspicuous apical

lobes of the gonophore.

Lobataria newtoni sp. nov.

Material examined. Holotype: NMVF 157465, 1 fertile stem, alcohol

preserved, Blairgowrie jetty. Port Phillip, Victoria, Australia, coll: J.

E. Watson, 4 Nov 2007, depth 2 m; attached to old bivalve shell buried

in sand. Paratype: NMVF 157466, 12 fertile stems, alcohol preserved,

Blairgowrie jetty. Port Phillip, Victoria, Australia, coll: J. E. Watson,

4 Nov 2007, depth 2 m. Paratype, NMVF 157467, two fertile stems,

alcohol preserved. Rye, Port Phillip, Victoria, Australia, coll: D. A.

Staples, 23 Apr 2008, depth 2 m.

Description from holotype and paratype ( live material ).

Hydroid solitary, hydrorhiza a simple undulating tubular stolon

with thick perisarc, extending for a short distance from base of

hydrocaulus over bivalve shell.

Hydrocaulus long and slender, narrow proximally, circular

in section, increasing in diameter from base to hydranth,

perisarc firm, closely and deeply corrugated proximally,

corrugations continuing at irregular intervals for some distance

above base, perisarc extending upwards into a filmy inflated

collar below hydranth; hydrocaulus filled with parenchyme, no

endodermal canals, ridges or partitions.

Hydranth moderately large, vasiform, aboral tentacles long,

filiform, hollow, arranged in a single whorl of 28-34, base of

tentacles oval; nematocysts abundant on proximal part of

tentacles, becoming scattered distally along tentacle; about 24

short filiform oral tentacles arranged in a tight tuft of two rows.

Blastostyles arising just above aboral tentacles, moderately

long, trailing between the tentacles, bearing 30-50 gonophores

in clusters in various stages of development. Immature

gonophore globular, tending to pyriform at maturity: just prior

to maturity a long finger-like process protrudes from a central

apical orifice; at maturity apex surrounded by four radially

arranged tall transparent lobate flanges which extend halfway

down gonophores, edge of flange armed with a conspicuous

row of large stenoteles (stenotele [i]).

Mature gonophore containing a single actinula pushing

spadix to one side. Actinula at release with ten capitate aboral

tentacles, directed alternately up and down and six filiform

oral tentacles, aboral pole large, dome-shaped.

Measurements (mm) from holotype and paratypes

Hydrorhiza, width

0.2 -0.4

Hydrocaulus

Length

10-40

width at base

0.3 - 0.4

Hydranth

diameter of basal collar

0.7 - 0.8

maximum length of aboral tentacles

maximum length of oral tentacles

width of aboral tentacle at base

Blastostyle, length

3-8

gonophore, length mature

0.5-1

peduncle of blastostyle, proximal width

0.3 - 0.5

Actinula

overall length at release

0.9

Six kinds of nematocysts in three morphological categories

present: stenoteles of four sizes and shapes, a desmoneme and

a microbasic mastigophore each of one size.

Description, measurements (pm) and distribution of nematocysts

Nematocyst

Dimensions

Aboral tentacles

Oral tentacles

Gonophore and flange

Stenotele (i)

capsule diameter

10 -14

shaft

Stenotele (ii)

capsule (oval)

11-15x8-10

shaft

9-10

Stenotele (iii)

capsule (oval)

8-10 x 6-7

shaft

Stenotele (iv)

capsule (oval)

8-10 x 6

Absent

shaft

Desmoneme capsule (bean-shaped)

6-7 x 5-6

Absent

Microbasic mastigophore capsule (elongate oval)

9-11 x 3-5

Key to abundance: A = abundant, C - common, N - not common, R = rare.

Lobataria Newtoni gen. etsp. nov., (Hydrozoa, Anthoathecata, Tubulariidae) from southern Australia

181

Colour. Hydrocaulus pale brown, hydranth flesh-pink, tentacles

transparent white; developing female gonophores orange,

changing to strawberry red at maturity; male gonophores paler,

actinula white, spadix brown.

Etymology. The species is named for Andrew Newton, diving

colleague and underwater photographer.

Remarks. Lobataria newtoni occurs on old bivalve shells

buried at one to two centimetres in the sandy seabed on open

sandy to silty seabed in shallow water with mild current flow. It

is anchored to shells by a hydrorhiza comprising a short, sticky

stolon coated with sand grains. The stolon often passes

underneath the shell fragment to more securely anchor the

hydrocaulus to the substrate. Most hydrocauli are solitary and

widely scattered across the seabed although small patches of

up to 10 hydranths rarely occur (fig. 1). This habit is similar to

Tubularia acadiae (Petersen, 1990), which also attaches to old

shell but the hydrocaulus of that species is canaliculate.

Observations indicate L. newtoni occurs and is reproductive

from summer to winter when water temperatures in Port Phillip

range from 10°C (July) to 20°C (February).

Formation of the blastostyle commences early in the life of

the hydranth. The developing gonophore contains many small

eggs, but at maturity only one becomes an actinula. The large

apical flanges surmounting the gonophore while rather variable

in shape are typically lobate to ear-shaped. The peripheral

band of large stenoteles bordering the flange is visible in living

material even at low magnification. At release, most actinulae

immediately settle on adjacent shell fragments and within a

few hours develop a short hydrocaulus; exceptionally, juveniles

sometimes attach to an adult stem, giving an appearance of a

falsely branched hydrocaulus.

The lifespan of individual hydrocauli could not be

ascertained as, despite searching one month after the first

summer collection, all hydranths had disappeared from the

original locality, only afew bare stems remaining. Recolonisation

soon occurs, with new hydrocauli re-establishing in the same

general microhabitat. Hydrocauli may have a very short life

span or are rapidly lost due to fish or invertebrate grazing. An

undescribed nudibranch of the genus Cumanotus (R. Burn,

pers. comm.) was found feeding on unprotected tissue above

the perisarcal collar at the base of some hydranths.

Acknowledgments

I thank Andrew Newton for diving companionship and finding

and photographing the hydroid. Thanks also to Robert Burn

for identification of the nudibranch.

References

Agassiz, L. 1862. Contributions to the Natural History of the United

States of America. Second monograph. Little, Brown & Co.:

Boston, vol. 4: 1-viii, 380 pp.; plates 20-35.

Allman, G. J. 1864. On the construction and limitation of genera

among the Hydroida. Annals and Magazine of Natural History

(3)13: 345-80.

Bale, W. M. 1884. Catalogue of the Australian hydroid zoophytes.

Australian Museum: Sydney. Pp. 1-198; plates 1-19.

Bouillon, J. 1999. Hydromedusae. Pp. 385-465 in: Boltovsky D. (ed.).

South Atlantic Zooplankton. Vol. 1. Backhuys Publishers:

Leiden.

Bouillon, J. and Barnett, T. J. 1999. The Marine fauna of New Zealand:

Hydromedusae (Cnidaria, Hydrozoa). NIWA Biodiversity Memoir

113: 1-136.

Bouillon, J. and Boero, F. 2000. Phylogeny and classification of

Hydroidomedusae. Thalassia Salentina, 24: 1-296.

Bouillon, J., Gravili C., Pages F., Gili J.-M. and Boero, F. 2006. An

Introduction to Hydrozoa. Memoires du Museum National

d’Histoire Naturelle, 194: 1-591.

Calder, D.R. 1988. Shallow water hydroids of Bermuda. The Athecatae.

Royal Ontario Museum Life Science Contributions, 148: 1-7.

Ellis, J. and Solander, D.C. 1786. The natural history of many common

and curious zoophytes, collected from various parts of the globe

By the late John Ellis, Esq. F.R.S. Soc. Reg. Upsal. Soc. author of

the natural history of English corallines and other works.

Systematically arranged and described By the late Daniel

Solander, M.D.F.R.S. &c with sixty two plates engraven by

principal artists. Benjamin White & Peter Elmsly: London, i-xii,

206 pp.; plates 1-63.

Migotto, A.E. 1996. Benthic shallow-water hydroids (Cnidaria,

Hydrozoa) of the coast of Sao Sebastiao, Brazil, including a

checklist of Brazilian hydroids. Zoologische Verhandelingen,

306: 1-125.

Petersen K. W. 1990. Evolution and taxonomy in capitate hydroids and

medusae. Zoological Journal of the Linnaean Society, 100:

10-231.

Schuchert, P. 1996. Athecate hydroids and their medusae. NIWA

Biodiversity Memoir, 106: 1-159.

Schuchert P. 2001. Hydroids of Greenland and Iceland (Cnidaria,

Hydrozoa) Meddelelser om Gr0nland, Bioscience 53: 1-184.

von Lendenfeld, R. 1884. The Australian Hydromedusae. Part V. The

Hydromedusinae, Hydrocorallinae and Trachomedusae.

Proceedings of the Linnaean Society of New South Wales

(1884-85): 581-612.

Watson, J.E. 1978. New species and new records of Australian athecate

hydroids. Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria, 90:

301-14.

Watson, J.E. 1980. The identity of two tubularian hydroids from

Australia with a description and observations on the reproduction

of Ralpharia magnifica gen. et sp. nov. Memoirs of the National

Museum of Victoria, 41: 53-63.

Watson, J.E. 1984. Two new species of tubularian hydroids from

southern Australia. Memoirs of the National Museum of Victoria,

45: 7-12.

Watson, J.E. 1999. Review of hydroids introduced to Victorian waters.

Pp. 88-107 in: Marine Biological Invasions of Port Phillip Bay.

Crimp Technical Report no. 20.

Wedler E., and Larson, R. 1986. Athecate hydroids from Puerto Rico

and the Virgin Islands. Studies on Neotropical Fauna and

Environment, 21: 69-101.

182

Jeanette E. Watson

Figure 1. Group of Lobataria newtoni , Blairgowrie, Port Phillip, Figure 2. Fertile hydranth. Scale bar: 10 mm.

Victoria, depth 2 m, July 2008.

Figure 3. 3A: Blastostyle with gonophores in various stages of development. 3B: mature gonophore with lobate apical flanges, nematocysts and

central protrusion. Scale bar: A, 1 mm; B, 0.5 mm.

Lobataria Newtoni gen. et sp. nov., (Hydrozoa, Anthoathecata, Tubulariidae) from southern Australia

183

Figure 4. Nematocysts. 4A: stenotele (i) from gonophore flange. 4B:

stenotele (ii) from oral tentacles. 4C: stenotele (iii) from aboral

tentacles. 4D: stenotele (iv) from tentacles. 4E: desmonene from

tentacles. 4F: microbasic mastigophore from aboral tentacles. Scale

bar: 10 }im.

Memoirs of Museum Victoria 65: 185-188 (2008)

ISSN 1447-2546 (Print) 1447-2554 (On-line)

http://www.museum.vic.gov.au/memoirs/index.asp

Corymorpha rubicincta , a new Hydroid (Hydrozoa, Anthoathecata,

Corymorphidae) from Port Phillip, Australia

Jeanette E. Watson

Honorary Research Associate, Marine Biology Section, Museum Victoria, RO. Box 666 Melbourne, Victoria, 3001,

Australia, email hydroid@bigpond.com

Abstract Watson, J.E. 2008. Corymorpha rubicincta, a new Hydroid (Hydrozoa, Anthoathecata, Corymorphidae) from Port Phillip,

Australia. Memoirs of Museum Victoria 65: 185-188.

Corymorpha rubicincta sp. nov. a solitary hydroid is known only from shallow water silty seabed at the type

locality in Port Phillip, Victoria, Australia. It is fertile in winter, gonophores are probably cryptomedusoid. The red

hydrocauline band is diagnostic.

Keywords Corymorpha rubicincta. Port Phillip, Australia, shallow water silty seabed, red hydrocauline band, cryptomedusoid.

Introduction

During an ecological survey in June, 2002, 1 km north-west of

Point Richards in Port Phillip, Victoria, Australia, solitary

hydroids were found in an abandoned dredge excavation 4-6 m

deep. The habitat in the excavation is silty sand heavily

bioturbated by infaunal polychaetes and bivalve molluscs. In

June, 2008 more specimens were collected from the excavation

and in situ underwater photographs taken. Water temperature

at time of collection was 13° C.

Holotype and paratype material is lodged in Museum

Victoria (NMVF).

Family Corymorphidae Allman, 1872

Corymorpha M. Sars, 1835

Diagnosis (after Brinckman-Voss (1970), Petersen (1990) and

Bouillon et al (2006).

Hydroid solitary, hydranth vasiform with one or several

closely set whorls of oral filiform tentacles and aboral whorl of

filiform tentacles; hydrocaulus with thin perisarc, with

longitudinal peripheral canals; lower part with papillae and/or

long anchoring filaments; parenchymatic diaphragm;

gonophores borne on blastostyles just above aboral tentacles

giving rise to free medusa or fixed sporosacs.

Material examined. Holotype NMVF147476, one stem alcohol

preserved, coll: J.E. Watson, 5 June 2008. Paratypes, NMVF 147477,

six stems alcohol preserved, coll: J.E. Watson, 18 June 2002.

NMVF147478, six stems coll: J.E. Watson, 5 June 2008. All material

collected from 4.5 -6 m depth. Material initially hardened in 5%

formalin then transferred to alcohol.

Description ( from live and preserved) holotype and paratypes

Hydroids solitary, hydrocaulus up to 4 cm high, base of hydrocaulus

blunt, embedded in sediment and rooted by a thick mass of soft,

intergrown hair-like filaments adherent to sand grains; filaments

slightly thicker near point of attachment to hydrocaulus.

Hydrocaulus cylindrical, widest at base, tapering gradually

to a transverse red band about one third to half distance up

stem; stem then of same diameter to base of hydranth. Perisarc

above band thin and becoming almost colourless distally; a

constriction at base of hydranth; in some stems a second red

band at constriction marking junction of stem with hydranth.

Cauline perisarc below primary band thick and gelatinous

with numerous digitate pendulous papillae; papillae becoming

shorter with distance up stem, gradually reducing to wavy

discontinuous internal lines of cream-coloured spots

sometimes interspersed with red blotches.

Hydranth long, vasiform, capable of great extension and

contraction with a single whorl of 20-24 long, slender filiform

aboral tentacles tapering to a pointed tip; approximately 30

oral tentacles, much shorter than aborals, arranged in a tuft of

two closely set rows, tentacles in each row alternating with

those above and below. Hypostome conical when closed and

oral tentacles tightly bunched, when hypostome widely open,

tentacles arched backwards.

Gonophores fixed sporosacs, borne on blastostyles set in one

whorl just above aboral tentacles, a blastostyle usually between

each second or third tentacle. Blastostyle short, stout, unbranched,

186

Jeanette E. Watson

straight to backwardly recurved; up to 20 small subspherical to

knuckle-shaped gonophores clustered in groups of three to five

without peduncle along one side; gonophores probably

cryptomedusoid with a thick epidermal layer heavily armed with

nematocysts; more mature sporosacs packed with small ova.

Colour: rooting filaments colourless to greenish; lower two

thirds of hydrocaulus yellow to reddish, colour gradually

fading distally to primary band; primary band brick red;

papillae below band cream. Body of hydranth pale flesh-colour,

hypostome white to cream, usually a band of red spots just

above aboral tentacles and similar spots on bases of inner row

of oral tentacles; blastostyle and gonophores colourless to

white. Tentacles translucent white.

Measurements (mm) of hydrocaulus from live specimens

Hydrocaulus

length overall

20-40

diameter at base

2-3

diameter at cauline band

2.2 -2.5

diameter below hydranth

1.5-2

distance from red cauline band to base of

hydranth

5-12

Hydranth

diameter at constriction below aboral tentacles

1.5-2

length of oral tentacle

3.8-45

length of aboral tentacle

12-14

Blastostyle (immature)

length

0.1 -1.5

Cnidome comprising one category (stenotele) of five size

classes and three categories of nematocysts each of one size

class (desmoneme, microbasic mastigophore, heterotri chous

anisorhiza).

Figure 1. Corymorpha rubicincta, fertile hydranth, in situ image,

depth 5 m.

Figure 2. Rooting filaments, drawn from paratype. Scale bar 5 mm.

Nematocysts, measurements (pm)

Nematocyst

Dimensions

Aboral

Oral

Gonophore

Tentacle Tentacle

Stenotele (i)

Absent

capsule

18-19x13-15

shaft

Stenotele (ii)

Absent

capsule

15-17 x 14-15

shaft

Stenotele (iii)

Absent

capsule

14-16x11-14

shaft

Stenotele (iv)

Absent

capsule

12-13x8-10

shaft

8-10

Stenotele (v)

Absent

capsule

10-11x8-9

shaft

Desmonene

7-10x6-8

Absent

Microbasic

mastigophore

12-15x4-6

Heterotrichous

anisorhiza

Absent

diameter

15-16

Key to abundance: A = abundant, C - common, N - not

common, R = rare

Corymorpha Rubicincta, a new Hydroid (Hydrozoa, Anthoathecata, Corymorphidae) from Port Phillip, Australia

187

Aboral, oral tentacles and gonophores with abundant

stenoteles. Desmonemes absent from gonophores. The

heterotrichous anishorhiza has a very long and spinous

thread.

Remarks

Similar species of Corymorpha considered were: Corymorpha

nutans M. Sars, 1835, Corymorpha januarii Steenstrup, 1854

and Corymorpha forbesii (Mayer, 1894); all were rejected

because they have many more aboral tentacles than

Corymorpha rubicincta and moreover, all release medusae.

Other Pacific records of Corymorpha are Corymorpha

symmetrica Hargitt, 1924 and Corymorpha tomoensis Ikeda,

1910, and Corymorpha sagamina Hirohito, 1988 both of

which are also likely to produce medusae. Corymorpha carnea

(Clark, 1876) is about three times larger, has branched

blastostyles and medusoid gonophores (see Hirohito, 1988).

The only previous record of Corymorpha from Australia is

that of Stechow (1932) who described Corymorpha ( Euphysa )

balssi from Shark Bay in Western Australia. His infertile

colony was from the carapace of the spider crab Schizophrys

dama, the type material of which is lodged in the Zoologische

Staatssammlung, Munchen (Ruthensteiner et al. 2008). The

carapace of a crab (see photograph, Figure 2E, Ruthensteiner

et al., 2008) seems an unlikely habitat for Corymorpha which

is usually found on a silty seabed. Ruthensteiner et al. (2008)

also give a figure (Figure 7B) of a previously unpublished

illustration of a specimen of Corymorpha drawn by Stechow’s

graphicist W. Rossler which may be Stechow’s specimen of C.

balsii. Examination of the colony on the crab carapace will

settle the question of whether it is indeed a Corymorpha or

more likely, a species of Zyzzyzus. Although I have not

examined this material and while the true identity of Stechow’s

material needs to be established, the species is clearly not

Corymorpha rubicincta.

The lines passing upwards through the hydrocaulus of

Corymorpha rubicincta are obscured in the lower stem region

by the thick gelatinous perisarc. Under high magnification the

reddish specks and blotches throughout the hydrocaulus

Figure 3 Blastostyle, two views showing developing gonophores. Scale

bar, 1 mm.

appear to be groups of zooxanthellae. Papillae are present on

the lower part of most stems but are absent from some stems

and may develop as the hydrocaulus matures; well developed

papillae are long and finger-like, becoming button-like up the

stem, then gradually fading to blotches in the perisarc. The

distinctive red band part way up the stem is present in all

hydrocauli; only some stems have the secondary, thinner band

below the hydranth.

Blastostyles were abundant on specimens collected in June

(winter) of 2002 and 2008 but were absent from the few

hydrocauli remaining at the locality six weeks later in July,

2008. The thick epidermal layer of the gonophores obscures

the internal structures thus preventing accurate diagnosis

Figure 4. Cnidome, 4A, stenotele (i) from oral tentacles. 4B, stenotele

(ii) from gonophores. 4C, stenotele (iii) aboral tentacles. 4D, stenotele

(iv) from aboral tentacles and gonophores. 4E, stenotele (v) from oral

tentacles. 4F, desmonene from oral and aboral tentacles, 4G, microbasic

mastigophore. 4H, heterotrichous anisorhiza from aboral tentacles

and gonophore. Scale bar, 20 pm.

188

Jeanette E. Watson

however, they are almost certainly cryptomedusoid. The ova

are small, 10-32 pm in diameter, although not numerous and

are visible only under high magnification when the gonophore

is crushed. An in situ image (June 2008) showed a group of 35

young hydrocauli (some to 6 mm high) grouped around the

base of a parent stem, suggesting that fertilized ova may drop

from the gonophore directly to the substrate to commence

growth as new hydrocauli.

Information on the cnidome of the hydroid of Corymorpha is

from Bouillon (1985), Schuchert (1996) and da Silveira and

Migotto (1992) who list desmonemes, anisorhizas, stenoteles

and micro- and macrobasic mastigophores and heterotrichous

anisorhizas. With the exception of macrobasic mastigophores

Corymorpha rubicincta has the same categories of nematocysts.

This is the first undoubted record of Corymorpha from

Australia.

Ecology. Corymorpha rubicincta occurs on silty substrate in

quiet water conditions within a narrow depth range of 5-6 m on

the sloping sides of an old excavation in the seabed. The rather

flaccid scattered hydrocauli stand more or less erect above the

bed. It may be a summer species as intensive search at the type

locality in July (mid-winter) at a water temperature of 10°C

found only two moribund stems.

Etymology. The species is named for the red band encircling

the hydrocaulus.

Acknowledgements

I thank Andrew Newton for underwater photography of the

hydroids and Dr Wim Vervoort of the National Museum of

Natural History, Leiden, The Netherlands, for helpful advice

and Dr Peter Schuchert of Museum d’Histoire Naturelle,

Geneve, Switzerland for criticism of the manuscript.

References

Allman, G.J. 1872. A Monograph of the Gymnoblastic or tubularian

hydroids I II. Ray Society, London 450 p.

Da Silveira F. and Migotto A. 1992. Rediscovery of Corymorpha

januarii Steenstrup, 1864 (Hydrozoa, Corymorphidae) on the

southeastern coasts of Brazil. Steenstrupia 18(4):81-89.

Sars, M. 1835. Beskrivelser og jagttagelser over nogle maerkelige

eller nye i havet ved den Bergenske kyst levende dyr af

polypernes,acelphermes, radiaternes, annelidermes og

molluskernes classer, med en kort oversigt over di hidtil af

forfatteren sammesteds fundne arter og deres forekommen. T.

Hallager, Bergen, xii, 81 p.

Bouillon J. 1985a. Essai de classification des Hydropolypes-

Hydromeduses (Hydrozoa-Cnidaria). Indo-Malayan Zoology 2:

29-243.

Bouillon J., Gravili, C., Pages, F., Gili J-M. and F. Boero. 2006. An

Introduction to Hydrozoa Memoires du Museum national

d’Histoire naturelle 194:1-591.

Brinckman-Voss A. 1970. Anthomedusae/Athecata (Hydrozoa,

Cnidaria) of the Mediterranean. Part 1. Capitata - Fauna e Flora

Golfi di Napoli 39:1-96, pis 1-11.

Hirohito, Emperor of Japan 1988. The hydroids of Sagami Bay

collected by His Majesty the Emperor of Japan. Biological

Laboratory of the Imperial Household, Tokyo, pp. 1-179, pis 1-4.

Petersen W. 1990. Evolution and taxonomy in capitate hydroids and

medusa. Zoological Journal of the Linnaean Society 100(2):

101-231.

Ruthensteiner B., Reinicke, G-B. and Straube, N. 2008. The type

material of Hydrozoa described by Eberhard Stechow in the

Zoologische Staatssammlung, Munch en. Spixiana 31(1): 3-27.

Schuchert P. 1996. The Marine Fauna of New Zealand: athecate

hydroids and their medusae (Cnidaria: Hydrozoa). New Zealand

Oceanographic Institute (NIWA) Memoir 106: 1-159.

Schuchert P. 2001. Hydroids of Greenland and Iceland (Cnidaria,

Hydrozoa). Meddelelser om Gr0nland. Bioscience 53: 1-184.

Stechow E. 1932. Neue Hydroiden aus dem Mittelmeer und einige

Pazifischen Ozean, nebst Bermerkungen liber einige wenig

bekannte Formen. Zoologischer Anzeiger 100: 81-92.

Steenstrup J. J. S. 1854. En my og tropisk Art af Smaagoplernes

Ammeslaegt: Corymorpha Sars (Corym. Januarii Stp.).

Videnskabelige Meddelelser fra dansk naturhistorisk Forening

(1-3): 46-48.

Memoirs of Museum Victoria 65: 189-194 (2008)

ISSN 1447-2546 (Print) 1447-2554 (On-line)

http://www.museum.vic.gov.au/memoirs/index.asp

A New Species of the Roughy Genus Hoplostethus (Trachichthyidae) off North-

western Australia.

Martin F. Gomon

Ichthyology, Sciences Department, Museum Victoria, GPO Box 666, Melbourne, Victoria, 3001, Australia (mgomon@

museum.vic.gov.au)

Abstract Gomon, M.F. 2008. A New Species of the Roughy Genus Hoplostethus (Trachichthyidae) off North-western Australia.

Memoirs of Museum Victoria 65: 189-194.

Hoplostethus ravurictus n.sp. is described from a large series collected at continental slope depths in tropical

latitudes off North-western Australia. Its description brings the number of documented Australian species of the subgenus

Hoplostethus (. Hoplostethus ) to four, the three previously recognised species primarily occurring in subtropical and

temperate waters of the south. The new species is easily distinguished by the rather pale pigmentation in its buccal and

branchial cavities, 13-16 (rarely 10-12 or 17-20) abdominal scutes and fully scaled isthmus. Its characters do not support

a particularly close relationship with any of its recognised congeners.

Keywords Roughy, Hoplostethus, Trachichthyidae, new species, Australia.

Introduction

In the most recent overview of the trachichthyid genus

Hoplostethus Cuvier (in Cuvier and Valenciennes, 1829),

Kotlyar (1996) recognised four subgenera, three with rather

delicate cranial structures and the fourth, Hoplostethus

(. Hoplostethus ), having a more substantial ossification of the

skull, and a shallower bathymetric distribution overall relative

to the others. In that study the vast majority of species in the

genus are placed in H. ( Hoplostethus ) with 13 species, and H.

( Leiogaster ) with six. The latter increased to seven with the

subsequent description of H. vniro Kotlyar, 1995. The status of

the subgeneric assemblages remains untested.

Kotlyar recorded two species of H. (. Hoplostethus ) in

Australian waters, H. mediterraneus (Cuvier, 1829) and H.

gigas (McCulloch, 1914), neither presented as occurring above

the southwestern corner of Western Australia on the west

coast. Gomon (in Gomon et al., 1994) reported three species

that are referrable to the subgenus in southern Australian

waters, H. intermedius (Hector, 1875; regarded by Kotlyar as a

subspecies of H. mediterraneus ), H. gigas and H. latus

McCulloch, 1914, the last distributed northwards at least to

Geraldton on the west coast. Kotlyar (1996) had placed H.

mediterraneus var latus in synonymy with H. mediterraneus,

but a number of characters readily separate the two at the

species level (Gomon, in Gomon et al., 1994). The distributions

of the two species overlap only between the southwest corner

of Australia and the middle of the Great Australian Bight.

Since the early 1980s, trawlers working the upper slope off

North-western Australia have collected specimens of an

additional species with characteristics that do not match any in

the literature. A description of that species follows.

Methods and Materials. Terminology and methodology is that

of Kotlyar (1996). The number and size range in standard length

(SL) for each lot of specimens examined is presented as a

parenthetical expression after the respective registration number.

Institutional abbreviations are listed in Leviton et al., (1985).

Paratypes measured to determine morphometric variability are

marked with an asterisk in the list of paratypes below. Numbers

enclosed by square brackets in the species description indicate

the number of specimens or structures counted with that value.

Scale terminology is that of Roberts (1993).

Hoplostethus ravurictus n. sp.

Figures 1-2; Tables 1-2

Hoplostethus sp. Gloerfelt-Tarp and Kailola, 1984: 315, voucher

WAM P.26209-015.

Hoplostethus sp. Sainsbury et al., 1984: 334, CAAB 37255006,

voucher CSIRO CA308.

Materials examined. Holotype: NMV A29668-002 (123) Western

Australia, Hedland, 18°34.28'-18 o 34.20'S, 117 o 27.40'-117 o 28.17'E,

407-404 m, RV Southern Surveyor SS05/2007/049, 14 Jun 2007.

190

Martin F. Gomon

Figure 1. Hoplostethus ravurictus n. sp., holotype NMV A29668-002, 123 mm SL, Western Australia, Hedland, 407-404 m.

WWfflm

<YAw-yv

Figure 2. Hoplostethus ravurictus n. sp.: (A) holotype, NMV A29668-002, 123 mm SL; (B) abdominal scutes; (C) anterior lateral line scale; (D)

posterior lateral line scale; and, (E) scale from just below dorsal fin base. Scales from NTM S12734-005, paratype, 141 mm SL. Bar associated

with scales equals 5 mm.

Gomon: New Australian Hoplosthethus roughy

191

Table 1. Frequency of meristic values in type specimens. Values for holotype are marked with an asterisk.

Dorsal Fin

Anal Fin Rays

Spines

Rays

Total

No. of elements

VII

No. of specimens

77*

76*

77*

Caudal Fin Rays

Dorsal

Ventral

Unsegmented

Segmented

Unsegmented

Unbran.

Branched

Unbranched

No. of elements

No. of specimens

23*

79*

76*

79*

78*

70*

Pectoral Fin Rays

Vertebrae

No. of elements

11+14

12+14

11+15

11+16

No. of specimens

121*

70*

Outer Gill Rakers on 1st Gill Arch

Upper Limb

Angle

Lower Limb

Total

No. of elements

No. of specimens

64*

78*

42*

41*

Abdominal Scutes

No. of elements

No. of specimens

19*

Paratype: (78, 25.4-141 mm SL). AMS 1.23425-004 (5, 84.4-103)

Western Australia, northwest shelf, 18°46'S, 117°00'E, 400 m, RV

Soela, 1 Sep 1982; CAS 227136 (3, 78.7-116), same collection data as

NTM S12734-005 below; CSIRO CA308 (95.0) Western Australia,

SW of Rowley Shoals, 18°19'-18 0 18'S, 118 o 17'-118°08'E, 297-308 m,

FRV Courageous , 20 May 1978; CSIRO CA3588 (64.8) Western

Australia, SW of Imperieuse Reef, Rowley Shoals, 18°03.5'-17°

56.7'S, 118 o 13.0'-118°21.2'E, 418-420 m, FRV Soela , SO0183/69, 5

Feb 1983; CSIRO CA3597 (122) Western Australia, SW of Imperieuse

Reef, Rowley Shoals, 18°03.5'-17°56.7'S, 118 o 13.0'-118°21.2'E,

418-420 m, FRV Soela, SO0183/69, 5 Feb 1983; CSIRO CA3598 (112)

Western Australia, SW of Imperieuse Reef, Rowley Shoals,

18°03.5'-17°56.7'S, 118 o 13.0'-118°21.2'E, 418-420 m, ‘FRV Soela’,

SO0183/69, 5 February 1983; CSIRO CA3809 (91.8) Western

Australia, SW of Imperieuse Reef, Rowley Shoals, 18° 1 1.0-18° 07.0'S,

118 o 04.0'-118°09.0'E, 400-404 m, FRV Soela, SO0183/68, 5 Feb

1983; CSIRO H2106-1 (78.0) Western Australia, NE of Mermaid Reef,

Rowley Shoals, 16°54’S, 120°25'E, 393 m. Striker, S00588/70, 27 Sep

1988; CSIRO H2898-10 (3, 74.2-99.2) Western Australia, SW of

Rowley Shoals, 18 o 03.8'-18°07.1'S, 118 0 16.3'-118°12.3'E, 357-361 m.

FRV Southern Surveyor, SS0491/112, 26 Sep 1991; CSIRO H2899-03

(114) Western Australia, SW of Rowley Shoals, 18°04.6'-17°59.3'S,

118 0 13.6'-118°19.5'E, 379-3941 m, FRV Southern Surveyor,

SS0491/113, 27 Sepl991; CSIRO H4031-04 (68.9) Western Australia,

Nof Cape Fambert, 18°58.2'-18°57.6'S, 117°12.r-117 0 14.6'E, 253-248

m, FRV Southern Surveyor, SS0895/59, 30 August 1995; CSIRO

H4031-05 (5, 50.5-58.5) Western Australia, N of Cape Fambert,

18°58.2'-18°57.6'S, 117°12.r-117 0 14.6'E, 253-248 m, FRV Southern

Surveyor, SS0895/59, 30 Aug 1995; CSIRO H4664-02 (47.9) Western

Australia, Rowley Shoals area, 17°38.9'-17°37.0'S,

119 o 00.3'-119°00.8'E, 310 m, FRV Southern Surveyor, SS0797/123,

31 Aug 1997; NMNZ P.44687 (125), NMNZ P.44689 (108), same

collection data as NTM S12734-005 below; NMV A29662-005*

(76.3) Western Australia, Dampier, 19°43.78'-19°43.57'S,

115 o 21.22'-115°20.60'E, 389-423 m, RV Southern Surveyor,

SS05/2007/034, 12 Jun 2007; NMV A29668-022* (92.9), same

collection data as holotype; NMV A29670-009* (86.3) Western

Australia, Feveque, 14°36.52'-14°35.77'S, 121°19.77'-121° 21.20'E,

712-709 m, RV Southern Surveyor, SS05/2007/103, 26 Jun 2007;

NMV A29703-014 (82.7) Western Australia, Feveque,

192

Martin F. Gomon

Table 2. Standard lengths and selected morphometric values expressed as percent SL for the holotype and 17 paratypes of Hoplostethus ravurictus

n. sp.

Hoplostethus ravurictus n.sp.

holotype

paratypes

(n-17)

Standard length (mm)

92.9

75.0-141.0

Body depth

52.5

49.2-55.0

Head length

40.3

38.2-42.2

Head height

46.2

43.5-47.6

Forehead height

5.4

3.3-6.4

Eye diameter

11.0

10.1-14.0

Postorbital length

19.2

15.2-20.9

Interorbital width

12.0

11.2-13.3

Maxillary length

28.3

26.9-30.2

Lower jaw length

29.9

27.6-30.7

Snout length

8.1

5.6-10.4

Caudal peduncle depth

12.6

11.2-13.3

Caudal peduncle length

20.6

19.4-23.6

Predorsal length

49.4

47.3-52.1

Preanal length

69.1

67.4-76.8

Prepectoral length

39.4

35.6-42.3

Prepelvic length

44.4

41.7-46.9

Pectoral Pelvic length

9.7

8.8-13.1

Pelvic Anal length

32.8

28.0-38.5

Dorsal base length

38.1

35.7-41.6

Anal base length

19.7

15.4-19.8

Pectoral fin length

31.3

28.0-32.2

Pelvic fin length

24.8

20.8-25.4

1st dorsal spine length

3.1

0.4-4.0

2nd dorsal spine length

6.7

4.3-8.4

Last dorsal spine length

14.6

12.5-18.9

1st anal spine length

1.3

0.8-1. 6

Last anal spine length

10.4

7.2-12.5

14°53.48'-14°53.27'S, 121 o 33.92'-121 o 36.10'E, 285-302 m, RV

Southern Surveyor, SS05/2007/108, 27 Jun 2007; NMV A29703-015*

(75.0), as for NMV A29703-014; NMV A29703-016 (2, 72.5-78.3), as

for NMV A29703-014; NTM S12288-026 (5, 69.5-83.0), Northern

Territory, Arafura Sea, E of Evans Shoal, 09°46’S, 130°14'E, 270-300

m, 15 Sep 1987, NT Fisheries; NTM S12456-001* (85.0), Northern

Territory, Arafura Sea, N of Bathurst I, 09°46'S, 130°00'E, 275 m, 7

Jul 1988, M. Sachse; NTM S12604-002 (4, 79.2-89.0), Western

Australia, NW shelf, off Rowley Shoals, 17°39'S, 118 0 41'E, 405 m, 5

Nov 1985, W. Houston; NTM S12605-001 (99.5), Western Australia,

NW shelf, off Rowley Shoals, 17°52'S, 118°27'E, 420 m, 6 Nov 1985,

W. Houston; NTM S12606-012 (6, 73.2-94.9), Western Australia,

NW shelf, off Rowley Shoals, 18°00'S, 118°16'E, 430 m, 6 Nov 1985,

W. Houston; NTM S12610-009* (2, 75.2-130), Western Australia,

NW shelf, off Rowley Shoals, 17°52'S, 118°28'E, 415 m, 7 Nov 1985,

W. Houston; NTM S12641-004 (59.0), Western Australia, NW shelf.

NW of Lynher Bank, 14°50'S, 121°35'E, 275-280 m, 15 Jul 1989, J.

Bailie; NTM S12694-004 (2, 68.0-87.5), Western Australia, NW

shelf, off Rowley Shoals, 17°28'S, 118°53'E, 400 m, 4 Nov 1985, W.

Houston; NTM S12727-009 (113), Western Australia, SW of Rowley

Shoals, 17°52'S, 118°28'E, 410 m, 9 Feb 1990, D. Evans; NTM

S12728-005 (3, 75.0-86.1), Western Australia, SW of Rowley Shoals,

18°01'S, 118°23'E, 420 m, 6 Feb 1990, D. Evans; NTM S12734-005*

(4, 75.3-141), Western Australia, Exmouth Plateau, 19°49’S, 113°34'E,

1020 m, 23 Feb 1990, D. Richardson; NTM S13138-004 (2, 73.0-78.5),

Northern Territory, Arafura Sea, E of Evans Shoal, 09°48'S, 130°07'E,

265 m, 14 Dec 1990, D. Evans; QM 1.38272* (3, 80.5-114), same

collection data as NTM S12734-005 above; USNM 393569* (3,

78.5-121), same collection data as NTM S12734-005 above; WAM

P.25401.017 (25.4), Western Australia, Rowley Shoals, Browse I,

13°47'S, 123°18'E, 242 m, 23 Dec 1969; WAM P.26209.015 (4,

43.2-70.1) Western Australia, 18°18'S, 118°08'E, 297-330 m, FV

Gomon: New Australian Hoplosthethus roughy

193

Courageous , J.B. Hutchins, 20 May 1978; WAM P.30576.018 (105),

Western Australia, SW of Rowley Shoals, 17°59'S, 118°18'E, 420-416

m, RV Soela, 27 Jan 1984, CSIRO.

Other material. QM 1.33908 (2, 67.3-68.9), Western Australia,

NNE of Dampier, 18.58°S, 117.12°E, 248-253 m; WAM P.21599.001

(2, 93.9-105), Western Australia, Rowley Shoals, 13°45'S, 123°31'E,

250 m, 23 Dec 1969.

Diagnosis. Pectoral fin rays 15, rarely 13, 14 or 16; abdominal

scutes 13-16, rarely 10-12 and 17-20, some scutes in large

individuals with multiple apical points; isthmus covered with

small spinoid scales; body rectangular, depth distinctly shorter

than length, 1. 9-2.0 in SL; nape almost straight, forehead

turning abruptly downward above upper lip; body silvery in

life, buccal cavity and opercular recess pale to slightly dusky.

Description. (See Table 1 for frequencies of values for selected

meristic characters.) Dorsal fin rays VI, 13 (V-VII, 13 or 14 =

19 or 20); anal fin rays III 9 (III, 8-10); caudal fin rays 7 + 2 +

9 + 8 + 2 + 6 (6 or 7 + 2 + 8 or 9 + 8 or 9 + 1 or 2 + 5-7);

pectoral fin rays 15 (13-16); pelvic fin rays I, 6; gill rakers 6 +

1 + 12 (5-7 +1 + 11-13 - 18-21); lateral line scales 27 (26-28);

transverse scales 12/1/22 (9-12/1/20-24); predorsal scales 20

(17-22); scutes 15 (10-20); vertebrae 11 + 15 (11-12 + 14-16 -

25-27); pyloric caeca about 15 (based on NTM S12734-005);

pseudobranch 19 (16-21); branchiostegal rays 8.

(See Table 2 for comparative ranges of selected morphometric

characters.) Body ovoid, distinctly longer than deep, depth

1.86-2.03 in SL. Head large, its height slightly greater than its

length, 107-116% HL; upper profile in front of dorsal fin gently

curved to back of head, with mostly straight forehead, and an

abrupt downturn above upper lip; forehead deep, anterodorsal

profile separated from above orbital rim by distance 8.4-15.7%

HL; space between eyes bulging and wide, interorbital width

27.6-32.8% HL; eye of moderate size, 25.9-33.1% HL; crests

of head bones strong, fine spinules on apices at skin surface;

depressions between crests moderately deep; mouth reaching

to below hind margin of eye (to slightly beyond in juveniles);

fine denticulate teeth covering oral margins of premaxilla and

dentary, extending onto lateral surfaces, palatine with narrow

band of similar teeth, vomer without teeth (with or without one

to several small teeth). Preopercular spine long, not quite

reaching ventral-fin base. Humeral spine smaller than

preopercular spine. Longest gill raker about 2/3 eye diameter;

gill filaments at angle of first gill arch very short, about 1/10 eye

diameter and about 1/3 length of longest filaments of

pseudobranch. Body covered with adherent scales, with densely

spinoid scales above lateral line and low on side, intermediate

scales cycloid, at least anteriorly (all but those above pectoral-

fin base spinoid in small specimens, large specimens as with

holotype); isthmus covered with fine spinoid scales; center of

each lateral line scale without a distinct spine; deep serrated

abdominal keel formed from enlarged scales (scutes) covered

laterally all but along distal edge by normal body scales,

anterior-most scute and those posteriorly with more than one

apical tip, appearing as additional closely juxtaposed scutes

(all scutes simple in juveniles); predorsal scales on dorsal

midline slightly raised (more so in small individuals), their

spinules not greatly enlarged. Dorsal fin spines progressively

longer posteriorly, greatest increases in length from first to

third spine; posterior spines progressively thicker with

prominent lengthwise striations (rather simple in juveniles,

becoming broader and striations developing with growth); soft

rays distinctly longer than last spine, first few nearly twice

length of last spine, outer margin of soft dorsal fin nearly

straight. Pectoral fin reaching base of anterior segmented anal

fin rays. Pelvic fin to just beyond middle scutes (almost

reaching anus in small specimens). Pyloric cacae unbranched.

Moderately small species, largest specimen examined 141

mm SL.

Pigmentation in alcohol. Uniformly pale; buccal and

branchial chambers mostly pale, duskier towards back of

mouth (almost uniformly pale in small specimens), underside

of tongue uniformly pale.

Colour in life. Silver with metallic sheen, narrow strip

dorsally on side adjacent dorsal fin base olivaceous; fins

hyaline, pectoral and caudal fins with faint reddish to brownish

hue; buccal and branchial chambers creamy to yellowish grey

(fig- 1).

Etymology. The specific name ravurictus, from the Latin ravus

meaning ‘greyish yellow’ and rictus ‘open mouth’, in reference

to the pale buccal cavity of this species, which contrasts with

the black lining of the mouth found in most other species of the

subgenus H. (Hoplostethus).

Distribution. Apparently confined to tropical latitudes of

western Australia between about 10° and 20°S. Occurs at slope

depths between about 250 and 1000 m, most specimens in

collections coming from around 400 m.

Comments. Species of the subgenus H. {Hoplostethus) are

relatively conservative morphologically, the characters

employed by Kotlyar (1996) to distinguish between species

mostly involving subtle differences in body form, numbers of

pectoral fin rays, predorsal scales, abdominal scutes, gill rakers

and pyloric caeca, scale form and details of colouration.

Hoplostethus ravurictus is unique among currently recognised

species in having a yellowish grey rather than black lining of

the buccal cavity and branchial region. Unlike other Australian

species, it also has the isthmus fully covered with spinoid

scales. Although Kotlyar failed to comment on the latter

character in diagnosing species, the isthmus appears to be

naked in most, the sole exception seen during the course of this

study being a species that occurs off southern Japan and

northern Taiwan, treated in the literature as H. crassispinus

Kotlyar 1986 (Yamakawa, in Okamura et ah, 1982; Yamakawa,

in Okamura, 1985; Mok, in Shen, 1993; Hyashi, in Nakabo,

2002). Hoplostethus ravurictus differs from the Australian H.

gigas, H. intermedius and H. latus also in having more

numerous abdominal scutes (10-20, rarely 10-12 or 17-20,

versus 8-12, rarely 11 or 12). The affinities of H. ravurictus

with described species are not clear as it fails to share diagnostic

characters with any of them. Only H. abramovi (southwestern

Indian Ocean), H. crassispinus (central North Pacific) and H.

rifti (southwestern Indian Ocean) regularly have comparable

numbers of abdominal scutes. All three of these have greater

numbers of pectoral fin rays than H. ravurictus (16, versus 15,

194

Martin F. Gomon

rarely 13, 14 or 16) and black membranes between dorsal fin

spines, while the first two have a deeper body and more curved

predorsal profile.

Acknowledgments.

Specimens examined during the course of this study were

provided with the assistance of: M. McGrouther (AMS), A.

Graham (CSIRO), C. Roberts and A. Stewart (NMNZ), D.

Bray (NMV), H. Larson (NTM), J. Johnson (QM) and S.

Morrison (WAM). Additional assistance with collection

information came from M. Hoang and T. Iwamoto (CAS) and

J. Williams (USNM). Helpful comments on the manuscript

were received from C. Roberts. Illustrations were prepared by

R. Plant. The photo was taken by the author.

References

Gloerfelt-Tarp, T. and Kailola, P.J. 1984. Trawled Fishes of Southern

Indonesia and Northwestern Australia. Australian Develop.

Assist. Bur., Directorate Gen. Fisheries, Indonesia and German

Agency Tech. Coop. 406 pp; xvi, num. col. pis.

Gomon, M.F., Glover, C.J.M. and Kuiter, R. H. (eds) 1994. Fishes of

Australia’s South Coast. Handbook of the Flora and Fauna of

South Australia. State Print: South Australia. 997 pp.

Kotlyar, A.N. 1996. Beryciform fishes of the world ocean. VNIRO

Publishing, 368 pp. (KoTjinp A.H. 1996. EepnKcoo6pa3Hbie

pbi6bi MnpoBoro oxeaHa. M.: H33 -bo BHHO, 368 c, in Russian).

Leviton, A.E., Gibbs Jr., R.H., Heal E. and Dawson, C.E. 1985.

Standards in herpetology and ichthyology: part 1. Standard

symbolic codes for institutional resource collections in herpetology

and ichthyology. Copeia 1985: 802-32.

Nakabo, T. (ed.) 2002. Fishes of Japan with pictorial keys to the

species, English edition. Fish. 2 vols. Tokai University Press:

Tokyo. 1749 pp.

Okamura, O. (ed.) 1985. Fishes of the Okinawa Trough and the

adjacent waters. Vol. 2. The intensive research of unexploited

fishery resources on continental slopes. Japan Fisheries Resource

Conservation Association, Tokyo. Pp. 418-781; pis 206-418.

Okamura, O., Amaoka, K. and Mitani, F. (eds) 1982. Fishes of the

Kyushu-Palau Ridge and Tosa Bay. The intensive research of

unexploited fishery resources on continental slopes. Japan Fisheries

Resource Conservation Association, Tokyo. Fish. 435 pp.

Roberts, C.D. 1993. Comparative morphology of spined scales and

their phylogenetic significance in the Teleostei. Bulletin of Marine

Science 52: 60-113.

Sainsbury, K.J., Kailola, P.J. and Leyland, G. 1984. Continental Shelf

Fishes of Northern and North-Western Australia. CSIRO Div.

Fisheries Res.: Canberra. 375 pp.; num. col. pis.

Shen, S.-C. (chief ed.) 1993. Fishes of Taiwan. National Taiwan

University: Taipei. 956 pp.; 208 pis.